In addition, a designation for a heritage order has been confirmed by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust.

Transcription

1 Part 12 Designations 1.0 Statement Updated 14 September 2012 The following organisations are requiring authorities as defined or approved under Section 166 of the Act, and which have designations in the City Plan: Christchurch International Airport Ltd (CIAL) New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) Christchurch City Council (CCC) (roading works) New Zealand Railways Corporation Telecom New Zealand Limited Trans Power New Zealand Limited and Orion New Zealand Limited Minister of Corrections Minister for Courts Minister of Defence Minister of Police Minister of Education Minister of Social Services, Work and Income Minister for Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Broadcast Communications Limited Television New Zealand Banks Peninsula District Council Christchurch City Council In addition, a designation for a heritage order has been confirmed by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust. The majority of the designations incorporated in the City Plan have been "rolled over" under Clause 4 of the First Schedule of the Act, in an unmodified form from the previous designations in the Transitional District Plan. Most of these works have already been given effect to, and accordingly do not lapse after five years (in terms of Sections 184 and 184A of the Act). Any new designations incorporated into this Plan will lapse after five years, unless a longer period is specifically identified in the following schedules, or the designated work is given effect to in the specified time period. Where any work is to be undertaken on designated land in the City Plan, the provisions of Section 176A of the Act apply (outline plans). These enable the Council to request changes to all or parts of proposed outline plans relating to the height, shape and bulk of a work, its location on the site, the likely finished contour of the site, vehicular access, circulation, provision for carparking, landscaping, and any other matters to avoid,

2 remedy, or mitigate any adverse effects on the environment. Procedures under Section 176A do not however provide any submission rights for other (third) parties. In contrast, any new designations incorporated in the City Plan must be accompanied by full details of proposed works, or further consents obtained at a later stage if necessary. A number of requirements have been subject to modifications, some by reduction in the area designated, or by changes to notations. These are the result of downscaling in the scope of roading works in particular (both New Zealand Transport Agency and the Council) and also by restructuring or functional and technological changes affecting former Government departments. The purpose of designations (identified by the notations in the following schedules) must now be stated in reasonably precise, rather than general terms, so that the effect of the designations on neighbours can be reasonably ascertained. Heritage order requirements, unlike other designations, automatically "roll over" and the one heritage order in the Transitional Plan (Christchurch Nurses' Chapel) has been included in the City Plan. All designated land is shown on the planning maps and identified in the schedules. However, in the case of designated road widenings proposed by New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) and the Christchurch City Council, and the designations of CIAL, additional plans are attached to this schedule showing details which the scale of the main planning maps would not allow. For convenience of the users of this plan, the road widening schedule includes NZTA and CCC designations in one list, but separately identified. Larger designated areas, including the International Airport, schools, and the road and rail networks, have specific underlying zonings which provide for specifically these activities, which apply even if the designations were removed. Smaller designations (e.g. telephone exchanges and police stations) have general underlying zonings (such as living or business zones). Some designations included in the schedules of designations may be subject to special conditions relating to the bulk and location of structures on the site, vehicular access, provision of car parking, landscaping, noise, and any other matters to avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects on the environment. Details of these conditions can be obtained from the requiring authorities or the Council. 2.0 Schedules of designations 2.1 Christchurch International Airport Ltd (CIAL) Updated 14 November 2005 The CIAL designation is a large one, covering over 750ha of land, most of which is also part of the Special Purpose (Airport ) Zone. This includes an extension in the Avonhead Road area of over 100ha added in this review, being the largest area of privately owned land (at the time of Plan notification) subject to designation in this Plan. The international airport has been experiencing steady growth in passenger and freight volumes. Separate rules on protection surfaces for aircraft operation are set out in Part 9, Clause 6. Notation : Airport purposes Underlying zoning : Special Purpose (Airport) Zone except: (i) land south of McLeans Island Road and west of Pound Road, and (ii) land south of Savills Road and west of Pound Road. Planning Maps : 16, 23, 29 and Existing designations included in the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the

3 Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005 (Refer Appendix 1 for detailed maps of these sites) Site No. Legal description CT Area (ha) 1 Lot 1 DP D/ Pt Lot 2 DP Pt 8A/ RS B/ RS B/ Pt RS B/ Section 1 SO K/ RS K/ Lot 3 DP B/ Section I SO K/ Lot 1 DP D/ Lot 1 DP C/ Pt RS B/ Pt Lot 1 DP Pt 4A/ RS K/ Lot 2 DP and Pt Lot 2 DP B/ Pt Lot 2 DP Pt 752/ RS B/ Pt Reserve 946 Pt 13K/ Pt Reserve B/ Pt RS B/ Pt Lot 3 DP B/ Pt Lot 3 DP B/ Pt RS B/ Pt Lot 3 DP B/ RS A/ Lot 25 DP F/

4 23 Lots 15, 16, 18-24, & Part Lot 17 DP B/ RS A/

5 25 Lots & Pt Lots 31 & 64 DP B/ Lot 10 DP B/ Lots 11 & 12 DP B/ Lot 14 DP 334 5C/ Lots 9, 32-39, 55-62, 65-76, 80-85, K/ DP Lots 48, 49, 50, 53, 54, 77, 78, 79 DP / Lot 51 DP A/ Lot 52 DP A/ Lot 63 DP / Lot 86 DP / RS / Pt RS B/ Pt RS 2619 & Pt RS D/ Pt RS 2619 & Pt RS B/ Pt Lot 3 DP Pt 8A/ Lot 6 DP A/ Pt Lot 1 DP D/ Lot 1 DP F/ Section 1 SO B/ Pt RS Pt 6B/ Pt Lot 1 DP F/ Pt Section 1 SO B/ A Lot 1 DP B/ RS D/ Section 2 SO B/ Lot 5 DP A/

6 51 Section 1 SO B/ Section 1 SO K/

7 53 Pt RS 1725 & Pt RS 6152 Pt 8B/ (actual) ( CT) 54 Part Section 2 SO K/ Lot 1 DP B/ Lot 2 DP B/ Pt RS / Lot 13 DP 334 7A/ Lots 1-8, DP / Lot 1 DP A/ Pt RS 2782 B Pt RS 2782 C Pt RS 2782 M Pt RS 2782 K on SO Lot 1 DP B/ New designations included in the City Plan under Section 168 of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005 (Refer to Appendix 1 for detailed maps of these sites) Site No. Legal description CT Area (ha) 5 Section 2 SO K/ Lot 1 DP & Lot 1 DP C/ Lot 1 DP A/ Lot 2 DP A/ Lot 2 DP D/ Lot 3 DP A/ Lot 2 DP K/ Pt RS K/ Lot 1 DP B/ Lot 1 DP F/ Lot 1 DP D/ Lot 2 DP D/

8 67 Lot 1 DP F/ Lot 2 DP C/ Pt Lot 1 DP / Lot 1 DP A/ Part Lot 2 DP B/ Lot 2 DP / Pt Lot 1 DP / Pt Lot 1 DP F/ Pt Lot 3 DP K/ Lot 1 DP D/ (Roading works) New Zealand Transport Agency; Christchurch City Council Updated 14 September New Zealand Transport Agency highway network in Christchurch Updated 03 July 2014 Significant changes were made to the NZTA network in Christchurch which includes some state highways that were not gazetted prior to 1992 when the modified network was established. All the New Zealand Transport Agency road network is designated. Some sections of these roads are subject to road widening and there are two designated sections of new road. There is no specified schedule of individual properties affected, but these are instead identified on the detailed maps accompanying this schedule, which for convenience are alphabetically listed with the Christchurch City Council designations. Limited access road declarations apply to considerable lengths of state highway, but these are not designations. They are instead listed under the Special Purpose (Road) Zone rules in Part 8, Appendix 5. New Zealand Transport Agency designations; State Highways 1, 73, 74, 74A, 75 and 76 The state highways have been designated "road" or "motorway" in the Plan. The purpose of the designations is to give public notice of the existence of the work and of the nature and extent of activities permitted pursuant to the designation. The designation provides for New Zealand Transport Agency either itself or through its agents, to control, manage and improve the state highway network including planning, design, research, construction and maintenance relating to all land within the designation. Such activities may also involve, but not necessarily be limited to, realigning the road, altering its physical configuration, culverts, bridges and associated protection works. The appropriate resource consents under the Resource Management Act 1991 will be applied for where required. No other activity shall be permitted on the land designated "road" or "motorway" without the express written approval of the requiring authority responsible for the designation and the appropriate statutory approvals. A list of proposed works currently designated is found in Attachment 3. In addition, if any other new works are proposed these may be designated, either under Section 181 or 168 of the Resource Management Act 1991, depending on the nature and scale of the work.

9 2.2.2 New Zealand Transport Agency Updated 28 February 2014 Three existing small lengths of State Highways 1, 74 and 76 have been declared motorway. Other lengths had been designated in the planning period. Under the Government Roading Powers Act 1989 motorway provides the highest level of traffic service with no direct access to adjacent property and no local traffic function. To protect and maintain the efficient and safe traffic flow on the motorway, there will be a minimum number of junctions. Likewise, a motorway will be protected from other activities that will compromise its role and functions. The rules in Part 13 refer to the effects of traffic generating activities. The schedule of state highways in the city, as designated, is set out in Attachment 1 below, followed by the schedule of motorways in Attachment 2. Conditions apply to the designation on some for the routes described in Attachments 1 and 2. The underlying zoning of most of the state highways is Special Purpose (Road) Zone. In very limited areas the state highway designation extends beyond the Special Purpose (Road) Zone to include small areas of land zoned for other purposes Christchurch City Council (CCC) road network in Christchurch Updated 31 August 2011 There are over 1400 km of road within the city, all of which form part of the Special Purpose (Road) Zone. Designations apply on only those sections of road subject to road widenings (substantially reduced in extent from the Transitional City Plan) and new roading works. The rules relating to the Road Zone, are set out in Part 8, Clause 4, including limited access roads. The Road Zone applies to all sections of road which are the responsibility of the Christchurch City Council, including land subject to designations. The designated CCC roading works are set out in Attachment 3, in conjunction with those of NZTA. Maps of road widening details are set out in Appendix 2. Attachment 1: Schedule of state highways incorporated into City Plan under Section 175, of the Resource Management Act 1991 (New Zealand Transport Agency) SH1 From the centre of the Waimakariri River Bridge (RP327/0.21) through Christchurch; via Main North Road, Johns Road, Russley Road, Masham Road, Carmen Road and Main South Road; to 10m south of Marshs Road/SH 1 intersection (RP347/3.28) and from the point where Main South Road crosses the local authority boundary from Selwyn District into Christchurch City (RP350/0.76) and the point where the highway crosses back into Selwyn District (RP350/1.38). Alteration of designation at Halswell Junction Road intersection The designation was altered by decision of New Zealand Transport Agency on 12 September 2006 to include additional land for the upgrade of the intersection of State Highway 1 with Halswell Junction Road. The alteration includes the land shown in Designation Plan number TZTP/11/03/04 attached as Appendix 1 to the Notice of Requirement dated 18 January The altered designation is subject to the following conditions: (i) All works for the realignment of that intersection shall be undertaken in accordance with NZS 6802:1999 Acoustics - construction noise so as to mitigate the adverse effects of construction activity. (ii) So as to ensure that dust generated by works within the designated land for the realignment of the intersection does not create a nuisance or become objectionable to occupiers of nearby property, dust suppression measures are to be employed whenever the conditions are conducive to dust generation. (iii) Transit s Accidental Discovery Protocol is to be observed during the carrying out of works on the designated land. The protocol specifies that work must stop immediately and the requirements of the Historic Places Act 1993 complied with if any archaeological or cultural material or taonga are discovered during the course of those works. (iv) So as to mitigate the potential for traffic disruption and the adverse effects on road safety all construction work is to be controlled in accordance with Transit s Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management - Issue 3.

10 (v) On the completion of works associated with the designation as altered any refuse or debris generated by those works is to be removed and disposed of at an approved site. Alteration of designation at Johns Road/Main North Road intersection The designation was altered by decision of New Zealand Transport Agency on 8 September 2008 by including the area shown as Area to be Designated State Highway Total Area 422m 2 on the plan submitted with the notice of requirement labelled TZTP/11/05/09/01 dated 26 June 2006 held on Council file PL/CPO/4/6. The altered designation is subject to the following conditions: (i) All works shall be controlled in accordance with Transit s Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management - Issue 3. (ii) All road works and construction activity shall be restricted to the following hours: Monday to Friday 07:00-22:00 Saturday 07:00-17:00 Sunday and 08:00-17:00 any Public Holiday Noise from road works and construction shall be carried out in accordance with NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics - Construction Noise, and noise associated with road works and construction shall not exceed the levels specified in the tables below. Upper Limit for construction noise at adjoining commercial or industrial properties: Time Period (any day) Noise Level; Leq (dba) 07:30 to 18: :00 to 07:30 85 Upper Limit for Construction noise received at a residential dwelling Time of Week Time Period Noise Level Leq Lmax Weekdays 06:30-07:30 07:30-18:00 18:00-20:00 20:00-06:

11 Saturdays 06:30-07:30 07:30-18:

12 18:00-06: Sundays and public holidays 06:30-07:30 07:30-18:00 18:00-06:

13 (iii) The earthwork associated with the intersection upgrades shall be undertaken and controlled so as to prevent any visible dust emissions beyond the boundaries of the designated area, where necessary using environmentally friendly dust suppressants. (iv) On completion of works associated with the designation, any refuse or debris generated during road widening works shall be cleared and disposed of at an approved site. (v) If any investigation or earthworks at the site reveals evidence of soil contamination then the Team Leader of the Environmental Investigations Team of the Christchurch City Council shall be immediately notified. (Evidence of contamination includes unusual soil colouration, unusual soil odour or the inclusion of foreign or landfill material). (vi) The existing pods of trees shown as Trees to Remain on Landscaping Plan - Johns Road STA held on Council file PL/CPO/4/6 shall be retained and enhanced with additional tree planting. Tree planting shall be no less than 3 metres in height at the time of planting. As part of these enhancement works any dead or irrevocably diseased trees encountered at the time of the works shall be removed. The Landscape Architect, Strategy and Planning Group and the Senior Planning Engineer - Capital Programmes Group of Christchurch City Council shall be consulted in the choice and quantity of these planting. (vii) The final built design shall be accessible to and functional for people with special transport needs. SH73 From the Curletts Road Overpass (RP73/0/0.00) then via Curletts Road, Yaldhurst Road to 10 metres south of the Dawsons Road/SH73 intersection (RP73/5/8.77). Alteration of designation at Pound Road Intersection The designation was altered by decision of New Zealand Transport Agency on 14 July 2009 by including the area shown on the plan submitted with the notice of requirement labelled TZTP/11/05/02/01 held on Council file PL/CPO/4/13. The altered designation is subject to the following conditions: Planning Map: 29A Conditions are as follows: Modifications Recommended (i) That the crossing points on the median islands be moved closer to the central islands so that a protection width of 1.8m can be achieved. The exception to this is the island on Pound Road south approach which should be widened to 1.8m at the originally proposed crossing point and shown on Plan Setout information Traffic Islands and Roundabout Drawing /03 Rev C as contained in Appendix B Construction Plans of the Notice of Requirement. (ii) That no marked vehicle parking spaces be placed in the parking bay outside the Yaldhurst Hotel (West Coast Road, SH 73) (iii) That a "no right turn" sign (R3-2) should be provided on the raised median island facing existing traffic from the Yaldhurst Memorial Community Hall Car Park. Conditions Recommended (i) Subject to the above recommended modifications the raised medians on West Coast Road, Pound Road and Yaldhurst Road shall be constructed in general accordance with Appendix B: Construction Plans of the Pound Road intersection Notice of Requirement held on Council file PL/CPO/4/13. (ii) The earthworks associated with the intersection upgrade shall be undertaken and controlled so as to prevent any noxious offensive or objectionable dust emissions beyond the boundaries of the designated area, where necessary using environmentally friendly dust suppressants. (iii) If any investigation at the site reveals evidence of soil contamination then the Investigations and Compliance Manager of the Inspectors and Compliance Team of the Christchurch City Council and the Contaminated Sites Team Leader (Environment Canterbury) shall be immediately notified. (Evidence of contamination includes unusual soil colouration, unusual odours, or the inclusion of foreign or landfill material). (iv) The landscape planting shall be undertaken in general accordance (ie allowing minor changes as may be found necessary as work proceeds) with the Landscape Plans contained in Appendix B: Construction Plans in the Notice of Requirement and which is held on Council file PL/CPO/4/13. Any trees to be planted at the time of planting shall be no less than 1.8m in height. The planting shall be maintained, including the replacement of any mortalities.

14 (v) All new trees/vegetation planted in the vicinity of any of the Transpower transmission lines shall be limited to those which at a mature height will not encroach upon the relevant growth limit zone (or notice zone) for the transmission line, as defined in the Electricity (Hazard from Trees) Regulation (vi) Prior to the commencement of the proposed works, NZTA shall supply the occupiers of those bordering the construction area with the 24 hour contact telephone number of a person nominated by NZTA to receive and resolve complaints regarding the construction work. (vii) NZTA shall ensure that the final build design is accessible to and functional for people with special transport needs such as wheelchairs. (viii) All the land use activities, including earthworks and/or the operation of mobile plant shall comply with the New Zealand Electrical Code of Practice (NZECP34:2001). (ix) Discharge of dust and/or particulate matter from the activities associated with the construction work shall be minimized so as not create a hazard or nuisance to Islington - Southbrook A transmission line. Recommended Advice Note 1. All trees and vegetation planted in association with Pound Road/Yaldhurst Road intersection upgrade must comply with the Electricity (Hazard from Trees) Regulations Transpower NZ has a right of access to its existing assets under Section 23 Electricity Act Any development/activities must not preclude or obstruct any person in the performance of any duty or in doing any work that the person has lawful authority to do under Section 32 of the Electricity Act SH 74 From the junction with SH 1 at the intersection of Johns Road/Main North Road (RP 0/0.00) then via Main North Road to the intersection of Main North Road/Queen Elizabeth II Drive (RP0/3.90) and Marshland Road/Queen Elizabeth II Drive; and from the north abutment of the Heathcote River Bridge (RP19/0.52) then via Tunnel Road to the Tunnel Portal - Lyttelton end (RP26/0.00). Also from the Main North Road/Queen Elizabeth II Drive intersection, then via Queen Elizabeth II Drive, Travis Road, Anzac Drive, Dyers Road to the Dyers Road/Ferry Road/Tunnel Road intersection. Alteration of designation at Marshland Road intersection The designation was altered by decision of New Zealand Transport Agency on 20 May 2010 by including the area shown on the plan submitted with the notice of requirement and held on Council file PL/CPO/4/14. The altered designation is subject to the following conditions: 1. All works shall be undertaken in accordance with the NZ Transport Agency s Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management, Third Edition, June 2004 and addendums. 2. All lighting shall be designed so as to comply with the Australia New Zealand Standard ASNZS 1158: In all areas adjacent to residences, any security and construction lighting shall be installed so that it can be shielded, or directed to the required work area to minimise light spill beyond the site so far as is reasonably practicable. 4. All road works and construction activity undertaken at the site shall be conducted so as to comply with NZS: 6803: 1999 Acoustics Construction Noise, and in particular shall not exceed the levels specified in the tables below: Upper limit for construction noise received in residential zones and dwellings in rural areas. Time of Week Time Period Noise level Leq (dba) Noise Level Lmax (dba) Weekdays

15 Saturdays Sundays and public holidays

16 5. That the crash record at this intersection shall be regularly monitored to evaluate the performance of the upgraded intersection with the Land Transport New Zealand Project Evaluation Manual crash prediction model. If the crash record has worsened then the NZ Transport Agency shall address any safety issues that have arisen. 6. A Site Management Plan (SMP) shall be prepared by a suitably qualified environmental consultant(s) and provided to the Unit Manager of Christchurch City Council's Environmental Compliance Team (or nominee) two weeks prior to any ground works commencing on the site. The SMP shall clearly set out the environmental management responsibilities, management processes, techniques, monitoring and reporting requirements for the proposed road widening works, and shall include all the relevant mitigation matters referred to in the NOR, including: (a) A scheme to mitigate against the risks from uncontrolled dust generation, rainwater ingress, uncontrolled run off, and deposition of spoil on pavement and roads from displaced materials. (b) Details of where any contaminated fill will be taken and what precautions will be adopted to ensure safe passage to a suitable transfer station. (c) A Noise Management Plan demonstrating how the NZS: 6803: 1999 Acoustics Construction Noise Standard will be achieved throughout the construction period and confirming the noise mitigation measures referred to in the NOR document. (d) A Vibration Management Plan appointing a Site Manager who will oversee monitoring of vibration and noise during critical periods, and at sensitive locations, throughout the construction period. 7. No site works shall proceed until the Site Management Plan (SMP) required by condition 6 has been certified by the Unit Manager of Christchurch City Council s Environmental Compliance Team (or nominee). The Unit Manager of the Environmental Compliance Team (or nominee) shall only decline certification if they do so in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the SMP, and give the reasons why the requirements specified in condition 6 above are not considered to be met. If no written confirmation to decline certification is received by the NZ Transport Agency from the Unit Manager of the Environmental Compliance Team (or nominee) within 10 working days of the Unit Manager having received the SMP, then the SMP shall be deemed to be certified. 8. The NZ Transport Agency shall ensure that all site works are carried out in accordance with the Site Management Plan required by condition If any investigation or earthworks of land located within the designation reveals evidence of soil contamination such as unusual colouration, odour or composition in the materials encountered, then work in that area shall immediately cease and the Unit Manager of Christchurch City Council s Environmental Compliance Team (or nominee) notified. 10. The NZ Transport Agency shall ensure that all parties undertaking excavation works on the site have been made aware of the NZ Transport Agency s Accidental Discovery Protocol. 11. Should any archaeological material or sites be discovered during the course of work on the site, the work in that area of the site shall stop immediately and the appropriate agencies outlined in the Accidental Discovery Protocol, including the New Zealand Historic Places Trust and the Manawhenua, shall be contacted immediately. 12. Field drainage or open channel drainage may be required to intercept and direct seepage or runoff from the site of the earthworks to a suitable outfall. Provision is to be made to ensure that siltation of the stormwater system serving the property or any other property does not occur, except as in accordance with any discharge consent issued by the Canterbury Regional Council. 13. All works associated with the intersection upgrade shall be undertaken and controlled so as to prevent any visible dust emissions beyond the boundaries of the designation, where necessary, by keeping the surface of the consolidated material damp or by using alternative environmentally friendly methods of dust suppression outlined in the Site Management Plan required by condition During construction all site access roads to and through the intersection shall be kept even so as to mitigate the potential for vibration from trucks. 15. On completion of works associated with the designation, any refuse / debris generated during road widening works shall be cleared and disposed of at an approved site identified in the Site Management Plan required by condition The proposed landscape treatment shall be in general accordance with the Landscape Proposal Plan and Cross Sections prepared by Peter Rough Landscape Architects Limited (RC 1.0 Rev 0 and RC 2.0 Rev 0 dated 26/02/10) and now held on Council files as PL/CP/4/ Detailed engineering design plans and a Design report demonstrating compliance with the following Christchurch City Council standards shall be prepared by a suitably qualified professional and provided to the Resource Manager of the Christchurch City Council s Capital Delivery Unit (or nominee) a minimum of two weeks prior to any ground works commencing on the site: a) Water and Wetlands Design Guide (WWDG)

17 b) Construction Standard Specifications (CSS) SD302/SD303 c) Infrastructure Design Standards (IDS) 18. A copy of the final Construction report, complete with as-built plans, shall be provided to the Unit Manager of the Christchurch City Council s Capital Delivery Unit (or nominee) a minimum of two weeks prior to the issue of the Defects Liability Certificate as defined in NZS 3910: Double sumps shall be installed at all left-hand turn areas within the intersection. Advice Notes: Any earthworks or works located within a required setback of a waterway, that fall outside of the designation may require a resource consent unless they are otherwise permitted by the City Plan or have been or will be approved pursuant to a building consent. With relation to conditions 6, 7 and 9, the current Unit Manager of Christchurch City Council s Environmental Compliance Team is Tony Dowson. Mr. Dowson can be contacted on With relation to condition 17 and 18, the current Resource Manager of Christchurch City Council s Capital Delivery Unit is Ron Clarke. Mr. Clarke can be contacted on Please note that in relation to certification, written confirmation extends to include correspondence. SH74A From the Dyers Road/Palinarus Road intersec on, then via Palinarus Road, Rutherford Street, Garlands Road to the junc on with SH 73 at the Garlands Road/Opawa Road intersec on. SH 75 From the junction with SH73 at the Curletts Road/Southern Motorway intersection (RP0/0.00); via Curletts Road, Halswell Road and Taitapu Road, to the centre of the Halswell River Bridge (RP0/8.35). Alteration of designation at intersection of Dunbars Road and Halswell Road The designation was altered by decision of New Zealand Transport Agency on 4 August 2008 by including the area shown as Proposed Dunbars Road Designation (Over Legal Road) -blue as shown on the plans submitted with the notice of requirement labelled TZTP/11/06/05/01 dated 23 March 2007 held on Council file PL/CPO/4/10. The altered designation is subject to the following conditions: (i) The raised median on Dunbars Road shall be constructed in accordance with the plan labelled Transit New Zealand, SH 75 Halswell Road/Dunbars Road Int. Upgrade Design Layout Site Plan Entrance/Exit BP Garage Drawing No SK641 Rev A held on Council file PL/CPO/4/10. (ii) The signage shown on the raised median on the plan labelled Transit New Zealand, SH 75 Halswell Road/Dunbars Road Int. Upgrade Design Layout Site Plan Entrance/Exit BP Garage Drawing No SK641 Rev A held on Council file PL/CPO/4/10 shall be erected by Transit at the time of construction of the raised median. (iii) All works shall be controlled in accordance with Transit s Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management - Issue 3. (iv) All road works and construction activity shall be undertaken in accordance with NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics - Construction Noise, and noise associated with construction shall not exceed the levels specified in the tables below: Upper Limit for construction noise at adjoining commercial or industrial properties: Time Period (any day) Noise Level; Leq (dba) 07:30 to 18: :00 to 07:30 85 Upper Limit for Construction noise received at a residential dwelling

18 Time of Week Time Period Noise Level Leq Lmax Weekdays 06:30-07:30 07:30-18:00 18:00-20:00 20:00-06:

19 Saturdays 06:30-07:30 07:30-18:00 18:00-06: Sundays and public holidays 06:30-07:30 07:30-18:00 18:00-06:

20 Prior to the commencement of the proposed works, Transit shall supply the occupiers of all residential properties on both sides of Dunbars Road as far west as Ensign Street with the 24-hour contact telephone number of a person nominated by Transit to receive and resolve complaints regarding the construction work. (v) The earthworks associated with the intersection upgrades shall be undertaken and controlled so as to prevent any visible dust emissions beyond the boundaries of the designated area, where necessary using environmentally friendly dust suppressants. (vi) On completion of the works associated with the designation, any refuse or debris generated during road widening shall be cleared and disposed of at an approved site. (vii) If any investigation or earthworks at the site reveals evidence of soil contamination then the Investigations and Compliance Manager of the Christchurch City Council and the Contaminated Sites Team Leader of Environment Canterbury shall be immediately notified. (Evidence of contamination includes unusual soil colouration, unusual soil odour or the inclusion of foreign or landfill material). (viii) The landscape planting shall be undertaken in accordance with the Landscape Plan Concept Planting Plan December 2006 (Appendix D of the Notice of Requirement) held on Council file PL/CPO/4/10. Any trees to be planted at the time of planting shall be no less than 1.8m in height. The planting shall be maintained, including the replacement of any mortalities. (ix) The final built design shall be accessible to and functional for people with special transport needs. Note : Sections of state highway declared as "motorway" are included in Attachment 2 below "Schedule of Motorways". SH76 From the junction with SH74 at the Port Hills interchange (RP76/0/0.00) then via Port Hills Road, Opawa Road, Brougham Street, Christchurch Southern Motorway, Halswell Junction Road to the intersection with SH1 at Main South Road (RP76/11/7.365). Attachment 2: Schedule of motorways (New Zealand Transport Agency) Updated 20 December 2013 SH 1 Northern Motorway From the centre of the Waimakariri River Bridge (RP327/0.21) to the northern side of the Main Road/Dickeys Road intersection (RP327/3.04). SH 76 Christchurch Southern Motorway (CSM1) From the eastern side of Barrington Street (RP76/3/5.003) to a point 240 metres east of the intersection with Halswell Junction Road (RP76/11/4.251), including the ramps and connections at Barrington Street and Curletts Road. Planning Maps: 43A, 44A, 45A, 46A Christchurch Southern Motorway (CSM2) Updated 20 December 2013 A designation for the construction, maintenance, opera on, use and improvement of a state highway (the Christchurch Southern Motorway Stage 2 Project), and associated works of the local network, between the end of the Motorway Stage 1 at Halswell Junction Road and the boundary with Selwyn District at Marshs Road was approved by a Board of Inquiry on 8 November A summary of the new designated works is set out in Attachment 3. The extent of the designation is set out in Appendix 2. The conditions applying to the designation are set out below. The table below provides explanation to a number of the acronyms and terms used in the conditions: Definitions

21 AEE BPO CCC CEMP City Means the CSM2 and MSRFL ( Project ) Assessment of Effects on the Environment (Volume 2) dated November 2012 Means the Best Practicable Op on Means the Christchurch City Council Means the Construction Environmental Management Plan Means the Christchurch City Commencement Means the t i me when the works that are authorised by the designations commence of Works Council Council Engineering Specification Means the relevant territorial authority (Selwyn District Council or Christchurch City Council) Means the design engineering specification of the relevant Council (Selwyn District Council Engineering Code of Practice or Christchurch City Council Civil Engineering Construction Standard Specification). Council utilities Means water supply, stockwater races, wastewater (including sewer pipes) and roading infrastructure District District Plan Highly sensitive air pollution land use Manager Noise Criteria Categories Means the Selwyn District Means the relevant territorial authority district plan (Selwyn District Plan or Christchurch City Plan) Means residential properties, premises used primarily as temporary accommodation (such as hotels, motels and camping grounds), hospitals, schools, early childhood education centres, childcare facilities, rest homes, public open space used for recreation, the conservation estate, marae and other similar cultural facilities Means the Regulatory Manager of the relevant territorial authority (Selwyn District Council or Christchurch City Council) Means the groups of preference for me averaged sound levels established in accordance with NZS 6806:2010 when determining the BPO mitigation option, i.e. Category A primary noise criterion, Category B secondary noise criterion and Category C internal noise criterion NZS 6806:2010 Means New Zealand Standard NZS 6806:2010 Acoustics Road traffic noise New and altered roads PPFs Means only the premises and facilities identified in green, orange or red in the Assessment of Operational Noise Effects dated November 2012, submitted with the Notice of Requirement

22 Project Requiring Authority Road Controlling Authority Means the widening and upgrading of SH1 Main South Road between Robinsons Road and Rolleston to provide a four lane median separated expressway (Main South Road Four Laning known as MSRFL) and the construction, opera on and maintenance of the Christchurch Southern Motorway Stage 2 (CSM2) and includes associated local road works, including new rear access roads Means the New Zealand Transport Agency Means the relevant Road Controlling Authority (Selwyn District Council or Christchurch City Council) RMA Means the Resource Management Act 1991 SDC SEMP Structural Mi ga on Territorial authority Means the Selwyn District Council Means Specialised Environmental Management Plan Has the same meaning as in NZS 6806:2010 Means the relevant territorial authority (Selwyn District Council or Christchurch City Council)

23 Work Means any activity or activities undertaken in relation to the construction and operation of the Project Ref Conditions General and Administration DC.1 Except as modified by the conditions below, and subject to final design, the Project shall be undertaken in general accordance with the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notices of Requirement dated November 2012 and supporting documents being: (a) Assessment of Environmental Effects report, dated November 2012; (b) Plan sets: i. Layout Plans: A C020 C029 & B C020 C025, C026 C027 rev 1, C028 C035, C036 rev 1, C037 C038 ii. Plan and Longitudinal Sections: A C100 C107, C110 C113, C120, C131 C133 & B C101 C112, C115, C120 C121, C125 C126, C130 rev 1, C135 C136, C140 C145, C160 C163 iii. Typical Cross Sections: A C171 C173 & B C171 C173 iv. Pavement Surfaces: A C250 C252, C253 rev 1 & B C250 C251, C252 C253 rev 1, C254 C255 v. Cycle Path Plans: B C315 C316 vi. Drainage Layout Plans: A C401, C402 C403 rev 1, C404 C406, C408 rev 1, C411 rev 1, C412 rev 2 & B C401 C402 rev 1, C403 C404, C405 rev 1, C rev 2, C408, C409 C412 rev 1, C413, C414 rev 1, C415, C416 C417 rev 1, C425 C426 rev 1 vii. Drainage Details: A C451, C453 C454, C461 C463 rev 1 & B C451 C455, C461 C466 rev 1 viii. Signage Plans: A C501 C508 & B C501 C505, C506 C507 rev 1, C508 C515, C516 rev 1, C517 ix. Land Requirement Plans: A C1101 C1109, C1110 rev 1 & B C1101 C1105, C1106 C1107 rev 1, C1108 C1115, C1116 rev 1, C1117 C1118 x. Structural Plans: A S000, S011 S012 & B S000, S011 S013, S021 S023, S031 S032, S041 S043, S051 S053, S061 S063, S071 S072, S081 S083 xi. Landscape Planting Plans: A L011 L019 rev 1 & B L011 L015 rev 1, L016 L017 rev 2, L018 L024 rev 1, L025 rev 2, L026 L028 rev 1 xii. Lighting Plans: , sheets 1 20 Advice Notes: For the avoidance of doubt, none of these conditions prevent or apply to works required for the ongoing opera on or maintenance of the Project following construction, such as changes to street furniture or signage over me. Depending upon the nature of such works, Outline Plans or Outline Plan waivers may be required for any such works. The support documentation as confirmed in the designations contains all the information that would be required to be provided with an Outline Plan under Sec on 176A of the RMA, therefore no separate Outline Plans for construction of the works shown in the said support documentation will be submitted. An Outline Plan may be prepared and submitted for any works not included within Condi on DC.1 in accordance with the requirements of Sec on 176A of the RMA. DC.2 DC.3 As soon as practicable following completion of construction of the Project, the Requiring Authority shall: (a) Review the width of the area designated for the Project; (b) Identify any areas of designated land that are no longer necessary for the ongoing opera on, or maintenance of the Project or for ongoing mitigation measures; and (c) Give notice to the Council in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in Condition DC.2(b) above. The designation shall lapse if not given effect to within 15 years from the date on which it is included in the District Plan under Section 175 of the RMA. Communications and Public Liaison Construction DC.4 The Requiring Authority shall appoint a liaison person for the duration of the construction phase of the Project to be the main and readily accessible point of contact at all times for persons affected by the construction

24 work. The Requiring Authority shall take appropriate steps to advise all affected parties of the liaison person s name and contact details. The Project contact person shall be reasonably available by telephone during the construction phase of the Project. If the liaison person will not be available for any reason, an alternative contact person shall be nominated. DC.5 Prior to the commencement of works, the Requiring Authority shall prepare and implement a Communications Plan that sets out procedures detailing how the public and stakeholders will be communicated with throughout the construction period. As a minimum, the Communications Plan shall include: i. details of a public liaison person available at all times during works. Contact details shall be prominently displayed at the site office so that they are clearly visible to the public at all times; ii. methods to consult on and to communicate details of the proposed construction activities to surrounding residential communities, and methods to deal with concerns raised; iii. methods to record feedback raised about construction activities; iv. any stakeholder specific communication plans; v. monitoring and review procedures for the Communication Plan; vi. details of communications activities proposed which may include: Publication of a newsletter, or similar, and its proposed delivery area. Newspaper advertising. Website. Notification of surrounding properties within 200 metres of construction activities and consultation with individual property owners and occupiers with dwellings within 20 metres of construction activities. The Communications Plan shall include linkages and cross references to methods set out in other management plans where relevant. The Requiring Authority shall provide the Communications Plan to the Manager at least 15 working days prior to the commencement of works. DC.6 The Requiring Authority shall establish a Community Liaison Group(s) (CLG) at least 30 working days prior to the commencement of works. The purpose of the CLG shall be to provide a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community, and an opportunity for concerns and issues to be raised with the Requiring Authority. The CLG shall consist of a maximum of eight persons with a preference for representatives from the following groups: i. Selwyn District Council; ii. Christchurch City Council; iii. Educational facilities surrounding the Project area (schools, kindergartens, childcare facilities); iv. Community/ environmental groups; and v. The Project liaison person, appointed in accordance with Condition DC.4. The CLG will be offered the opportunity of meeting at least once every three months or as requested throughout the construction period, so that ongoing information can be disseminated and discussed, at the Requiring Authority s expense. Management Plans General DC.7 At least three months prior to the commencement of works, the Requiring Authority shall submit information to the Manager to demonstrate that the proposed certifier of the management plans (required by Condi on DC.8) is independent, suitably qualified and experienced. Works shall not proceed un l approval from the Manager is obtained. If the Manager does not approve the person(s) proposed by the Requiring Authority, reasons should be provided to indicate why the person(s) is not considered to be suitable. With the prior agreement of the Manager, the independent certifier may be changed at any stage in the Project. DC.8 (a) All works shall be carried out in general accordance with the Construction Environmental Management Plan and relevant Specialised Environmental Management Plans ( SEMPs ) required by these designation conditions. The drati management plans lodged with the Notices of Requirement that are listed below in this condition shall be updated and finalised by the Requiring Authority: i. Construction Environmental Management Plan ( CEMP ) ii. SEMP 001 Air Quality Management Plan iii. SEMP 003 Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan iv. SEMP 004 Construction Traffic Management Plan v. SEMP 005 Landscape Management Plan (b) The management plans shall be certified by an independent, suitably qualified and experienced person(s) (approved by the Manager as being competent and suitable to provide such certification as per Condition DC.7), at least 40 working days prior to the commencement of construc on of the relevant stage or stages of

25 work. If changes are requested by the certifier these changes shall be made before the certification is confirmed. (c) This certification shall be provided to the Manager at least 10 working days prior to the commencement of construction of the relevant stage or stages of work. (d) Where a management plan(s) is to be submitted in a staged manner as a result of the staging of construction works, information about the proposed staging shall be submitted as part of the CEMP. Advice Note: A 20 working day turnaround time is intended for the management plan certification process. DC.9 Works shall not proceed until the relevant management plans and certification described in Condition DC.8 have been received and acknowledged in writing by the Manager. If written acknowledgement is not provided by the Council within 10 working days of the Requiring Authority sending the certification, the certification shall be deemed to be confirmed. DC.10 The Requiring Authority may make reasonable amendments to the management plans at any me. Any changes to the management plans shall remain consistent with the overall intent of the relevant management plan and shall be certified by the agreed independent certifier, as per the requirements outlined in Condition DC.8. The Requiring Authority shall provide a copy of any such amendment to the management plans and the certification to Council for information, prior to giving effect to the amendment. DC.11 All operational personnel involved with the construction of the Project shall be made aware of, and have access to, all conditions and management plans applicable to the construction, maintenance and opera on of the Project. A copy shall be kept on site at all times. Construction Environmental Management Plan DC.12 The Requiring Authority shall finalise the CEMP submitted with the application and this shall be certified in accordance with Condi on DC.8. The certification shall confirm that the CEMP: (a) is generally consistent with the dra CEMP submitted with the application; and (b) addresses the matters set out in Condi on DC.13 below. DC.13 The purpose of the CEMP is to provide an overarching framework to ensure that the Project remains within the limits and standards approved under this designation and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. The CEMP shall include, but need not be limited to, the following: (a) General: CEMP purpose; Project details including anticipated construction activities; CEMP Objectives and Policies; (b) Environmental Management: Existing environment characteristics; Environmental issues anticipated during construction; Environmental management approach and methods and measures to avoid and mitigate adverse environmental effects arising from construction work; Mitigation/contingency measures; (c) CEMP Requirements: Roles and responsibilities; Training and education; Monitoring, maintenance, audit and reporting; Corrective action and emergency contacts and response; Feedback management; CEMP revision and compliance issue resolution processes; (d) Activity Specific Requirements: i) Hazardous Substances The CEMP shall develop and implement methodologies and processes for minimising potential environmental risks arising from the use and storage of hazardous substances and the transportation, disposal and tracking of materials taken away during the construction of the Project, in accordance with best practice and national standards and regulations. This shall include: a) the types and volumes of hazardous substances stored during the construction phase; b) the equipment, systems and procedures to be used to minimise the risk of spills or leaks of hazardous substances;

26 c) the spill management and containment equipment to be maintained at all times on site, and its location; d) procedures for containing, managing, cleaning and disposing of any spill or leak of contaminated material from the site (spill kits); e) procedures to notify and report to Council within 24 hours of a spill or leak involving 10 litres or more occurring, including a maintained schedule of emergency contact names and numbers; and f) procedures to be followed to identify causes of spills or leaks and to prevent their recurrence. ii) Network Utilities The CEMP shall outline the methodologies that will be adopted to ensure enabling work, design and construction of the Project adequately takes account of (and includes measures to address) the safety, integrity, protection or where necessary the relocation of existing network utilities. This shall include: a) measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing network utilities; b) measures for the protection, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing network utilities; c) measures to ensure the continued operation and supply of existing infrastructure services which may include, but not be limited to, electricity lines, telecommunications cables, sewer pipes and water supply; d) measures to provide for the safe opera on of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers and other persons, in proximity to existing live network utilities; e) measures to provide for access to network utilities at reasonable times; f) measures to manage potential induction hazards to existing network utilities; g) earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks) and management of dust, for earthworks in close proximity to existing network utilities (in particular compliance with New Zealand Electrical Code of Practice for Electrical Safe Distances NZECP 34:2001); h) Vibration management for works in close proximity to existing network utilities; and i) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing network utilities. j) Design and construction of Council utilities shall be undertaken in accordance with Condition DC.39. iii) Construction Lighting The CEMP shall outline the methodologies that will be adopted to avoid, remedy or mi gate the effects of construction lighting. This shall include: a) in areas adjacent to residences, all security and construction lighting shall be installed so that it can be shielded, or directed to the required work area to minimise light spill, glare and upward waste beyond the site so far as it is reasonably practical and to achieve compliance with relevant District Plan standards; and b) careful consideration to the location of site offices to ensure there is no obtrusive lighting effects to nearby residences; iv) Cultural/ Archaeology and Heritage Management The CEMP shall incorporate the Accidental Discovery Protocol covering NZTA New Zealand Regions 11 (Canterbury) and 12 (West Coast) and the Ngai Tahu Koiwi Tangata Policy Advice Note: The use and storage of hazardous substances will be compliant with the relevant provisions of the Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act Air Quality Management Plan Construction DC.14 The Requiring Authority shall finalise the Air Quality Management Plan (SEMP 001) submitted with the application. The Air Quality Management Plan shall be certified (as a requirement of Condition DC.8) to confirm that the Air Quality Management Plan: (a) is generally consistent with the dra Air Quality Management Plan submitted with the application; and (b) addresses all the matters listed in Condi on DC.15 below. DC.15 The Air Quality Management Plan (SEMP 001) shall describe the measures that will be adopted that, so far as practicable, reduce the dust or fumes arising as a result of the construction of the Project at any point beyond the designation boundary that borders a highly sensitive air pollution land use. The Air Quality Management Plan shall include, but need not be limited to, the following: i. Description of the works, and sources of dust and fumes; ii. Identification of periods of time when emissions of dust or fumes might arise from construction activities; iii. Identification of highly sensitive air pollution land uses likely to be adversely affected by emissions of dust or fumes from construction activities; iv. Methods for managing dust emitted from construction yards, haul roads, stock piles and construction site exits used by trucks; v. Methods for maintaining and operating construction equipment and vehicles in order to minimise vehicle emissions from exhaust tailpipes; vi. Methods for monitoring dust and fumes during construction, including visual inspections of dust sources

27 and dust generating activities, visual inspections of management measures, checking weather forecasts and observing weather conditions; vii. Methods for undertaking and reporting on the results of daily inspections of construction activities that might give rise to dust or fumes; and viii. Procedures for maintaining contact with stakeholders, notifying of proposed construction activities and handling feedback about dust or fumes. Noise and Vibration Construction DC.16 The Requiring Authority shall finalise the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (SEMP 003) submitted with the application. The Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan shall be certified (as a requirement of Condi on DC.8), to confirm that the Construc on Noise and Vibration Management Plan: (a) is generally consistent with the dra Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan submitted with the application; and (b) addresses all the matters listed in Condi on DC.17 below. DC.17 The purpose of the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (SEMP 003) is to identify the noise and vibration performance standards that will, where practicable, be complied with and sets the framework for the development and implementation of particular noise and vibration management and control methodologies to minimise adverse effects on the health and safety of nearby residents. The Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (SEMP 003) shall describe the measures that will be adopted to, as far as practicable, meet: (a) The noise criteria set out in Condition DC.19. Where it is not practicable to achieve those criteria, alternative strategies must be described in the site specific management schedules required under (vii) below to address the effects of noise on neighbours. (b) The Category A vibration criteria set out in Condition DC.20. Where it is not practicable to achieve those criteria alternative strategies must be described in the site specific management schedules required under (vii) below, and a suitably qualified acoustic expert shall be engaged to assess and manage construction vibration during the activities that exceed the Category A criteria. If predicted construction vibration levels exceed Category B criteria, then construction activity should only proceed if approved by the independent, suitably qualified certifier and if there is appropriate monitoring of vibration levels and effects on buildings at risk of exceeding the Category B criteria, in accordance with a site specific management schedule. The Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan shall include, but need not be limited to, the following: i. Description of the works, anticipated equipment/ processes and their scheduled durations; ii. Hours of operation, including times and days when construction activities causing noise and/or vibration would occur; iii. The construction noise and vibration criteria for the Project; iv. Identification of affected dwellings and other sensitive locations where noise and vibration criteria apply; v. Mitigation options, including alternative strategies where full compliance with the relevant noise and/or vibration criteria cannot be achieved; vi. Details of which road traffic noise mitigation options as required by Condition DC.18 will be implemented early enough to also mi gate construction noise; vii. Requirement for management schedules containing site specific information. Specific management schedules shall include: a. Trents Vineyard where, as far as practical, noise from construction activities shall be no greater than 55 dblaeq(1hr) and 70 dblamax when measured within 50 metres of the wedding venue on wedding days, from 2 pm onwards on Friday, Saturday and Sunday afternoons, between mid September to mid May; b. Notification of pile driving activities when using a drop hammer, in order to enable protection of livestock. viii. Methods and frequency for monitoring and reporting on construction noise and vibration; ix. Procedures and methods for maintaining contact with stakeholders, notifying of proposed construction activities and handling noise and vibration complaints; x. Construction equipment operator training procedures and expected construction site behaviours; and xi. Contact numbers for key construction staff, staff responsible for noise and vibration assessment and Council officers. DC.18 The Requiring Authority shall, where practicable, implement the Structural Mitigation measures for operational traffic noise, detailed in Condi on DC.21, which are identified in the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (SEMP 003) as traffic noise mitigation measures which will also mi gate construction noise, prior to commencing construction works that would be attenuated by these mitigation measures.

28 DC.19 Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics Construction Noise. The construction noise criteria for the purposes of the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (SEMP 003) are: Time of week Time period Long term duration construction (dba) LAeq LAFmax Noise criteria at residential buildings Weekdays

29 Saturdays Sundays and public holidays Noise criteria at commercial/ industrial buildings Any day DC.20 Construction vibration shall be measured in accordance with DIN :1999 Structural Vibration Part 3: Effects of vibration on structures. The construction vibration criteria for the purposes of the Construction Noise and Vibra on Management Plan (SEMP 003) are: Receiver Details Catergory A Category B Occupied dwellings Night time 2000h 0630h 0.3 mm/s PPV 1 mm/s PPV Daytime 0630h 2000h 1 mm/s PPV 5 mm/s PPV Other occupied buildings* Daytime 0630h 2000h 2 mm/s PPV 5 mm/s PPV All other buildings Vibration transient 5 mm/s PPV BS :2009, Table B.2 Vibration continuous BS :2009, 50% of Table B.2 * Other occupied buildings is intended to include daytime workplaces such as offices, community centres etc., and not industrial buildings. Schools, hospitals, rest homes etc. would fall under the occupied dwellings category. Noise and Vibration Management Operation DC.21 Design of all Structural Mitigation measures (the Preferred Mitigation Options ) listed in this condition shall be undertaken by a suitably qualified acoustic specialist prior to commencement of construction of the measures, and shall include, as a minimum, the following traffic noise mitigation measures: (a) Noise barriers to be constructed using timber palings consistent with the most commonly used fencing materials within the Project area with a mass rating of at least 10kg/m2 at: i. Two 1.8 m high acoustic fences at 1528 Main South Road; ii. One 1.8 m high acoustic fence at 95 Berketts Road; iii. One 1.8 m high acoustic fence at 1213 Main South Road; iv. One 1.8 m high acoustic fence at 312 Springs Road; and (b) Open Graded Porous Asphalt ("OGPA") or equivalent low noise generating road surface be used in the locations illustrated on Drawings A C251 to C254 and B C250 to C255.

30 DC.22 Where the design of the Preferred Mitigation Options identifies that it is not practicable to implement a particular Structural Mitigation measure in the location or of the length or height included in Condition DC.21, the design of the Structural Mitigation measure could be changed if it would still achieve the same Noise Criteria Category or Category B at all relevant PPFs, and a suitably qualified planner approved by the Council certifies to the Council that the changed Structural Mitigation would be consistent with adopting the Best Practicable Option in accordance with NZS 6806:2010, the Preferred Mitigation Options may include the changed mitigation measure. The Requiring Authority shall consult with affected property owners prior to amending the detailed mitigation measures to include the changed structure mitigation measure. DC.23 The Preferred Mitigation Options outlined in Condition DC.21 shall be implemented prior to completion of construction of the Project, with the exception of any low noise generating road surfaces, which shall be implemented within 12 months of completion of construction. DC.24 The Requiring Authority shall manage and maintain the Preferred Mitigation Options to ensure that, to the extent practicable, those mitigation measures retain their noise reduction performance. Traffic Management Construction DC.25 The Requiring Authority shall finalise the Construction Traffic Management Plan (SEMP 004) submitted with the application. The Construction Traffic Management Plan shall be updated in consultation with the Road Controlling Authority (or its nominees). This consultation shall commence at least 20 working days prior to certification of the Construction Traffic Management Plan (as a requirement of Condi on DC.8). The certification shall confirm that the Construction Traffic Management Plan: (a) is generally consistent with the dra Construction Traffic Management Plan submitted with the application; and (b) addresses all the matters listed in Condi on DC.26 below. DC.27 Site specific traffic management plans shall be prepared in consultation with the Road Controlling Authority in accordance with the Construction Traffic Management Plan (SEMP 004). Site specific traffic management plans shall be certified by an independent Approving Engineer and provided to the Road Controlling Authority Traffic Management Coordinator for approval at least 5 working days prior to the commencement of work in that area, and shall describe the measures that will be taken to manage the traffic effects associated with the construction of specific parts of the Project prior to commencement of work in the relevant part(s) of the Project. Works shall not proceed until approval from the Road Controlling Authority Traffic Management Coordinator is obtained. DC.28 The Construction Traffic Management Plan (SEMP 004) and the site specific traffic management plans shall generally be consistent with the version of the NZ Transport Agency Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management ( COPTTM ) which applies at the time the CTMP or the relevant Site Specific Traffic Management Plans are prepared. Where it is not practicable to adhere to this Code, the COPTTM s prescribed Engineering Exception Decision ( EED ) process will be followed, which will include appropriate management measures agreed with the Road Controlling Authority. Landscape and Urban Design DC.29 The Requiring Authority shall finalise the Landscape Management Plan (SEMP 005) submitted with the application. The Landscape Management Plan shall be certified (as a requirement of Condition DC.8), to confirm that the Landscape Management Plan: (a) is generally consistent with the dra Landscape Management Plan submitted with the application; and (b) addresses all the matters listed in Condi on DC.30 below.

31 DC.30 The purpose of the Landscape Management Plan (SEMP 005) is to outline the methods and measures to be adopted to avoid, remedy and mi gate adverse effects on landscape amenity during the construction phase of the Project. It shall also provide for completion of the Project s permanent landscape works and outline the necessary maintenance and monitoring of these. The Landscape Management Plan (SEMP 005) shall include, but need not be limited to, the following: (a) The Project Landscape Plans; (b) Demonstration of how the Landscape Key Design Principles (in Chapter 5.0 of the Urban and Landscape Design Framework) have been taken into account throughout the Project alignment; (c) Outline of the landscape treatment proposed as mitigation throughout the Project alignment; (d) Landscape implementation details including: i. Training of staff; ii. Meetings with the Project Landscape Architect; iii. The identification of vegetation to be retained or relocated (including the definition of the extent of vegetation clearance boundaries which shall include, but need not limited to, the existing oak trees on the south side of Main South Road where practical); iv. Sourcing native plants from the Canterbury Ecological District; v. A plan ng programme (the staging of planting in relation to the construction programme); vi. A planting restoration schedule (to so far as practicable replicate existing planting patterns); vii. Landscape treatment for noise barriers; viii. Landscape integration of pedestrian and cycleway facilities; ix. Landscape treatment for stormwater ponds; x. Pre preparing boulderfields (if required); xi. Riparian planting adjacent to stockwater races that takes into account the SDC Planting Guide for Water Race Margins; xii. Planting in accordance with the New Zealand Electricity (Hazard from Trees) Regulations 2003, including the provisions of the Schedule (Growth Limit Zones) to those regulations; (e) Maintenance and monitoring including: i. Monitoring and reporting of baseline conditions and monthly throughout construction; ii. Maintenance regime which should apply for the two years following planting being undertaken (including weed control and clearance and pest control and replacement of unhealthy plants). Cultural, Archaeology and Heritage Management Construction Advice Note: An Archaeological Authority shall be sought from the New Zealand Historic Places Trust where required under the Historic Places Act DC.32 The Requiring Authority shall implement the Accidental Discovery Protocol covering NZTA New Zealand Regions 11 (Canterbury) and 12 (West Coast) in the event of accidental discovery of cultural or archaeological artefacts or features during the construction of the Project. DC.33 The Requiring Authority shall implement the Ngai Tahu Koiwi Tangata Policy 1993 The Policy of Ngai Tahu Concerning the Human Remains of our Ancestors in the event that Koiwi are discovered. Electricity Transmission Management DC.34 All works or activities associated with the Project shall be designed and undertaken to comply with the New Zealand Electrical Code of Practice for Electrical Safe Distances (NZECP 34:2001) where the alignment passes beneath the Islington Springston A (ISL SPN A) and Bromley Islington A (BRY ISL A) transmission lines. Operational Lighting DC.35 Lighting shall be designed to comply with AS/NZS1158 Lighting for Roads and Public Spaces. This shall include limiting the amount of light spill, glare and upward waste light into the neighbouring environment via the selection of appropriate luminaires. These effects shall not exceed the technical parameters indicated within the Standard. Ecology Advice Note: A Wildlife Permit shall be sought from the Department of Conservation where required under the

32 Wildlife Act DC.36 The Requiring Authority shall develop and implement a Lizard Management Plan (SEMP 007) which outlines the actions required to minimise adverse effects on lizards. (a) The Lizard Management Plan shall be developed by an suitably qualified and experienced ecologist; (b) The Lizard Management Plan shall include, but need not be limited to, the following actions: i. Obtaining a Wildlife Permit from the Department of Conservation under the Wildlife Act 1953; ii. Creation of specific lizard habitat of an area commensurate to the number of lizards likely to occur in the footprint. Potential locations are shown on the Project Landscape Plans; iii. Capture and relocation of lizards; iv. Protection of lizards in relation to construction activities and predators; v. Monitoring to determine survival and population establishment and growth, if more than 30 lizards are able to be relocated DC.37 All machinery shall be water blasted at a suitable facility prior to entry on site to avoid spread of weed species. Feedback and Incidents Construction DC.38 (a) At all times during construction work, the Requiring Authority shall maintain a permanent register(s) of any public or stakeholder feedback received and any incidents or non compliance noted by the Requiring Authority s contractor, in relation to the construction of the Project. The register(s) shall include: i. the name and contact details (as far as practicable) of the person providing feedback or contractor observing the incident/ non compliance; ii. identification of the nature and details of the feedback/ incident; and iii. location, date and me of the feedback/ incident. (b) The Requiring Authority shall promptly investigate any adverse feedback, incident or non compliance. This shall include, but need not be limited to: i. recording weather conditions at the time of the event (as far as practicable), and including wind direction and approximate wind speed if the adverse feedback or incident relates to dust; ii. recording any other activities in the area, unrelated to the Project that may have contributed to the adverse feedback/ incident/ non compliance, such as non Project construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally (if applicable); iii. investigating other circumstances surrounding the incident. (c) In relation to Condition DC.38(b), the Requiring Authority shall: i. record the outcome of the investigation on the register(s); ii. record any remedial actions or measures undertaken to address or respond to the matter on the register(s); iii. respond to the indicator, in closing the feedback loop, if practicable; and iv. where the adverse feedback or incident was in relation to a non compliance, the Manager shall be notified in writing of the matter within 5 working days of the non compliance, and inform of the remedial actions undertaken. (d) The register(s) shall be maintained on site and shall be made available to the Manager upon request. DC.39 The Requiring Authority shall liaise with the Council where there are existing network utilities that are directly affected by the Project. All works to existing Council utilities associated with the Project shall be designed and construction completed in general accordance with the Council s engineering specification. The Requiring Authority shall ensure that the operation and maintenance of the Project does not unduly constrain access to existing and/or relocated network utilities for maintenance purposes on an ongoing basis. The Requiring Authority shall give reasonable notice and make reasonable endeavours to: a) Liaise with the Council in relation to any part of the works within the designation where their infrastructure may be affected; and b) Make reasonable and relevant changes requested by the Council to the relevant design plans and methodologies, to ensure that access to, maintenance and the operation of all network utility infrastructure within the designated area is not adversely affected. SH 74 From the northern abutment of the Heathcote River Bridge (RP19/0.52) then via Tunnel Road to the Tunnel Portal - Lyttelton end (RP26/0.00). Conditions The following conditions and notes only apply to portions of the SH 73, SH 74, and SH 74A New Zealand Transport Agency designation described in the preceding Attachments 1 and 2:

33 Construction and Operational Noise 1. As a minimum, New Zealand Transport Agency shall comply with the relevant New Zealand Transport Agency noise mitigation policy in effect at the time that New Zealand Transport Agency applies for outline development plan approval for works to give effect to this designation. Protocol for discovery of koiwi, taonga or other artefact material 2. As a minimum, New Zealand Transport Agency shall comply with the relevant New Zealand Transport Agency accidental discovery protocol in effect at the time that New Zealand Transport Agency applies for outline development plan approval for works to give effect to this designation. Note: These mitigation conditions do not limit the ability of Christchurch City Council to seek changes to any future outline plan of works, pursuant to section 176A of the Resource Management Act The portions of SH 73, SH 74 and SH 74A to which these conditions apply are: SH 73 From the Curletts Road/Blenheim Road intersection, then via Curletts Road, Yaldhurst Road to the junction with SH 1 at the Masham Road/Russley Road/Yaldhurst Road intersection. SH 74 From the Main North Road/Queen Elizabeth II Drive intersection, then via Queen Elizabeth II Drive, Travis Road, Anzac Drive, Dyers Road to the Dyers Road/Ferry Road/Tunnel Road intersection. SH 74A From the Dyers Road/Palinarus Road intersection, then via Palinarus Road, Rutherford Street, Garlands Road to the junction with SH 73 at the Garlands Road/Opawa Road intersection. Attachment 3: Roading designations New Zealand Transport Agency, Christchurch City Council Updated 27 June 2014 Refer to Appendix 2 for detailed maps of these designations. (1) The designation is subject to special conditions set out below. Refer to Appendix 2 for detailed maps of these designations. (2) The designation is subject to special conditions. See Clause 2.2.3(3) Road name Annex Road Designating authority and road classification Extent of work and work type Map No. Duration of designation see Lincoln Road Annex Road NZTA - major Annex Road to Curletts Road - widen and upgrade M, N years Avonhead Road Bamford Street see Russley Road see Jubilee Street

34 Barbadoes Street CCC - major At Purchas Street - intersection M years Blenheim Road (1) CCC- major Bordesley Street Picton Avenue to Moorhouse Avenue/Deans 38, years Avenue intersection - realign N see Ferry Road

35 Bridle Path Road CCC - minor North of Martindales Road - widen M 55 5 years from 17 November 2010 Carlyle Street Carmen Road (SH1 NZTA - major & 73) Cashel Street Coleridge Street see Gasson Street Main South Road to Masham Road - 4 lanes 37, years E see Clarkson Avenue see Gasson Street Deans Avenue CCC - major Blenheim Road to Moorhouse Avenue - widen N 39 5 years from 17 November 2010 Deans Avenue see also Blenheim Road Dyers Road NZTA - major At Maces Road - intersection M years Ferry Road (1) CCC - major Wilsons Road to Randolph Street - 4 lanes E 40, years Ferry Road CCC - major At Humphreys Drive - widen N years Foster Street Garlands Road see Blenheim Road see Opawa Road Gasson Street CCC - major Carlyle Street to Brougham Street - 3 lanes E 39, years Halswell Road (SH75) Halswell Junction Road Hendersons Road NZTA - major, minor NZTA - major Curletts Road to Sparks Road - 4 lanes E 45, 52, 10 years From Halswell Junction Road, Springs Road43, years Intersection to Halswell Junction Road, Main South Road (SH1) Intersection - N see Cashmere Road Hills Road CCC - minor Avalon Street to Gresford Street - widen M 32 5 years from 17 November 2010 Johns Road (SH1) NZTA - major Russley Road to Main North Road - 4 lanes M 17, 18, years Johns Road (SH1) (1) NZTA - major From Sawyers Arms roundabout to just west of the Groynes entrance (Willowcreek Lane), from 2 lanes to a 4 lane median separated carriageway. N 17, 18, 23 5 years from 27 June 2014 Jubilee Street CCC - collector Extend to Garlands Road - extension E years Kennedy Place Lancaster Street see Opawa Road see Moorhouse Avenue

36 Lincoln Road CCC - major Curletts Road to Whiteleigh Avenue - 4 lanes E 45, years Lindores Street Lowe Street Lyttelton Street McLeans Island Road see Lincoln Road see Blenheim Road see Lincoln Road CCC - minor Coxs Road to Stopbank - realign E 15, years Madras Street CCC - major At Moorhouse Avenue - intersection N years Madras Street CCC - major At Purchas Street - intersection M years Main North Road (SH1) NZTA- major Dickeys Road to Richill Street - widen E years Main North Road (SH74) NZTA - major Farquhars Road to Englefield Road - 4 lanes E years Main North Road (SH74) NZTA- major At Northcote Road - intersection E years Main South Road (SH1) NZTA - major Carmen Road to Halswell Junction Road - 4 lanes E 43, years Marshland Road CCC - minor At Prestons Road - intersection N 19 5 years from 17 November 2010 Marshland Road (2) CCC - minor Remove roundabout and install traffic signals at intersection with Queen Elizabeth II Drive years Masham Road (SH1 & 73) TNZ - major Kintyre Drive to Yaldhurst Road - 4 lanes E years Moorhouse Avenue CCC - major Fitzgerald Avenue to Wilsons Road - 4 lanes E 39, years Moorhouse Avenue see also Blenheim Road Northcote Road CCC - major Main North Road to Railway - 4 lanes M 24, years Northern Arterial (SH1) NZTA - major Main North Road to Queen Elizabeth II Drive - 2 lanes E 10, 18, years Opawa Road (SH74) Osborne Street NZTA - major Ensors Road to Curries Road - widen M years from 15 May 2013 see Ferry Road Pages Road CCC - major At Bexley Road - intersection M years Pages Road CCC - major Kearneys Road to Breezes Road - 4 lanes E 33, 34, years Picton Avenue see Blenheim Road

37 Port Hills Road (SH74) Purchas Street NZTA - major Curries Road to Port Hills interchange - widen E see Barbadoes Street and Madras Street 47, years from 15 May 2013 Queen Elizabeth II Drive (2) NZTA - major see Marshland Road years Russley Road (SH1) Rutherford Street Seymour Street NZTA - major Yaldhurst Road to McLeans Island Road - 4 lanes E see Jubilee Street see Main South Road 23, 30, years Shands Road CCC - minor Amyes Road to Main South Road - widen M years Shands Road NZTA - major 150m north -east and south-west of Shands Road Intersection with Halswell Junction Road - N years Southern Arterial (SH73) Taramea Place NZTA - major Curletts Road to Halswell Junction Road - 4 lanes M, N see Lincoln Road 44, years from 20 July 2009 Travis Road NZTA - major Burwood Road to Frosts Road - widen E 26, years Truscotts Road CCC - local Martindales Road to Ferrymead - underwidth M years Vagues Road Whiteleigh Avenue see Northcote Road see Lincoln Road Wigram Road CCC - collector South of Dunbars Road - Realign N years Wigram Road/Magdala Place (1) CCC - major Implement a new Wigram-Magdala road link as an extension of Wigram Road across Curletts Road to connect with Magdala Place. N years from 27 June 2014 Wilsons Road see Moorhouse Avenue Woolston/Burwood Expressway Woolston/Burwood Expressway NZTA - major Intersection Travis Road/Frosts Road 26, years CCC - major Brook Street to Wainoni Road - 2 lanes E years Wordsworth Street see Gasson Street Yaldhurst Road NZTA - major Racecourse Road to Russley Road - 4 lanes E Yaldhurst Road NZTA - major Intersection of Yaldhurst Road and Pound Road N years years Yaldhurst Road see also Masham Road and Russley Road

38 N = New designation included in the City Plan under section 168 of the Resource Management Act M = Designations incorporated into the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 (Subject to modification). E = Existing designations (without modification) incorporated into the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act Blenheim Road Designation Special conditions 1. The period within which this work shall be given effect to shall be 10 years from the date of the Council s decision on this matter. 2. That the existing Blenheim Road overbridge is to be retained and maintained by the requiring authority as a pedestrian and cycle route only, following any proposed closure of that road to other forms of vehicular traffic, and until such time as satisfactory alternative arrangements can be provided for these modes of movement in this vicinity. 3. The requiring authority shall monitor traffic flow and property access conditions for appropriate periods at 6 monthly intervals along Mandeville Street (Blenheim Road to Riccarton Road) for a period of 2 years following the construction of the proposed deviation. This monitoring shall investigate whether any progressive increases are occurring in delays to vehicular access or egress from properties along this street can be seen to be due to traffic queues at intersections at either end of the street. If such delays are observed, then the requiring authority shall, within that 2 year period, take such steps as appropriate to provide and / or regulate traffic signal controls at either end of that street so as to mitigate such effects. Ferry Road Designation Special conditions 1. That the extent of designation be limited to that shown in Appendix 2 - Roading Designations - New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA), Christchurch City Council - Ferry Road. 2. That the following trees located within the designation on the Edmonds Garden site at 365 Ferry Road and shown in Volume 3, Part 12, Appendix 3 - Ferry Road designation tree locations (Edmonds Garden site), be retained as part of the road widening works: Common lime (Tilia europaea) Common lime (Tilia europaea) Golden totara ( Podocarpus totara Aurea ) Flowering cherry (Prunus subhirtella) 3. That all other trees located within the designation on the Edmon Garden site at 365 Ferry Road be relocated on site as part of the road widening works providing that they are suitable for relocation as assessed by a qualified arborist. Any trees unsuitable for relocation (i.e. removed) shall be replaced elsewhere on the site by an equivalent species. 4. That every endeavour will be made to retain the existing trees located within the designation on the Te Wai Pounamu site at 290 Ferry Road as part of the road widening works. Any tree may only be removed in the following circumstances: It poses a safety risk to road or footpath users; or It impedes the alignment of the footpath; or It is an unhealthy tree, as assessed by a qualified arborist; or It is located within 4.5 metres of the left hand side of the nearest traffic lane to be constructed 5. There shall be no on-street parking on the land designated at 304 Ferry Road. 6. The provision of any on-street parking on the south side of Ferry Road between 126 Osborne Street and 340 Ferry Road is conditional upon the Council being able to purchase additional property outside the designation.

39 Wigram Road and Magdala Place Designation Special conditions General and Administration 1. Except as modified by the conditions below, and subject to final design, the Project shall be undertaken in general accordance with the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 10 May 2013 and supporting documents being: (a) Assessment of Environmental Effects report, dated 10 May 2013; (b) Plan sets: i. Designation Boundary: C 226 Rev 0 ( ) ii. Layout Plans: C 201 Rev C, C 202 Rev A, C 203 Rev E and C 204 Rev F iii. Plan and Longitudinal Section: C 200 Rev F ( ) 3 iv. Landscape Planting Plans: Sheets 1 7, Rev 1 ( ) Advice Notes: For the avoidance of doubt, none of these conditions prevent or apply to works required for the ongoing operation or maintenance of the Project following construction, such as changes to street furniture or signage over time. Depending upon the nature of such works, Outline Plans or Outline Plan waivers may be required for any such works. The support documentation as confirmed in the designations contains all the information that would be required to be provided with an Outline Plan under Section 176A of the RMA, therefore no separate Outline Plans for construction of the works shown in the said support documentation will be submitted. An Outline Plan may be prepared and submitted for any works not included within Condition 1 in accordance with the requirements of Section 176A of the RMA. 2. The designation shall lapse if not given effect to within 5 years from the date on which it is included in the District Plan under Section 175 of the RMA. Communications and Public Liaison Construction 3. The Requiring Authority shall appoint a liaison person for the duration of the construction phase of the Project to be the main and readily accessible point of contact at all times for persons affected by the construction work. The Requiring Authority shall take appropriate steps to advise all affected parties of the liaison person's name and contact details. The Project contact person shall be reasonably available by telephone during the construction phase of the Project. If the liaison person will not be available for any reason, an alternative contact person shall be nominated. 4. Prior to the commencement of works, the Requiring Authority shall prepare and implement a Communications Plan that sets out procedures detailing how the public and stakeholders will be communicated with throughout the construction period. As a minimum, the Communications Plan shall include: i. details of a public liaison person available at all times during works. Contact details shall be prominently displayed at the site office so that they are clearly visible to the public at all times; ii. methods to consult on and to communicate details of the proposed construction activities to the surrounding business (and where necessary, residential) communities, and methods to deal with concerns raised; iii. methods to record feedback raised about construction activities; iv. any stakeholder specific communication plans, for example the operators of businesses facing access disruption during the construction period; v. monitoring and review procedures for the Communication Plan; vi. details of communications activities proposed which may include: Publication of a newsletter, or similar, and its proposed delivery area. Newspaper advertising. Website. The Communications Plan shall include linkages and cross references to methods set out in other management plans where relevant. The Requiring Authority shall provide the Communications Plan to the Council at least 15 working days prior to the commencement of works. Management Plans General 5. At least three months prior to the commencement of works, the Requiring Authority shall submit information to the Compliance Manager, Investigations and Compliance Team at Christchurch City Council to demonstrate that the proposed certifier of the management plans (required by Condi on 6) is independent, suitably qualified and experienced. Works shall not proceed until approval from the Compliance Manager is obtained.

40 If the Compliance Manager does not approve the person(s) proposed by the Requiring Authority, reasons should be provided to indicate why the person(s) is not considered to be suitable. With the prior agreement of the Compliance Manager, the independent certifier may be changed at any stage in the Project. 6. Prior to the commencement of works on the site, a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) shall be prepared and submitted to the Council's Compliance Manager, Investigations and Compliance Team for approval/certification. The CEMP shall include but not be limited to the following matters: (a) A Construction Dust Management Plan which will describe mitigation measures to be put in place to control dust emissions during construction. These methods may include: Watering to keep construction materials damp; Limiting vehicle./machinery speed within the construction area; and Avoiding stockpiling of dust generating materials (b) Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (CNVMP) shall be prepared which shall include, but not be limited to: A construction Programme Relevant noise and vibration limits for identified areas, and details of measures to be taken to achieve compliance. This may include the erection of noise control fences or localised screens if necessary. The nature of machinery and equipment to be used and the potential noise and vibration they will generate The process for monitoring and reporting of construction noise at critical locations. A Communications Plan to consult with, and to provide timely information to, property owners and occupiers in the area. A process for receiving and responding to noise complaints. The CNVMP shall: (a) Include specific details relating to methods for the management of vibration associated with all relevant project construction works, which shall be formulated to, as far as practicable, comply with the Category A criteria in the following table, measured in accordance with ISO 4866:2010 and AS :2006: Receiver Details Category A Category B Location Inside the Occupied dwellings Daytime 6:00am to 8:00pm 1.0mm/s PPV 5.0mm/s PPV building Night time 8:00pm to 6:00am 0.3mm/s PPV 1.0mm/s PPV Other occupied buildings Daytime 6:00am to 8:00pm 2.0mm/s PPV 10.0mm/s PPV All buildings Transient vibration 5.0mm/s PPV Continuous vibration BS Table B2 values BS percent Table B2 values Building foundation Note: Tabulated Values are in terms of peak component particle velocity

41 (b) Describe the measures to be adopted in relation to managing construction vibration including: i. Identification of vibration sources, including machinery, equipment and construction techniques to be used; ii. Identification of potentially affected buildings and undertake pre construction and post construction building surveys of the identified buildings; iii. Identification of procedures for building condition surveys of affected buildings; iii. Procedures for management of vibration, if measured or predicted vibration levels exceed the Category A criteria; iv. Procedures for continuous monitoring of vibration levels and effects by suitably qualified experts if measured or predicted vibration levels exceed the Category B criteria. (c) An erosion and sediment Control Plan (ESCP). The ESCP will identify the general principles to be followed in reducing soil erosion particle transport and sedimentation, including: Diversion of clean water around the site Keeping on site runoff velocity low Retention of sediment on site Prevention of dust nuisance through regular dampening of exposed surfaces Inspection and maintenance of control measures. (d) A Construction Traffic Management Plan (CTMP) which will be prepared an implemented during the construction phase in accordance with the NZTA's 'Code of Practice for Temporary Traffic Management'. 7. Works shall not proceed until the relevant management plans and certification described in Condition 6 have been received and acknowledged in writing by the Council. If written acknowledgement is not provided by the Council within 10 working days of the Requiring Authority sending the certification, the certification shall be deemed to be confirmed. 8. The Requiring Authority may make reasonable amendments to the management plans at any time. Any changes to the management plans shall remain consistent with the overall intent of the relevant management plan and shall be certified by the agreed independent certifier, as per the requirements outlined in Condi on 6. The Requiring Authority shall provide a copy of any such amendment to the management plans and the certification to Council for information, prior to giving effect to the amendment. 9. All operational personnel involved with the construction of the Project shall be made aware of, and have access to, all conditions and management plans applicable to the construction, maintenance and opera on of the Project. A copy shall be kept on site at all times. Operating Hours 10. (i) As specified in Christchurch City Council Civil Engineering Construction Standard Specifications (CSS), work will not be undertaken on Sundays, Public Holidays, nor outside the weekday hours of 7.00 am to 6.00 pm, without the approval of the Council's Compliance Manager, Investigations and Compliance Team. (ii) Noise levels will be managed to comply with the requirements of NZS 6803 "Acoustics Construction Noise" below: Time of Week Time Perio d Long term duration construction LAeq LAFmax Weekdays Saturdays

42 Sundays and public holidays

43 Utilities 11. The Requiring Authority shall liaise with the Council where there are existing network utilities that are directly affected by the Project. All works to existing Council utilities associated with the Project shall be designed and construction completed in general accordance with the Council's engineering specification. The Requiring Authority shall ensure that the operation and maintenance of the Project does not unduly constrain access to existing and/or relocated network utilities for maintenance purposes on an ongoing basis. The Requiring Authority shall give reasonable notice and make reasonable endeavours to: a) Liaise with the Council in relation to any part of the works within the designation where their infrastructure may be affected; and b) Make reasonable and relevant changes requested by the Council to the relevant design plans and methodologies, to ensure that access to, maintenance and the opera on of all network utility infrastructure within the designated area is not adversely affected. Johns Road Designation Special conditions 1. The designation of State Highway 1 (SH1 / Johns Road) shall be altered in general accordance with the Land Requirement Plans a ached in the appendices to the Notice of Requirement to Alter a Designation, the associated assessment of environmental effects, the response to the request for further information dated 18 June 2013, the le er from NZTA dated 31 January 2014, s confirming changes to the proposal, and pavement plans, as documented in Council records as RMA (Approved Designation Documentation). Advice Notes: For the avoidance of doubt, none of these conditions prevent or apply to works required for the ongoing operation or maintenance of the Project following construction, such as changes to street furniture or signage over me. Depending upon the nature of such works, Outline Plans or Outline Plan waivers may be required for any such works. The support documentation as confirmed in the designations contains all the information that would be required to be provided with an Outline Plan under Section 176A of the RMA, therefore no separate Outline Plans for construction of the works shown in the said support documentation will be submitted. An Outline Plan may be prepared and submitted for any works not included within Condition 1 in accordance with the requirements of Section 176A of the RMA. 2. Open Graded Porous Asphalt (OGPA) road surfacing, or any other material with equal or better noise characteristics in terms of Table B1 in NZS 6806:2 Acoustics Road traffic noise New and altered roads shall be maintained on all parts of the road carriageway shown green on the NZTA pavement plans labelled C801 A C814 A and dated 26 February 2014, included in the Approved Designation Documentation referred to in Condition 1 above. 3. Any operational highway lighting located within 20m of a residential dwelling shall be fitted with 'BETACOM GL P 250 W SDN/T' luminaires, or other luminaires, giving a light output of less than 5 lux at the façade of any residential dwelling. 4. The New Zealand Transport Agency decision on this designation dated 28 March 2014 includes further conditions numbered 5 13 which also apply to this designation, they deal with the control of potential adverse effects and mitigation measures agreed as applying during the construction period for this project. 2.3 New Zealand Railways Corporation Updated 14 November 2005 Notation : Railway Purposes New Zealand Railways Corporation designations cover three main corridors within the city and several short

44 freight spur lines. The extent of rail zoned land within the city has been substantially reduced following restructuring of the railways and disposal of surplus land. Virtually all of the rail land holdings have been held for railway purposes for very many years and no new designations are included. Land designated for railway purposes is shown on the planning maps and no schedule is required to be incorporated into this Plan. Underlying the designated rail land is the Special Purpose (Rail) Zone, set out in Part 8, Clause Telecom New Zealand Limited Updated 14 September 2012 Fixed installations within the city are set out in the schedule below. Some facilities are of a type and scale where designation is inappropriate, and are instead subject to the rules relating to utilities contained in Part 9, Clause 4. The designations are subject to special conditions set out below Existing designations (modified as to notation) to be included in the Christchurch City Plan under Clause 4 of the First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005 Notation : Telecommunication and radio communication and ancillary purposes. Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no. Underlying zoning 1 Avonhead Exchange 296 Yaldhurst Road Lots 3, 4 and 5 DP (CT 33A/678) (2498m 2 ) 2 Belfast Exchange 805 Main North Road Part Rural Section 1176 (CT 33A/677) (809m 2 ) 3 Burwood Exchange 284 Mairehau Road Lot 1 DP (CT 32F/1212) (3840m 2 ) 37 Living 1 10 Living 1 26 Living 1 4 Cashmere Radio Victoria Park Road Part Lot 1 DP (CT 53 Rural Hills Station 33A/1045) (8898m 2 ) 5 Christchurch Hereford Lot 1 DP (3519m 2 ) 39 Central Exchange Street, 15 Cathedral City Square Business 6 Fendalton Exchange Cnr Bryndwr & Lot 3 DP 6250 (CT 33A/1230) 31 Living 1 Glandovey Roads (983m 2 ) 7 Harewood Exchange 401 Harewood Road Part Rural Section 330 & Part Lot 4 DP 5395 (CT 33A/1081) (1167m 2 ) 8 Hillmorton Exchange 33 Lincoln Road Part Rural Section 159 (CT 33A/1130) (1224m 2 ) 24 Living 1 45 Living 1 9 Marleys Hill Land Mobile Station 399 Worsleys Road Part Lot 1 DP Block III Halswell Survey District (CT 33B/208) (14,113m 2 ) 66 Rural Hills 10 Memorial Avenue 237 Memorial Avenue Lot 7 & Part Lot 9 DP Living 1 Exchange (1143m 2 ) Lot 8 DP (607m 2 ) (CT 33B/52 & 33B/53) (1750m 2 )

45 11 Mt Pleasant 10 Main Road, Mt Lot 45 DP 9784 (CT 33A/1140) 48 Living Hills Exchange Pleasant (1525m 2 )

46 12 Mt Pleasant Radio Station Broadleaf Lane off Summit Road Part Lot 1 DP 4018 & Pt Lots 1-2 DP (CT 33F/720 Reserve 3817) (60,000m 2 approx) 62 Rural Hills 13 Riccarton Exchange Riccarton Road Lots 6 & 9 DP (1055m 2 ) Lot 7 DP (1055m 2 ) (CT 32K/610 & 32K/611) (2110m 2 ) 38 Living 1 14 Spencerville 382 Lower Styx Road Lot 2 DP (CT 33B/222) 4 Living RS Exchange Spencerville (809m 2 ) New designations to be included in the City Plan under Section 168 of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005 Notation: Telecommunication and radio communication and ancillary purposes Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no. Underlying zoning 1 Beckenham 148 Colombo Street Part Lot 1 DP (1091m 2 ) 46 Business 1 Exchange Part Lot 1 DP 2499 (392 sqm) Part Rural Section 227 (83m 2 ) (CT 33A/797, 798 & 799) (1566m 2 ) 2 Halswell Exchange 440 Halswell Road Lot 3 DP (CT 33A/1083) (1087m 2 ) 52 Living 1 3 Islington Exchange 851 Halswell Junction Lot 2 DP (CT 45D/928) 43 Business 4 Road (1354m 2 ) 4 Linwood Exchange Hereford Lot 1 DP (CT 33A/1127) 40 Living 2 Street (933m 2 ) 5 New Brighton 9-11 Collingwood Lots 64 & 65 DP 100 (CT 34 Living 1 Exchange (New) Street 33B/795) (1618m 2 ) 6 Papanui Exchange 449 Papanui Road Lot 2 DP 8444 (CT 33A/1139) (725m 2 ) 7 Shirley Exchange 11 Shirley Road Part Rural Section 1107 (CT 33B/326) (890m 2 ) 8 St Albans Exchange 25 St Albans Street Lot 1 DP 5758 (CT 33B/211) (1520m 2 ) 32 Living 1 33 Living 1 32 Living 2

47 9 Sumner Exchange 29 Nayland Street Part Lot 2 DP 9642 (CT 33F/807) ( 56 Living 3 354m 2 ) Special conditions 1. The term building in the following conditions shall include any structure whether permanent, moveable or immoveable, except where the conditions specifically include other conditions for specific structures. The term building shall not include a fence or wall less than 2m in height, structures less than 6m 2 in area and less than 1.8m in height, or temporary structures for maintenance and construction purposes. The term building in conditions 4-7 includes support structures unless a different standard is specified for support structures. 2. The term support structure in the following conditions means a structure used solely for the purpose of supporting antennas and, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes connection flanges on the structure and mounting structures used to attach antennas and other equipment to the support structure. 3. (i) The following conditions do not apply to existing buildings and existing support structures and to the structures included in the exceptions in conditions 3(ii) below. (ii) The following conditions apply to all new buildings and support structures and additions to existing buildings and support structures, with the exception that the conditions relating to maximum heights, setbacks and recession plane controls shall not apply to: aerials; antennas; dish antennas (not exceeding 1.5m in diameter on the sites listed in Volume 3, Part 12, Appendix 5 or exceeding 3m in diameter on all other sites); lightning rods; climbing rungs; ventilation ducts and pipes; and associated mounting structures for the above. 4. With respect to the sites listed in Appendix 5; (i) Maximum height (a) No building, other than a support structure complying with (4)(i)(b) below, shall exceed a maximum height of 8m, except in respect of the Mt Pleasant Exchange site on which no building shall exceed a maximum height of 7m. (b) Any support structure shall be limited to a maximum height of 20m provided that where a support structure is within 20m of a residential unit located in a Living zone it shall be limited to a maximum height of 12m and a maximum diameter of 0.5m. However, the height may be increased to a maximum of 18m and the diameter may be increased to a maximum of 0.9m where it also does not project beyond the building envelope defined in Condition (4) (ii) below. (ii) Sunlight and outlook for neighbours No building, other than a support structure complying with (4)(i)(b) above, shall project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above all site boundaries that adjoin a Living, Cultural, Conservation or Open Space zone, as shown in attached Appendix 6. (iii) Yard setbacks Buildings, other than a support structure complying with (4)(i)(b) above, shall be set back a minimum of 4.5m from a boundary of the site with a road and 1.8m from any other site boundary. (iv) Screening from neighbours Areas of outdoor storage shall be screened from roads and Living, Cultural, Conservation and Open Space zone sites by landscaping, walls, fences, or a combination, to at least 1.8m height. Where such screening is by way of landscaping it shall have a minimum depth of 1.5m. (v) Open Space No more than 40% of the area of the site shall be covered by buildings, excluding support structures complying with (4)(i)(b) above. 5. With respect to the Christchurch Exchange site; (i) Maximum height No building shall exceed a height of 45m. (ii) Scale of buildings in relation to streets No building shall penetrate a recession plane of 65 from the horizontal and inclined towards the building and drawn from a line located 10 metres out from the road boundary of the site. All buildings

48 must comply with this requirement up until the recession plane reaches a height of 45 metres above ground level. Once the recession plane reaches a height of 45 metres, it shall no longer apply. Refer to diagram below. (iii) Outdoor storage Any outdoor storage areas adjoining or visible from any public road shall be screened from the road by landscaping, walls, fences or a combination, to at least 1.8m height. Where such screening is by way of landscaping it shall have a minimum depth of 1.5m. 6. With respect to the Beckenham Exchange and Islington Exchange sites; (i) Maximum height (a) No building on the Beckenham Exchange site, other than a support structure complying with (6)(i)(b) below, shall exceed a maximum height of 8m. (b) Any support structure shall be limited to a maximum height of 20m provided that where the support structure is within 20m of a residential unit located in a Living zone it shall be limited to a maximum diameter of 0.4m, except that the bottom 4m and the top 4m of any support structure may have a maximum diameter of 0.5m and 0.7m respectively. However, the diameter of the entire structure may be increased to a maximum of 0.9m where it does not project beyond the building envelope defined in Condition (6)(iii). (ii) Maximum floor area The maximum floor area of any buildings (measured to the inside of the exterior walls) shall not exceed the area of the site. (iii) Sunlight and outlook for neighbours (a) No building on the Beckenham Exchange site, other than a support structure complying with (6)(i)(b) above, shall project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above all site boundaries with Living zone sites as shown in Volume 3, Part 12, Appendix 6. (iv) Screening from neighbours Areas of outdoor storage shall be screened from adjoining roads and Living zone sites by landscaping, walls, fences, or a combination, to at least 1.8m in height. Where such screening is by way of landscaping it shall have a minimum depth of 1.5m. (v) Yard setbacks (a) On the Beckenham Exchange site buildings shall be set back a minimum of 3m from any site boundary with a Living zone. (b) On the Islington Exchange site buildings shall be set back a minimum of 6.0m from the road boundary. 7. With respect to the Marleys Hill Land Mobile Station, Mt Pleasant Radio Station, and Cashmere Radio Station sites; (i) Maximum height No building shall exceed a maximum height of 9m, except a support structure up to a maximum height of 37m and a maximum diameter of 5m at the base narrowing to a maximum diameter of 2.5m at the top.

49 (ii) Vegetation disturbance (a) There shall be no removal or loss of native vegetation indigenous to that part of the Mt Pleasant Radio Station site identified by the number (Ecological Heritage Site) in Planning Map 62B. (b) Should any unmodified areas be disturbed as a result of future work, these areas shall be revegetated and reinstated as far as practicable, provided that the planting of exotic species or native plants non-local origin shall not be permitted. (iii) Yard Setbacks Buildings, other than a building or structure 1.8m in height or 1.5m 2 or less in area, shall be set back a minimum of 15m from any site boundary with a road and a minimum of 10m from any other site boundary. (iv) Outdoor Storage Any outdoor storage areas adjoining or visible from any public road shall be screened from the road by landscaping not less than 1.8m high. The screening shall have a minimum depth of 1.5m and the plants shall be natives of local origin. 8. Radio frequency emissions With respect to all sites, all communication facilities shall comply with the radio frequency exposure levels for the general public as set out in NZS2772.1:1999 when measured and assessed in accordance with NZS 6609 (1990) Part (1) Transpower (NZ) Ltd Updated 14 September (2) Orion NZ Ltd Transpower (NZ) Ltd and Orion are separate authorities which both maintain facilities for the distribution of electricity within the city. Transpower facilities include most of the high voltage lines that lead into the city from major generating facilities, and the major links between the four Transpower substations within the city. Three of these substations are large and are linked by overhead lines mounted on pylons (lattice towers). Orion provides distribution directly to properties within the city and surrounding region, with some high voltage lines on lattice towers, smaller substations, overhead street supply and underground reticulation. Not all Orion substations have been designated, but only those likely to be subject to major on-site expansion. Other substations are permitted activities under Part 9, Clause 4. Rules applicable to all overhead lines and other reticulation can be found in Part 9, Clause 4 (Utilities). The designations in this section apply only to those listed substations Transpower (NZ) Ltd Existing designations included in the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 September 2012 Notation : Electricity substations. The designations are subject to special conditions set out below. The following designations (modified as to notation and area) are set out below: Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no. Underlying zoning 1 Addington Substation Clarence & Princess Street Lot 3 DP 60544, Lot 7 DP and Section 1 SO (being part of CT 39D/175) (4.5694ha) 38 Business 5 2 Bromley Substation Ruru Road Lot 2 DP Pt RS 1149 and Lot 1 DP 57447, Blk XII, ChCh S.D. (CT 34A/223 & 225) (6.761 ha) 40 Business 5 3 Islington Substation Moffett Street, Lot 1 DP (being part of CT 36, 37 Living 1

50 and Systems Control Gilberthorpes Road Centre and Roberts Road 41A/55) ( ha)

51 Special conditions 1. The term building in the following conditions shall include any structure whether permanent, moveable or immoveable. The term building shall not include a fence or wall less than 2m in height, structures less than 6m 2 in area and less than 1.8m in height, temporary structures for maintenance and construction purposes, cables and associated ancillary fittngs, lightning rods, aerials, antennae not exceeding 1.5m diameter on the Islington Substation sites or 3m in diameter on the Addington and Bromley Substation sites. 2. Conditions (3) and (4) below shall apply only to outdoor storage areas, new buildings or additions to existing buildings. 3. With respect to the Addington and Bromley substations: (a) The maximum total floor area of all floors of all buildings on the site (measured to the inside of the exterior walls) shall not exceed an area equivalent to 1.5 times the area of the site (b) Buildings shall be set back a minimum of 6m from a boundary of the site with a road. (c) No outdoor storage area shall be located within the 6m setback or in respect of Princess Street the setback may be reduced to 4.7m, unless the area is otherwise screened as required by 3(d). (d) All outdoor storage areas shall be screened from any road frontage of the site by buildings, close boarded fences, or a continuous screen of plants that equal or exceed the height of any stored materials except that any close boarded fence shall not exceed 1.8m or outdoor storage exceed that height when located in the setback specified in 3(c). 4. With respect to the Islington Substation and Systems Control Centre: (a) The maximum total floor area of all floors of all buildings on the site (measured to the inside of the exterior walls) shall not exceed an area equivalent to the area of the site. (b) Buildings shall be set back a minimum of 10m from a boundary of the site with a road and 3m from the boundary of the site with a site in a Living zone. (c) Buildings shall not project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above all site boundaries that adjoin a site in a Living zone, as shown in Volume 3, Part 12, Appendix 6 diagram A and D. (d) No outdoor storage area shall be located within the setbacks required in (b) above unless otherwise screened as required by 4(e). (e) All outdoor storage areas shall be screened from any road frontage of the site and any boundary of the site with a site in a Living zone by buildings, close boarded fences, or a continuous screen of plants, that equal or exceed the height of any stored materials. No outdoor storage or required screening (excluding planted screening) shall exceed a height of 2.3m within 10m of any boundary with a site in a Living zone or a height of 1.8m within 1.m of any road frontage. 5. With respect to all sites, no facility shall emit radio frequency electromagnetic radiation in excess of the exposure standards in NZS (1999). 6. With respect to all sites, no facility shall create exposures to power frequency electric and magnetic fields in areas normally accessible to the public exceeding 100 micro teslas as measured and assessed in accordance with the International Commission on Non ionising Radiation Protection Guidelines. 7. With respect to all sites, all works shall comply with Transpower's 'Oil Containment Facilities and Spill Mitigation Code of Practice (Issue 2 March 1994)' Orion (NZ) Ltd Existing designations included in the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 20 December 2013 Notation : Electricity substation. The designation is subject to special conditions set out below. The following designation (modified as to notation and area) is set out below: Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no. Underlying zoning 1 Papanui Substation 388 Greers Road and 133 Harris Crescent Pt Lot 2 DP 17479, Lot 3 DP 7206, Pt Lot 4 DP 7206 and Lot 107 DP Living 1

52 Special conditions 1. The term building in the following conditions shall include any structure whether permanent, moveable or immoveable. The term building shall not include a fence or wall less than 2m in height, structures less than 6m 2 in area and less than 1.8m in height, temporary structures for maintenance and construction purposes, cables and associated ancillary fittings, lightning rods, aerials, or antennae not exceeding 1.5m diameter. 2. Conditions (3) below shall apply only to outdoor storage areas, new buildings or additions to existing buildings. 3. (a) The maximum total floor area of all floors of all buildings on the site (measured to the inside of the exterior walls) shall not exceed an area equivalent to the area of the site. (b) Buildings shall be set back a minimum of 10m from a boundary of the site with a road and 3m from the boundary of the site with a site in a Living zone. (c) Buildings shall not project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above all site boundaries that adjoin a site in a Living zone, as shown in Volume 3, Part 12, Appendix 6 diagram A and D. (d) No outdoor storage area shall be located within the setbacks required in (b) above unless otherwise screened as required by 3(e). (e) All outdoor storage areas shall be screened from any road frontage of the site and any boundary of the site with a site in a Living zone by buildings, close boarded fences, or a continuous screen of plants, that equal or exceed the height of any stored materials. No outdoor storage or required screening (excluding planted screening) shall exceed a height of 2.3m within 10m of any boundary with a site in a Living zone or a height of 1.8m within 1m of any road frontage. 4. With respect to all sites, no facility shall emit radio frequency electromagnetic radiation in excess of the exposure standards in NZS (1999). 5. With respect to all sites, no facility shall create exposures to power frequency electric and magnetic fields in areas normally accessible to the public exceeding 100 micro teslas as measured and assessed in accordance with the International Commission on Non ionising Radiation Protection Guidelines. 6. With respect to all sites, all works shall comply with Orion's 'Environmental Management Procedures for Oil and Fuel' document (Issue date ). 7. Use of the secondary vehicle access to Harris Crescent shall be limited to: (a) 10HGV trips per week; and (b) 10 other vehicle trips per week; and (c) vehicle trips associated with the two residential units on the site; and (d) emergency genera on vehicles. 2.6 Minister of Corrections Updated 14 September 2012 The Department of Corrections administers Christchurch Prison and the Brisbane Street and Pages Road Periodic Detention Centres on behalf of the Minister of Corrections. The designations are subject to special conditions set out below Existing designations included in the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 (and modified as to notation) Updated 14 September 2012 Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no. Underlying zoning 1 Christchurch Prison West Coast Road Pt Secs 1, 6, Secs 2-5, 7-15, 17, 19B, , 29, 35, 36 Pt RS 4886 RS 6275, 10432, 7467, , Pt 5721, RS Res 325 RS 41836, Drayton Settlement 28, 29, 35, 36, 42, 43 Rural 5, Rural 2

53 2.6.2 New designations included in the City Plan under Sec on 168 of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005

54 Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no. Underlying zoning 2 Periodic detention 603 Pages Road, Lot 7 DP 3232, Block XII 34 Living 1 centre Christchurch Christchurch Survey District Special conditions 1. The term building in the following conditions shall include any structure whether permanent, moveable or immovable. It shall not include a fence or wall less than 2m in height, structure less than 6m 2 in area and less than 2m in height, or temporary structures for maintenance and construction purposes. 2. With respect to Christchurch Prison : (a) Buildings shall be set back a minimum of 15m from a boundary with any road, and 10m from any other boundary of the designated site. (b) The maximum height of any building shall be 9m within 17m of any boundary of the designated site. Any buildings 17m or more than any boundary of the designated site shall be limited to a maximum height of 15m, except that water tanks and support structure solely for lights and cameras are permitted to a height of 24m if they are more than 17m from any boundary. (c) The maximum percentage of the area of the designated site that may be covered by buildings shall not exceed 40%. 3. With respect to the Pages Road Periodic Detention Centre : (a) The maximum floor area of buildings on the site (measured to the inside of the exterior walls) shall not exceed 1745m 2. (b) All new buildings and additions to existing buildings shall be set back a minimum of 6m from any boundary of the site with a road and 3m from any boundary with a site in a Living zone. (c) New buildings and additions to existing buildings shall not project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above all site boundaries that adjoin a site in a Living zone, in accordance with Volume 3, Part 12, Appendix 6, diagram A and D. (d) No offenders are to remain in custody overnight at the Pages Road Periodic Detention Centre. 4. Carparking shall be provided on site as follows: (a) staff parking at a rate of 2.5 spaces per 100m 2 of building floor area occupied by the detention centre, and (b) client long term parking at a rate of 1 space per 3 clients, and (c) client set-down parking at a rate of 1 space per 5 clients, and (d) one cycle space per 200m 2 of building floor area occupied by the detention centre. 5. With respect to all parking spaces required in the above conditions: (a) where the parking requirement results in a fraction of a space less than one half it shall be disregarded, and where it results in one half or more one full space shall be provided for that fraction, (b) the spaces shall comply with the dimensions contained in Appendix 1, Part 13, Volume 3. (c) the spaces and access to them shall comply with Clause 2.2.2, 2.2.4, 2.2.5, 2.2.8, , , Part 13, Volume A Minister for Courts 2.6A Minister for Courts Updated 14 September 2012 The Department for Courts administers the Christchurch Courthouse on behalf of the Minister for Courts. The designations are subject to special conditions set out below. 2.6.A1 Existing designations included in the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 (and modified as to notation) Updated 14 September 2012 Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no. Underlying zoning

55 1 Christchurch Courthouse Chester/Durham/ Armagh Streets Sec 1, SO Plan 11619, Sec 1182, Town of Christchurch 39 Central City Business Special conditions 1. There shall be no external alteration to, demolition or removal of the formal Magistrates Court ( /1908) at 85 Armagh Street (Sec 1 SO 11619). 2.7 Minister of Defence Updated 14 September 2012 Notation : Defence Purposes There are two existing Minister of Defence designations within the city. All have been incorporated under Clause 4 of the First Schedule RMA, with modification of notation to "Defence Purposes". The designations are subject to special conditions set out below. Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no. Underlying zoning 1 HMNZS Pegasus, Notation: Defence Administration, Training, and Montreal Street Being part Lot 2 DP 8093, and being part Town Reserve 22, situated in the City of Christchurch, Canterbury RD; and 39 Living 4A Logistic/Support Facility Being part Lot 2, DP 2227 (being part Town Reserve 44) and part Town Reserve 22, situated in the City of Christchurch; and Being that subdivision of Lot 2, DP 25841, comprised in Certificate of Title, Register 1C, folio 677, Canterbury Land Registry, situated in the City of Christchurch; and Being part of the land Certificate of Title 385/126, situated in the City of Christchurch (328m 2 ) Special conditions 1. The term building in the following conditions shall include any structure whether permanent, moveable or immovable, except a fence or wall not more than 2m high, structures less than 6m 2 in area and less than 1.8m in height, temporary structures for maintenance or construction purposes, and masts and aerials less than 6m above ground level. 2. Buildings, and the use of any part of the site not undertaken in a building, shall be set back a minimum of 4.5m from the road boundary and the setback area landscaped. 3. Any outdoor storage areas adjoining or visible from any public road shall be screened from the road by landscaping, or a solid fence not less than 1.8m high. 4. Any building shall not penetrate a recession plane of 65 from the horizontal and inclined towards the building and drawn from a line located 10m out from the road boundary of the site shown in the diagram below.

56 5. Any use of any part of the site not undertaken in a building but visible from Montreal Street shall be suitably screened so as to protect the amenity of the surrounding residential areas to the satisfaction of the Environmental Service Manager at Christchurch City Council. 6. The maximum plot ratio (building floor area divided by site area) shall be The maximum building height for new buildings or alterations shall be 30m. Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no. Underlying zoning

57 2 RNZAF Base Main South and Pt Lot 2 DP 81292, Pt Lot 1 DP 44, 45 Special Wigram, Notation: Springs, Haytons, 74514, Lot 2 DP 77069, Pt Lot 1 DP Purpose Defence Purposes Awatea, Wigram 81646, Lot 1 DP 71781, Pt Sec 1 (Wigram) Roads SO 8342, Zone Pt Lot 1 DP 1787, Pt Lot 2 DP 1787, Pt Lot 3 DP 1787, Lot 7 DP 1787, Lot 8 DP 1787, Pt Lot 9 DP 1787, Lot 1 DP 74450, Lot 1 DP 74449, Lot 1 DP 663, Lot 1 DP 81480, Lot 1 DP 5886, Sec 4 SO 19820, Sec 5 SO 19820, Lot 1 DP 7285, Lots DP 1807, Pt RS 1674, RS SO 5673 Special conditions 1. That the demolition or alternation of the former Canterbury Aviation Company Barracks (Lot 1 DP77069) be prohibited. 2.8 Minister of Police Updated 14 September 2012 Set out below are designations of properties for the Minister of Police. The notation of the designations has been modified for all those sites listed under Clause 2.8.1, except for the New Brighton Police Station. The designations are subject to special conditions set out below Existing designations included in the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 24 April 2014 Site Name and notation Location Legal description and area Planning Underlying map no zoning 1 New Brighton Police Station, "Police Station" 149 Seaview Road, New Brighton, Christchurch Lot 8 DP 100 Lots 1 and 2 DP 34 Living , City of Christchurch, Canterbury Land District (1012m 2 ) 2 Papanui Community Policing Centre, "Community Policing Centre" 447 Papanui Road, Papanui, Christchurch Lot 1 and Pt Lot 2, DP Pt 32 Living 1 RS 135, City of Christchurch, Canterbury Land District (1146m 2 ) 3 Papanui Police 36 Main North Road, Lots 1 and 2 DP 40983, City of 25 Business 1 Station, "Police Station" Papanui, Christchurch Christchurch, Canterbury Land District (1631m 2 )

58 4 Sumner Police 57 Nayland Street, Lot 1 DP , City of 56 Living 3 Station and Sumner, Christchurch, Canterbury Land Residence, Police Christchurch District (422m 2 ) Station and Residence" Special conditions 1. The term building in the following conditions shall include any structure or part of a structure whether permanent, moveable or immoveable, except a fence or wall not more than 2m in height, structure less than 6m 2 in area and less than 1.8m height, and temporary structures for maintenance and construction purposes. The following conditions shall apply to all new buildings and additions to existing buildings, except that none of the conditions relating to heights, setbacks and recession planes shall apply to aerials, antenna, dish antenna not exceeding the diameter specified in Condition (5), lightning rods, climbing rungs and their associated mounting structures, and ventilation ducts/pipes. This exception does not apply to support structures for antenna. 2. With respect to the New Brighton Police Station and the Sumner Police Station and Residence : (a) The maximum percentage of the area of the sites covered by buildings shall be 40%, or 45% where the height of the buildings does not exceed 5.5m and is of a single storey. (b) The maximum height of any building shall be 8m. (c) Buildings shall not project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above all site boundaries that adjoin Living zones, except road boundaries, as shown in Appendix 6, Diagram B and D, except that: where any site boundary immediately adjoins an access or part of an access the recession plane shall be constructed from points 2.3 above the far side of the access; and where buildings on adjoining sites have a common wall along a common boundary the recession plane shall not apply along that part of the boundary covered by such a wall. (For the purpose of this condition, the level of boundaries shall be measured from filled ground level except where the site on the other side of the boundary is at a lower level, then that lower level shall be adopted). (d) The minimum building setback from road boundaries shall be 4.5m, except in the case of the Sumner Police Station and Residence where no setback is required if at least 15% of any wall area within 4.5m of the road boundary is glazed, and where such walls exceed 10m any 10m length of wall meets that 15% requirement. (e) Parking and outdoor storage areas shall be screened to a minimum height of 1.2m of adjoining road(s) by either landscaping for a minimum depth of 1.5m, wall(s), fence(s) or a combination, except across those parts of the road boundary used as a vehicle crossing. Where the screening is by way of landscaping, the minimum height shall be the minimum height at the time of planting. (f) The minimum building setback from all site boundaries that adjoin Living zones, except road boundaries, shall be 1.8m, except that: accessory buildings may be located within 1.8m of such boundaries where the total length of walls or parts of accessory buildings facing, and located within 1.8m of each boundary does not exceed 9m in length; where a boundary of the site immediately adjoins an access or part of an access, the minimum building setback (except accessory buildings) from that internal boundary shall be 1m; and where buildings on adjoining sites have a common wall along a common boundary, no setback is required along that part of the boundary covered by such a wall. (g) The maximum length of a building shall be 20m except that this length may be exceeded where there is either a minimum step in plan of 2.4m for each 20m length of a building and each step in plan extends for a minimum distance of 6m, or the building is at least 15m from a Living zone. (h) The maximum gross floor area of any single building located in a Living zone shall be 550m 2, except that this condition shall not apply to the New Brighton Police Station. (i) Where buildings located on the same site each have a gross floor area of greater than 100m 2, they shall be separated from each other by not less than 3.6m, except that this condition shall not apply to the New Brighton Police Station. 4. With respect to the Papanui Police Station : (a) Buildings shall not project beyond a 44 recession plane constructed from points 2.3m above the boundary with Lot 3 DP (73 Mary Street) as shown in the diagram below.

59 Note: The level of site boundaries shall be measured from filled ground level except where the site on the other side of the internal boundary is at a lower level, then that lower level shall be adopted. (b) The minimum building setback from the boundary with Lot 3 DP (73 Mary Street) shall be 3m. (c) Any outdoor storage area shall be screened by a 1.8m high fence and shall not be located within the above 3m setback. (d) Along the boundary with Lot 3 DP (73 Mary Street) provision shall be made for landscaping to a minimum depth of 1.5m, fence(s), wall(s) or a combination to at least 1.8m height along the length of the boundary. (e) Where the use of any part of a site is not undertaken in a building, that part of the site: with a road frontage of at least 10m shall be planted with a minimum of one tree, plus one additional tree for every 10m of road frontage (e.g. 10m frontage = 2 trees, 20m frontage = 3 trees, etc). where three or more trees are required these trees shall be planted no more than 15m apart, or closer than 5m apart. any trees required shall be planted along the road frontage. in addition to the above, one tree shall be planted for every 5 parking spaces provided on the site. Trees shall be planted within or adjacent to the carparking area. any trees required above shall be of a species capable of reaching a minimum height at maturity of 8m and shall not be less than 1.5m high at the time of planting. Note: Any trees listed in Volume 3, Part 3, Appendix 3, clauses 2.1 to 2.5, are deemed to comply with this condition. any trees required above shall be located within a planting protection area around each tree, with a minimum dimension or diameter of 1.5m. no more than 10% of any planting protection area shall be covered with any impervious surfaces. planting protection areas and landscaping adjacent to a road boundary or adjacent to or within a carparking area shall be provided with wheel stop barriers to prevent damage from vehicles. Such wheel stop barriers shall be located at least 1m from any tree. any landscaping or trees required above shall be maintained and, if dead, diseased or damaged, shall be replaced. (f) Every wall of a building within 3m of a road frontage shall have at least 15% of the wall area glazed, and where any such walls exceeds 10m in length any 10m length of wall shall meet that 15% requirement. All other buildings shall be set back at least 3m from the road frontage and the frontage shall be landscaped. (g) The maximum height of any building shall be 8m. (h) The maximum plot ratio (building floor area divided by site area) shall be With respect to the Papanui Community Policing Centre : (a) The maximum percentage of the area of the sites covered by buildings shall be 35%, or 40% where the height of the buildings does not exceed 5.5m and is of a single storey.

60 (b) The maximum height of any building shall be 8m. (c) Buildings shall not project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above all site boundaries, except road boundaries, as shown in Volume 3, Part 12, Appendix 6, diagram A and D, except that: where a boundary of a site immediately adjoins an access or part of an access the recession plane shall be constructed from points 2.3m above the far side of the access; and where buildings on adjoining sites have a common wall along common boundary the recession plane shall not apply along that part of the boundary covered by such a wall. (For the purpose of this condition, the level of boundaries shall be measured from filled ground level except where the site on the other side of the boundary is at a lower level, then that lower level shall be adopted). (d) The minimum building setback from road boundaries shall be 4.5m. (e) Parking and outdoor storage areas shall be screened to a minimum height of 1.2m from adjoining road(s) by either landscaping for a minimum depth of 1.5m, wall(s), fence(s) or a combination, except across those parts of the road boundary used as a vehicle crossing. Where the screening is by way of landscaping, the minimum height shall be the minimum height at the time of planting. (f) The minimum building setback from all boundaries, except road boundaries, shall be 1.8m, except that: accessory buildings may be located within 1.8m of boundaries where the total length of walls or parts of accessory buildings facing, and located within 1.8m of each boundary does not exceed 9m in length; where a boundary of the site immediately adjoins an access or part of an access, the minimum building setback (except accessory buildings) from that boundary shall be 1m; and where buildings on adjoining sites have a common wall along a common boundary, no setback is required along that part of the boundary covered by such a wall. (g) The maximum length of a building shall be 20m except that this length may be exceeded where there is a minimum step in the plan of 2.4m for each 20m length of a building and each step in plan extends for a minimum distance of 6m. (h) The maximum gross floor area of any single building shall be 550m 2. (i) Where buildings located on the same site each have a gross floor area of greater than 100m 2, they shall be separated from each other by not less than 3.6m. 5. With respect to all Minister of Police designations, all telecommunication or radio communication facilities erected above ground level (including any mast, antenna, tower or support structure) shall comply with the appropriate conditions in (1) to (4) above, except where; (a) in respect of the Papanui, New Brighton Police Stations, the Papanui Community Policing Centre, and the Sumner Police Station and Residence : it does not exceed a height of 12m and a diameter of 0.4m; or it does not exceed a height of 17m and diameter of 226mm for the first 6m above ground level and a diameter of 142mm above that, provided it is also at least 6m from any site boundary, it is unguyed above 10m, no antenna above 6m has a diameter greater than 25mm, and there is only one such structure on any site; or it is attached to a building, in which case it may exceed the appropriate height, setback, and recession plane conditions contained in (1) to (4) above by 2.5m if it has a diameter of no more than 50mm; or it is a dish antenna no more than 1.5m in diameter. 6. With respect to all sites, no communication facility shall emit radiofrequency electro-magnetic radiation that, measured and assessed in accordance with NZS 6609 (1990) Part 2, produces exposures in excess of the relevant exposure standards in NZS : With respect to all Minister of Police designations no telecommunication or radio communication facility shall create exposure to power frequency electric and magnetic fields in areas normally accessible to the public exceeding 100 micro tesla as measured and assessed in accordance with the International Commission on Non-ionising Radiation Protection guidelines New Designations incorporated in the City Plan Under Sec on 168 of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005 Site Name and notation Location Legal description and area Planning

61 ap no Underlying zoning 1 Hornby Police 9-13 Tower Street, Lots DP 9098, Block XIII, 44 Living 2 Station, "Police Station" Hornby, Christchurch Christchurch Survey District and Pt Lot 12, DP 9098, Block XIII, Christchurch Survey District (2602m 2 ) and Business 1

62 Special conditions 1. The term building in the following conditions shall include any structure or part of a structure whether permanent, moveable or immoveable, except a fence or wall not more than 2m in height, structure less than 6m 2 in area and less than 1.8m height, and temporary structures for maintenance and construction purposes. The following conditions shall apply to all new buildings and additions to existing buildings, except that none of the conditions relating to heights, setbacks and recession planes shall apply to aerials, antenna, dish antenna not exceeding the diameter specified in Condition (3), lightning rods, climbing rungs and their associated mounting structures, and ventilation ducts/pipes. This exception does not apply to support structures for antenna. 2. (a) The maximum percentage of the area of the sites covered by buildings shall be 40%, or 45% where the height of the buildings does not exceed 5.5m and is of a single storey. (b) The maximum height of any building shall be 8m. (c) Buildings shall not project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above all site boundaries that adjoin Living zones, except road boundaries, as shown in Appendix 6, Diagram B and D, except that: where any site boundary immediately adjoins an access or part of an access the recession plane shall be constructed from points 2.3 above the far side of the access; and where buildings on adjoining sites have a common wall along a common boundary the recession plane shall not apply along that part of the boundary covered by such a wall. (For the purpose of this condition, the level of boundaries shall be measured from filled ground level except where the site on the other side of the boundary is at a lower level, then that lower level shall be adopted). (d) The minimum building setback from road boundaries shall be 4.5m. (e) Parking and outdoor storage areas shall be screened to a minimum height of 1.2m of adjoining road(s) by either landscaping for a minimum depth of 1.5m, wall(s), fence(s) or a combination, except across those parts of the road boundary used as a vehicle crossing. Where the screening is by way of landscaping, the minimum height shall be the minimum height at the time of planting. (f) The minimum building setback from all site boundaries that adjoin Living zones, except road boundaries, shall be 1.8m, except that: accessory buildings may be located within 1.8m of such boundaries where the total length of walls or parts of accessory buildings facing, and located within 1.8m of each boundary does not exceed 9m in length; where a boundary of the site immediately adjoins an access or part of an access, the minimum building setback (except accessory buildings) from that internal boundary shall be 1m; and where buildings on adjoining sites have a common wall along a common boundary, no setback is required along that part of the boundary covered by such a wall. (g) The maximum length of a building shall be 20m except that this length may be exceeded where there is either a minimum step in plan of 2.4m for each 20m length of a building and each step in plan extends for a minimum distance of 6m, or the building is at least 15m from a Living zone. (h) The maximum gross floor area of any single building located in a Living zone shall be 550m 2. (i) Where buildings located on the same site each have a gross floor area of greater than 100m 2, they shall be separated from each other by not less than 3.6m. 3. All telecommunication or radio communication facilities erected above ground level (including any mast, antenna, tower or support structure) shall comply with the appropriate conditions in (1) to (2) above, except where; it does not exceed a height of 12m and a diameter of 0.4m; or it does not exceed a height of 17m and diameter of 226mm for the first 6m above ground level and a diameter of 142mm above that, provided it is also at least 6m from any site boundary, it is unguyed above 10m, no antenna above 6m has a diameter greater than 25mm, and there is only one such structure on any site; or it is attached to a building, in which case it may exceed the appropriate height, setback, and recession plane conditions contained in (1) to (2) above by 2.5m if it has a diameter of no more than 50mm; or it is a dish antenna no more than 1.5m in diameter.

63 4. No communication facility shall emit radiofrequency electro-magnetic radiation that, measured and assessed in accordance with NZS 6609 (1990) Part 2, produces exposures in excess of the relevant exposure standards in NZS : No telecommunication or radio communication facility shall create exposure to power frequency electric and magnetic fields in areas normally accessible to the public exceeding 100 micro tesla as measured and assessed in accordance with the International Commission on Non-ionising Radiation Protection guidelines. 2.9 Minister of Education Updated 14 September 2012 The list of designated school sites comprises the largest group of separately designated sites in the City Plan. These designations apply to all Minister of Education school facilities. Also applying to these sites is the Cultural 3 (Schools) Zone (refer Part 7, Clause 3). This zoning is the underlying zoning for all Minister of Education sites, and for the undesignated private schools. The Kura Kaupapa Primary and Secondary (Composite) School and Redcliffs Primary School designation is subject to special conditions set out below. Note that the rules applicable to the use of sites in the Cultural 3 (Schools) Zone for activities other than education activities (whether the sites are designated or not) are set out in Part 7, Clause Existing designations (without modification) incorporated into the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 28 February 2014 Site name and notation Location Legal description and area Planning map no Notation

64 Aranui High School Shortland Street, Aranui, Christchurch Pt Res 5156, Lot 9 DP 42907, Blk XII, Christchurch Survey District (CSD) ( ha - subject to survey) 33 Educational Purposes Avonside Girls' High School Avonside Drive, Avonside, Christchurch Pt Lot 1 DP 78, Lot 7 DP 9962, Blk XI, CSD, Lots 11, 14 DP 9962, Lot 1 DP 3192, Lots 1 & 3 DP 9529, Blk XI and XII, CSD, Pt Lots 2 DP 13390, Blk XII, CSD ( ha) 40 Secondary school Burnside High School Greers Road, Burnside, Christchurch Pt Rural Section 4683, Pt Rural Section 39874, Rural Section 40781, Lot 2 DP 20130, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 31 Secondary school Cashmere High School Christchurch Boys' High School Ashgrove Terrace, Cashmere, Christchurch Kahu Road, Fendalton, Christchurch Pt Lots 20, 21, 22, 32, 33 DP 1812, Lots 7, 9, Pt Lots 3, 4, 5, 6 DP 12859, Lots 1-5, 10, Pt Lots 6, 7 DP 9938, Lot 6, Pt Lot 5 DP 9847, Lot 3 DP 17801, Pt Lot 3 DP 3758, Pt Lot 1 DP 12154, Pt Lot 2 DP 17476, Pt Lot 3 DP 10401, Pt Lot 44 DP 8712 (CSD) (10.9 ha) 53 Secondary school Lot 3 DP & Res 4255, Lots 1-4 DP 9461, Blk XI, CSD, Lots Pt 1 & 2 DP 9912, Blks X & XI, CSD ( ha) 38 Secondary school Christchurch Girls' High School Matai Street, Riccarton, Christchurch Lots 1-7 DP 10424, Lot 1 DP 4858, Lots 1-2 DP 10065, Pt Lot 1, Lot 7 DP 10765, Pts RS 163 & RSs , Blk XI, CSD (3.822 ha) 39 Secondary school Hagley High School Hagley Avenue, Christchurch Lots 1-2, DP 124, Lots 1-3, 7-10, 15,18-26, DP 368, Lots 1-5, Pt Lot 6, Lots 7-12 DP 740, Lot 1 DP 1198, Lots 1-4 DP 13810, Lots 1 & 2 DP 8402, TR 195 Pt TR 32, Pt TR 133, Pt TR 134, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 39 Secondary school Hillmorton High School Upland Road, Christchurch Pt Lots 41 DP 682, Pt Lot 2 DP 9856, Pt Lot 13 DP Pt Lots 2, 4, Lots 3, 5 DP 18816, Lot 2 DP 20406, Blk XIV, CSD ( ha - includes Manning Intermediate School) 45 Secondary school Kura Kaupapa Primary and Secondary (Composite) School Lyttelton Street, Christchurch Lot 1 DP Secondary school Linwood High Aldwins Road and Ferry School and Playing Road, Christchurch Fields Pt Lot 1 DP 12810, Lot 3 DP 2909, Lots 1-2 DP 13451, Pt Lot 28 DP 9028, Pt RS 88, Blk XII, CSD, and Lot 2 DP 12870, Lot 1 DP 14143, Lot 3 DP 17546, Lot 4 DP 22838, Blks XII and XVI, CSD ( ha) 40 and 47 Secondary school

65 Papanui High School Langdons Road, Christchurch Lots 1, 4 DP 6008, Closed Road, Pt Lot 5 DP 10078, Pt Lot 1 DP 10179, Lot 1, Pt Lots 2-3 DP 12525, Pt RS 5, R 4088, Blk VII, CSD ( ha) 24 and 25 Secondary school Shirley Boys' High School Hills Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 53, DP 7712, Lots 1-5, DP 12723, Lots 1-3, DP 7712, Block XI, CSD ( ha - includes Shirley Intermediate School) 33 Secondary school Van Asch College Heberden Avenue, Christchurch Pt RS 204, Pt RS 144, Blk II, Sumner Survey District ( ha) 56 Secondary school (School for the deaf) Breens Intermediate School Breens Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 2 DP 5395, Pt RS 330, Blk VI, CSD ( ha) 24 Intermediate school Casebrook Intermediate School Veitches Road, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 23126, Lot 16, DP 30981, Lot 1 DP 30987, Blk VII, CSD ( ha) 24 Intermediate school Chisnallwood Intermediate School Breezes Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 1 DP 14198, Lots 1-5, Pt Lt 6 DP 18942, Pt Lot 40 DP 19996, Blk XII, CSD ( ha - includes Avondale Primary School 33 Intermediate school Christchurch South Intermediate School Selwyn Street, Christchurch Pt Lot 5 DP 5479, Pt Lot 5 DP 7143, Lot 1 DP 8759, Pt Lot 2 DP 10964, Pt Lot 1 DP 12064, Pts RS 154, Blk XV, CSD ( ha) 46 Intermediate school Cobham Intermediate School Ilam Road, Christchurch Lot 10 DP 13129, Pt RS 70, Blk X, CSD ( ha - includes Burnside Primary School) 31 Intermediate school Heaton Street Normal Intermediate School Heaton Street, Christchurch Pt Lot 1 DP 11232, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 32 Intermediate school Kirkwood Intermediate School Riccarton Road, Christchurch Lots 5, 6, 7 DP 12047, Pt Lots 59, 60 DP 2902, Lot 7 DP 12151, Lot 40, Pt Lots 2-4 DP 15127, Pt Lot 6 DP 3766, Pt RS 12, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 38 Intermediate school Linwood Intermediate School McLean Street, Christchurch Pt Lot 28, Pt Lot 29 DP 1531, Lots 3-12, Pt Lot 2 DP 9779, Blk XII, CSD ( ha) 40 Intermediate school Manning Intermediate School Hoon Hay Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 39 DP 682, Pt Lot 1 DP 12079, Lot 1, Pt Lot 4 DP 12287, Lot 1 DP 18336, Lots 2, 3 DP 20772, Blk XIV, CSD ( ha - includes Hillmorton High School) 45 Intermediate school

66 Shirley Intermediate School North Parade, Christchurch Pt RS 325, Blk XI, CSD ( ha - includes Shirley Boys' High School) 33 Intermediate school Addington Primary School Brougham Street, Christchurch Lot 12 DP 6267, Pt Lot 14 DP 265, Pt RS 154, Blk XV, CSD ( ha) 46 Primary School Allenvale IHC Special School Aorangi Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 9 DP 11375, Pt Lot 3 DP 19569, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 31 Primary (Special school) Aranui Primary School Breezes Road, Christchurch Lot 20, Pt Lot 21 DP 3072, Pt Lot 3 DP 8278, Lot 620 DP 22491, Blk XII, CSD ( ha) 33 Primary school Avondale Primary School Breezes Road, Christchurch Pt Lots 3, 4, Pt Lot 4, 5 DP 14198, Pt 33 Primary Lots DP 23687, Blk XII, CSD ( school ha) Avonhead Primary School Avonhead Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 1 DP 4198, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 37 Primary school Bamford Primary School Beckenham Primary School Gould Crescent, Christchurch Sandwich Road, Christchurch Pt RS 14, Blk XVI, CSD ( ha) 47 Primary school Pt Lot 1, Pt Lots 2-10 DP 2673, Pt Lot 5, 6 DP 2495, Blk XV, CSD ( ha) 46 Primary school Belfast Primary School Main North Road, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 11149, Pt Lot 2 DP 6402, Blk VII, CSD ( ha) 18 Primary school Bishopdale Primary School Greers Road, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 14517, Lot 4, Pt Lot 6 DP 16468, Blk VI, CSD ( ha) 24 Primary school Bromley Primary School Keighleys Road, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 30610, Pt Lot 295 DP 34301, Blk XII, CSD ( ha) 40 Primary school Burnside Primary School Ilam Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 4 DP 13787, Lot 1 DP 8504, Pt 31 Primary RS 70, Blk X, CSD ( ha - school includes Cobham Intermediate School) Burwood Primary School New Brighton Road, Christchurch Lot 4 DP 928, Lot 1 DP 5343, Lot 5, Pt Lot 1 DP 14788, Pt RS 794, RS 40299, Blk XII, CSD ( ha) 33 Primary school Christchurch East Primary School Gloucester Street, Christchurch Pt TR 51, Pt TR 70, 77, TR 57, 89, BM 277, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 39 Primary school Cotswold Primary School Cotswold Avenue, Christchurch Lot 221 DP 24509, Blk VI, CSD ( ha) 24 Primary school Elmwood Normal Primary School Aikmans Road, Christchurch Lots 3-7, 9, Pt Lot 8 DP 537, Lot 9 DP 2195, Pt RS 133, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 32 Primary school Freeville Primary School Sandy Avenue, Christchurch Lot 202 DP 18657, Blks VIII & XII, CSD ( ha) 34 Primary school

67 Gilberthorpe Primary School Gilberthorpes Road, Christchurch Lot 12 DP 19043, Blk IX, CSD ( ha) 37 Primary school Glenmoor Primary School Philpotts Road, Christchurch Lots 8, 9 and 10 DP 18027, Pt Lot 2 DP 2592, Blk VII, CSD ( ha) 25 Primary school Halswell Primary School Halswell Road, Christchurch Lot 1, Pt Lot 2 DP 8572, Pt RS 194, Blk II, Halswell SD ( ha) 59 Primary school Hammersley Park Primary School Quinns Road, Christchurch Lots 1-6 DP 13749, Lot 13, Pt Lot 4 DP 23777, Pt RS 2153, 2164, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 33 Primary school Harewood Primary School Harewood Road, Christchurch Pt Lots 1, 2 DP 13089, Pt Lot 2 DP 24 Primary 1074, Pt RS 137, Blk VI, CSD ( school ha) Hogben Primary School Nash Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 1 DP 26163, Blk XIV, CSD ( ha) 45 Primary school Hoon Hay Primary School Sparks Road, Christchurch Lot 32 DP 16639, Pt Lot 1 DP 3663, Blk XV, CSD ( ha) 52 Primary school Hornby Primary School Waterloo Road, Christchurch Lot 2 DP , Pt RS 4334, Blk IX, CSD ( 2,2860 ha) 37 Primary school Isleworth Primary School Farrington Avenue, Christchurch Lot 128 DP 22115A, Blk VI, CSD ( ha) 24 Primary school Kendal Primary School Kendall Avenue, Christchurch Lot 206 DP 20512, Pt Res 5141, SO 11242, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 31 Primary school Linwood Avenue Primary School Linwood Avenue, Christchurch Pt RS 347, Blk XII, CSD ( ha) 40 Primary school Linwood North Primary School Woodham Road, Christchurch Lot 2, Pt Lot 1 DP 1264, Lots 82, 93 DP 15124, Blk XII, CSD ( ha) 40 Primary school Mairehau Primary School Mahars Road, Christchurch Lot 4 DP 14495, Lots 6-8 DP 1185, Blk VII, CSD ( ha) 32 Primary school Marshland Primary School Prestons Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 8 DP 772, Lot 14 DP 875, Pt RS 7670X, Blk VII, CSD ( ha) 19 Primary school Merrin Primary School Merrin Street, Christchurch Pt Lot 1 DP 16308, Blk X, CSD ( ha approximately) 30 Primary school Mt Pleasant Primary School Major Hornbrook Road, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 19910, Blk XVI, CSD ( ha) 48 Primary school North New Brighton Primary School Leaver Terrace, Christchurch Pt R 1579, Pt RS 39435, Blk VIII, CSD (4.70 ha) 27 Primary school Oaklands Primary School Cunningham Place, Christchurch Lot 2 DP 83666, Lot 40 DP ( ha) 52 Primary school

68 Opawa Primary School Ford Road, Christchurch Lots 1-5 DP 4047, Lot 2 DP 5283, Lot 47 Primary 7 DP 10717, Blk XV, CSD ( ha) school Ouruhia Model Primary School Turners Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 33, DP 2773, Blk III, CSD ( ha) 11 Primary school Papanui Primary School Winters Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 2 DP 3295, Pt Lot 12 DP 12583, Pt R 483, Blk VII, CSD (2.828 ha) 25 Primary school Parkview Primary School Chadbury Street, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 36798, Blk VIII, CSD ( ha) 27 Primary school Phillipstown Primary School Nursery Road, Christchurch Lots 93-97, 99, 100, 106, 107A, Pt Lot 101 DP 38, Lots 1, 2 DP 10334, Lots 1-5 DP 12362, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 40 Primary school Queenspark Primary School Queenspark Drive, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 36149, Lot 2 DP 35473, Blk VIII, CSD ( ha) 19 Primary school Redcliffs Primary School Main Road Christchurch Lot 1 DP 7624, Pt Lots 2, 3 DP 1228, Pt Lot 8 DP 11088, Blk II, Sumner SD ( ha), Section 1 SO (0.4226ha) 48 Primary school Redwood Primary School Prestons Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 1 DP 19713, Pt Lot 31 DP 18745, Blk VII, CSD ( ha) 18 Primary school Riccarton Primary School English Street, Christchurch Lot 13 DP 17736, Pt RS 160, BM 354, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 38 Primary school Richmond Primary School Pavitt Street, Christchurch Lot 3, LT 37264, Lots 2, 4, 5 DP 6389, Pt RS 41, SO 5681, Pt Lot 4 DP 1705, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 39,40 Primary school Rowley Primary School Rowley Avenue, Christchurch Lot 267 DP 27887, Blk XIV, CSD ( ha) 45 Primary school Roydvale Primary School Roydvale Avenue, Christchurch Lots 3, 6, 8 DP 22751, Blk VI, CSD ( ha) 23, 24 Primary school Russley Primary School Cutts Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 64 DP 338, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 30 Primary school St Albans Primary School Sheppard Place, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 8479, Lot 3 DP 11376, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 32 Primary school St Martins Primary School Albert Terrace, Christchurch Lot 6 DP 12304, Lots 27, 29-31, Pt 54 Primary Lot 28 DP 5960, Blk XV, CSD ( school ha) Shirley Primary School Shirley Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 14 DP 1069, R 4659, R 4660, DP 15482, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 32 Primary school Sockburn Primary School Springs Road, Christchurch Lots 1-2, Pt Lot 3 DP 7598, Lot 1 DP 13213, Lot 16 DP 6877, Blk XIV, CSD ( ha) 44 Primary school

69 Somerfield Primary Studholme Street, School Christchurch Lots 6-7, Pt Lot 7, Pt Lots 5, 8, 28-30, DP 1246, Pt Lot 2 DP 28643, Blk XV, CSD ( ha) 46 Primary school South Hornby Primary School Shands Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 10 DP 16652, Pt Lots 27, 30, 39 DP 1246, Blk XIII, CSD ( ha) 44 Primary school South New Brighton Primary School Estuary Road, Christchurch Lots 80, 81 DP 829, Lots 1, 2 DP 11901, Lot 38 DP 36516, Pt 1 DP 5285, Lot 7 DP 12850, Blk I, Sumner SD ( ha) 41 Primary school Spreydon Primary School Halswell Road, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 8450, Pt Lot 1 DP 9051, Pt RS 121, Blk XIV, CSD ( ha) 45 Primary school Sydenham Primary School Colombo Street, Christchurch Lot 76, Pt Lots 73, 74, 77 DP 75, Pt RS 79, Blk XX, CSD ( ha) 46 Primary school Templeton Primary School Thorrington Primary School Waimairi Primary School Kirk Road, Christchurch Colombo Street, Christchurch Tillman Avenue, Christchurch Pt RS 3124, SO 10727, Lot 2, Pt Lot 1 DP 7455, Blk XVI, Rolleston and Blk XIII, CSD ( ha) 43 Primary school Pt RS 138, Blk XV, CSD ( ha) 53 Primary school Lots 4, 6-8, Pt Lot 3 DP 1541, Pt RS 31 Primary 135, DP 1541, Pt Lot 22 DP 8032, Blk school XI, CSD ( ha) Wainoni Primary School Eureka Street, Christchurch Pt Lot 393 DP 22292, Blk XII, CSD ( ha) 34 Primary school Wairakei Primary School Wairakei Road, Christchurch Pt RS 459, 2219, SO 9361, Sec 1 SO 8025, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 31 Primary school Waltham Primary School Hastings Street, Christchurch Pt RS 176, T 34390, Blk XV, CSD ( ha - subject to survey) 46 Primary school Westburn Primary School Waimairi Road, Christchurch Pt RS 22, SO 9925, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 31 Primary school West Spredyon Primary School Lyttelton Street, Christchurch Lots 2, 3, Pt Lot 1 DP 2459, Blk XV, CSD ( ha) 46 Primary school Wharenui Primary School Matipo Street, Christchurch Pt Lots 3 and 4 DP 1108, Lot 3 DP 15084, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 38 Primary school Woolston Primary School Hopkins Street, Christchurch Lots 1-5 DP 2857, Pt RS 32, Blk XVI, CSD ( ha) 47 Primary school Yaldhurst Model Primary School School Road, Christchurch Pt RS 1624, Blk IX, CSD ( ha) 29 Primary school Special conditions - Kura Kaupapa Primary and Secondary (Composite) School

70 1. The development shall proceed generally in accordance with the documentation and plans provided in the Notice of Requirement. This is to include the Health and Safety Plan - Construction, the Health and Safety Plan - Maintenance, and the Environmental Remediation Strategy presented at the hearing amended as recommended below. Any additions or modifications to these are to be certified as being appropriate by the Environmental Services Manager of the Christchurch City Council prior to the commencement of any works on the site. The area and boundary of the site to be Designated shall be amended in accordance with Christchurch City Council Plan S3007 (sheet 3) dated 23/7/ Except where buildings and paved/sealed areas are installed, the site shall be covered with a minimum of 30 centimetres of uncontaminated soil or soil overlying other clean material. The depth of this cover layer or layers shall be maintained. 3. A landfill gas risk assessment shall be carried out for the purpose of reviewing the design and management of the trampoline pit and the hangi. 4. Before initial use, any buildings and confined and enclosed spaces - including the hangi pit - are to be monitored for levels of methane to assure compliance with the monitoring recommendations and suggested trigger values as given in Waste Management Paper No Landfill Gas, UK Department of the Environment The results of such monitoring are to be sent to the Christchurch City Council s Environmental Health Officer. 5. A registered engineer is to be nominated as the person in control of the earthworks operation. At the end of the filling operation a report is to be submitted to the Council showing the area and extent of the earthworks for inclusion as part of the Council s Information Register. 6. Construction activities shall be managed so that noise emissions from construction activities comply with the noise limits at residential locations specified in NZ Standard NZS6803P:1984 The Measurement and Assessment of Noise from Construction, Maintenance, and Demolition Work. Construction may be undertaken only between the following hours: Monday to Saturday: Sundays: 7am to 6pm 8am to 4pm, with no involvement of earthworks, land disturbance or the use of heavy machinery. 7. A 1.8 metre high noise barrier fence shall be constructed along that part of the site boundary adjoining the Council s elderly person s housing. The fence shall be continuous along its length with no gaps within (or under) the structure. The minimum superficial mass shall be no less than 18kg/m 2 The remaining conditions (8 to 17 inclusive) relate to the three draft management plans presented at the hearing. 8. The language in all three plans amended to indicate which provisions are mandatory (e.g. shall ; will ) and which provisions are discretionary or recommendatory only (e.g. may ). 9. All plans should be prefaced something along the lines of the following and should be revised accordingly by an appropriate qualified person and certified in accordance with condition 1 above: The contamination status of this site has not been fully characterised. Therefore, this plan assumes that all potential contaminants are present at worst case concentrations (i.e. at concentrations which are a risk to the least sensitive receptor). This plan also assumes that the following exposure pathways apply at this site: Inhalation of dust generated from all soils presently existing on the site Ingestion of soil and groundwater presently on the site Dermal contact with soils and groundwater presently on the site Consumption of produce growth in soil presently on the site Uptake of contaminants from soil and groundwater presently on the site by grass, shrubs and trees Inhalation of volatised contaminants Accumulation of landfill gases in buildings and confined and enclosed spaces Discharge of surface water which has contacted soils presently on the site. All development and management of the site must allow for the above exposure pathways and worst case contaminant concentrations on the site. 10. All plans shall include the May 1998 report Lyttelton Street Depot Site Investigation prepared by Montgomery Watson New Zealand Limited.

71 11. Comments which tend to diminish the significance of any particular hazard such as landfill gas levels are generally low or zero should be deleted from all plans as such comments are in conflict with the applicant s remediation strategy which is summarised above. 12. The frequency and location of landfill gas monitoring should be stated in all plans, as should acceptable limits and actions required if acceptable limits are exceeded. 13. All plans should make specific reference to the Building Act, the Health and Safety in Employment Act and the Resource Management Act and state that the provisions of the plan are in addition to the requirement of these statutes. 14. All provisions relating to the design, construction and management, including on going monitoring, of buildings with respect to the landfill gas risk should apply to any space in which landfill gas could accumulate including the hangi pit and trampoline pit (unless such spaces are specifically covered elsewhere in the plans, e.g. excavation). This condition is intended to ensure that the safeguards applied to such spaces with respect to landfill gas risk are not less than those which apply to buildings under the Building Act. 15. Specific issues which relate to the Health and Safety Management Plan Construction are: The plan should include a description of the construction activities to be undertaken and the pathways by which construction workers might be exposed to contaminants present on the site The personal protective equipment lists included in the plan should be reviewed to ensure that all equipment required to comply with the objectives of the plan are listed. 16. Specific issues which relate to the Environmental Remediation Strategy are: Reference should be made in the plan to the particular requirements for the design of buildings on a site containing landfill gas (reference to this is included in the Health and Safety Management Plan - Maintenance with respect to building extensions only). The frequency of inspection during remedial works and during the preparation of building foundations and paved areas, i.e. during works most likely to disturb contaminated soil or groundwater, should be detailed in the plan. 17. Specific issues which relate to the Health and Safety Management Plan - Maintenance are: The plan should include a description of the pathways by which site users might be exposed to contaminants present on the site. The plan should include management controls to minimise the infiltration of water form the surface of the site through the buried waste and into the groundwater form sources such as over-watering of fields and gardens and leaking water supply and sewage pipelines. Special conditions - Redcliffs Primary School 1. That the landscaping for the proposed car park, submitted as further information on the 11th October 2006, be established in accordance with the plan now labelled PL/CPO/4/3 and held on the Council file. 2. That the landscaping be established within 6 months of the date of the final information of the car park. Any dead, diseased, or damaged landscaping is to be replaced immediately with plants of a similar species. 3. That the proposed Coprosma Dark Spire hedge shown on plan PL/CPO/4/3 to be established along the road boundary shall be maintained at a minimum of 0.8m high. 4. That the proposed Quercus palustris (Pin Oak) and Quercus rubra (Red Oak) trees shown on plan PL/CPO/4/3 be a minimum height of 1.2m at time of planting Designations incorporated into the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 (Subject to modification) Updated 18 May 2013 Secondary Schools Name Location Legal description and area Planning map no Notation Hornby High Waterloo Road, Lot 2 DP 58588, Lot 14 DP 27340, Pt 37 Secondary School Christchurch RS 4334, Pt Sec 9 Hei Hei school Settlement, Blk IX, CSD ( ha)

72 Mairehau High School Hills Road, Christchurch Lot 5 DP 2240, Pt Lot 1 DP 17433, Lot 1 DP 17868, Lot 3 DP 20514, Block VII CSD, Area ha 25 Secondary school Riccarton High School Curletts Road, Christchurch Pt Lot 1 DP 13925, Lots 1-11, Pt Lot 12, Lot 46, Pt Lot 47 DP 16894, Pt Lot 1 DP 17901, Lot 45 DP 20633, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 38 Secondary school Intermediate Schools Branston Aymes Road, Pt Lots 1, 8 DP 11838, Lot 7, Pt Lot 6 44 Intermediate Intermediate Christchurch DP 17057, Lot 3 DP 19086, Lot 6, Pt school School Lot 3 DP 20062, Pt Lot 2 DP 22321, Lot 1 DP 26234, Pt Lot 4 DP 35588, Pt Secs 7 Hornby Settlement, Blk XIII, CSD ( ha) Primary Schools Name Location Legal description and area Planning map no Notation Banks Avenue Primary School Banks Avenue, Christchurch Pt Lot 1 DP 1206, Pt Lot DP 24417, Res Primary school Cashmere Primary Dyers Pass/Hackthorne Lots 5-7, 10, Pt Lots 8-9, Pt Lot 1 DP 53 Primary School Roads 7919, Pt Lot 6 DP 1760, Pt RS3047, Blk XV, CSD, Lot 1 and Lot 2 DP , (1.805 ha) school Central New Brighton Primary School Seaview Road, Christchurch Lots 53-57, Lots 7-10, Pts Lot 6, Pt Lot 13 DP 140, Lots 1-4 DP 7027, Lot 1, 2 DP 2299, Lot 3 DP 6115, Blk XII, CSD ( ha) 34 Primary school Fendalton Open Air Primary School Clyde Road, Christchurch Lots 1-3 DP 7938, Pt Lots 1, 2 DP 4775, Lot 1 DP 11469, Lot 1 DP 12552, Pt Lot 5 DP 11023, Pt RS 60, BM 322, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 31 Primary school Ferndale IHC Primary School Heathcote Valley Primary School Merivale Lane, Christchurch Heathcote Valley Road, Christchurch Lot 6, Pt Lot 3 DP 21881, Lot 2 DP 45288, Pt RS 52, Blk XI, CSD ( ha) 32 Primary school Lots DP 26, Lots 2, 3 DP 10161, Pts RS 271, RS 41519, Pt RS 271, Pt Lot 11 DP 9873, Blk XVI, CSD ( ha) 55 Primary school Ilam Primary School Ilam Road, Christchurch Pts Lot 1 DP 24445, Pt Lot 8 DP 14586, Blk X, CSD ( ha) 38 Primary school McKenzie Residential Primary School Yaldhurst Road, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 25437, Blk IX, CSD ( ha) 30 Primary school

73 Northcote Primary School Tuckers Road, Christchurch Lot 1 DP 29899, Lot 45, Pt Lots 15-18, DP 691, Pt Lot 3 DP 19889, Pt RS 290, SO 8741, Blk VII, CSD ( ha) 25 Primary school Paparoa Street Primary School Paparoa Street, Christchurch Lots 18, 19, Pt Lots 20, 22, 23, Pts Lot 21 DP 1491, Lot 11 DP 7461, Blk IX, CSD ( ha) 32 Primary school Sumner Primary School Colenso Street, Christchurch Lots , 175, DP 13, Pt Lots 173, 174, Pts Lots 181, 183 DP 13, Lot 3 DP 2640, Lots 214, 216 DP 1469, Pts RS 144, Blk II, Sumner SD ( ha) 56 Primary school Windsor Primary School Burwood Road, Christchurch Pt Lots 1, 2 DP 12946, Pt Lot 6 DP 9176, Pt Lot 2 DP 23291, Blk VIII, CSD ( ha) 26 Primary school Te Kura Whakapumau I Te Reo Primary School Hassals Lane, Christchurch Pts Res 5275, SO and SO 18878, CSD ( ha - subject to survey) 46 Primary school New designa ons included in City Plan under Sec on 168 of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005 Secondary School Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no Notation Hagley High Champion Street Site, Lot 4 DP 2686, Lot 2 DP Pt RS 32 Secondary School Christchurch 287, Lot 1 DP Pt RS 287, CTs 31B/177, 4C/421, 746/25, Area 7440m 2 school Primary School Central New Brighton School Owles Terrace, Christchurch Pt RS 7736, Lots 5-7 DP Blk XII, CSD, Area 1906m 2 34 Primary school 2.10 Minister of Social Development Updated 14 September 2012 The Minister of Social Services, Work and Income has two new designations in the Christchurch City Plan as set out below. The designations are subject to special conditions set out below New designation included in City Plan under Section 168, of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 September 2012 Notation: Centre (Residence under Section 364 of the Children, Young Persons, and Their Families Act

74 1989) for the placement under that Act, and treatment in residence of no more than 12 adolescent sexual abusers

75 Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no Underlying zoning Residential treatment centre for adolescent sexual abusers Leggett Road, Yaldhurst Pt Section 3, SO 19454, Justice Purposes, Gaz. 1995, p2674, Area 79,652m 2 36 Rural 5 Special conditions 1. That there be no more than twelve adolescent sexual abusers in residence at any time. 2. The design and siting of the buildings shall be carried out generally in accordance with the design concept plans attached to and forming part of the notice of requirement. 3. Vehicle access for the Centre shall be taken from Leggett Road at a point generally in accord with the concept plans, unless with the agreement of other properties using Leggett Road an alternative location is agreed. 4. Signage at Leggett Road entrance shall be limited to identifying the name, location and visiting hours of the Centre only, and shall not identify the function of the Centre. 5. That the Centre be built and maintained to comply with the indoor design sound levels for residential units located within the 55dBA Ldn airport noise contour, as specified in the Christchurch City Plan. 6. That appropriate sound absorption design measures be adopted, installed and maintained to ensure a satisfactory internal acoustic environment. 7. That night switches be installed and operated on outdoor PA speakers to ensure that noise levels do not exceed the relevant night time noise emission levels in the Christchurch City Plan. 8. That a lockable security gate be installed at the Leggett Road entrance and remain in place throughout the life of the project. 9. That perimeter fencing be provided in accordance with the design concept plans attached to and forming part of this notice and remain maintained and in place throughout the life of the project. 10. That the site be landscaped and maintained throughout the life of the project in accordance with the landscape plan attached to and forming part of this notice of requirement so as to provide a secure site, whilst screening the Centre from adjoining properties and roads as effectively as possible. 11. That the Manager of the Programme ( the Manager ) establish and operate throughout the life of the project a Community Liaison Committee, including: a. Two persons resident in and representative of the community in which the residence is situated; b. Two persons appointed by the Christchurch City Council; c. Two persons representing the tangata whenua of the area in which the programme is situated; d. The Manager, or senior member of staff of the residence to attend meetings of the committee in the absence of the Manager; e. A member of the Police; f. A representative of the members of the staff of the residence; g. A representative of the children and young persons in the residence; h. Such other person or persons as the Committee invites to be a member of the Committee. The Community Liaison Committee shall have the following functions: a. To promote positive relationships between the residence and the surrounding community; b. To monitor the effects of the residence on the surrounding community; c. To monitor the effectiveness of the measures adopted to mitigate any such adverse effects; d. To monitor the effectiveness of the security management plan of the residence and to review absconding from the residence; e. To review any changes to internal management practices at the residence in relation to specified actions designed to mitigate adverse effects on the community; f. To respond to concerns raised by residents of the surrounding community; g. To make recommendations to the Manager on any of the matters referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) of this condition. 12. That in all other respects the centre be operated in accordance with the submissions and evidence produced on behalf of the Requiring Authority at the hearing.

76 13. If in the event that any artefacts are uncovered, work shall stop, and the Historic Places Trust and Te Rununga o Ngai Tuahuriri shall be notified, to agree and implement an appropriate process of dealing with any artefacts. 14. If any skeletal remains are uncovered, work shall stop, the Police and Te Rununga o Ngai Tuahuriri shall be notified, to ensure that appropriate legal and customary processes are carried out New designation included in City Plan under Section 168, of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 September 2012 Notation: Care and Protection Residential Centre - South being a residence under Section 364 of the Children, Young Persons and Their Families Act 1989 for: (a) The placement of up to 20 children and young persons for the purpose of providing care (including secure care), protection, control and treatment; and (b) Ancillary educational, recreational, therapeutic, administrative, cultural and visitor accommodation facilities; and (c) Earthworks ancillary to the construction of the Residential Centre, including buildings, landscaping, outdoor recreation areas, and access. Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no Underlying zoning Care and Protection Residential Centre - South 20 Horseshoe Lake Road, Burwood Part Lot 9 DP 764 CT 245/287, parts of Lot 9 DP 764 Gaz P 3205 and Part Lot 1 DP Gaz P 2938 Area ha 33 Living 1 Special conditions 1. Plans The site layout, design and appearance of the Residential Centre shall be in general accordance with the plans prepared by Stephenson & Turner NZ Ltd, marked Project No. 8893, Drawing Nos ARC 101 Revision G, ARC 103 Revision G, ARC 300 Revision D, ARC 330 Revision C, ARC 340 Revision D; but in relation to Drawing No ARC101 any new perimeter domestic fence shall be a maximum of 1.8 metres high, except for along the frontage of Horseshoe Lake Road where any new fence shall be no greater than 1 metre in height and shall have a semi open interface. 2. Occupancy Rates The Residential Centre shall provide for up to 20 children and young persons at any one time, under the care and protection provisions of the Children, Young Persons, and Their Families Act Community Liaison Committee (i) There shall be a Community Liaison Committee to assist in the promotion of a positive relationship between the Residential Centre and the local community. (ii) The Community Liaison Committee shall be kept informed of current and proposed programmes carried out at the Residential Centre. (iii) The Community Liaison Committee shall include two representatives of the local community. 4. Security A security management plan for the Residential Centre shall be formulated and implemented in consultation with the Community Liaison Committee and the relevant emergency services. This plan shall be prepared prior to the Residential Centre becoming operational. 5. Lighting The site lighting shall be of a sufficient level for operational and security purposes and it shall be designed to prevent the intrusion of direct light into residential properties. The level of light measured at the boundary of any residential property shall not exceed 4.0 lux spill (horizontal and vertical). 6. Landscaping The site shall be landscaped generally in accordance with the landscape plan prepared by Stephenson & Turner NZ Ltd, and marked Project No. 8893, Drawing No. ARC 102, Revision F. (i) The three Sequoiadendron Giganteum (Wellingtonia) trees located on the site, as listed in Volume 3, Part 10, Appendix 4 of the Proposed City of Christchurch City Plan shall be retained.

77 (ii) All landscaping shall be maintained in a tidy condition. 7. Noise Noise levels measured at the site boundary shall be measured in accordance with NZS 6801:1991 "Measurement of Sound", and shall not exceed the following standards: Daytime ( ) Night-time ( ) Ldn

78 L10 49 dba 42 dba 50 dba Leq 50 dba 41 dba Lmax 75 dba 65 dba 8. Construction Noise The development shall proceed in accordance with the provisions of NZS 6803: Acoustics - construction noise. 9. Construction Effects The project management shall appoint a nominated person responsible on the site. The person's contact details should be stated on signage at the street frontage of the development, and that person shall ensure that any complaints are received and acted upon as soon as possible. 10. Contamination Any known or suspected contamination of soil by hazardous substances shall be fully explored in accordance with the appropriate guidelines published by the Ministry for the Environment, and with the involvement of the Council's Environmental Health Officers. No contaminated material shall remain or be removed from the site for disposal without appropriate authorisation by the Council or Environment Canterbury. 11. Earthworks (i) Disturbance to ground cover shall be kept to a minimum. (ii) All bared surfaces shall be adequately topsoiled and revegetated. (iii) Surplus excavated material is to be disposed of away from the site to a Council approved destination. Topsoil may be retained for landscaping. (iv) Fill sites shall be stripped of vegetation and topsoil prior to filling. All fill material shall be well compacted in layers not exceeding 200mm in depth. Fill shall comply with the Code of Practice for Earthfill NZS 4431:1989. (v) Fill batters shall be no steeper than 2 (horizontal) to 1 (vertical). (vi) The work must be supervised by a nominated suitably qualified engineer. (vii) The change in ground levels is not to cause a ponding/drainage nuisance to other properties. (viii) Adequate dust control measures must be in place at all times so as to avoid causing a nuisance to neighbouring property. (ix) The hours of work shall be 7.30am to 6.00pm Monday to Saturday excluding public holidays. 12. Monitoring The Council may seek a report from the Council's representatives on the Community Liaison Committee at any time on the effectiveness of the operation of that Committee and the security management plan. If that report raises issues of concern relating to an adverse effect on the environment, the Council may advise the Requiring Authority and propose appropriate ways of dealing with the adverse effect identified. The Requiring Authority shall inform the Council of the action it intends to take to deal with the issues raised within one month of the receipt of any such advice from the Council, or such longer time as the Council and the Requiring Authority agree. 2.10A Minister for Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Updated 31 July 2012 The purposes of the Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Act 2011 ( CER Act ) include: provide for the Minister for Canterbury Earthquake Recovery to ensure the recovery of greater Christchurch; enable a focused, timely, and expedited recovery; and to facilitate, coordinate, and direct the planning, rebuilding and recovery of affected communities, including the repair and rebuilding of land, infrastructure, and other property. To give effect to the CER Act s purposes, the Minister as the Requiring Authority has initial

79 financial responsibility for identified anchor projects, being public works, to enable the recovery of greater Christchurch and the implementation of the Christchurch Central Recovery Plan. These public works are designated in the City Plan under section 24 of the Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Act. All designations included within Volume 3, Part 12, Rule 2.10A shall lapse after 10 years unless given effect to. Notation: Convention Centre Precinct Updated 31 July 2012 (a) A meeting facility to provide initially for approximately 2000 delegates with an expansion capacity to approximately 2500 delegates, including plaza, reception area, functional space, kitchens, banquet room, meeting/break-out rooms, exhibition space, amenities, storage and loading space (b) Marquees and other temporary structures for convention events (c) Gloucester Galleria (d) Car parks (e) Hotels (f) Retail/food and beverage (g) Ancillary Activities Site name Location Planning map no. Underlying zoning Convention Centre Precinct Blocks defined by Armagh Street, Oxford Terrace, Worcester Street and Colombo Street. 39J Central City Business Notation: Stadium (Incorporating Spectator Events Facility) Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Rectangular field for sporting events, training and practice (such as rugby, rugby league, football) (b) Multiple use for concerts/ events (c) Up to 35,000 fixed seat capacity including removable seats to create stage (d) Roof cover (e) Event lighting (f) Player/entertainer facilities (g) Corporate suites/lounges/conference facilities (h) Broadcasting, technology and other services (i) External plazas and circulation concourse (j) Offices (k) Retail/food and beverage (l) Amenities (m) Kitchen and catering facilities (n) Car parks (o) Signage (p) Storage sheds, workshops and ground keeping facilities (q) Visitor Attraction Facilities (such as hall of fame or museum) (r) Ancillary Activities

80 Site name Location Planning map no. Underlying zoning Stadium Blocks defined by Tuam, Madras, Hereford and Barbadoes Streets 39J Mixed Use Notation: Metro Sports Facility Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Sports hall (wet) - competition and leisure pools; changing rooms (b) Sports hall (dry) - indoor courts, fitness and high performance facilities; changing rooms (c) Movement Centre (d) Offices/administration and amenities (e) Retail/food and beverage (f) Car parks (g) Landscaping and atrium (h) Ancillary Activities Site name Location Planning map no. Underlying zoning Metro Sports Facility Part Block defined by St Asaph, Stewart and Antigua Streets and Moorhouse Avenue 39J Mixed Use Notation: Bus Interchange Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Concourse (b) Bus Platform (c) Amenities (d) Retail/food and beverage (e) Staff Facilities (f) Cycle Parking (g) Ancillary Activities Site name Location Planning map Underlying no. zoning Bus Interchange Block defined by Tuam, Colombo, Manchester and Lichfield Streets 39J Central City Business Notation: Performing Arts Precinct Updated 14 May 2014 (a) Auditoria for music and theatre (b) Rehearsal, teaching and performance spaces (c) Entertainment facilities (d) Changing rooms/entertainer facilities (e) Office and storage (f) Amenities, box office, foyer (g) Retail/ food and beverage (h) Hotel Accommodation (i) Ancillary Activities

81 Site name Location Planning Underlying map no. zoning

82 Performing Properties within the block defined by Armagh Street, Gloucester 39J Central Arts Precinct Street, Colombo Street and New Regent Street as shown on planning map 39J City Business Notation: Justice and Emergency Services Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Courts including custodial facilities (b) Judicial offices (c) Police and emergency services (d) Offices, meeting and training rooms (e) Public open space, lobby, reception (f) Emergency vehicle parking (g) Employee accommodation (h) Communications centre (i) Amenities (j) Retail/food and beverage (k) Storage (l) Car parks (m) Ancillary Activities Site name Location Planning map no. Underlying zoning Justice and Emergency Services Block defined by Lichfield, Colombo, Durham and Tuam Streets 39J Central City Business Notation: Central Library Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Library Facilities (b) Food and beverage (c) Ancillary activities Site name Location Planning map no. Underlying zoning Central Library Block defined by Gloucester Street, Colombo Street and The Square 39J Central City Business Notation: The Frame North and East Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Open space, park land (b) Family playground (c) Walking/cycling tracks (d) Stormwater management (e) Memorial sites (f) Residential units (g) Retained Buildings/activities (h) Christchurch Club (i) Amenities (j) Temporary Activities (k) Public Art (l) Leisure and Recreational Activities and Facilities (m) Ancillary Activities

83 Site name Location Planning map no. Underlying zoning Frame - North Blocks defined by Cambridge Terrace and Kilmore Street 39J Mixed Use Frame - East Blocks defined by Oxford Terrace, and Madras, Lichfield and Manchester Streets 39J Central City Business Notation: The Frame South Updated 24 April 2014 (a) Open space landscaping (b) Walking/cycling tracks (c) Facilities for health education and innovation (d) Offices (e) Retail/ food and beverage (f) Amenities (g) Car parks (h) Ancillary Activities Site Location name Planning Underlying map no. zoning FramePart Block defined by Madras, Lichfield, Manchester and St Asaph - Streets (excluding 245 St Asaph Street, 209 Tuam Street, 191 High Street South and the triangular block defined by Madras, Tuam and High Streets); blocks defined by Manchester, St Asaph, Antigua, Tuam Streets; and block defined by Hagley Avenue, Oxford Terrace, Montreal and Tuam Streets. 39J Mixed Use and Central City Business Nota on: Residen al Demonstra on Project Updated 31 July 2012 Site name Location Planning map no. Underlying zoning Residential Demonstration Project Part Block defined by Madras, Armagh and Gloucester Streets 39J Living 4B 2.10B Minister of Health Updated 03 July 2014 Among other responsibilities, the Ministry of Health holds financial responsibility for the redevelopment of the Christchurch Hospital Acute Services Building and associated facilities. The designation for the Acute Services Building at Christchurch Hospital is subject to special conditions as set out below. 2.10B.1 Notation: Hospital and Health Related Facilities Updated 03 July 2014

84 Hospitals and health facilities Facilities for health education and innovation Staff and visitor accommodation Ancillary offices and recreation facilities Ancillary retail, and food and beverage activities Car parking Other ancillary activities including boiler houses, and workshops Site name Location Underlying Zoning Acute Services Building Christchurch Hospital Christchurch Hospital, as shown on planning map 39J Special Purpose (Hospital) Zone Special Conditions 1. General The document entitled Christchurch Hospital Acute Services Building Designation Detail is incorporated into the designation. Advice Note for the avoidance of doubt no outline plan is required under section 176A Resource Management Act Site Enabling Works Site enabling works, including underground service relocation and earthworks, shall comply with the conditions of resource consent RMA Construction activities Construction activities shall be planned and managed in general accordance with NZS 6803: 1999 Acoustics Construction Noise. A traffic management plan (TMP) related to construction activities shall be prepared by a qualified and suitably experienced traffic engineer in consultation with Christchurch City Council. The TMP will be submitted to the Christchurch City Council prior to the completion of the developed design of the Acute Services Building. 4. Bulk and Location The bulk and location of the Acute Services Building, associated car parking and site access shall be carried out in general accordance with the plans and information contained in Christchurch Hospital Acute Services Building Designation Detail. 5. Noise Attenuation All mechanical plant shall be designed and/or sited to achieve compliance with the City Plan noise standards at the boundary of the Christchurch Hospital site. 6. Lighting and Security (a) A lighting plan for external lighting shall be prepared by a suitably qualified professional experienced in applying Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles. The Plan shall be submitted to the Christchurch City Council prior to the completion of the developed design of the Acute Services Building. 7. Trees (a) Construction activities or materials shall not occur within 10 metres of the trunk of any existing trees that are to be retained. Temporary protective fencing shall be used to protect trees encircling the 10m exclusion zone. (b) Any trees to be removed to enable the construction of the Acute Services Building shall be limited to those identified on the Tree Removal Plan in Christchurch Hospital Acute Services Building Designation Detail on page 43. (c) All tree removal and pruning shall be carried out by a suitably qualified and experienced arborist and to international modern arboricultural standards. (e) Tree removals for the Acute Services Building shall be mi gated by a replacement tree planting, establishment and maintenance programme. The programme shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced landscape architect, in consultation with Christchurch City Council parks staff and shall be submitted to the Christchurch City Council prior to the completion of the developed design of the Acute Services Building.

85 (e) All daffodil bulbs disturbed by excavation for the Acute Services Building shall be relocated to within Hagley Park, in consulta on with Christchurch City Council parks staff. 8. Landscaping (a) Landscape plans in general accordance with the landscape concept and plans provided in Christchurch Hospital Acute Services Building Designation Detail shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced landscape architect, in consultation with the Christchurch City Council Principal Advisor: Urban Design and the Christchurch Central Development Unit General Manager: Design and Planning and shall be submitted to the Christchurch City Council prior to the completion of detailed design for the Acute Services Building. (b) All landscaping shown on the landscape plan referred to in Condi on 8(a) shall be established on site within 6 months, or during the first planning season following completion of the Acute Services Building. (c) All landscaping shown on the landscape plan referred to in Condi on 8(a) above shall be maintained and any diseased or dying landscaping shall be replaced as soon as practicable in accordance with the landscape plans. 9. Transportation (a) To supplement the existing transportation assessment, and to assist in integrating the Acute Services building development with other developments in the area, an Integrated Transport Assessment shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced traffic engineer, in consultation with Christchurch City Council and shall be submitted to the Council prior to completion of the developed design of the Acute Services Building. The Integrated Transport Assessment shall demonstrate that sufficient access, vehicle circulation and car and cycle parking is provided on the wider Christchurch Hospital site, to satisfy the demand created by the Acute Services Building. (b) Vehicle access, circulation and provision for parking shall be provided for in general accordance with Christchurch Hospital Outline Development Plan Movement Layer contained within Christchurch hospital Acute Services Building Designation Detail. (c) Signage and other measures to enable pedestrians and vehicles to efficiently and effectively navigate the site shall be provided in accordance with the Wayfinding Strategy Guidelines included in Christchurch Hospital Acute Services Building Designation Detail. 10. Urban Design (a) The design and appearance of the Acute Services Building shall be generally in accordance with the plans and information contained in Christchurch Hospital Acute Services Building Designation Detail on pages (b) During Developed Design of the Acute Services Building, the Requiring Authority shall consult with the Christchurch City Council Principal Advisor: Urban Design and the Christchurch Central Development Unit General Manager: Design and Planning with respect to the design of the podium façades. (c) Detailed plans for the podium façades shall be prepared prior to the completion of the developed design of the Acute Services Building and shall consider the opportunities to: Develop the design of the façades to enhance the visual interest and appearance of the podium, and to provide human scale and/or reflect internal activities. Provide a more detailed treatment at ground level to provide a high quality immediate experience for patients and visitors. Provide for activities and passive surveillance from the lower ground floor. Provide internal pedestrian access from the wards to Hagley Park for patients Broadcast Communications Ltd Updated 14 September 2012 Broadcast Communications Ltd has an existing designation for facility for broadcasts and telecommunications (Sugar Loaf, Port Hills). Included on the designated site are co-sited facilities of Television NZ, NZ Police, Sky TV, TV3, Canterbury FM, The Radio Network - Southern Ltd, Radio Active, Telecom, More FM and TAB. The designation is subject to special conditions set out below Existing designation included in City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource

86 Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005 Notation: Broadcasts and telecommunications Site name Location Legal description and area Planning map no Underlying zoning Sugar Loaf Broadcasting Sugar Loaf Hill, Summit Road Pt Res 4170, Blk III, Halswell SD Area 60 Conservation ha 1

87 Special conditions 1. No new structures shall be erected on the site which increase the footprints or building envelopes of the structures existing on this site as at 1 March 1999, other than those specifically provided for in following conditions or any temporary structures erected for the purpose of allowing maintenance or repair of existing structures or equipment, provided that such temporary structures will be removed once any such maintenance or repair has been completed. In particular, there shall be only on permanent tower, which shall not exceed a height above the ground of more than 130 metres. 2. The following equipment shall be permitted to be attached to or erected on the existing towers and structures on the site, on a permanent basis; (a) Up to a total of six dish antenna with a maximum diameter greater than 2.0 metres but less than 4.0 metres. (b) Broadcasting, telecommunication and radiocommunication antenna, including whip, grid, yagi, dipoles and panels or similar ancillary equipment, provided no single antenna or panel shall have twodimensional surface area greater than 4.0m 2, or 2.0 metres in diameter in the case of dish antenna, unless otherwise specified in (a) above. 3. No radio communication facility shall emit radio frequency electromagnetic radiation that is measured and assessed in accordance with NZS 6609 (1990) Parts 1 and 2 produces exposures in excess of the exposure standards in the diagram in Volume 3, Part 9, Maximum 24 hour non-occupational exposure levels. 4. No radio communication facility shall create exposures to power frequency electric and magnetic fields in areas normally accessible to the public exceeding 100 mirco tesla as measured and assessed in accordance with the International Commission on Non-ionising Radiation Protection Guidelines. 5. No exotic species or native plants of non-local origin shall be planted on the site Television New Zealand Updated 14 September 2012 Television New Zealand has one modified designation for a transmission corridor (now confined to the Central City area between Bealey Avenue and Moorhouse Avenue) Existing designation (modified) for airspace included in the City Plan under Section 168 of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005 Notation: Television New Zealand transmission corridor This designation is shown on Planning Map 39c and readers are advised that given the scale of the Planning Maps, the position of the corridor should be ascertained in conjunction with the provisions of Appendix 4 to Part 12. No person may, without the prior written consent of TVNZ, use, erect, reconstruct, place, alter or extend any structure or part of any structure in such a manner so as to hinder the propagation of electromagnetic signals within the transmission corridor as defined in Appendix 4 and as shown on Planning Map 39c Banks Peninsula District Council Updated 14 September 2012 The Banks Peninsula District Council has designations over five sites in the Heathcote area associated with water supplies to Lyttelton. The designations are subject to special conditions set out below Existing designations incorporated in the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005

88 Location Legal description Notation Planning map no Underlying zoning 1 Dyers Road Pt Lot 1 DP Waterworks well, pump station 47 Conservation1B (616m 2 ) and ancillary works 2 Scruttons Road Pt RS 77 (CT 9A/482) Waterworks well, pump station 54 Rural 2 and ancillary works Pt RS 77 (CT 431/101) Pt RS 329 (17095m 2 ) 3 Pipeline - Scruttons Road - Heathcote Res - Martindales Road Pt RS 77, 104, 329, 965 (8253m 2 ) Waterworks pipeline, reservoir and ancillary works 54/55 Living 1 Living Hills Rural Hills 4 Tunnel Road SO (1045m 2 ) Waterworks well and pump station 47 Rural Butts Valley RS Blk Waterworks reservoir and 54/55 Living 1 Living Road XVI (867m 2 ) pipeline Hills Rural Hills Special conditions 1. With respect to the Dyers Road site, no new structure or part of a structure that is above ground shall exceed a floor area (measured to the exterior faces of the exterior walls) of 5m 2 or a height of 3m. 2. With respect to Pipeline (Scruttons Road - Heathcote Res - Martindales Road) and 11 Butts Valley Road, no new structure or part of a structure that is above ground shall: (a) exceed a height of 5m; or (b) be set back less than 2m from the street boundary; or (c) exceed a floor area (measured to the exterior faces of the exterior walls) of 40m 2 ; or (d) project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above all site boundaries that adjoin a site in a Living zone in accordance with Appendix 6 Diagram A and D; except that condition (b) above shall not apply where the structure has a floor area of less than 5m 2, or a height of less than 2m. 3. With respect to Scruttons Road and Tunnel Road, no new structure or part of a structure that is above ground shall: (a) exceed a height of 5m; or (b) be set back of less than 2m from the road boundary; or (c) exceed a floor area (measured to the exterior faces of the exterior walls) of 1,000m 2 ; or (d) in addition with any existing structures, occupy more than 40% pf the area of the site; except that Condition (3)(b) and (d) above shall not apply where the structure has a floor area of less than 5m 2, or a height of less than 2m Christchurch City Council Updated 14 November 2005 (refer Clause 2.2 for City Council roading designations) Existing designations incorporated in the City Plan under Clause 4, First Schedule of the Resource Management Act 1991 Updated 14 November 2005

89 Location Legal description Notation Planning map no Underlying zoning Wigram Road Lot 1 DP 9212 Wigram East Retention Basin 45 Open Space 3C, Open Space 2, Conservation New designation to be included under Sec on 168 of the Resource Management Act 1991 Snellings Drain: Stormwater Capacity and Water Quality Improvements and Overflow Swale Updated 14 September 2012 Location Legal description Notation Planning map no Underlying zoning South of Prestons Road, East of Limes Avenue Pt Lot 2, DP Snellings Drain 19, 26 RU3 Limes Reserve, South of Prestons Road Lots 71 to 73, DP and Lot 75, DP Snellings Drain 19, 26 RU3 South of Prestons Road, East of Nederland Avenue South of Prestons Road, East of Nederland Avenue North of Mairehau Road South of Mairehau Road, East of Greenhaven Drive Lot 2, DP Snellings Drain 26 RU3 Lot 3, DP Snellings Drain 26 RU3 Pt RS 1778 Snellings Drain 26 RU3 Lot 5, DP 1002 Snellings Drain 26 RU3 South of Mairehau Road, East of Greenhaven Drive Lot 2, DP Snellings Drain 26 RU3

90 The designation is subject to the following conditions: 1. This designation does not infer or imply that any of the works subsequently authorised shall include the provision of public footpath or cycle access along this designation corridor. 2. The land subject to this designation shall be that illustrated on Planning Maps 19 and 26 as "CCC" and proposed works shall proceed generally in accordance with the timetable set out in Table 1 below. 3. Prior to the commencement of works on any section of the land subject to this Requirement, an 'outline plan of works' shall be submitted to the Council as territorial authority indicating details pursuant to the provisions of s176a(3) of the Act. 4. In so far as it is practicable to do so, the capacity of the proposed overflow swale (in particular its operating levels in relation to the input from the existing lateral drains on either side and its discharge to the No. 2 Drain), and the management and discharge of storm-water flows from both the existing Snellings Drain system and that diverted into the overflow swale shall be designed, managed and thereafter monitored during its operation so as to minimise the duration of any storm-water ponding on the properties on either side of the proposed overflow swale. 5. Subject to the provisions of s184a of the Act, this designation shall lapse on the expiry of the tenth anniversary after the date on which it is included in the Christchurch City Plan (09 September 2009). 6. Construction related activities shall comply with NZS 6803:1999 "Acoustic Construction Noise". 7. For the purpose of mitigating adverse effects on the quality of water in Snellings Drain and pursuant to s176a(f), as part of the 'outline plan of works' required by condition 2 above, a site specific control plan shall be prepared prior to the commencement of any physical works within the designated corridor. 8. The sediment control plan referred to in condition 7 shall be implemented at all times during construction activities alongside or adjacent to a water body. 9. For the purposes of mitigating adverse effects on the quality of the environment resulting from the stockpiling of materials or exposed earth within the designation corridor and pursuant to s176a(f), as part of hte 'ouline plan of works' required by condition 2 above, a fugitive dust suppression and control plan shall be prepared prior to the commencement of any physical works within the designation corridor. 10. The dust control and management plan referred to in condition 9 shall be implemented at all times during construction activities within the designation corridor. 11. Section 5 and section 6 of the designation within the Christchurch City Plan known as "Snellings Drain: Stormwater Capacity and Water Quality Improvements and Overflow Swale" located between Mairehau Road and Clare Park and which runs between Lot 5 DP1002 and Lot 2 DP14469 be designed and constructed in accordance with the below diagram. In particular, the designation must not exceed 21 metres in width at the boundary of the Mairehau Road corridor and that legally described as Lot 5 DP1002.

91

92 Lots 71 to 73, DP and Lot 75, DP ,010 Pathway from Section 1 Year 1 to Oasis Grove. Regrade Limes Avenue Swale. Lot 2, DP Lot 3, DP ,700 Stormwater treatment basin; grassed access strip; limited riparian planting. 2,290 Stormwater treatment basin; small permanent pond; grassed access strip; partial removal of drain lining; grading back to the true left bank of the drain; limited riparian and landscape planting. Year 3 Year 3 Pt RS ,540 Diversion weir and overflow swale along Mairehau Road; culvert inlet; grassed access strip. Year 5-10 Lot 5, DP ,600 Overflow swale; culvert Year 5-10 outlet; grassed access strip. Lot 2, DP ,652 Overflow swale; grassed access strip. Year New designation to be included under Section 168A of the Resource Management Act 1991 New Halswell Library 341 Halswell Road Updated 29 June 2012 Operational Characteristics Operating Hours 1. The facility may be open to the public between 9am - 7pm, Monday - Friday, and 10am - 4pm on Saturdays and Sundays. The facility shall not be open on public holidays. 2. The use of the facility during the hours of 7pm - 10pm, Monday - Friday shall be limited to the use of the meeting rooms and learning spaces. Staff numbers 3. The maximum number of library staff employed and actively engaged in library activities on the site at any one time shall not exceed 15. Service and Deliver vehicles 4. Service and delivery vehicles shall access the site only in the period 7am - 11pm. Building Floor area use/site coverage 5. The building coverage over the net area of the site shall be no more than 40%. 6. The floor space per activity allocations shall be within the following ranges:

93 Library/Collection % Office space for staff % Meeting rooms %

94 Cafe % Balance areas (including toilets, storage, plant) % Height and Location 7. The maximum height of the building shall be no more than 8m. 8. The building shall be located no closer than 1.8m from the eastern and southern internal boundaries of the site. 9. The building shall not project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above eastern and southern internal boundaries of the site as shown in the Volume 3, Part 2 Living Zones, Appendix 1 - Recession plane and containment angle diagrams. 10. The building shall be located no closer than 4.5m from the road boundary of the site. Site Layout and Parking/Access Landscaping and Fencing 11. Landscaping shall be provided along the road boundary of the site at a depth of no less than 1.5m. 12. The minimum height of fencing along the southern and eastern property boundaries shall be 2m. 13. A landscape plan shall be prepared in accordance with conditions and a copy provided to the Manager Resource Consents, Environmental Policy and Approvals Unit. 14. All landscaping shown on the landscape plan referred to in condition 13 above shall be established on site within 6 months of the construction of the new building having been erected on the site. 15. All landscaping shown on the landscape plan referred to in condition 13 above shall be maintained. Any dead, diseased or damaged plants are to be replaced with plants of similar species. Parking and Access 16. On-site Vehicle and Cycle Parking for activity shall be provided in accordance with the following minimum standards. Library/Collection Visitor - 1 space/50m 2 of Public Floor Area Staff - 1 space/200m 2 of Public Floor Area Cycle - 1 space/100m 2 of Public Floor Area Office Visitor - 5% of the staff requirement and a minimum of 1 space Staff spaces/100m 2 of Gross Floor Area Cycle - 1 space/200m 2 of Public Floor Area Meeting Rooms Visitor - 1 space/10m 2 of Public Floor Area Staff - 10% of visitor requirement Cycle - 1 space/50m 2 of Public Floor Area Cafe Visitor - 4 spaces/100m 2 of Public Floor Area Staff - 1 space/100m 2 of Public Floor Area Cycle - 1 space/100m 2 of Gross Floor Area 17. The design of the car parking spaces shall be as set out below, or shall be in accordance with the dimensions shown in the Volume 3, Part 13 Transport, Appendix 1 - Parking space dimensions: Stall depth 5.0m Stall width 2.6m Aisle width 7.0m 18. Parking for people with disabilities shall be provided at the rate of 1 for up to 10 spaces provided, 2 for up to 100 spaces provided plus 1 more for every additional 50 spaces or part thereof. 19. The design of the car parking spaces for people with disabilities shall be in accordance with the dimensions shown in the table under condition 17 or as follows: The two parking spaces shall be located adjacent and shall have: A stall depth of 5.0m A stall width of 2.5m A shared 1m space between the two spaces An aisle width of 7.0m

95 20. The cycle parking spaces shall be covered and designed and in accordance with the diagram as shown in Volume 3, Part 13 Transport, Appendix 3 - Cycle parking dimensions. 21. One HGV loading bay shall be provided. The dimensions and design of the loading bay shall be able to accommodate a 99 percentile vehicle (being 3.0m x 6.0m). 22. All on-site manoeuvre areas shall be designed to accommodate at least a 90 percentile design motor car, as shown in Volume 3, Part 13 Transport, Appendix 4-90 percentile Design Motor car. 23. On-site manoeuvring shall be provided to ensure that no vehicle is required to reverse either onto or off the site. 24. Parking spaces shall be located so as to ensure that no vehicle is required to carry out any reverse manoeuvring when moving from any vehicle access to any required parking spaces. 25. Vehicles shall not be required to undertake more than one reverse manoeuvre when manoeuvring out of any required parking or loading space. 26. A minimum queue space of 5.5m from the road boundary of the site to the first vehicle conflict point shall be provided. Noise, Construction and Lighting 27. Levels of noise emitted from the site that are received within the boundaries of any other property in the Living 1 Zone shall not exceed the following limits, when measured in accordance with NZS 6801:1991 "Measurement of Sound" and assessed over the period of 1 hour: L10 (1hr) Daytime ( hrs) Nighttime ( hrs) 49 dba 42 dba Leq (1hr) 50 dba 41 dba Lmax 75 dba 65 dba 28. Fencing shall be constructed along the full length of the east boundary, and along the south boundary from a point 3m from the edge of the road widening designation on Halswell Road, to provide acousting shielding of neighbouring properties in the Living 1 Zone. The fencing shall meet the following specifications: A minimum height of 2.0m Continuous construction, using solid materials with a minimum surface mass rating of 10kg/m 2, and maintained without gaps including where the fence meets the ground. 29. Site development and construction work shall be managed so that the following noise limits from Table 2 of NZS 6803:1999 "Acoustics - Construction noise" are not exceeded at any affected residential property, when measured and assessed in accordance with that Standard: Table 2 Recommended upper limits for construction noise received in residential zones and dwellings in rural areas. Time of Week Time Period Duration of Work Typical duration (dba) Short-term duration (dba) Long-term duration (dba) Weekdays Leq Lmax Leq Lmax Leq Lmax

96

97 Saturdays Sundays and Public holidays Prior to the opening of the facility, the consent holder shall provide to the Council a report from a suitably qualified and experienced acoustician that demonstrates how the cumulative operational noise levels from all sources, including fixed heating ventilation and air conditioning plant and equipment, will be controlled to comply with the operational noise limits of this consent in condition All lighting installations, including car park lighting, security and amenity lighting, and illumminated signage shall be designed under guidance from an experienced and qualified lighting engineer to ensure that the following standards are complied with: All exterior lighting shall be directed away from adjacent properties and roads. Spillage (horizontal and vertical) of artificial light from the site (other than reflected glare from structures and vehicles) shall not exceed 4.0 lux when measured at any point 2 metres inside the boundary, or at the closest window, of any other property in the Living 1 Zone. Works in Road Reserve 32. A copy of the plans and specifications of the works detailed in the following conditions shall be submitted to the Manager Resource Consents, Environmental Policy and Approvals Unit, prior to any physical works commencing on site. 33. A pedestrian refuge on Halswell Road shall be provided in conjunction with the Library in a location near the site as generally indicated on the Outline Plan (Plan LP Issue 2). 34. With respect to condition 32 above, the Requiring Authority shall, at the time of submitting the plans and specifications, provide evidence of consultation undertaken with the New Zealand Land Transport Agency, concerning the location and design of any such pedestrian facility. 35. A minimum of 7m of "No Stopping" yellow lines shall be marked on the northern side of the vehicular crossing at the entrance to the Halswell Library site Heritage orders Updated 14 November 2005 The New Zealand Historic Places Trust has a heritage order over the Nurses' Memorial Chapel, Riccarton Avenue, Christchurch. Heritage orders automatically "roll over" under the RMA (and in the case of this heritage order has been specifically requested by the Trust to remain in the Plan). The building is also a Category 1 Historic Place under the Historic Places Act 1993 (refer also to Part 10, Clause 1, Protected Buildings, Places and Objects). Description :

98 Nurses' Memorial Chapel Location : Christchurch Hospital, Riccarton Avenue Legal Description : Part Reserve 24 ( ha - CT 464/207) Subject to Deed of Easement 22B/1091, 22B/1092 and specifically being the Chapel and a surrounding three metre "buffer zone" comprising 375m 2 approx (subject to survey). Planning Map No. 39 Zoning : Conservation 2 Zone Appendix 1 CIAL maps of designated sites Updated 14 November 2005 Diagram A

99 Diagram B

100 Diagram C Appendix 2 Roading Designa ons New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA), Christchurch City Council A Updated 12 March 2012 B Updated 12 March 2012 Blenheim Road

101 Bridle Path Road

102 C Updated 12 March 2012 Carmen Road Christchurch Southern Motorway Updated 12 March 2012 Halswell Junc on Road Shands Road

103 Springs Road and Halswell Junc on Road Intersec on, Halswell Junc on Road and Carrs Road and Junc on of Dunbars Road and Wigram Road

104 Curle Road, Annex Road D Updated 12 March 2012 Deans Avenue

105 Dyers Road

106 E Updated 12 March 2012 F Updated 12 March 2012 Ferry Road F/G Ferry Road Gasson Street Updated 12 March 2012

107 G Updated 12 March 2012 H Updated 12 March 2012 Halswell Road SH75

108

109 Halswell Road and Hills Road J Updated 27 June 2014 Johns Road SH1

110

111 J/L Updated 12 March 2012 Jubilee Street Lincoln Road L

112 Updated 12 March 2012 Lincoln Road

113 M Updated 12 March 2012 McLeans Island Road Madras Street Main North Road SH74

114 Main North Road

115 Main South Road

116 Marshland Road and Masham Road

117 Marshland Road QEII Moorhouse Avenue

118 N Updated 31 March 2009 Northcote Road Northern Arterial

119

120

121 O Updated 31 May 2013 Opawa Road SH74

122 P Updated 31 May 2013 Pages Road

123 Port Hills Road SH74

124 Pound Road / Yaldhurst Road Intersec on SH 73 R Updated 12 March 2012 Russley Road SH1

125 Russley Road SH1 Russley Road SH1

126 S Updated 12 March 2012 Shands Road T

127 Updated 12 March 2012 Travis Road

128 Trusco s Road

129 W Updated 12 March 2012 Wigram Road Wigram Road and Magdala Place

130 Woolston / Burwood Expressway

131 Y Updated 12 March 2012 Yaldhurst Road

132 Appendix 3 Ferry Road designa on tree loca ons (Edmonds Garden site) Updated 14 September 2012

133 Appendix 4 TVNZ transmission corridors clearance zone requirements Updated 14 November 2005 Appendix 4 - TVNZ transmission corridors clearance zone requirements Gloucester Street to Mt Grey Path (restriction extends north to Bealey Avenue) Gloucester Street to Sugar Loaf Path (restriction extends south to Moorhouse Avenue) Distance out from Gloucester Street (km) Maximum height of obstruction A.M.S.L. (m) Horizontal width of clearance zone centred on beam axis (m) Distance out from Gloucester Street (km) Maximum height of obstruction A.M.S.L. (m) Horizontal width of clearance zone centred on beam axis (m) Co-ordinates for centre of tower, Gloucester Street: Starting point: : Northing : Easting Bearings from centre of tower, Gloucester Street: to Mt Grey antenna: to Sugar Loaf antenna: ' 28" (true) ' 30" (true)

134 Note: The information in this Appendix should be used to interpret and clarify the position of the corridor as shown on Planning Map 39C. Appendix 5 Telecom New Zealand Limited designated sites in Living Zones Updated 14 September 2012 Avonhead Exchange Belfast Exchange Burwood Exchange Fendalton Exchange Halswell Exchange Harewood Exchange Hillmorton Exchange Linwood Exchange Memorial Avenue Exchange Mt Pleasant Exchange New Brighton Exchange Papanui Exchange Riccarton Exchange Shirley Exchange Spencerville Exchange St Albans Exchange Sumner Exchange Appendix 6 Recession plane diagrams Updated 14 September 2012

135

136 Section 13 Rural Introduction Updated 31 July 2008 Christchurch City contains some 30,000 hectares of rural land (including the Port Hills). Although approximately 97% of the population of the City are resident in urban areas, the rural area comprises two thirds of its total land area. It is therefore an important land resource and has accordingly been recognised as a distinct entity in the City Plan. The primary activities undertaken within the rural environment includes the following categories: Farming of various kinds Forestry Recreation areas and facilities Transport facilities and corridors e.g. airport, roading and rail networks Institutional facilities, such as prisons and hospitals Rural industrial activities Rural residential activities A number of these activities are specifically identified as land uses distinct from but within the rural environment. Rural residential activities, for example, whilst within a rural setting are generally considered under objectives and policies in the Plan relating to the living environment. These various activities may be competing or complimentary and have different levels of effects. Of the rural land area, 26,000 hectares are farmed in some way, although only a small part of this is or is ever likely to be, intensively farmed for horticultural purposes. The rural area is unique compared to other parts of the City as it is dominated by natural rather than physical resources. The Plan is particularly concerned with the quality and quantity of natural resources in the rural area (land, water and soils) and how these may change over time. The rural area is also a potential land bank for further urban activities or urban growth. The extent of peripheral urban growth in turn determines the extent of the rural area.

137 Rural objective Updated 14 November 2005 The sustained potential of land, soil, water and infrastructural resources in the rural area to support life and to meet reasonably foreseeable future rural and urban needs. Explanation The basis of the rural objectives in the Plan is to focus on the primary natural and physical resources in the rural area, in particular land, soils, and water, and rural infrastructure. In turn the policies focus on potential impacts of activities on natural and physical resources and other environmental effects. The Plan aims to ensure that the objectives and policies achieve integrated management of the various natural and physical resources in the rural area and consequently other parts of the City. Rural land can support a number of activities of potential benefit to the City. The Plan's function is not to determine the best economic use of rural land, but provide objectives and policies which would best achieve sustainable management of it. The Plan has adopted a number of key principles in order to achieve this. In terms of the land and soils resource, the plan recognises the need to provide for urban growth and appropriate activities within the rural area, while at the same time retaining the option of primary production, particularly for more versatile soils. Another key principle is to ensure that the quality and quantity of surface and ground waters is at least maintained, or enhanced, as this resource is fundamental to the health and well-being of the City and its inhabitants. While there are limitations to the degree and rate of change which can occur in the rural area without significant adverse effects, greater flexibility is provided by the Plan for development options than in the past. Limitations on change recognise the more absolute and often irreversible impacts of transition from rural to urban use.

138 The rural area of the City borders that of neighbouring Councils which have substantially larger rural areas. In formulating the objectives and policies in the Plan, the Council has undertaken consultation with adjoining authorities in terms of the management of its rural land resource to achieve a co-ordinated approach to the extent necessary under the Act Objectives : The rural land and soil resource Updated 14 November 2005 (a) That the rural land and soil resource be managed to: enable rural resources to continue to be used for a variety of rural activities while recognising their operational needs and the potential environmental effects of such activities; provide scope for the appropriate establishment or extension of urban activities; and retain the stability and character of rural soils, and the life supporting capacity of the soil resource, including the potential for primary production, and to safeguard natural values. (b) That the open space character and low density of built form which distinguish the rural area be maintained and enhanced. Reasons There are a number of factors impinging on the sustainable management of land and soil resources, the most important of which are identified in the three parts of the first objective. Rural land has potential value as a resource for a number of activities, some of which may be conflicting, or which when established preclude other options, notably the process of urbanisation. While farming and forestry in the rural area is only a small part of the region's economic output, it diversifies the economic base of the City and realises the productive potential of versatile soils. It also retains the informal rural open space character in terms of visual amenity in contrast to the urban area. The retention of land for rural uses enhances the amenity values of the City and reduces the impact on the environment and services of unplanned urban activities which might seek to locate in such areas. There are already areas of established forestry within the City which serve both production and amenity values. Limitations are only to be imposed in areas of major landscape or ecological significance (such as parts of the Port Hills and natural grassland sites) to protect their natural character. The extraction of aggregates at low cost is important to the economy of the City, but such workings can have marked adverse effects on the local environment. For this reason, extraction of aggregates has been provided for in the Plan, but restricted as to location in order to avoid adverse environmental effects which cannot be adequately mitigated in more densely settled rural areas. The Council recognises from experience that rural dwellings and other buildings serve a necessary function in the management and security of rural enterprises involving farming and, in some cases, other rural activities. The potential density of dwellings in the rural area is limited in recognition of servicing constraints, the need to sustain soil resources, and avoiding incompatibility with other activities. While the emphasis will be on retention of rural character, there are circumstances where it is economically sound and environmentally acceptable for urban activities to establish on rural land, having regard to the relative significance of servicing costs, availability of services, soil qualities and local environmental constraints. The appropriateness of urban development in the rural area is determined in part by the above factors, but in addition to other policies in this Plan which emphasise urban consolidation. While there are areas in the rural area suitable for urbanisation, the rate of likely growth and the effect of various constraints on urban growth will mean that only a small proportion of the rural area will be urbanised in the foreseeable future. Tourism and recreational activities requiring large land areas or a rural setting are also appropriate in some parts of the rural area.

139 The rural area has visual and open space character which benefits all residents of the City, provides recreation and tourism benefits, complements areas of natural value, and is the main contributor to the quality of life for rural residents. The Plan contains measures to enhance these qualities and to avoid or reduce the impact of incompatible activities. In the case of the Port Hills, a continuation of environmentally sound pastoral farming practices is desirable to maintain the open tussock grassland character of the majority of this area both as a visual background to the City, and to protect the ecological value of grassland species. Within the rural area there is existing infrastructure, including the International Airport and the roading network, which represents substantial public investment and which justifies protection from development which could compromise their operations. Similarly the effect of development on the operation of existing rural activities (such as orchards or intensive livestock management) will be taken into account. The components of these objectives, in conjunction with each other, are considered appropriate to promote sustainable management of the rural land and associated soil and water resources for a variety of future potential needs, including food production, and for environmentally sustainable urban growth opportunities. There are areas of highly versatile soils within the rural area of the City the use of which generates significant income for the local and regional economy, or which have the potential to generate such income. Protection of some of the versatile soils is provided for in the Plan primarily to sustainably manage this resource (including for food production) to meet the needs of future generations, to avoid unnecessary loss of life supporting capacity and, as a related benefit, to diversify the base of the City's economy. Sustainability of versatile soil resources, and the protection of future options, needs to be a consideration, but not necessarily the primary consideration, when urban activities compete for this land resource. While production from poorer soils can be achieved by improved technology, this can also entail higher costs, and versatile soils are a finite resource. The protection of rural soils (or land generally) has to be balanced with the resource being sustained for other activities such as urban development, and for this reason development of rural land for urban purposes is envisaged in those locations where urban development remains in a compact form and poorer soils are given preference for urban development. However, it is inevitable that some urban growth will occur on versatile soils. The life supporting capacity of versatile soils does not by itself, justify restricting the growth of urban Christchurch (refer also to Policy 6.3.4). Less versatile soils are also capable of production for a variety of rural activities. In recognition of their limitations, greater scope for urban uses and other activities that do not sustain the life supporting capacity of soils is provided for subject to servicing constraints and protection of amenity values. Through this selective strategy, the Plan both provides greater flexibility for urban activities than under previous Plans, while still sustaining the potential of the majority of versatile soil resources for rural production. It is recognised that soil qualities are not the sole determinant of productive potential and that availability of water, the locality, past land use practices, subdivision patterns and existing building densities are also relevant factors. Other factors can also affect soils, including excavation (including quarrying), topsoil extraction, filling and drainage; matters which are recognised in protecting the physical integrity of rural soils. The basis for sustaining rural soils is their ongoing potential for productivity and to support life generally rather than requiring land to be productively used, and measures in the Plan reflect this emphasis Policy : Building development Updated 15 April 2013 To provide for a pattern of subdivision and density of building development in the rural area which reflects the character of the locality and potential constraints. Explanation and reasons There is a considerable variation in the land use characteristics of different parts of the rural area. The areas north and west of the International Airport consist of a natural flood plain with poor soils and are generally sparsely populated, with a considerable area in the ownership of the Canterbury Regional Council. Building densities are very low and much of the landscape remains relatively treeless and open. North-west of the urban edge and south of Johns Road are areas of smallholdings on good soils, with a relatively high number of dwellings and intensive farming activities.

140 North of the urban area are the low lying marshland soils and peats which have long been characterised by smallholdings and have recognised limitations for building foundations. North-east of the urban area near to the coast is an extensive area of sandy soils and old dune formations, part of which is forested (Bottle Lake Plantation). West and south-west of the urban area are generally lighter soils with a mixture of small and larger holdings and institutional activities. This area overlays the City's ground water recharge area. To the south of the urban area and up to the base of the Port Hills are heavier soils with a mixture of small and larger holdings. The density of rural settlement in the latter two areas is generally lower than that adjacent to the northern edge of the urban area. The Port Hills comprise a large and very distinct (both visually and in land use terms) area which is a backdrop to the urban area. Generally a very low density of buildings and an open extensive pastoral farming environment prevails, with the notable exception of small sheltered valleys at the base of the hills. Within the rural area (and in some cases covered by other sections of the Plan) are a number of activities and features which collectively occupy a significant area and which substantially impact on the surrounding rural area. These include: Detached urban developments in the rural area, (Belfast, Templeton, Kennedy's Bush, Westmorland and Halswell). Small rural villages or settlements, (e.g. Spencerville, Brooklands, Stewarts Gully, Marshlands, Ouruhia and Yaldhurst). Rural industrial areas (e.g. Chaneys and Johns Road). The City landfill area adjacent to the coast (north of Parklands), the Styx Mill Transfer Station, and an identified waste disposal area at Chaneys. The resort community at Clearwater. Christchurch International Airport. The McLeans Island recreation area, Isaac Conservation Park and other recreation areas adjacent to the Waimakariri, Styx and Otukaikino Rivers. The wide gravel bed of the Waimakariri River and its adjacent banks (shared with Waimakariri District). Quarry areas, (Miners Road, parts of the Isaac Conservation Park and Pound Road). Motor sport recreation areas (Ruapuna and Carrs Road). Templeton Golf Club area. "Institutional" activities (Paparua Prison). Open space and recreation areas on the Port Hills. The use of New Zealand Defence Force land at Wigram for defence purposes including aviation and for education and recreational activity related to the Air Force Museum. The variable character of the rural plains area is to a large extent a consequence of the nature of the natural resources (especially soils, drainage and availability of water) and the impact of physical infrastructure established over many years. The effects both on and of, activities in the rural area are also as a consequence, variable and this is reflected in rural policies, and associated rules and other methods. A major influence on rural character (and whether land is perceived to be rural) is the density of buildings, particularly for residential use. Accordingly, the Plan contains policies and methods which recognise the special characteristics of particular parts of the rural area. The density and distribution of further dwellings in the rural area will be subject to a degree of control, reflecting a principle that they should be avoided where: the concentration of dwellings approaches that of urban character, (unless as part of urban growth or rural residential development); the density of rural dwellings, other buildings and impervious surfaces could lead to a loss of rural productive potential, particularly on more versatile soils; establishment of rural dwellings would conflict with existing rural based activities which may, given their nature, generate adverse effects; establishment of rural dwellings would conflict with existing infrastructure and facilities in rural areas and potentially inhibit their operation; dwellings or other buildings are subject to unacceptable risk from natural hazards; dwellings or other buildings could detract from the quality of river and coastal margins, natural features or habitats, or access to these; or the density of dwellings would be such that there is a potential to contaminate ground waters;

141 The cumulative effects of subdivision and of rural dwellings are of particular significance. These must be taken into account including the potential and present cumulative effects of increased rural subdivision and dwellings having regard to the matters listed above Policy : Land use patterns and expectations Updated 22 May 2006 To recognise the strong link between rural subdivision and subsequent land use patterns and expectations. Explanation and reasons The Act has defined subdivision as an activity. Subdivision is not always regarded as a use of land in itself, but it is recognised that there are a number of ways in which subdivision has a major indirect effect on land use and in particular on rural dwelling expectations - a perceived prerogative of land ownership. Subdivision can lead to beneficial intensification of land use by the subsequent owner who is seeking title to the land for a particular purpose. However, it often leads to the owner wishing to exercise a perceived right to build (often a dwelling) upon the land. It can also result in a fragmentation of ownership, introducing new owners with different management regimes, having significantly different effects to those on adjoining land. Land use activities associated with subdivision can have adverse effects on the environment through subsequent pressure for dwellings and their associated servicing requirements. If land is subdivided into small parcels and owners are able to exercise a right to build on those parcels, then the cumulative effects of individual subdivisions will likely lead to a significant consequential change in land use patterns over time. The link between subdivision and subsequent impacts on potential land use has long been recognised in other respects, for example, restrictions on the subdivision of land which is subject to flooding, inundation, avulsion, alluvion or subsidence. Accordingly, the Plan's policy relating to subdivision assumes a clear linkage between subdivision of land and subsequent potential land use. The policy approaches subdivision by recognising potential for subsequent building activity, demand for effluent disposal and water supply, and effects on adjacent land uses. Conversely, the potential for subdivision to provide opportunities to formalise public access, or in some cases to protect resources of natural and physical significance is also acknowledged. The Plan specifies minimum allotment sizes for subdividing parcels of rural land according to the nature of the surrounding environment, its resources, and the development constraints in particular rural areas around the City. However, it does not require an individual assessment of particular subdivision proposals on the basis of productivity or economic use. The reason for this is to ensure a minimum land area which, even if built upon, will not result in a density or site coverage of dwellings which would result in the long term potential of rural land for a range of future farming or other rural production being diminished. The policy is complemented by policies elsewhere in the Plan which allow for limited areas of land in rural areas to be made available for "non rural" activities and low density living environments of a rural residential nature, thus diminishing pressure on other rural land. Lot sizes in rural areas generally will be larger than those in ruralresidential areas in order to preserve the option of potential for productive use. The lot sizes specified in the Plan are intended to allow for a range of alternative potential productive uses. There are acknowledged disadvantages in a minimum areas approach as any standard (whether restrictive or generous) is arbitrary. However, the alternative of a linkage to "productivity criteria" introduces a high element of uncertainty, difficulties in consistent application, and high administration and compliance costs, as evidenced by experience over the past 15 years. Supporting this concept of limitation on the density of subdivision, and subsequent potential for dwellings, is the need to have regard to servicing any dwelling on the property, without reliance on uneconomic extension of reticulated urban services. Other relevant matters are the subdivisional pattern adjacent to arterial roads and the impact and protection of infrastructure such as the International Airport. These physical resources may have their functioning compromised by adverse development pressures following some forms of subdivision and associated development of land. There is also a need to ensure development avoids areas subject to significant risk from natural hazards. The Plan also provides that subdivision will be controlled to prevent detrimental impacts on outstanding natural features and landscapes such as the coastline, on underground or surface waters, or landscape qualities of the plains and the Port Hills, in recognition of Section 6 of the Act (matters of national

142 importance). Again, this is based on the linkage between subdivision and subsequent land use expectations. Subdivision activity can, in some cases, provide an opportunity to enhance the protection of significant features. The Plan provides for environmental compensation incentives which will enable subdivision to take place where this may facilitate the provision of public open space, the protection of natural features, or features of heritage value. Provision is also made for allowing subdivision to achieve minor adjustment of boundaries, in accordance with the overall subdivision standard for that area Policy : Tourism and recreation development Updated 14 November 2005 To enable tourism and recreational development in rural areas provided it is consistent with rural values and an open rural environment. Explanation and reasons A number of recreational and tourist activities are already established in the rural area, particularly northwest of the International Airport. Orana Park is an example of such an activity and occupies a very large area in a concept which would have been inconceivable in the urban area of the City, because of potential land costs and the need for isolation, security and large areas of open space. Other activities can combine recreation/conservation with low impact farming activities, such as the Godley Head Farm Park. Recreational and tourism activities can be consistent with an open space rural environment, even if not involved with agriculture or forestry. Some tourism activities may require a rural environment adjacent to the urban area, which is of particular significance to Christchurch as the entry point for tourists to the South Island. The policy seeks recognition of natural and physical constraints and maintenance of an open rural environment where the landscape is not dominated by buildings. Accommodation and ancillary services can be a logical adjunct to recreation and tourism, but the scale and location of these is an important factor. Natural constraints include regard for important ecosystems, important landscapes, surface and groundwater quality and protection of versatile soils. Physical constraints also include servicing requirements and exposure to natural hazards. A combination of these factors over the rural area as a whole will mean limitations on the location of recreational or tourist developments in the rural area, or a limitation on their scale in other circumstances Policy: Non rural activities Updated 14 November 2005 To ensure that activities not associated with rural resources or the Christchurch International Airport or urban expansion only occur on a scale or extent consistent with avoiding or mitigating adverse effects on rural resources and the character of the rural area. Explanation and reasons The rural area of the City contains a wide variety of land use activities which are not always regarded as "traditional" rural activities (farming or forestry). These include industrial activities, rural contractors, commercial activities such as camping grounds, community services and facilities, and roadside selling places. Some of these activities have a direct relationship to the rural area in which they are located, while others do not. Other potential "commercial" activities in rural areas include rest homes, educational facilities, demonstration farms, transport storage and distribution facilities. In addition, there are many existing infrastructural, institutional and other facilities in the rural area, of which the Christchurch International Airport is the major example. Some activities have arisen as a result of diversification in the rural economy, an example being the development of a rural produce park adjacent to the Hornby industrial area. The rural area can also be a suitable area to develop activities such as camping grounds and tourist facilities which need large areas of land and which are sensitive to land costs. In some cases the only feasible location for these activities may be in the rural area. Further, some of these activities benefit from being in a rural location because of rural amenity values and for promotional reasons. Certain business activities, for example, those based on products derived from aggregates, are associated with rural resources and may best be located in rural areas provided local adverse impacts are not significant. Where such activities are of a temporary (albeit long term) nature, such as aggregate extraction,

143 it is intended that these areas will eventually be rehabilitated for appropriate rural activities. In order to maintain economic provision of services, protect water and soil resources, and enhance rural amenity values, the Plan generally encourages these activities to locate within the urban area. However, the Council recognises that there are circumstances in which provision for such activities in the rural area is justified, particularly where the activity has an association with either the rural area of the City or surrounding districts and their resources. There are qualifications to the policy where the environmental impact of non-rural activities are minor. For example, rural selling places and small rural contracting enterprises may not utilise large areas of land but nevertheless are a logical adjunct to farming activity. They can however, have a significant impact on visual amenity and traffic safety. Performance standards ensuring protection of local amenity values, and protecting the functioning of roads is the primary concern with these activities, as is ensuring that rural resources are sustainably managed in support of rural activities. The Plan discourages significant development of commercial or industrial activities particularly on versatile soils and where these activities occupy significant land areas, as this would result in diminishing that resource and would have significant impacts on amenity values, particularly given that concentrations of rural dwellings are more commonly found in areas of better soils where productivity thresholds are lower as a consequence. A primary concern of the policy is ensuring that non-rural activities do not give rise to adverse effects of a nature where rural character or resources are lost on a significant scale, be it major activities or the cumulative effect of smaller non-rural activities. Community services and facilities such as halls, child care centres, medical practices and others, are often provided from urban areas, but are normally appropriate in rural settlements. This is preferable to location on isolated rural properties Policy : Rural intensive farming Updated 14 November 2005 To enable opportunities for intensive primary production on small allotments with dwellings where: (a) small allotments already exist at the time of notification of the Plan, but are of sufficient size to enable a range of alternative land uses; and; (b) in recognition of the distinctive pattern of intensive farming that has developed in the Avoca, Horotane and part of the Heathcote Valleys. Explanation and reasons Some forms of intensive farming, such as horticulture or flower production, do not require large areas of land and high levels of production can be achieved from small parcels of land. The primary concern in respect to the Plan is not actual production achieved, but the effect of dwellings in these allotments. A number of small allotments exist in the rural area of the city, with areas of between 2 and 4 hectares. A limited range of alternative productive uses can be carried out on parcels of land with a size of 2ha and rural amenity, infrastructural and natural resource values should not be compromised by the erection of dwellings on existing allotments of this size, where the soils are highly versatile. However, the creation of additional small allotments of this size over much of the rural area would not be consistent with sustaining rural amenities. It could give rise to cumulative adverse effects, such as demand for services, impacts on groundwater quality through on-site effluent disposal, impacts on the transport network and the Christchurch International Airport, and loss of productive potential of soils to meet human needs. The stock of existing small allotments offers scope to provide for rural intensive farming in a sustainable manner. However, they are limited to zones containing versatile soils and outside the noise sensitive areas around the Christchurch International Airport. The intensive farming areas in the Avoca, Horotane and part of the Heathcote Valleys are physically distinctive, contain a long-standing pattern of intensive subdivision, and have high amenity values. They reflect development of horticultural and other intensive uses over a long period of time, with a particular local micro-climate. Accordingly, it is considered appropriate to recognise the special character and amenity of these areas in the Plan Policy : Building coverage Updated 14 November 2005 To control building coverage on rural lots in order to maintain future potential for rural productivity and in recognition of amenity, landscape and ecological values.

144 Explanation and reasons The amount of land on any rural allotment which is set aside for buildings and associated vehicle access, parking, and buildings, can have an impact on that rural allotment's productive potential. The smaller the lot size the more significant this factor becomes. In order to maintain the productive potential of rural land it is necessary to control building coverage on rural lots, in order to ensure that the majority of the land on a rural lot remains unobstructed. The Plan contains controls to limit the area of a rural lot that can be set aside for buildings, paving and permanent (impervious) surfaces. It is accepted that some rural activities may require buildings that cover large areas of land. Controls on coverage of rural lots therefore, recognise the likely needs of rural activities in differing areas, having regard to factors such as existing allotment sizes and soil versatility. In addition, controls on coverage recognise the impact that rural buildings can have on rural amenity, landscape and ecological values. The control of building coverage helps to maintain the general predominance of open space and low building density within the rural area and contributes to the protection of ecological values. The possibility of controlling the value of buildings has also been considered in relation to the long standing issue of over capitalisation, but this was seen as a more cumbersome means of control, accepting also that the size of a building may not necessarily be the sole determinant of value. Accordingly, in terms of the resource values of the land concerned, it is considered more appropriate to control building coverage Policy : Rural dwelling densities Updated 31 January 2011 To control rural dwelling densities in recognition of the particular resource limitations, including any need to protect ground water quality, International Airport operations, landscape features, flood hazard and retention areas, soil versatility and control potential demand for services. Explanation and reasons Rural dwellings usually provide for on-site management of a rural activity on a full or part-time basis, in addition to being a place of residence. Similarly, rural dwellings on occasions are associated with the operation of a rural utility or service. This policy is closely related to that on rural subdivision. On site residence facilitates beneficial effects which includes the effective management and security of rural properties. Possible adverse effects of rural dwellings can include (according to location and circumstances) pollution of ground waters; impact on the safety and operation of roads through access requirements; loss of productive soil potential through excessive building density in rural areas; exposure to natural hazards; and conflicts with farming practices on adjoining land. Dwellings must be able to be adequately serviced for domestic water and effluent disposal. This is to avoid adverse effects on water quality, and the health of the community. The individual impact of effluent disposal may well be insignificant, but the cumulative impact could be significant over time. Site characteristics may also play an important part. The ground water recharge area in the western part of the City, is vulnerable to pollution from a variety of sources, including septic tank effluent. Rural dwellings require access to roads, and in many cases the impact on the safety and efficiency of roads may be minor. However, there are circumstances where the number or location of access points and their cumulative effects may be significant and require measures to mitigate adverse effects on traffic functions. In some cases, a rural dwelling may detract from the landscape qualities of a particular area, and there are requirements to avoid or mitigate any adverse visual effects in such areas. Rural amenity values generally require recognition in terms of the density and scale of buildings, their proximity to each other (privacy effects) and the screening of structures by planting. Rural dwellings often occur at reasonably high densities near the urban area and there are some existing operations such as commercial orchards, intensive livestock management, and the International Airport, whose operations could be affected by any individual or cumulative encroachment of rural dwellings. In order to recognise and protect these operations and to protect the amenity values of residents of future rural dwellings in affected locations, segregation or mitigation measures are required.

145 The Plan does not require either justification of rural dwellings in terms of "economic unit" criteria, or to be in association with a specified rural activity. Because the market situation for rural products changes over time, it is impractical to attempt to ensure the maintenance of a particular rural farming use over the medium and longer term. Previous experience with such controls resulted in high compliance costs without necessarily preventing dwellings in association with "non-productive" land use, or for that matter, addressing effects in any direct manner. The Plan does however, contain provisions aimed at limiting the density of dwellings in association with a range of potential uses in rural areas. The policy is aimed at retaining the potential for productivity rather than requiring evidence as to actual productivity expected at the time of approval. Dwelling house density will vary for particular parts of the rural area and has also been set having regard to soil versatility, effluent disposal, location relative to the urban boundary, and the sensitivity of residents to certain operations that can only locate in the rural area, such as Christchurch International Airport. Accordingly, the density limitations on rural dwellings reflect a range of potential effects and acceptable outcomes depending on the location. An additional factor supporting rural density controls in the Plan in respect to subdivision and residential units is where rural land is located in a ponding area or the Cashmere Stream floodplain. Residential units and associated filling at higher than permitted rural densities in these areas are likely to reduce flood storage capacity and exacerbate flooding, and particularly in respect to the Upper Heathcote and flood levels downstream along margins of Cashmere Stream and the Heathcote River. Area B of Hendersons Basin, (refer to Volume 3, Part 9, Appendix 3) is particularly critical for flood storage. Periodically, there is likely to be some inundation of land in ponding areas and the Cashmere Stream floodplain following major rainfall events. Complementing this policy is the policy contained within the Living section of the Plan, providing limited provision for rural residential development to reduce pressure for dwellings on other rural land. Provision is also made for family flats where these may serve the needs of family members, or to assist with property management. This is subject to the building being relocatable in order to prevent an aggregation of dwellings and potential subsequent demand for further subdivision. In very limited circumstances it may be appropriate for clusters of dwellings to locate in the rural area where an extensive balance area is covenanted from further residential development. These circumstances are likely to be restricted to areas where, for example, reverse sensitivity effects can better be mitigated by clustering, or to provide for a use of the balance land in the longer term (i.e. beyond the life of this Plan) that may otherwise be precluded by a more traditional rural subdivision layout. Covenants in favour of the Council would be required to ensure that the any residential development on the balance area is prohibited either in perpetuity or until the land may be appropriately considered for rezoning as part of wider strategic urban growth studies. Such proposals will require consideration as non-complying activities to enable the environmental effects, specific circumstances and overall policy implications of each application to be fully assessed Policy : Excavation and filling Updated 14 November 2005 To ensure through controls on excavation and filling, that activities undertaken in rural areas will have minimal adverse effect on soil qualities and stability. Explanation and reasons Adverse effects on soils in the rural area include removal or major disturbance to the soil profile; exposure of soils to erosion through loss of plant cover or excavation; and drainage or filling of peat soils resulting in settlement and subsequent damage to buildings. Removal or major disturbance of topsoil, can result in damage to the soil profile, thus damaging the ability of such soils to be productively used, particularly versatile soils. While recognition is given to the need to provide topsoil for urban uses, this should be provided for through development in the urban area where possible. Similarly removal of soil to facilitate quarrying activity can give rise to similar adverse effects, which makes soil quality one determinant of the location of quarry sites. Removal of surface vegetation and soil is also controlled in excavation, particularly in association with sand mining and works on the Port Hills, in order to avoid exacerbating erosion potential.

146 The peat soils in the northern and south-eastern parts of the City are vulnerable to settlement upon drainage and/or filling, and for this reason, urban activities and associated filling and drainage are discouraged to prevent this occurring Policies : Mineral extraction Updated 16 November To ensure that mineral extraction is confined: (a) to locations previously allocated for mineral extraction purposes, or within or adjacent to the Waimakariri River; (b) in the case of sand, to areas remote from settlement and where erosion risk can be mitigated To ensure provision is made for reducing the associated adverse effects of mineral extraction, and rehabilitating worked out areas for activities compatible with the surrounding rural environment. Explanation and reasons Extractive industries (mining) within the City include the winning of shingle, gravel, and sand. Extraction of aggregates is fundamental to the economic well-being of the City as it provides a basic raw material for building and construction. Christchurch is fortunate in having a virtually unlimited gravel resource. Much of the City's aggregate resources are obtained from dry land sites to the west of the urban area which provide a greater variety of more cheaply processed aggregates than the alternative river supplies, which is a lesser but still important source. One major advantage of extracting aggregates from the river is the potential to reduce risk to the City from any major flood event in the Waimakariri River by lowering the bed level. River sources are not however, able to satisfy demands for some specified grades of aggregate. A considerable amount of time and effort has already been expended in recent years on refining regulatory controls to overcome the major adverse effects of quarrying activities adjacent to dry land sites in the western part of the City. These adverse effects include heavy traffic generation, dust, noise, and visual detraction. There is also the difficulty of what use can be made of areas of land that have already been quarried and restoring the land to its original condition. There are high compliance costs with administering performance standards, and concerns about potential contamination of ground waters by inappropriate fill materials. It is doubtful, given past experience, that the environmental impact of quarrying can be adequately mitigated in more densely settled rural areas, even with performance standards, unless these are extremely restrictive. Moreover, it is difficult to restore any soil cover to its original character and versatility. However, other long term alternatives for obtaining aggregates from dry land sites, may include sparsely settled rural areas immediately south of the Waimakariri River. While the advantage of extracting aggregates from the Waimakariri River bed are recognised, the potential adverse effects of quarrying activities in the river bed must be avoided or mitigated. Ecological values, natural values and habitat values for river birds, trout and salmon are examples of such matters requiring particular consideration for quarrying activities in the river bed. The adverse effects known to be associated with dry land quarrying and experience with the environmental difficulties associated with dry land quarry operations in the western part of the City, means that no provision is made to extend areas to accommodate dry land extraction in the rural area other than that provided for in the Open Space 3D (Isaac Conservation Park) which is to be the subject of a management plan. There are sufficient areas identified as dry land quarry sources available to meet needs for at least 50 years at current rates of consumption. The Council will monitor the performance of quarrying, and of restoration practices in existing dry land sites in the western part of the City and the restoration of quarry land. Other land uses which former quarries may be put to include appropriate recreational activities, forestry development, or other forms of development which may be appropriate having regard to compatibility with the surrounding pattern of land use.

147 Obtaining aggregate from the Waimakariri River has substantial beneficial effects in terms of reducing alluvion in the river bed and reducing potential flood hazard to the City. In addition, use of further potential dry land sites adjacent to the southern edge of the river in the McLeans Island area (subject to performance standards) may be considered in the longer term with a view to the end use of the land for recreation purposes upon the completion of quarrying activity. This is the ultimate goal for the Isaac Conservation Park. The Plan acknowledges the economic impacts on the quarrying and construction industries, and therefore on the City itself, of adopting more expensive sources of quarry material and it is expected that dry land sources will continue to be used for many years. However, the reduction in flood risk (and the potential costs of major flooding) is a factor of fundamental importance for long term policy, favouring greater use of river sources for aggregates The extraction of sand from old dune formations in the north eastern part of the City has little impact on rural production, subject to necessary measures to mitigate adverse effects where vegetation is removed. This provision does not include extraction from active dunes close to the coastline where there is a moderate to high risk of erosion or inundation by the sea. The Plan contains standards to mitigate dust, noise, and traffic nuisance related specifically to quarrying activities. Environmental results anticipated Updated 14 November 2005 The closely related objectives on rural land and soil resources, and the accompanying policies, are aimed at the sustainability of rural land and soil resources, and the achievement of the following environmental results: Protection of the potential of the greater part of the stock of the City's versatile soils for supporting life, particularly primary production. Protection of significant natural, ecological and landscape values. Maintenance and enhancement of the open rural character and amenity values of the rural area. Retention of the efficiency and flexibility of services and infrastructure in the rural area. Protection of the operation and future growth of Christchurch International Airport. Avoidance of subdivision patterns which could give rise to adverse effects on service provision or pressure for excessive dwelling house densities. Maintenance of surface and groundwater, both in terms of quality and quantity. Scope for urban expansion for residential development and to a more limited extent for industrial and commercial development in the rural area, having regard to the nature or quality of rural resources. Dwelling and building densities, and building coverage compatible with maintaining groundwater quality and the productive potential of the majority of the City's versatile soils. Containment of mineral extraction and its effects to existing mining areas or sites within or adjacent to the Waimakariri River. Implementation Updated 14 November 2005 Objectives 13.1 (a) and 13.1 (b), and associated policies will be implemented through a number of methods including the following: District Plan The identification of specific zones for the rural area, namely the Rural 1 (Coastal); Rural 2 (Templeton-Halswell); Rural 3 (Styx-Marshland); Rural 4 (Waimakariri); Rural 5 (Airport Influences); Rural Hills; Rural 6 (Grasslands); and Rural Q (Quarry) Zones. Within these broad zones are a small number of identified horticultural subzones. The identification of a pattern of land uses (through zoning) supporting a strategy of urban consolidation and compact urban form for the City. Zone rules applying to Rural Zones, e.g. rules regarding minimum net site area for a residential unit and number of residential units per allotment. City rules relating to Heritage and Amenities, e.g. for protected trees. Other methods Provision of works and services, e.g. works programmes for providing and upgrading infrastructure for sanitary sewage disposal.

148 13.2 Objective : Water resources Updated 14 November 2005 Management of land use activities to protect the quality and availability of both surface and ground water in the rural area of the City. Reasons An objective specific to the rural area in respect of the water resource is particularly important because it contains the ground water recharge area for the City (shared with Selwyn District), much of the surface waterways of the City, and a number of major users of water resources. It is essential for the economic well-being of the City, and the health of its residents, that water quality and availability is not impaired by inappropriate land use activities in the rural area. Such activities include those involving large scale storage or use of chemicals or discharge of domestic dwelling effluent which individually or cumulatively may lead to a deterioration in the quality of underground waters. Such adverse effects may prove irreversible. The objective is supported by a need for policy co-ordination with the Canterbury Regional Council and the Selwyn District Council. Any treatment of the water resource would entail a considerable economic penalty to users and reflect poor stewardship of a fundamentally important resource which compared to cities elsewhere in New Zealand and overseas, is of particularly high quality. The management of water resources is primarily the responsibility of the Canterbury Regional Council. However, the Council will monitor activities in the rural area in terms of their impact on the volume of water available and control urban activities which have a high demand for water resources. This could affect other uses and the natural spring sources of the City's rivers. The importance of water quality in waterways and receiving waters to Tangata Whenua is also acknowledged and is reflected in the objective. The surface waterways in the City are also important for recreational, amenity and ecological values and accordingly, the Council will co-ordinate with the Canterbury Regional Council in order to ensure that the quality of these waters, and the receiving coastal waters, are not diminished and are where possible enhanced Policy : Groundwater recharge Updated 14 November 2005 To ensure that land use activities do not risk contamination of the groundwater recharge area, by controlling activities involving major use or production of potential contaminants, rural dwellings, unserviced urban activities and landfilling. Explanation and reasons The ground water recharge areas in the western part of the City are unconfined (overlain by permeable gravels) and are vulnerable to contamination from a number of sources. These include spillages or ground disposal of hazardous substances or potential contaminants, septic tank drainage and inappropriate fill materials. The City's artesian water supplies are of a very high quality and do not require treatment, which were it necessary would be an extremely expensive undertaking. Activities which involve the storage or use of substantial amounts of hazardous substances will be required to meet strict storage and operational standards over the ground water recharge area. Similarly, rural dwellings which are not served by a reticulated sewerage system will also be limited to densities compatible with protecting ground water quality. Urban activities locating in the rural area, such as rural-residential development, or tourist facilities, will be required to be reticulated, or provided with an approved on-site disposal system for sewerage Policy : Water extraction Updated 14 November 2005 To control land uses to protect the quality and availability of water supplies, having regard to extraction rates of water over the groundwater recharge area within the western part of the City. Explanation and reasons The City is dependant on the artesian water supplies for virtually all of its water needs. It is essential that the

149 City maintain both the quality and quantity of this resource. It is important to ensure that the nature of activities in the key area within the western part of the City are not such that they involve abstraction rates which could threaten the availability of water for both the urban area and other rural areas of the City, recognising that there are substantial additional costs in supplying surface water from other sources. In addition, the flow of surface waters from natural springs in the western part of the City, particularly those supplying the Avon River, could be adversely affected by excessive abstraction rates Policy : Surface water quality Updated 14 November 2005 To ensure that land use activities do not have a detrimental effect on the quality of surface waters. Explanation and reasons The rural area contains a large proportion of the surface waters within the City's boundaries, and also of rivers which have their head waters within the rural areas, such as the Heathcote and Halswell Rivers. The quality and availability of surface waters in the rural area is important for the economic well-being of the City, the health of its residents, and also to maintain and enhance ecological and natural values including the protection of the habitats of trout and salmon. A number of activities can have an adverse impact on the quality of surface waters, including run-off and siltation from development activities, discharges of stormwater from activities close to rivers, discharges associated with agricultural chemicals and sprays, or from non-farming activities located in close proximity to rivers. In addition livestock farming (in particular, cattle) can have an adverse effect on water quality through contamination by excreta or through disturbance to the beds of streams and rivers. In order to minimise or eliminate the risk of contamination of surface waters and ultimately receiving waters, the Plan requires that any development undertaken in the rural area be adequately segregated by a sufficient distance from any nearby stream. Alternatively, any activities will be required to have satisfactory on-site disposal methods or means of containing any contaminants within the site. To some extent this protection is achieved through building setbacks, controls on filling and excavation, or the acquisition, where appropriate, of esplanade reserves and strips Policy : Effluent disposal Updated 14 November 2005 To ensure any development in rural areas is at a density compatible with adequate means of effluent treatment and disposal. Explanation and reasons One of the main potential threats to water quality in rural areas is the disposal of domestic sewage from dwellings or from other buildings. The normal means of disposal are either septic tank systems, stand alone reticulated treatment systems (such as land irrigation or oxidation ponds) or a reticulated system connected to utility services. Within the scope of policies set down by the Regional Council, the disposal of effluent by septic tanks may be an acceptable impact from rural dwellings, provided the overall densities of these disposal points (and hence dwellings) are not such that they could have a cumulative adverse impact on ground water quality and nearby water supply wells. In other areas, septic tanks may not function effectively due to unsatisfactory subsoil conditions, for example on parts of the Port Hills, or on land with a high water table. Stand alone sewage treatment systems can be appropriate if adequately designed and are located to serve specific stand alone settlements that are not close to existing urban development. Reticulated connections to the City's urban utilities can be constrained by the costs of additional connections to where capacities are limited, or where the density of development is not high enough to make such servicing economic. Furthermore, development close but not adjacent to existing urban development often creates pressures for development of intervening land. Accordingly, the provision of an appropriate system will depend on the nature of the development proposed and the practicality and costs of servicing it.

150 Environmental results anticipated Updated 14 November 2005 The objective and policies relating to rural land use activities and their impacts on underground and surface waters seek to achieve the following environmental results: Maintenance of groundwater quality and availability of untreated domestic water supplies for the City. Maintenance of the quality of surface waters. Protection of public health and welfare. Continued maintenance of flows in surface waterways. Security of water supplies, particularly for domestic users. Enhancement of surface waters as recreational, amenity and cultural assets. Implementation Updated 22 May 2006 Objective 13.2 and associated policies will be implemented through a number of methods including the following: District Plan Zone rules for the Rural Q (Quarry) Zone, e.g. rules for the protection of groundwater. General city rules, e.g. relating to filling and excavation of land and building adjacent to waterways. City rules relating to Subdivision and Development, e.g. for stormwater and sanitary sewage disposal. Other methods Provision of works and services, e.g. works programmes for providing disposal services. Provision of information, e.g. water conservation programmes Objective : Rural infrastructure Updated 14 November 2005 That infrastructure in the rural area be: maintained to provide for the safe and efficient operation of activities in rural areas; and established or improved which enables soil, water and air qualities to be maintained and enhanced, and impacts on amenity values to be minimised. Reasons Public investment in infrastructure in the rural area includes road, air and rail facilities as well as institutions such as hospitals and prisons. A number of these facilities because of their nature, need to locate in a rural area or have been located there for a considerable period of time. The roading network, as well as servicing rural users, is particularly important in terms of its capacity to act efficiently as a link between the urban area of the City and surrounding districts and regions. A similar function is provided by rail services in linking the City with other areas of the country, for passengers and freight. The International Airport occupies a large land area and services steadily expanding tourist, travel, and transport functions essential to the economy of the region, and the country as a whole. The ability of these facilities to continue to provide services to the City requires that they be sustainably managed in a manner which ensures their efficiency, safety and costs of operation are not unduly impaired. Other infrastructure in the rural area includes utility services such as water races, communication facilities, telephone and power lines. The latter represent a potential constraint to some forms of development. Infrastructure in the rural area represents a very substantial public investment (particularly the International Airport) which cannot be replaced or relocated except at great cost to the community. Power, telephone, water, and sewerage utilities also exist in the rural area, although here the focus of the Plan is to ensure the costs of any extensions of these services resulting from development are not borne by the wider community. There is also a substantial private investment in the rural area in buildings which support rural activities, as well as other activities in the rural area. The great majority of these buildings consist of rural dwellings and farm buildings which are important for the management and functioning of rural properties. The Council

151 believes it is important that this existing investment be recognised, and that any further development of the rural area must allow for further such investment. However, further development, particularly rural dwellings, may have adverse effects on existing infrastructure in the rural areas (such as the roading network or the airport) and measures for protection of these are provided for in the Plan. Infrastructural development in the rural area can generate impacts as well, such as from future roading works and possible long term airport expansion to the west. Any development of infrastructure will need to be subject to processes to address possible impacts, particularly upon rural resources and amenities Policy : International Airport operations Updated 12 October 2013 To ensure development within the rural zone surrounding the Interna onal Airport takes into account the impacts of the opera ons at of the Interna onal Airport, par cularly noise effects. (Plan Change 84) Explanation and reasons Christchurch International Airport has a core area containing runways, terminal buildings and associated commercial activities and facilities. However, the airport also has a significant impact on a wider surrounding support area. These impacts relate to approach fans beyond the ends of the main runways and cross runways, which mainly affect the height of buildings and structures, but on a wider scale the major impacts relate to the noise environment around the airport. Matters influencing the potential noise impacts from the operation of the airport, now and in the future, include the frequency of aircraft movements and night operations, as well as aircraft mix and military use. A substantial area of land adjacent to the airport is affected by relatively high levels of noise intrusion which become progressively greater with proximity to airport approach and take-off paths for the main runway and cross runways. Accordingly, the Plan provides progressively greater degrees of control over development in these areas, as the levels of noise impacts identified in the Plan become greater. These include an area close to the airport in which buildings occupied by noise sensitive activities are strongly restricted. Further away, the density of rural dwellings will be kept to a level consistent with ensuring that the number of people living within the noise affected environment is kept to a reasonable minimum, and noise attenuation measures through insulation of buildings will be required to be undertaken. These provisions are necessary in reflection of the high public and private investment in airport infrastructure and the importance of the facility. It is also important to protect potential occupiers of land within airport noise environments from levels of noise that may be incompatible with normal standards of residential or rural amenity. An area to the west of the cross runway (Pound Road) is, in addition to ordinary airport traffic noise, subject to noise from ground testing of aircraft engines. Specific forms of control relating to both noise and the heights of buildings and structures, are imposed adjacent to the ends of the main runways to ensure that the safety of aircraft operating from the airport is protected. These are supplemented by other provisions relating to the control of activities and their height in respect to approach planes near the airport Policy : Road and rail networks Updated 11 July 2011 To ensure that the pattern of rural development does not compromise the operational efficiency and safety of the rail or roading network, and in particular arterial roads. Explanation and reasons The roading network within the rural area, contains State Highway 1 and State Highways 73, 74 and 75 and other arterial roads which provide linkages between State Highway 1 and the City, and also to areas further afield. The safety and convenience of road users within this area, and the effectiveness of the network as a means of moving people and goods is substantially affected by activities adjoining these routes. In addition, the rail network through the rural area of the City provides routes to the north and south-west, as well as linking to the Port of Lyttelton. The importance of these routes, particularly in moving bulk freight, is acknowledged as is the particular need for safe operation. Controls are included in the Plan to ensure that frontage activities do not compromise the safety and efficiency of the highway network in the rural area, more particularly the state highway network and arterial roads. These controls relate to retail operations adjacent to highways; impacts of major traffic generators adjacent to highways; access restrictions on limited access roads; signage; and access points to and from

152 roads. These controls are particularly significant on sections of road where relatively high traffic speeds are involved and where it is desirable to minimise the number of turning manoeuvres on and off State Highway and arterial roading networks. In regard to the rail network, adequate provision is sought through controls in the Plan to avoid compromising the operations of the network, such as through buffer separation, and to enhance public safety Policy : Utilities Updated 11 July 2011 To ensure the pattern of rural development does not compromise the operation of utilities, consistent with maintaining rural amenity values. Explanation and reasons The location and nature of utilities is often determined by operational requirements and whilst alternative provision may be technically possible in some cases, it may be that resultant costs to the provider and ultimately consumer could prove prohibitive. Utilities generally serve important functions for many of the City's residents, including those of rural areas, and therefore the Plan does not seek to preclude such facilities, but rather require account to be taken of aspects of location, design and appearance to mitigate, rather than avoid adverse effects where these are inevitable. The impact of utilities can be variable. Whilst scale is not the only determinant of effects, larger scale facilities such as the City landfill, having potential for a range of effects (for example, noise, odours and visual detraction) may be subject to specific controls to avoid or mitigate such effects on surrounding areas, and to also provide some certainty in securing their effective operation. Smaller scale facilities, such as underground reticulation, in contrast do not generally reflect the same potential for generating adverse effects, and where this is so there is little justification for extensive regulation of these activities. Accordingly, the Plan provides for specialised provision of utilities according to their scale and likely effects, and recognising operational requirements and costs, seeks to balance these with avoiding or mitigating adverse environmental effects Policy : Building stock Updated 11 July 2011 To provide for the maintenance and expansion of building stock in the rural area to an extent consistent with the protection of environmental quality. Explanation and reasons The stock of buildings in the rural areas represent a considerable resource and substantial investment, primarily in support of rural activities but also of other activities in this area. The Council acknowledges the importance of offering some protection of this investment and of allowing further such investment in future development of the rural area. It must be recognised however, that whilst additional infrastructural development in the rural area may be essential and desirable, this should not necessarily occur at the expense of environmental quality. The Plan therefore, includes provisions seeking to protect the quality of the rural environment, such as in areas of high natural or landscape value, or risk of natural hazards. Environmental results anticipated Updated 14 November 2005 The Plan aims to ensure the operational flexibility and efficiency of infrastructure in the rural area (airport, roading and services) are maintained and the following results achieved: Limitation of the number of potential residents exposed to aircraft noise. Maintenance of the International Airport as a non-curfewed facility with scope for increased utilisation. Maintenance of the capacity of rural roads to provide an efficient service at required traffic speeds and volumes. Enhanced safety for road and rail users and rural residents. Maintenance of the effective and efficient operations of the rail network through the rural area of the City.

153 A rural area well served by utilities and within which utility services can establish and operate effectively. Avoidance or mitigation of the adverse effects of utilities on environmental quality and rural amenity values. Implementation Updated 22 May 2006 Objective 13.3 and associated policies will be implemented through a number of methods including the following: District Plan The identification of Special Purpose Zones relating to elements of the transport system, e.g. as applying to City roads, rail corridors and the International Airport. In addition, the identification of a Rural 5 (Airport Influences) Zone and the Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone. Scheduling of utilities, e.g. Templeton Disposal Facility. Designations for future utility provision, e.g. the proposed sewage treatment facility at Chaneys. Rules relating to identified Special Purpose Zones (landfill and Styx Mill Transfer Station) e.g. drainage, protection of groundwater and hazardous and/or toxic substances rules. General city rules relating to the status of Utilities, e.g. size and height controls on utility buildings, setback and landscaping requirements. Other city rules applying to utilities and particularly their provision, e.g. those regarding Subdivision and Development. Other methods Relevant Regional Rules. (These are referenced at City Council Offices.) Provision of works and services, e.g. works programmes for providing and upgrading infrastructure for sanitary sewage disposal Objective : Rural amenity values Updated 15 April 2013 That over the rural area as a whole, rural amenity values, including visual character, heritage values, cultural and recreational opportunities are maintained and whenever possible enhanced, and adverse effects of activities are recognised and controlled. Reasons The rural area has a distinctive character because of the generally low density of settlement and its relative predominance of open space. Within the rural area itself there are substantial variations in landscape character ranging from the highly visible and generally open landscape of the Port Hills, more intensively settled areas in the western and north-western parts of Christchurch, and large tracts of open plains such as in the area west of the International Airport. Large parts of the rural area are also adjacent to, or contain, important recreational facilities and river corridors. Rural amenity includes a sense of open space, a low density (albeit variable) character, high levels of privacy, trees and forests, and a clear dominance of open space over the built environment. Rural character is however of variable quality. Rural amenities are valued not only by residents of the rural area itself, but are of wider benefit to the people of the City and beyond. Consistent with the need to recognise demands to use resources, the Plan contains provisions to ensure that rural amenity values are maintained and enhanced. Some activities have the potential to detract from the quality of rural amenity values and the Plan contains measures to avoid or mitigate any adverse effects that may occur. However, this does not mean that the present character of the rural area will not change in any way. Scope is provided for change in the rural area, but in a manner that seeks to enhance the overall quality of rural amenities. The Templeton Special Rural Zone is a response to the closure and abandonment of Templeton Hospital, and the need to rehabilitate the site and to make efficient use of the existing assets. The zone provides for rural activities with a low density built environment, in a manner which does not significantly affect the rural character and amenity of the area.

154 The Council will encourage a continuing improvement in the standard of rural amenities and retention of areas or features of heritage value, as this reinforces positive elements in the character of the rural area Policy : Building development Updated 14 November 2005 To ensure that building development maintains or enhances amenity values in the rural area. Explanation and reasons Buildings in the rural area, ranging from dwellings, farm accessory buildings, buildings associated with tourism, rural industry or other structures in the rural area can significantly impact on the amenities of rural inhabitants and on the standards of amenity for the public generally. There are a number of elements which can give rise to these impacts, including the siting and scale of buildings, the degree of planting or landscaping provided, and the extent to which building development takes account of natural features, such as rivers and wetlands. The Plan contains provisions relating to the siting of buildings on rural properties, although these are in a relatively simple form in recognition of the size of rural land holdings and the limited impacts these may have in comparison to urban areas. However, in the case of buildings associated with some non-rural activities, such as tourist developments, the impacts could be significantly greater. These impacts for example, may be visual given the scale of built development, or relate to maintaining the future potential of land for rural production. It is intended to protect the natural character of river corridors, maintain opportunities for public access, and their natural values, by specifying adjacent building setbacks along waterways. Similarly, setbacks are required generally from road boundaries, neighbouring properties, the coastline and facilities such as the landfill, proposed sewerage treatment works and existing motorsport operations Policy : Natural and landscape values Updated 22 May 2006 To recognise and provide additional protection for those areas in the rural parts of the City which have significant natural and landscape values while not rendering the land incapable of reasonable use. Explanation and reasons Although a large part of the rural area is associated with farming, some areas have significant values relating to recreation and open space qualities. In Christchurch, areas of particular significance include the skyline and most of the slopes of the Port Hills, portions of rural land south of the Waimakariri River, and adjacent to other river environments including the Styx, the Otukaikino, the Halswell and the Upper Heathcote. An area of remnant open grasslands on the north west rural edge of the City in the McLeans Island area, also has unique values as a large undeveloped environment typical in many respects of pre- European settlement. These areas in total comprise a substantial portion of the rural area of the City. As such it may be appropriate for the Council to assist landowners whose property contains a significant natural area through such methods as advice, fencing, land acquisition or remissions from development contributions for reserves. The Port Hills are a prominent visual feature for much of the City and justify particular protection because of their visual prominence, important natural plant associations and sensitivity to major land use changes. The area south of Waimakariri River, and those adjacent to other rivers such as the Avon, Styx and Heathcote provide a physical feature lacking over much of the Canterbury Plains where rivers can provide some definition and quality to the rural environment. The environs of these features need to be protected through building set backs and other measures in the Plan. There is an area south of McLeans Island Road, near the far north western edge of the City which has a largely unmodified open grasslands environment, which is now relatively rare anywhere on the Canterbury Plains, and particularly so near Christchurch. The Council wishes to ensure that this area, which is partly in the ownership of the Regional Council, remains predominantly open and unobstructed by building or other inappropriate forms of development. This area also contains some significant and rare remnant natural grassland plant associations Policies : Avoiding mitigating or remedying adverse effects Updated 14 November 2005

155 To ensure that activities in the rural area, including pastoral, agricultural and horticultural farming, or intensive livestock management and forestry do not gave rise to adverse effects (dust, noise, smell, airborne sprays and visual detraction) without separation or mitigation measures To ensure that the amenity enjoyed in rural areas is not adversely affected by the presence of fortified sites To encourage land management practices which avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the biophysical qualities of soil resources and the quality and availability of water. Explanation and reasons Some activities such as farming practices can have adverse effects on the environment. For example, the manner in which soils are utilised and the long term fertility and availability of those soils can well have an impact on the future economic and social welfare of the City and region. Activities such as intensive livestock management and horticulture can create nuisance effects for residences, although over a period of many years some of these activities have become well established within the rural area of the City and have legitimate rights to operate. Such activities could, in turn, be adversely affected by adjoining residential development resulting in pressures to remove or restrict these activities in the rural area and raising difficulties with compliance. Rural activities can generate a variety of potential adverse effects, although most farming activities have little impact on the surrounding area. Possible adverse effects include visual detraction or odours associated with intensive livestock management, and airborne spray and noise associated with some forms of intensive horticultural production, or noise associated with bird scaring, hail prevention or the use of helicopters for frost dispersal. Some of these effects are part of the normal operation of a farming community and must be recognised and accepted within a rural area. However, under the Act there is a greater obligation to keep the adverse effects of such operations to a reasonable minimum. The Plan provides mitigation measures for any adverse effects that may occur and limitations on activities where site areas may not be large enough to accommodate such mitigation measures. These measures include specified segregation of incompatible activities, reference to recognised codes of practice, and performance standards. The Plan also recognises some farming activities which have adverse effects on other rural activities. However, the Council will require that any new activities, particularly those involving residential occupation within close proximity to established farming activities, meet similar separation or mitigation requirements. Where a look-out platform or tower is erected together with, a solid structure which inhibits the entry of persons to a site, or a monitoring system, cumulative effects of these structures will adversely affect the environment of the rural area. The combination of these structures will result in the creation of a fortified site, which will not be permitted within the rural area. The Council is concerned that the soil resources within the City are utilised in a manner which is sustainable in terms of management of the land. In particular, it is considered important to avoid any physical, chemical, or biological degradation of soil qualities. The Council's emphasis is to do this by way of the provision of information heightening awareness, rather than through regulatory mechanisms. Finally, the intensification of land use often involves the use of considerable amounts of water. Indirectly, demands for associated dwellings and farm management practices, such as application of fertilisers and sprays, could affect the quality of surface and ground waters. The Council will support policies of the Canterbury Regional Council in the management of water resources and, in particular, the need to conserve the quality and quantity of the resource. The Environmental Codes of Practice of the Poultry Industry Association of New Zealand (Inc), the Egg Producers of New Zealand (Inc) and the Pork Industry Board Code of Practice - Pig Farming, will assist farmers wishing to avoid, remedy, or mitigate potential adverse effects on the environment Policy: Fire Risk Updated 14 November 2005 To require measures for the protection of dwellings in rural areas of high fire risk. Explanation and reasons

156 Although major property loss from fire is a characteristic risk factor associated with Australia and the western part of the United States, experience with rural fires around Christchurch has revealed that there is a real risk of significant property loss from fire in parts of the rural area of the City. No measures can guarantee the protection of property, particularly dwellings, from fire, and there is some degree of risk in most rural, and some urban areas. However, the extent of property loss and trauma associated with disastrous fires is such that any adversely affected persons would expect that some measures had been taken to mitigate this hazard. The areas of highest risk in Christchurch City are: those areas where reticulated water supplies are not available for fire fighting, and more difficult access conditions prevail; those areas more subject to drought; hillslopes; and areas containing flammable vegetation, particularly in close proximity to dwellings. Accordingly, this policy will be implemented through rules relating to the proximity of trees to dwellings, the availability of water supplies and vehicular access in high risk rural areas. These areas are west of Yaldhurst, the rural north-west generally beyond the International Airport, and the rural Port Hills. Although the policy will only affect future development, it is regarded as an important first step in dealing with a potentially severe and damaging hazard Policy Templeton Special Rural Zone Updated 15 April 2013 (a) To provide for the remediation of the former Templeton Hospital site while avoiding adverse effects on the surrounding rural land, and for the efficient re-use of the existing resources in a manner which does not significantly detract from the character and amenity values of the area. (b) To ensure development of the Templeton Special Rural Zone occurs in an integrated manner consistent with the rural character of the area by avoiding subdivision, development and use which does not accord with the Outline Development Plan. Reasons When the use of the site for the Templeton Hospital was discontinued, many buildings and a significant amount of private infrastructure remained in situ. These are likely to become further dilapidated, potentially resulting in adverse visual effects in particular. Outside the urban limit, the range of activities which could establish are limited, including by the Regional Policy Statement and this Plan. Consequently, redevelopment of the land is necessarily constrained. To achieve remediation and efficient use of resources, it is necessary for the Plan to specifically provide for the re-development of the site. Specifically the zone enables rural activity, including agriculture and horticulture; businesses that support agriculture and horticulture activities; food outlets and other such activities to service the zone and parks, reserves, and the continued use of facilities such as the existing hall, gym, pool, and sports oval reserve; and small scale facilities associated with strategic infrastructure. The level of development allowed by the rules accompanying this policy is greater than for traditional rural land, to enable remediation of the site as an economically viable proposition. To help achieve remediation and integrated re-use in a manner consistent with the rural character of the area, an Outline Development Plan is included in Volume 3 of the City Plan. It provides guidance for subdivision, development and use of the site, particularly with regard to transport matters, stormwater, and landscaping. Landscaping is particularly important in terms of maintaining and enhancing rural character and amenity values of the site and surrounds. Environmental results anticipated Updated 14 November 2005 The Plan seeks to enhance those qualities which create a contrasting and distinct rural environment close to the urban area of the City, and that adverse effects of activities in the rural area are recognised and controlled. This is to be reflected in the following anticipated environmental results: Building patterns and densities compatible with the character of that part of the rural area in which they are located.

157 Reinforcement and retention of natural features providing a distinct character to the rural area. Enhancement of natural features having particular value to urban and rural residents. Enhancement of substantially unmodified natural features in the rural area, such as parts of the Port Hills and the plains' grassland area in the north-west of the City. Protection of the physical character of soils and the quality and availability of surface and ground waters. Minimal levels of conflict between rural land use activities and residential occupation in rural and surrounding areas. Minimisation of the risk to dwellings and residents in rural areas from fire hazards. Implementation Updated 22 May 2006 Objective 13.4 and associated policies will be implemented through a number of methods including the following: District Plan Zone rules applying to all Rural Zones, e.g. roadscene setback, heights of buildings, site coverage and retailing. In addition, rules applying to specific Rural Zones or parts thereof, e.g. rules regarding fire hazard, protection of native vegetation and natural features, and restoration of quarried land. City rules relating to Health and Safety, e.g. rules for noise, and glare. City rules relating to Heritage and Amenities, e.g. rules for protected trees. General city rules such as controlling building adjacent to waterways and filling and excavation of land. Other methods Regional rules. These are available at City Council Offices Relevant Regional Rules. Production, implementation and review of Reserve Management Plans and Landscape Concept Plans. The promotion of codes of practice for forestry. Recognised codes of practice (e.g. for the Pork and Poultry Industries). Requirement for development contributions for reserves. Monitoring Rural Updated 14 November 2005 Key anticipated environmental results 1. Protection of the potential of the greater part of the City's stock of versatile soils for rural production. 2. Maintenance and enhancement of the open rural character and amenity values of the rural area. Possible indicators a) Change in the range and type of existing land use activities on versatile soils.. b) Number of new dwelling units on versatile soils. c) Change in site coverage of buildings on rural properties located on versatile soils. a) Number and size of new allotments in rural zones. b) Change in dwelling densities in rural zones. Data sources VNZ data. Building consent data. VNZ data. Resource consent information. Census of Population and Dwellings. c) Change in the proportion of farms VNZ data and/or Agricultural

158 of different sizes and types in rural zones. Census. d) Number of applications for noncomplying activities and reasons for non-compliance. e) Extent of non-rural activity in rural VNZ data. zones. Resource consent information.

159 f) Change in the landscape character of selected rural areas. Analysis of photographs. 3. Protection of public health and welfare. a) Complaints received about the effects of agricultural practices that are considered to be outside normal farming operations. Council complaints records. 4. Limitation of the number of potential residents exposed to aircraft noise. a) Change in the number of dwellings within defined zones close to the International Airport. b) Change in the number of residents living within defined zones close to the International Airport. c) Change in levels of complaints received about airport noise. d) Change in ambient noise levels recorded at sites around the International Airport. Census data. Census data. Complaints records. Site monitoring. 5. Protection of the physical character of soils and the quality and availability of surface and ground waters. a) Change in the character of soils. Information from CRC.

160 b) Change in quality and quantity of ground and surface water as a result of land use practices.

161 Information from CRC.

162 Part 14 Subdivision Note Updated 8 November Statement Updated 06 December 2013 Control of the subdivision of land is one of the functions of a territorial authority under Section 31 of the Act. It is identified as a separate activity to land use through Section 11 of the Act, and in contrast to land use, the subdivision of land cannot be undertaken unless permitted by a rule in the plan. Generally land use, rather than subdivision, generates "effects" on the environment, but the subdivision of land for purposes of land tenure can have marked effects on land use expectations. Subdivision acts as the framework for subsequent landuse activities and more importantly, is often the framework for the provision of services to subsequent land uses. This is a critical factor, because the adequate provision of access, water, sewerage, open space and other requirements is essential to ensure development following subdivision does not have adverse impacts on the environment. The City Plan is based on the premise that there is a strong interrelationship between subdivision and land use. Accordingly, the subdivision rules deal with a group of matters which include: Allotment sizes and dimensions, which are intimately linked to the achievement of land use rules relating to the management of resources and zone character, particularly in respect to residential densities and the sustainable management of rural land. Access and transportation. The provision of esplanades as required under the Act. Avoidance of natural or other hazards upon land development. The provision of open space and/or protection of natural features and trees as part of the process of land use change and intensification. The framework of utility services essential to health, quality of life and amenities - eg. power, water, sewage reticulation etc. Legal arrangements necessary to support and secure the provision of the framework of services required upon subdivision of land for subsequent land uses. Environmental results anticipated (a) The achievement of the environmental outcomes for each zone through consistency between subdivision outcomes and the management of the effects of land use activities. (b) The provision of parcels of land which are of sufficient size in rural areas to be able to accommodate a variety of potential land uses and to avoid excessive costs in provision of services. (c) The provision of parcels of land which are of sufficient size to enable the establishment of buildings and the provision of space around buildings in a manner which reflects the desirable character of the different environments within the city. (d) The provision of an access network upon land development, which is safe, efficient and convenient, and which meets the needs of pedestrians, cyclists and motorists. (e) The provision of utilities necessary to ensure the safety, health and convenience of subsequent residents or occupiers of land to be subdivided. (f) The provision of utilities necessary to ensure subsequent land use development does not have adverse effects on the quality or quantity of surface and ground waters. (g) Avoidance of subdivision that could result in land use activities which could exacerbate natural or other hazards, or expose future development to undue risk from such hazards. (h) The secured protection of natural features, waterway margins and trees at the time of subdivision to maintain the quality of the environment, in anticipation of the likely land use changes upon subdivision. (i) Provision of suitable of open space, in terms of nature, location and layout, to meet the needs of the likely occupiers of the land following subdivision and to mitigate any adverse visual effects of likely landuse changes upon subdivision. Guide to using these rules All the subdivision rules are combined together and located in Part 14. Their format is somewhat different from other rules, being grouped by subject matter. ALL SUBDIVISIONS REQUIRE A RESOURCE CONSENT. Step 1 Check what zone the subdivision is located within. Step 2 Review the general provisions in Clause 2 and their categories in Clause 3 to understand the background to subdivision rules. Step 3 Review the list of rules by subject matter (summarised below). Note that a subdivision may fall within any one or more levels of "status" under these rules. Controlled Development Critical Standard Prohibited

163 activity Standard activity Allotment size, numbers and dimensions (cl 4) Property access (cl 5) Esplanades (cl 6) Hazards (cl 7) Water supply (cl 8) Stormwater (cl 9) Sewerage (cl 10) Trade waste (cl 11 Energy (cl 12) Telecommunications (cl 13) Open space/recreation (cl 14) Easements (cl 15) Building location (cl 16) Pres. of landscape conservation, trees (cl 17) Check Check Check Check Check Check Check Check Check Check n/a Check Check Check n/a Check Check Check n/a n/a Check Check n/a Check Check Check n/a Check Check n/a n/a n/a Check Check n/a n/a Check Check n/a n/a Check Check n/a n/a Check n/a n/a n/a Check n/a n/a n/a Check Check Check Check For the Living G (Highfield) Zone provisions in Section 30.0 (Part 14), Rule 30.1 shall be applicable instead of Steps 4-6 below. Step 4 If the proposed subdivision complies with all of the relevant critical and development standards and is not specified as a prohibited activity, it shall be a controlled activity, subject to conditions relating to any relevant matters set out in Clauses Step 5 If the subdivision does not comply with any one or more of the relevant development standards in Clauses 4-10, 12, 14, or the community standards in Clause 18-29, application must be made for a resource consent, assessed as a discretionary activity, but only in respect to the matter(s) not complied with, except that any application for an activity under Rule shall be assessed as a fully discretionary activity. Step 6 If the subdivision does not comply with any one or more of the relevant critical standards in Clauses 4, 5, 7 or 17-29, then application must be made for a resource consent, assessed as a non complying activity. Step 7 No application can be made for a subdivision which is a prohibited activity under the relevant provisions of Clauses 4, 6, 7 or Step 8 If the subdivision is being undertaken in conjunction with a land use proposal, any other relevant city rules or zone rules applicable to that activity should be checked. Notes: (1) Section 106 may apply to land to be subdivided, which is subject to existing or potential natural hazards, and the Council may decline consent to the subdivision in accordance with that section. (2) A subdivision (whether complying with these subdivision rules or not) may result in a land use activity being in breach of other rules. (Example: A new lot boundary may pass close to an existing building, resulting in it not complying with setback, recession plane controls etc. This will necessitate a joint subdivision/land use consent.) (3) Minimum allotment sizes are specified in clauses as critical standards, which if not met, make a subdivision application non-complying. Note that there are also development standards for allotment sizes in some living zones (clause 4.2.1) which will make some allotment sizes discretionary. Note also the specified reductions and exemptions where a building commitment or other factors are involved as set out under clauses (4) Esplanade requirements are set out in clauses 6.2 and 6.3 and in column "A" of Appendix 1. Compliance with the width satisfies the standard but any reduction below this width, or any exemption from the provision requires a discretionary activity resource consent, which is restricted to esplanade matters. 2.0 General provisions Updated 14 November 2005 The following provisions shall apply, where applicable, to all forms of subdivision of land. 2.1 Definition of subdivision of land Updated 14 November 2005 The definition of the subdivision of land is set out in section 218, Resource Management Act, Note: Changes to, or adjustments of any boundary of a fee simple title, or on a cross lease or unit title, the alteration to the outline of a building or unit, or the erection of new units or garages, or re-allocation of garages, or car spaces, or the alteration of any

164 restricted user land, or common land, or common property, are deemed to be a subdivision requiring subdivision consent, and the relevant rules shall apply. 2.2 Relevant sections of the Act Updated 14 November 2005 All applications are subject to the requirements set out in the Act, with particular reference to sections 106, 219, 220 and G. 2.3 Reference to other rules Updated 14 November 2005 Attention is drawn to the provisions of any relevant zone rules and city rules for land use activities that may be associated with subdivisions. Should an activity not meet any one or more of those rules, then application for consent will also need to be made in respect to those rules. The city rules which may be applicable include Part 9 General city rules Part 10 Heritage and amenities Part 11 Health and safety Part 12 Designated activities Part 13 Transport 2.4 Code of practice for subdivisions Updated 14 November 2005 Where there is mention in the rules to the code of practice, this means the Christchurch City Council Code of Practice. This code is separate from, and not part of the City Plan. It outlines requirements for engineering works and services to which the Council shall have regard in imposing any particular conditions of subdivision consent, (relating to the construction of new roads and/or access, and the installation of services). 2.5 Discharges of stormwater Updated 14 November 2005 Any subdivision proposal to create 30 or more additional allotments from which the potential land uses will discharge collected stormwater to any surface water (except stock water or irrigation races) shall obtain a discharge permit, pursuant to section 15 of the Act, from the Canterbury Regional Council, prior to or in conjunction with a subdivision consent. 2.6 Legal road frontage Updated 22 May 2006 All new allotments shall be provided with frontage to a legal road, or a road to be vested on the application, except where an application for subdivision consent or an application under Section 348 of the Local Government Act 1974 approves access to those lots without legal frontage via a right-of-way or access lot.) 2.7 Other legislation Updated 22 May 2006 All applications shall comply with the relevant requirements contained in other acts and codes, with particular reference to the Building Act 1991, the Local Government Act 1974, the Christchurch District Drainage Act Development contributions Updated 22 May 2006 All applications for subdivision shall comply with the relevant requirements of the Council's Development Contributions Policy, prepared under the Local Government Act The Development Contributions Policy requires that development contributions in cash and/or land be paid to the Council for reserves, and network infrastructure for water supply, wastewater, roading and other transport, and surface water management services. Development Contributions will be required to be paid prior to the issue of a certificate pursuant to Section 224 of the Resource Management Act. Works and services within a subdivision are not defined to be financial or development contributions and will be required to be undertaken as conditions of subdivision consent. 2.9 Consent notices Updated 14 November 2005 Where there is any on-going condition of a subdivision consent, there shall be a consent notice pursuant to section 221 of the Act, registered against the Certificate of Title to the allotment to which the condition applies.

165 2.10 Subdivision consent before work commences Updated 14 November 2005 Except where prior consent has been obtained to excavate or fill land pursuant to Part 9, Clause 5, or where a vegetation clearance consent has been obtained from the Regional Council, no work, other than investigatory work, involving the disturbance of the land, nor clearance of vegetation shall be undertaken until a subdivision consent has been obtained. When the subdivision consent is granted, it shall be deemed to include consent to excavate or fill land and, except where specific vegetation is required to be preserved, vegetation clearance may commence Assessing resource consents Updated 14 November 2005 Where the rules specify that the Council shall consider certain matters in regard to granting consent or imposing conditions, in the case of controlled subdivision activities the application will only be assessed in terms of possible conditions, and would only be declined pursuant to section 106 of the Act (natural hazards) Suitability for proposed land use Updated 14 November 2005 Where section 106 of the Act applies to any part of the land to be subdivided, or any part of the land contains contamination, it is the applicant's responsibility to provide all information relative to the potential hazard and to show the means whereby the land shall be made suitable for the proposed land use. Regard should be had to any information held on the Council's hazards register. The Council shall have regard to any appropriate proposals before issuing the subdivision consent, or declining approval pursuant to section Application of assessment matters Updated 14 November 2005 Unlike other parts of the Statement of Rules, the assessment matters in this part of the rules do not follow the rules as a whole, but follow each separate subject matter set out in Clauses (a) The matters contained in Part II and Sections 104 and 105 of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents. (b) The matters contained in section 106 of the Act apply, as relevant, to all subdivisions in respect of natural hazards. (c) In addition to (a) and (b) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out following each group of standards, to discretionary and controlled subdivision activities Clarification of subdivision rules Updated 14 November 2005 Clauses 3-18, excluding the assessment matters in each of these clauses, comprise the rules in Part Consultation with Tangata Whenua Updated 14 November 2005 The Council shall consult with Tangata Whenua upon any application being required under these rules where there are significant earthworks which could affect areas described in Part 10, Appendix 3, or adjacent to waterways and the coastline. 3.0 Categories of subdivision activities 3.1 Controlled (subdivision) activities Updated 06 December 2013 Any subdivision which complies with all of the critical and development standards for subdivision activities shall be a controlled activity in respect to the matters specified in the subdivision rules, except where otherwise specified, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matters specified in the subdivision rules. 3.2 Discretionary (subdivision) activities Updated 06 December 2013 Any subdivision which complies with all of the critical standards for subdivision activities but does not comply with any one or more of the development standards shall be a discretionary subdivision activity, except where otherwise specified, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard unless otherwise stated.

166 3.3 Non-complying (subdivision) activities Updated 14 November 2005 Any subdivision which does not comply with any one or more of the critical standards for subdivision activities shall be a noncomplying subdivision activity, except where specified as a prohibited subdivision activity. 3.4 Prohibited (subdivision) activities Updated 14 November 2005 A subdivision shall be a prohibited activity and no resource consent shall be granted where specified in the following rules (critical standards, clauses 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 and 17). 3.5 Written consent for non-notification Updated 06 December 2013 Except for any application made: under Clause 20, or under 30.0 where; (i) application is required as a result of non-compliance with Rule ; (ii) application is required under ; or (iii) any land being subdivided is within 25 metres of a property boundary of land not owned by the applicant (other than land owned by the Council or the New Zealand Transport Authority) and being within the Living G (Highfield) Zone; (iv) application is required as a result of non compliance with rule (g). any application for consent under the subdivision rules (other than non-complying subdivision activities) shall not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified. Any application for consent under the subdivision rules to create the title containing the Living TMB zone (other than non-complying subdivision activities) shall not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified. Any application for consent under the subdivision rules to create the Living TMB Zone shall not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified. 3.6 Joint hearings Updated 14 November 2005 Any application arising from non-compliance with land use rules in the zone standards caused by the proposed subdivision shall be considered jointly with the subdivision consent. 4.0 Allotment sizes and dimensions 4.1 Controlled activities - Allotment sizes and dimensions Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all the applicable development and critical standards specified in Clauses 4.2 and 4.3 below, and elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled subdivision activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 4 shall be limited to allotment size and dimensions where the proposed subdivision creates allotments in zones not specified in Clauses , or where the allotment to be created is for access, a utility, road or reserve purposes. 4.2 Development standards - Allotment sizes and dimensions Updated 14 November Allotment sizes Updated 14 November 2005 Zone Living 1 Zone on Planning Map 52A allotments adjoining Milns Road and Sparks Road that are located opposite the Rural 2 Zone Minimum Net Area 1500m 2

167 4.2.2 Allotment dimensions Updated 14 November 2005 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accommodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below: Living 1, 1A, 1B, H, HA and HB Zones 16 x 18m Living 2, 3, 4A, 4B, 4C Zones 13 x 16m Open Space 3B Zones As for zones specified in Clause Notwithstanding the above, minimum allotment dimensions shall not apply to allotments created for access, utilities, roads and reserves Open Space 3B Zone - Privately owned open space Updated 14 November 2005 All subdivision of land in the Open Space 3B Zone is a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the number, scale, location and layout of allotments, and the effect of the subdivision on the visual amenity of the surrounding area. (Refer also to critical standard, clause (Open Space and Conservation Zones).) Subdivision of sites containing protected buildings, places and objects Updated 14 November 2005 Any subdivision of a site containing a protected building, place or object listed in Part 10, Appendix 1, shall be a discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the effect on the heritage values of the listed heritage item or to its setting. This rule shall not apply to sites where the Council's approval has been given to a resource consent for the demolition or removal of the heritage item Subdivision in Future Urban Development Area - Upper Styx Updated 06 December Any complying subdivision in the Future Urban Development Area while it is zoned Rural 3 or Cultural 3 shall be a restricted discretionary subdivision activity Any subdivision into allotments less than 4 hectares in the Future Development Area - Upper Styx while it is zoned Rural 3 or Cultural 3 is a non-complying activity in accordance with Rule Critical standards - Allotment sizes and dimensions Updated 14 November Minimum standards - Rural zones Updated 15 April 2013 Every allotment to be created by a subdivision shall comply with the minimum standards specified for each zone below, except (i) as provided for in Clauses below; and (ii) that three additional lots may be created from Lot 1 DP provided that these lots are in general accordance with the outline development plan in Part 4, Appendix 5. Note: Environment Court Decision C22/2005 requires that covenants preventing further subdivision are to be attached to each of the new lots. Zone Minimum net area Rural 1, 4 and that part of the Rural 5 Zone west or north of Christchurch International Airport 20ha as shown in Part 4, Appendix 4 Rural H and 6 100ha Rural 2, 3 and that part of the Rural 5 Zone east or south of Christchurch International Airport 4ha as shown in Part 4, Appendix 4 Rural Q 4ha Rural 7 2ha Templeton Special Rural Zone - Rural Business 2 Precinct 1ha Templeton Special Rural Zone - Rural Business 1 and Facilities Precincts 2500m Minimum standards - Living zones Updated 16 November 2009

168 Every allotment to be created by a subdivision shall comply with the minimum standards specified for each zone below except as provided for in Clauses 4.3.8, and (A) Zone Minimum net area Minimum average net area (see interpretation clause in the next column) Maximum net area Interpretation of living zone minimum standards LIVING 1 ZONE Living 1 450m 2 550m 2 The average area provisions shall only apply to subdivisions of more than three resultant allotments. Any lots greater than 900m 2 in area shall be deemed to be 900m 2 in area for averaging purposes. Living 1 as defined in Development Plan (West Wigram) Appendix 3r, Part 2 LIVING 1 DEFERRED Living 1 Deferred on Planning Map 53A and defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2 (Cashmere and Worsleys) Living 1 Deferred on Planning Map 25A to the west of Philpotts Road and south of Winters Road References to other minimum standards under that apply to each zone and prohibited activities (see (B) - (M) below) Refer (B), Special Amenity Area 8, 8a and 8b refer (B) (a) 450m 2 550m 2 750m 2 Refer (M) West Wigram 4ha Refer to (F) (e) 4ha Refer (F)(g) LIVING 1A ZONE Living 1A 450m 2 Refer (C) (a) and (b) Living 1A Zone where the site adjoins the Rural 2, Rural 3, Rural 5 Zones LIVING 1A DEFERRED Living 1A Deferred on Planning Maps 44A, 45A, 51A and 52A and defined in Appendix 3h, Part 2 (North Halswell) Living 1A Deferred on Planning Map 53A and defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2 (Cashmere and Worsleys) 1500m 2 4ha Refer (F) (c) 4ha Refer (F) (e) Refer to (F) (e) Refer to (F) (g) 550m 2 Refer to (F) (e) Refer to (F) (g) The average area provisions shall only apply to subdivisions of more than three resultant allotments. In the Living 1A Zone the minimum average area provisions of the Living 1 zone shall apply, except that allotments of 1500m² and over which adjoin a rural zone or open space zone shall be excluded from the minimum average net area calculations. Refer to (F) (e) Refer to (F) (g) Refer (C) Refer (F) (c) Refer (F) (e) Refer (F) (e) Refer (F) (e) LIVING 1B - 1F Living 1B 2000m 2 Refer (D) Living 1D 1ha Living 1E in the area to the east 1200m 2 of the 50 dba Ldn noise contour line (refer Planning Map 17b)

169 Zone Living 1E in the area to the west of the 50 dba Ldn noise contour line (refer Planning Map 17b) Living 1F Zone LIVING H ZONE Living H, except in the areas specified separately below Living H on Planning Map 55A for Lots 4-8 DP19524, Lot 1 DP and Lots 1-6 DP (Moncks Spur Road) LIVING H DEFERRED Living H Deferred on Planning Map 53A and defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2 (Cashmere and Worsleys) LIVING HA ZONE Living HA, except in the areas specified separately below Living HA on Planning Map 53A (Cashmere - Shalamar Drive) Living HA on Planning Map 55A in the Low Density Subzone near Bridle Path Road Living HA on Planning Map 55A fronting Bridle Path Road where an allotment adjoins any part of the Rural 7 Zone except Pt Lot 1 DP 5026, Lot 1 DP and Lot 1 DP Living HA on Planning Map 55A and defined in Appendix 3j, Part 2 (Bridle Path Road just south of the intersection with Port Hills Road) allotments within 90m of Bridle Path Road 1 (1) and all of Lot 2 DP Minimum net area 2000m 2 4ha Minimum average net area (see interpretation clause in the next column) Maximum net area Interpretation of living zone minimum standards 650m 2 750m 2 The average area provisions shall only apply to subdivisions of more than three resultant allotments. In the LH Zone, any allotment greater than 1200m 2 in area shall be deemed to be 1200m 2 in area for averaging purposes. 800m m 2 The average area provisions shall only apply to subdivisions of more than three resultant allotments. 100ha Refer to (F) (e) 1500m 2 Refer to (F) (e) Refer to (F) (e) 850m m 2 The minimum average shall be calculated by excluding all lots with a net area of 3,000m 2 or greater. 2500m m 2 850m 2 References to other minimum standards under that apply to each zone and prohibited activities (see (B) - (M) below) Refer (E) Refer to (F) (e) Refer (G) (i) Refer (G) (g) Refer (G) (d) Refer (G) (c) Refer (G) (e) 1 (1) The 90m from Bridle Path Road shall be measured at right angles to that Road

170 Zone Living HA on Planning Map 55A and defined in Appendix 3j, Part 2 (Bridle Path Road just south of the intersection with Port Hills Road) allotments 90m or more from Bridle Path Road 2 (1) Living HA on Planning Map 56A (Richmond Hill) Living HA on Planning Map 59A and defined in Appendix 3d, Part 2 (Upper Kennedys Bush) LIVING HA DEFERRED ZONE Living HA Deferred on Planning Map 59A (Kennedys Bush/Cashmere Road) Living HA Deferred 2008 Zone on Planning Map 59A (Kennedys Bush/Cashmere Road) Living HA Deferred on Planning Map 55A (Heathcote Valley) Living HA Deferred on Planning Maps 53A and defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2 (Cashmere and Worsleys) Living HA Deferred on Planning Map 55A (Moncks Spur/Mt Pleasant) LIVING HB ZONE Living HB, except in the area specified separately below Living HB fronting Hyndhope Road on Planning Map 59A Minimum net area 2500m 2 Minimum average net area (see interpretation clause in the next column) Maximum net area Interpretation of living zone minimum standards 750m m 2 The minimum average shall be calculated by excluding lots with a net area of 2,000m 2 or greater. 850m m 2 The minimum average shall be calculated by excluding all lots with a net area of 3,000m 2 or greater. 100ha Refer (F) (a) 100ha Refer (F) (b) 2ha Refer (F) (d) 100ha Refer to (F) (e) 100ha Refer (F)(f) 3000m 2 References to other minimum standards under that apply to each zone and prohibited activities (see (B) - (M) below) Refer (G) (f) Refer (G) (b) Refer (G) (a) and (h) Refer (F) (a) Refer (F) (a) Refer (F) (a) Refer (F) (b) Refer (F) (b) Refer (F) (b) Refer (F) (d) (Refer (F) de) Refer (F) (d) Refer to (F) (e) Refer to (F) (e) Refer to (F) (e) Refer (F)(f) Refer(F)(f) Refer(F)(f) 1500m m 2 The minimum average shall be calculated by excluding all lots with a net area of 6,000m 2 or greater. Refer (H) (b) and (c) Refer (H) (a) LIVING RS, RV AND TMB ZONES Living RS 1000m 2 Living RV (Kainga) 600m 2 Refer (J) Living RV (Riverlea) 500m 2 For existing "lots" in the Refer (J) Living RV at Riverlea identified on Plan S9984 in Appendix 2, Part 2 the minimum net area shall be 300m 2. Living TMB Refer (L) LIVING 2, 3, 4A, 4B, 4C AND 5 ZONES 2 (1) The 90m from Bridle Path Road shall be measured at right angles to that Road

171 Zone Minimum net area Minimum average net area (see interpretation clause in the next column) Maximum net area Interpretation of living zone minimum standards Living 2 330m 2 350m 2 The average area provisions shall only apply to subdivisions of more than three resultant allotments. Any lots greater than 900m 2 in area shall be deemed to be 900m 2 in area for averaging purposes. Living 3, 4A, 4B, 4C, 5 300m 2 350m 2 The average area provisions shall only apply to subdivisions of more than three resultant allotments. Any lots greater than 900m 2 in area shall be deemed to be 900m 2 in area for averaging purposes. Living 3 as defined in Development Plan (West Wigram) Appendix 3r, Part 2 References to other minimum standards under that apply to each zone and prohibited activities (see (B) - (M) below) Special Amenity Areas 6, 12 and 14 Refer (K) 300m 2 350m 2 400m 2 Refer (M) West Wigram (B) (a) (b) (c) Living 1 Zone In Special Amenity Area 8, 8a, and 8b the following standards shall apply: Minimum net area: 500m 2 Minimum average net area: 550m 2 In comprehensive housing improvement areas the following standard shall apply: Minimum average net area: 400m 2 Comprehensive housing improvement developments within the areas identified on the Planning Maps shall be completed in accordance with the plans attached to the approved land use consent before final subdivision approval. (C) Living 1A Zone Notwithstanding the minimum standards specified in (A) above, a subdivision activity shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted in the following circumstances: (a) In the Living 1A Zone on a site adjoining the Rural 3 Zone between the Main North Railway and Northern Arterial designation, north of Farquhars Road, (Redwood), where the subdivision would result in the creation of any allotments with a net area of less than 750m 2. (b) Where the maximum number of additional allotments created by the subdivision of Part Lot 1 DP (CT 34C/688) and served solely by access from Kintyre Drive exceeds 200 allotments. (D) Living 1B Zone In the Living 1B Zone: On the northern side of Heathcote village, the total number of additional allotments created in this part of the zone, since 24 June 1995, shall not exceed 30. (E) Living H Zone In those parts of the Living H Zone on Montgomery Spur identified in Part 2, Appendix 9, an allotment containing land within which no building shall be erected (see Part 2, Appx 9), will require a net area capable of containing a complying dwelling in the area not subject to the building restriction. (F) (a) (b) Living 1 Deferred, Living 1A Deferred, Living H Deferred, Living HA Deferred Zones In the Living HA Deferred Zone on Planning Map 59A (Kennedys Bush/Cashmere Road) the standards applicable to Living HA (Upper Kennedy's Bush - refer to Appendix 3d, Part 2) shall apply from 1 January 2004 or from when a sewer outfall is available for the area, whichever is the later, except for the 100 allotment limit in Clause (G)(h). In the Living HA Deferred 2008 Zone on Planning Map 59A and defined in Part 2, Appendix 8 (Kennedys Bush/Cashmere Road) the standards applicable to Living HA (Upper Kennedy's Bush) (refer to Appendix 3d, Part 2) shall apply from 1 January 2008, except for 100 allotment limit in Clause (G)(h). Provided however, that notwithstanding the above, a subdivision activity on or after the 1 January 2008 that does not comply with the standards for the Rural H Zone shall be a prohibited activity, for which no resource consent shall be granted, unless a legal instrument in favour of the Christchurch

172 (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) City Council is registered against the certificate of title/s of the land in Area A indicated in Appendix 8, Part 2, Volume 3, prohibiting any dwelling on that land. The minimum standards for the Living 1A Deferred Zone at North Halswell (refer Appendix 3h, Part 2) shall be as for the Living 1A Zone after 8 May 2002 or the completion of the Southern Arterial between Curletts Road and Halswell Junction Road whichever is the sooner. The minimum standards for the Living HA Deferred Zone on Planning Map 55A (Heathcote Valley) shall be as for the Rural 7 zone until new standards are incorporated via a variation or plan change in accordance with Part 2 Clause to be publicly notified prior to or on 8 May Any subdivision activity for allotments of less than 4ha. in the Living 1 Deferred and Living 1A Deferred zones, or less than 100ha. in the Living H Deferred or Living HA Deferred Zones, in Planning Maps 53A or 60A (between Worsleys and Cashmere spurs) and contained within the Development Plan Area defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2, shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted unless the subdivision complies with (i) to (iv) below; (i) The maximum number of residential lots and the potential number of residential units within the Development Plan Area defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2, is limited to 380. At the time of the first subdivision within the Development Plan Area each Living Zone Area identified in Appendix 3i, Part 2, shall be allocated a potential number of residential units so that the maximum within the Development Plan Area does not exceed 380. The allocation arrangement of the maximum potential number of residential units shall be protected by consent notice or memorandum of encumbrance, whichever is appropriate. (ii) The land in the Land To Vest Areas in Appendix 3i, Part 2, is to vest in the Council in the first subdivision within the Development Plan Area. Only Areas A, B, D, E, F and G of the Land To Vest Areas may be regarded as part of the contribution towards any required development contribution for reserves, but only those portions not used for roads, stormwater management, or any other purpose that is necessary to service urban development. (iii) The walking and cycling tracks indicated in Appendix 14, Part 14, are to be constructed to the satisfaction of the Council as part of the first subdivision within the Development Plan Area defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2. (iv) If (i) to (iii) above have been compiled with, the allotment size rules shall be as follows; Living 1 Deferred - as for the Living 1 Zone Living 1A Deferred - minimum net area of 1,000m 2 Living H Deferred - as for the Living H zone (as applies to areas that are not specified separately) Living HA Deferred - as for the Living HA zone (as applies to areas that are no specified separately). Except that this rule shall not apply where the subdivision is to vest the land in the Council required in (ii) above and does not subdivide the Areas numbered 1 to 8 inclusive in Appendix 3i, Part 2, into more than one lot. (Refer also to Clauses 5.3.5, and , Part 14) Any subdivision activity in the Living HA Deferred Zone on Planning Map 55A (Moncks Spur/Mt. Pleasant Road) resulting in an allotment of less than 100 ha shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted if all of the following (i) to (vii) are not complied with. However, a minimum net area of 850m 2 and a minimum average net area of 1500m 2 (to be calculated by excluding all lots with a net area of 3,000m 2 or greater) shall apply if the subdivision complies with the following; (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) That a stormwater cost share area has been established for a catchment that includes the Development Area in Appendix 10, Part 14. Further, that the owners of the land in the Development Area in Appendix 10, Part 14, have paid or have entered into an agreement with the Council, secured by a bond that is registered against the Certificates of Title, to pay their share of the costs according to the established stormwater cost share scheme, to the satisfaction of the Council; All necessary land use and/or water consents for the stormwater system required in (i) above, include all landscaping, have been obtained; The land in the Land To Vest Area in Appendix 10, Part 14, is transferred into Council ownership. The gravelled tracks indicated in Appendix 10, Part 14, are constructed, and that public rights of way in gross are granted to the Council where the track passes through any land not vested in the Council, including access to Horizon Heights. That the owners of the land in the Development Area in Appendix 10, Part 14, enter into an agreement with the Council, secured by a bond and registered against the Certificates of Title of the land contained with the Development Area in Appendix 10, Part 14, for the planting, irrigation and maintenance required in Clauses and That a restrictive covenant is entered into in favour of the Council, and is registered in the Certificates of Title of the land contained within the Development Area in Appendix 10, Part 14, requiring that only native plants whose genetic origin is from Banks Peninsula shall be planted in the Development Area within 10m of any boundary with the Land to Vest Area in Appendix 10, Part 14. The above requirements, and those in Clauses and , are not to fulfil any reserve contribution requirements for the Living HA Deferred Zone. (Refer also to Clauses 5.3.6, and , Part 14) This agreement is to be prepared by the landowners. Once the agreement is approved by the Christchurch City Council a legal instrument containing the requirements of the agreement shall be prepared by the Council at the cost of the landowners. The legal instrument shall be registered by the landowners against the Certificates of Title of the land contained in Appendix 3i, Part 2. (Refer also to Clause and Clause 5.3.4, Part 14) In the Living 1 Deferred Zone to the west of Philpotts Road and south of Winters Road, the minimum standards shall be as follows: Living 1 Deferred - as for the Living 1 Zone shall apply once on sewer outfall is available for this area except that, (i) (ii) (iii) The maximum number of residential allotments shall be 50 until such time as the sewer capacity increases. Land above the 14.3 metre contour is filled to a height within 100mm of 15.3 metres (relative to the CDB Datum). The extent of fill, including batter slopes, shall not extend beyond the zone boundary. Batter slopes shall not have a gradient angle steeper than 1:5.

173 (G) Living HA Zone Notwithstanding the minimum standards specified in (a) above, a subdivision activity shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted in the following circumstances: (a) In the Living HA Zone in the Upper Kennedys Bush area (see Part 2, Appendix 3d) where the subdivision would result in the creation of any allotments with a net area of less than 850m 2. (b) In the Living HA Zone on Planning Map 56A (Richmond Hill) where the subdivision would result in the creation of any allotments with a net area less than 750m 2. (c) In the Living HA Zone for any allotments adjoining the Rural 7 Zone on Planning Map 55A fronting Bridle Path Road (other than Pt Lot 1 DP 5026, Lot 1 DP and Lot 1 DP 61783) with a net area less than 3,000m 2. (d) In the Living HA Zone for any allotments in the Low Density Subzone on Planning Map 55A (near Bridle Path Road) with a net area less than 2,500m 2. (e) In the Living HA Zone on Planning Map 55A and defined in Appendix 3j Part 2 (Bridle Path Road just south of the intersection with Port Hills Road) any allotments within 90m of Bridle Path Road with a net area less than 850m 2. The 90m from Bridle Path Road shall be measured at right angles to that road. (f) In the Living HA Zone on Planning Map 55A and defined in Appendix 3j Part 2 (Bridle Path Road just south of the intersection with Port Hills Road) any allotment 90m or more from Bridle Path Road with a net area less than 2,500m 2. The 90m from Bridle Path Road shall be measured at right angles to that road. (g) In the Living HA Zone fronting Shalamar Drive on Planning Map 53A (Cashmere area) where the subdivision would result in the creation of any allotments with a net area of less than 850m 2. (h) In the Living HA (Upper Kennedys Bush) Zone where the subdivision would result in the number of allotments in the zone exceeding 100. (i) On all other sites in the Living HA Zone where the subdivision would result in the creation of any allotment with a net area of less than 1500m 2. (H) Living HB Zone Notwithstanding the minimum standards specified in (A) above, a subdivision activity shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted in the following circumstances: (a) In the Living HB Zone fronting Hyndhope Road (Planning Map 59A) where the subdivision will result in the creation of allotments with a net area less than 1,500m 2. (b) In the Living HB Zone on Planning Map 60A (Worsleys Road) any subdivision of Lots 5, 6, 7 and Part Lot 8 DP 6658; Lot 1 DP 5468; Lots 24 & 25 DP 5567; and Part Lot 2 DP 2905 that does not comply with the standards for the Rural H Zone, unless a legal instrument has been entered into, and is registered against the title of Part Lot 2 DP 2905, ensuring that the vegetation within the Conservation 1 Zone on Part Lot 2 DP 2905 is to be protected, preserved and maintained in perpetuity according to good conservation management practice, including the exclusion of grazing animals from all parts of the Conservation 1 Zone that do not have a vegetation cover that is predominantly tussock. (c) On all other sites in the Living HB Zone where the subdivision would result in the creation of any allotments with a net area of less than 3000m 2. (I) Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone Notwithstanding the minimum standards specified in (A) above, a subdivision activity shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted in the following circumstances: In the Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone, within Area A as indicated in Appendix 10 to Part 8, Volume 3 of the Plan. (J) Living RV Zone Additional lots shall not be created: (a) In the Living RV Zone within 100m of the centre line of the primary stopbank as shown on the planning maps; or (b) In the Living RV Zone (Riverlea), unless appropriate legal arrangements have been made to ensure that for each new lot created, an existing residential unit, in the area known as Western Stewarts Gully and zoned Rural 1, will be demolished and the land returned to the owner or leasing authority on or before the conditions certificate is issued pursuant to Section 224 of the Act. (K) Living 2 Zone In Special Amenity Areas 6, 12 and 14 the following standards shall apply: Minimum net area 450m 2 Minimum average net area 550m 2 (L) Living TMB Zone (a) The Living TMB Zone shall be held in one fee simple certificate of title. (b) Each allotment created within the Living TMB Zone shall be held by leasehold titles. Consent notices will be registered against these titles requiring them to be held for leasehold purposes. (c) The total number of allotments containing leasehold titles within the Living TMB Zone shall not exceed 18. Subdivision for more than 18 allotments within the Living TMB Zone shall be a prohibited activity. (d) Each leasehold allotment created within the Living TMB Zone shall have a net site area of no greater than 65m 2. Any subdivision creating leasehold titles within the Living TMB Zone that exceeds 65m 2 shall be a prohibited activity. (e) On initial subdivision of the existing allotment (that part of Lot 3 DP59234 contained within the Living TMB zone) a right of way on foot or bicycle easement in gross in favour of Christchurch City Council shall be created over the walking and/or bicycle track identified on the Development Plan (Living Taylors Mistake Bach Zone) see Part 2 Appendix 3k. Note: In preparing and assessing subdivision applications rules (b) and (c) of the Living Zones need to be taken into

174 account. (M) (a) (b) (c) (d) Living 1 (West Wigram) and Living 3 (West Wigram) Subdivision shall be discretionary (restricted) activity where any proposed subdivision of land is not in general accordance with the development plan contained in Appendix 3r Part 2. General accordance with the development plan requires that the key elements of road layout, cross-section to Corsair Drive, stormwater retention basin and green space corridors achieves integration and connectivity with adjoining land. Subdivision shall be a non-complying activity where the total number of allotments to be created by the subdivision of land contained in Appendix 3r, Part 2, exceeds 100 allotments. This rule shall cease to apply when the wastewater capacity constraints within the Christchurch City Council wastewater system have been overcome, and the Unit Manager - Asset and Network Planning (or equivalent Council Officer) is satisfied that there is capacity in the wastewater system for further development over the above 100 allotments. Subdivision shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted where provision is not made for the construction of the traffic signals at the intersection of Springs Road and Corsair Drive has occurred. The construction of traffic signals shall be at the expense of the landowner. Subdivision shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted where provision is not made for the construction, by the landowner, of the stormwater ponding basin as identified in Appendix 3r, Part Minimum standards - Business zones Updated 15 October 2012 (a) Every allotment to be created by a subdivision shall comply with the minimum standards specified for each zone below, except as provided for in Clauses 4.3.8, and Zone Central City Business Business 1, 2, 2P Minimum Net Area 250m 2 250m 2 Business 3, 3B, 4, 4P, 4T, Retail Park, 5, 8, Central City Mixed Use 500m 2 Business 6 where connection to a Council owned reticulated sanitary sewage disposal system is provided 2500m 2 where no connection to a Council owned reticulated sanitary sewage disposal system is provided 4ha Business 7 500m 2 (b) In the Business 7 Zone, any proposed subdivision shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion limited to design and layout of the subdivision and the following parts of the Living G (Awatea) Outline Development Plan: (i) Outline Development Plan (Awatea)(Appendix 3T, Part 2); (ii) Key Structuring Elements Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(a), Part 2); (iii) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(i), Part 2); (iv) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(iii) -(vi), Part 2; (v) Movement Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(vii), Part 2. (c) In the Business 7 Zone, where subdivision is not in accordance with the Fixed Structural Elements Layer Diagram in Appendix 3T(a), Part 2, Volume 3, subdivision shall be a non-complying activity. (d) In the Business 7 Zone, subdivision shall be a non-complyig activity where provision is not made for the disposal of waste water via the Christchurch City Council reticulated sanitary sewage disposal system. This rule shall cease to apply when the capacity constraints in the Christchurch City Council waste water system have been overcome, and the Unit Manager-Asset and Network Planning (or equivalent Council Officer) is satisfied that there is capacity in the reticulated waste water system for futher development to occur. (e) Within the Business 4 Zone, the development of land in the area identified in the Outline Development Plan (Wigram) (Appendix 3U/1), Volume 3, Part 2) shall generally be in accordance with the following parts of the Outline Development Plan (Wigram): i. Appendix 3U/1: Outline Development Plan ii. iii. Appendix 3U/2: Key Structuring Elements Appendix 3U/3: Layer Diagram Green Network iv. Appendix 3U/4: Layer Diagram Movement Network v. Appendix 3U/5: Layer Diagram Blue Network Note: Subdivision in the Business 7 Zone on Planning Maps 44A and 51A (Wilmers Road), may necessitate trunk sewer upgrading work in order to obtain a sewer outfall.

175 4.3.4 Minimum standards - Open space and conservation zones Updated 16 November 2009 (a) Except as provided for in Clauses 4.3.4(b) and (c)below, there are no specified minimum allotment areas in any zone, other than the Open Space 3B Zone, but any subdivision shall only be for the purpose of creating allotments to be used for any activity allowed by the Plan or for which a resource consent is held, recreation or conservation purposes, permitted utilities or for boundary adjustments subject to Clause 4.1 except that in the Open Space 3B Zone, subdivision may be undertaken for other purposes to the following minimum standards: Zone Minimum standards Open Space 3B (golf courses, Riccarton Racecourse and Wilding, Western, Kearneys, As for Living 1 Zone Rangers and Christchurch Parks) Open Space 3B (Addington Racecourse and Rugby Park) As for Living 2 Zone Open Space 3B (Jade Stadium) As for Business 3B Zone (Refer also to development standard, Clause (Open Space 3B Zone) (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4.3.4(a) above, no additional allotments shall be created in the Open Space 3C Zone within 150m of the boundary of the Bayer (NZ) Ltd site as shown on the planning maps. This rule shall not apply to allotments for utilities which are permitted activities in the zone. (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4.3.4(a) above, in Open Space 3D (Clearwater) Zone: (i) No subdivision shall take place within Resort Community Activity Area 2, Area 4, Area 5 or Area 6 shown on the Clearwater Outline Development Plan contained in Appendix 2 to Part 6 unless a Concept Plan has been lodged with and approved by the Council with respect to that Activity Area in accordance with Open Space Zone Development Standard (ii) Subdivision within Resort Community Activity Area 2, Area 4, Area 5 or Area 6 that does not comply with a Concept Plan in respect of that area approved by the Council pursuant to 4.3.4(c)(i) and Open Space Zone Development Standard shall be a discretionary activity Minimum standards - Cultural 3 and 4 Zones Updated 31 July 2012 Zone Minimum standards Cultural 3 As for zones specified in Part 7, Clauses and Cultural 4 (College of Education) As for Living 1 Zone Cultural 4 (Canterbury University) As for Living 2 Zone Cultural 4 (Polytechnic-central city) As for Central City Business Zone Cultural 4 (Polytechnic-Sullivan Avenue) As for Living 2 Zone Minimum standards - Special purpose zones Updated 14 November 2005 Zone Minimum standards Special Purpose (Hospital) As for zones specified in Part 8 Clause 2.1 Special Purpose (Airport) As for Business 4 Zone Special Purpose (Ferrymead) As for Rural 2 Zone Minimum standards - All other zones Updated 14 November 2005 There are no other specified minimum allotment areas and the provisions of Clause 4.1 apply Allotments with existing or proposed buildings Updated 06 December 2013 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clauses and 4.3.3, where an allotment is to be created after the erection of a building (to the extent that the exterior is fully closed in) on that allotment, or alternatively, where the subdivision consent is issued after, or at the same time as, the building consent for such a building, the minimum net area for an allotment in the following zones is as specified in the table below and the minimum net area and minimum average net area provisions specified in Clauses and shall not apply, provided that the building(s) comply with all the applicable development standards specified in: (a) living zone rules (refer Part 2, clauses 2.2, 2.4, 3.2, 3.4, 4.2, 4.4, 2a.3 and 2b.2); (b) business zone rules (refer Part 3, clauses 2.2, 3.4 and 4.2); (c) special purpose zone rules (refer Part 8, clause 3.2); (d) building adjacent to waterways (refer Part 9, clause 5.2); and (e) parking, access and loading (refer Part 13, clauses 2.2 and 2.3); and/or resource consents are obtained in relation to those conditions that are not complied with. In the case of a building not yet erected, the applicant shall be bound to erect the building before obtaining a certificate under section 224 of the Resource Management Act 1991, and the subdivision consent shall have attached to it a condition to that effect. Zone Minimum net area

176 Living 1 (excluding comprehensive developments provided through the Enhanced Development Mechanism, Community Housing Redevelopment Mechanism and comprehensive improvement developments within the areas identified on the planning maps) and 1A Zone Living H Zone (excluding Lots 4-8 DP and Lots 1 & 2 DP on Moncks Spur Road) Living 2 Zone (excluding comprehensive development provided through the Enhanced Development Mechanism and Community Housing Redevelopment Mechanism) and Living 3 Zone (SAM area 21 only) Living 3 Zone (except SAM area 21), 4A, 4B and 4C Zones Central City Business Zone All business zones, except Business 2P Special Purpose (Airport) Zone Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone Open Space 3B Zone 420m 2 550m 2 300m 2 No limit No limit No limit No limit No limit As for zones specified in above except for (a) in the Living 1A Zone for front sites with frontage to Cavendish, Claridges or Yaldhurst Roads and Harewood Road opposite the Rural 5 Zone, and sites adjoining a Rural 3, Rural 5 or Open Space 2 Zone; (b) special amenity areas 8, 8a and 8b; (c) in the Living 2 Zone in special amenity areas 6, 12 and 14 where the minimum net area shall be 420m 2 (d) special amenity area 21 where the provisions of the Living 2 Zone shall apply; (e) in the Living 1, H and 2 Zones for any elderly persons housing unit with a gross floor area of less than 80m 2, there shall be no minimum net area for any allotment; and (f) in the Living 1A Zone for elderly persons housing units with a gross floor area of less than 65m 2, where the minimum net area shall be 150m 2. (g) in the Living 1F Zone for any elderly persons housing unit with a gross floor area of less than 100m 2, there shall be no minimum net area for any allotment. (h) in the Living 2 zone on Ferry Road (as shown in Part 2, Appendix 12) there shall be no minimum net area. (i) in the Living 1, H and 2 Zones, where two residential units are created on a vacant a site or on the site of one demolished residential unit in compliance with Clauses (g) or (j), there shall be no minimum net area for any allotment. (j) in the Living 1, H, 2 Zones where an existing elderly persons housing unit is converted to a separate residential unit that may be occupied by any person(s) in compliance with Clauses (h) or (k), there shall be no minimum net area for any allotment. Notwithstanding the above, minimum allotment sizes shall not apply to allotments created for access, utilities, roads and reserves purposes Rural zone boundary adjustments Updated 14 November 2005 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4.3.1, in any rural zone where there are two or more separately saleable existing allotments, which have separate certificates of title, any adjustment of the boundaries shall be such that the resultant allotments are not less than the size of the smaller/smallest that existed before subdivision or the minimum specified for the zone under Clause The allotments need not be contiguous Living 1A, HA and HB Zone boundary adjustments Updated 14 November 2005 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4.3.2, in the Living 1A, HA and HB zones, where there are two or more separately saleable existing allotments, which have separate Certificates of Title, any adjustment of boundaries shall be such that no additional allotments are created and the resultant allotments are not less than the smaller/smallest that existed before subdivision or the minimum specified for the zone under Clause 4.3.2, whichever is the lesser Central City Business Zone boundary adjustments Updated 31 July 2012 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4.3.3, in the Central City Business Zone where there are two or more separately saleable existing allotments, which have separate Certificates of Title, any adjustment of boundaries shall be such that no additional allotments are created and the resultant allotments are not less than the smaller/smallest that existed before subdivision or the minimum specified for the zone under Clause 4.3.3, whichever is the lesser Amalgamation of land in a rural zone with land in a living zone Updated 14 November 2005 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4.3.1, an allotment may be amalgamated into one certificate of title with an adjoining allotment in a living zone, only where that part of the title in the living zone meets all the requirements for a separate allotment in that zone, and any existing or proposed land use meets all the requirements for the zone in which it is or will be wholly situated.

177 Access, utilities, roads and reserves Updated 14 November 2005 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clauses , there shall be no minimum allotment areas in any zone, for allotments created for access, utilities, roads and reserves purposes Savings as to previous approvals Updated 14 November 2005 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clauses (a) there shall be no minimum net area in any zone, for any fee simple title, or vacant parts of a fee simple title where there is/are existing cross lease(s) or company leases over other parts of such titles, or for proposed units on a unit development plan, where the creation of such sites had obtained subdivision consent before the date of the release of decisions on the District Plan (8 May 1999), or any fee simple title, cross lease, company lease or unit title which had its certificate of title issued before the date of the release of decisions on the District Plan (8 May 1999). (b) where a certificate of compliance has been issued for a building and that certificate of compliance has not lapsed; or where a resource consent for a building has been granted prior to the date of the release of decisions on the District Plan (8 May 1999); and where an allotment is to be created after the erection of that building or the subdivision and building consents are issued in conjunction, the minimum area of the allotment shall be the area of the site of the building as approved by the certificate of compliance or resource consent Balance rural lots Updated 14 November 2005 The provisions of Clause shall not apply to the subdivision of any allotment that is also partly in another zone, when the Rural zoned portion is a balance lot in the subdivision of land in that other zone. This clause will not apply if the subdivision of the portion of the allotment in a zone other than Rural would be a non-complying subdivision in terms of the provisions of that other zone. 4.4 Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 06 December 2013 In considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions in respect to allotment sizes and dimensions, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Whether the allotment is of sufficient area and dimensions to provide for the intended purpose or land use, having regard to the relevant zone standards and any city rules for land uses. (b) Whether the proposed allotment/sizes and dimensions are sufficient for operational and maintenance requirements. (c) Whether the subdivision would have an adverse effect on the ability to protect listed heritage buildings, places or objects and their setting or surrounds, archaeological sites and the protection of listed trees. (d) The relationship of the proposed allotments and their compatibility with the pattern of the adjoining subdivision and land use activities, and access arrangements. (e) In the case of subdivision in the Open Space 3B Zone, the extent to which the subdivision and subsequent land uses will affect the visual amenity and pleasantness of the surrounding residential environment and the opportunities available to retain land for open space and plantings. (f) In the case of a reduction in the minimum standards for allotment size whether any provision will be made for the secured protection of significant tree(s) or archaeological sites upon subdivision. (g) In the case of a subdivision creating new lots less than 1500m 2 adjoining Milns Road or Sparks Road that are located opposite the Rural 2 Zone the extent to which: (i) The need for any increased building setback to accommodate landscape or enhance the rural-urban transition. (ii) The quality and effectiveness of any landscaping and fencing proposed as it relates to the buildings, road frontage and adjacent rural frontage. (iii) The extent to which the front of the site will remain dominated by garden planting and trees. (iv) The location, width and number of crossing points. (v) The ability to achieve a quality rural-urban interface by way of consent notices or covenants on the resulting allotment titles. (h) whether the size and dimensions of the proposed allotments and roading would compromise or preclude the integrated development of the Upper Styx Future Urban Development Area including that shown on an Outline Development Plan, both internally and with adjoining urban zonings, and in particular the ability to provide for effective and efficient layouts within the whole Future Urban Development Area for: i. Land use (including density of development); ii. Movement networks (roading, cycleways and pedestrian routes); iii. Blue networks (surface water management); iv. Green networks (parks, open spaces and any other green areas); v. Other network infrastructure; and vi. Provision of convenience shops.

178 Note: A consent notice may be registered on the certificate of title, pursuant to clause 2.8, to any utility site, requiring enforcement of a condition that, in the event of the utility being removed, the utility site be amalgamated with an adjoining allotment unless it is a fully complying allotment for the respective zone. 5.0 Property Access 5.1 Controlled activities - Property access Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all of the applicable development and critical standards specified in Clauses 5.2 and 5.3 below, and with all the applicable development and critical standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 5 shall be limited to the following matters where applicable: the location, alignment and pattern of roading or service lanes; the location and provision of access to allotments for vehicles and pedestrians; the provision and location of accessways and cycleways; road reserves and provision for future subdivision on adjoining land; point strip agreements; the standard of construction required for property access; street lighting; access lighting. 5.2 Development standards - Property access Updated 30 September 2008 Note, in respect of the Living TMB Zone the following standards do not apply. Refer to Part 2, development standard and Appendix 3k of Part Access (Private ways, access legs, and vehicular access on cross or company leases or unit titles) Updated 31 July 2012 (a) No access shall serve sites with a potential to accommodate more than 15 potential residential units. (b) All access to fee simple title allotments, cross or company leases, unit titles, or leased premises, shall be in accordance with the standards set out in the table below. (c) All access shall be constructed in accordance with the standards in Appendix 4. (d) Within the Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone, rights-of-way may be created between sites in Areas A and B (shown on Appendix 10 to Part 8) and adjoining Area B. (e) For sites within the Central City refer to Clause for access standards. Minimum requirements for access Activity Potential Legal Width Formed Turning Passing Sealed and Height (m) No. of Units (m) Width (m) Area Area Drained Residential 1 to (1) No (2) 3.5 Residential 4 to Yes Yes Yes 4.0 Residential (Living 4 to Yes Yes Yes 4.0 3, 4A, 4B and 4C Zones) Residential 9 to Yes Yes Yes 4.0 Residential (Living 9 to Yes Yes Yes 4.0 3, 4A, 4B and 4C Zones) Other All Yes No Yes 4.0 All (Pedestrian Access-private) N/A N/A Yes 2.5 Notes: (1) See Part 13, Clause for when turning area required.

179 (2) See Part 13, Clause (d). (3) All pedestrian accessways are to be constructed to the standards specified in the Code of Practice. (4) Passing areas are not required when the potential number of units is less than 9, and the access is less than 51 metres long and the end of the access is visible from the road. (5) Height refers to the minimum clear height from the formed access Corner rounding and splays Updated 14 November 2005 (a) All allotments at the intersection of roads in living and rural zones shall have the corner rounded to a radius to 5.5m and in business zones, Central City, except for sites adjoining Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precinct) Zones, and Special Purpose (Airport) Zones, shall have the corner of the allotment set back 3.5m along the frontage of each road. (b) In the Central City Zone, a required corner splay may be limited in height to a level not less than 0.7m below the final designed frontage footpath surface, and not less than 3.5m height clearance. (c) The corner roundings or splays shall be vested in the name of the Council and compensation shall be paid by the Council for the land where the rounding is not being provided as part of a new road Road and access naming Updated 14 November 2005 (a) All new roads vested upon subdivision of land shall be given distinctive names not already in use with the area covered by the Christchurch City Council, and the name shall be approved by the City Council. (b) Accesses shall be named where there are insufficient legal road numbers available to allocate to the proposed allotments, or where the access serves 10 or more potential residential units, and the name shall be approved by the City Council New roads Updated 06 December 2013 All new roads shall be laid out, constructed and vested in accordance with the standards set out in Appendix 5, except that (a) where the road is within the area of land to which the Outline Development Plan (Wigram) in Appendices 3U/1, Part 2, Volume 3 applies then, the cross-sections detailed in Appendix 3U/4 shall apply in place of the requirements of Appendix 5 should there be any conflict. For the purposes of interpretation any road identified in Appendix 3U/4 as a Neighbourhood or Residential road will generally be regarded as a Local - Urban with a VPD of <250. (b) where the road is within the area of land to which the Master Plan (Highsted) in Appendix 3Z, Part 2, Volume 3 applies, then the cross-sections detailed in Appendix 3ZA shall apply in place of the requirements of Appendix 5 should there be any conflict Service lanes, cycle and pedestrian accessways Updated 14 November 2005 Service lanes, cycle and pedestrian accessways shall be laid out and vested in accordance with the standards set out in the table below. Service lanes, cycle and pedestrian accessways Legal Width Formed Turning Passing Sealed and Height (m) (m) Width (m) Area Area Drained Service lanes (1) No Yes 4.5 Cycle and accessways N/A N/A Yes 2.5 Classification of Table: (1) Turning area required where the service lane has a blind end Kerb and channel construction - Living RS Zone Updated 14 November 2005 No kerbs or channels shall be constructed in the Living RS (Brooklands/Spencerville) Zone Updated 31 October 2008 In that part of the Living 1 Zone at Styx Mill contained in Inset 'B' of Appendix 3f, Part 2, new roads into that area are limited to a road connection onto Glen Oaks Drive.

180 5.3 Critical standards - Property access Updated 14 November 2005 Note, in respect of the Living TMB Zone the following standards do not apply. Refer to Part 2, development standard and Appendix 3k of Part Road designations Updated 14 November 2005 Where any existing frontage road is shown on the planning maps as being subject to designation for road widening purposes, provision shall be made to enable the Council to acquire such land, by separately defining the parcels of land. Where the Council is not in a position to acquire such parcels immediately, they shall be held in conjunction with adjoining land, with consent notices registered in accordance with Clause 2.8. Compensation shall be payable by the Council for the land at the time of acquisition Limited access roads Updated 14 November 2005 Any road that has been declared a limited access road, shall not be used for legal road frontage to allotments for the purposes of subdivision. Any land adjoining such a proposed limited access road, shall be provided with alternative access unless the land has no practicable access to another road. Roads which have been declared limited access roads under Part IV of the Government Roading Powers Act 1989 are subject to separate procedures under that Act Road gradients Updated 14 November 2005 No new road shall be laid out or constructed with a gradient on any part of its length steeper than 1 in 6. Where such new roads are curved, the gradient shall be measured on the inside kerb alignment Special roading and access requirements for Brooklands Updated 22 May 2006 New roads and vehicular accessways are to be provided in the Living RS zone adjoining the Conservation 1A zone in accordance with the development plans in Part 14, Appendix 4, Brooklands (north of Harbour Road), and Appendix 7, Brooklands (Beacon Street, vicinity of Dartford Street) Cashmere and Worsleys Updated 16 November 2009 Any subdivision activity for allotments of less than 4ha. in the Living 1 Deferred and Living 1A Deferred zones, or less than 100ha. in the Living H Deferred or Living HA Deferred zones, on Planning Maps 53A and 60A (between Worsleys and Cashmere Spurs) and contained within the Development Plan Area defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2, shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted unless the subdivision complies with (i) to (iv) below; (i) There is no access for any Living zoned lot onto Shalamar Drive and a point strip is provided to the Council to ensure that this is thecase. (ii) For any land being subdivided in Areas 6 and 8 in Appendix 3i, Part 2, practical vehicle access and services are provided that meet the Property Access and other services provisions of Part 14 for at least 7 residential units on each of the adjoining Living HB zoned lots. Provision for a contribution from the owners of the adjoining Living HB zoned lots may be established through the inclusion of point strip agreements, for payment to the owners of the point strip. (iii) For any land being subdivided in Areas 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 in Appendix 3i, Part 2, Worsleys Road is realigned in accordance with the "Required Roads" indicated in Appendix 3i, Part 2, and in Appendix 13, Part 14. Road access to Worsleys Road for any of those Areas is limited to the "Required Roads" indicated in Appendix 3i, Part 2, and in Appendix 13, Part 14. Further, that all necessary resource consents have been obtained for the "Required Roads". (iv) Neither the number of allotments, nor the potential number of residential units, shall exceed 250 within the Development Plan Area defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2, unless the Hoon Hay, Cashmere and Worsleys Roads have been realigned to form a "cross-road" intersection and that intersection has been signalized, in accordance with Appendix 15, Part 14, or as otherwise agreed by the Council. Further, that an inflation adjusted bond is entered into with the Council, or bank guarantee provided to the Council, requiring payment to the Council when subdivision approval is granted for the number of allotments or potential number of residential units to exceed 250 within the Development Plan Area defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2, for the full cost of this intersection work, unless such bond or bank guarantee has already been provided through an earlier subdivision. Should, for any reason, this intersection work not be undertaken by a subdivision applicant and the Council undertakes it, only the actual cost of that work will be required to be paid to the Council if a bank guarantee has been provided, or any excess refunded if a bond has been paid. Except that this rule shall not apply where the subdivision is to vest the land in the Council required in Clause (F)(e)(ii), Part 14, and does not subdivide the Areas numbered 1 to 8 inclusive in Appendix 3i, Part 2, into more than one lot. (Refer also to Clause 4.3.2(F)(e), 7.2.2, and , Part 14) Moncks Spur/Mt. Pleasant Road

181 Updated 14 November 2005 Any subdivision activity in the Living HA Deferred Zone on Planning Map 55A (Moncks Spur/Mt. Pleasant Road) resulting in an allotment of less than 100 ha shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted unless; (a) the point strip at the southern end of Horizon Heights (Lot 7, DP 64814) has been dedicated as road, and (b) the subdivision includes the formation, and vesting in the Council, of a continuous through road from Mt. Pleasant Road between the intersections with Moncks Spur Road and Major Hornbrook Road) to Horizon Heights, which complies with the standards of Part 14 for a Local - Urban road, unless such a through road has already been constructed and vested in the Council Special roading and access requirements - Musgroves site Updated 15 March 2010 In the Business 4 zone on the land known as the Musgroves site, which is legally described as Lot 6 DP and shown in Part 3, Appendix 10, the development shall be in accordance with the provisions of the outline development plan requiring that there shall be: (i) No more than two road access points from the Musgroves site, one of which must be to Wigram Road and one to the future Aidanfield Drive extension along the site s south-western boundary. (ii) Road access points between the parameters specified in the Part 3, Appendix 10 development plan. (iii) No road frontage / direct vehicle access to Wigram Road or Aidanfield Drive extension from any property within the site. (iv) An intersection of Wigram Road and the internal site road incorporating: separate left and right turn lanes to and from the site designed in accordance with Appendix 10, page 3 diagram., allowance for possible future bus stop facilities. provided that the works involving separate left and right turn lanes to and from the site will be carried out at the time of the first subdivision application or the first new activity establishing on the site prior to subdivision consent, and all intersection improvements, internal roading and footpath works shall be carried out at the cost of the developer or their successor/s in title. (v) An internal site road connecting the Wigram Road and Aidanfield Drive extension access points. As an interim measure, creation of a cul de sac, no more than 250 metres in length, is permitted at Stage 1 of the development provided that the internal site road is completed at Stage 2 of that development and linked to Aidanfield Drive extension when that extension is constructed. (vi) Provision for a 10m corner splay for a future roundabout at the intersection of Wigram Road and Aidanfield Drive extension. (vii) Other than as provided for under (v) above no cul de sacs within the site longer than 150 metres. (viii) Footpaths and amenity strips provided along Wigram Road, Aidanfield Drive extension and internal road frontages Special roading and access requirements - Business 4 and 4T (Tait Campus) Zones as shown in Part 3, Appendix 22 Updated 21 October 2013 In the Business 4T (Tait Campus) zone as shown in Part 3, Appendix 22, Part 3, Volume 3 the development shall be in general accordance with the provisions of the Outline Development Plan and specific roading and access requirements as follows: (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan that may separately make an activity permitted, controlled, restricted discretionary or fully discretionary, any development resulting in more than 10,000m2 within the area covered by the Outline Development Plan (Tait Campus) - Part 3, Appendix 22, shall be a non-complying activity until the upgrading of the intersection of Wairakei/Wooldridge Roads (including traffic signals) has been carried out; Note: The extent of the developer's contribution to the costs of Wairakei/Wooldridge Roads intersection upgrading will be agreed with the Council in accordance with the Council Development Contribution Policy, which may include a Private Developer Agreement. In addition: (b) There shall be two main vehicle access points to the Business 4T zoned part of the site. These access points shall be located on Wooldridge Road as indicated in Part 3, Appendix 22; (c) Upon the creation of vehicle access from the site to Stanleys Road, new give-way markings on the Stanleys Road approach to its intersection with Harewood Road shall be provided (as agreed with the Council) at the cost of the developer or their successor/s in title; (d) Three secondary access points, designed as low volume service access, may be provided to the Business 4T zoned part of the site in the general locations indicated on the Outline Development Plan, and shall be accompanied by a capacity improvement scheme to the Stanleys/Harewood Roads intersection that shall be carried out (as agreed with the Council) at the cost of the developer or their successor/s in title; (e) Footpaths along the business 4T Zone of Wooldridge and Stanleys Roads linking the site with Wairakei Road, and along the eastern side of Wooldridge Road with the bus stop shall be provided when the vehicle access points are formed; (f) All vehicle access point intersection works, internal roading and footpath improvements shall be carried out at the cost of the developer or their successor/s in title;

182 In the Business 4 zone shown in Appendix 22, Part 3, Volume 3 a footpath along the Business 4 road frontage shall be provided at the cost of the developer or their successor/s in title. The amount of contribution to the costs of footpath extension to link the site with Wairakei Road shall be agreed with the Council and the developer/s of the Business 4T (Tait Campus). 5.4 Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 22 May 2006 In considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions in respect of property access, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters: (a) Whether the frontage road is of sufficient width to cater for the expected traffic generated by the possible land uses that will be established on the allotments being created, having regard to the provisions of Clause and the number of vehicle movements and/or carparks in association with the possible land uses. (b) Any impact of roading and access on waterways, ecosystems, drainage patterns or the amenities of adjoining properties. (c) The application of the requirements of section 106(1)(c) of the Act to any subdivided allotment. (d) The need for all properties be provided with means of vehicular access unless topography of the ground prevents such access. (e) The practicality of providing vehicular access, and the need for provision to be made elsewhere for vehicles associated with the land uses to be established on the allotments, with such vehicle provision located in complying locations. (f) (Where the vehicle garaging space is located remote from the allotment to which it is allocated, this may be required to be bound to the parent title, with consent notices registered, pursuant to clause 2.8. Where such circumstances occur, pedestrian access to the allotment shall be provided.) The provisions of the roading hierarchy, the account taken of pedestrian movement, provision of space for cyclists, amenity values of the street and opportunities for tree planting in the open space of the road way to enhance the character and identity of the neighbourhood. (g) Any indications on the planning maps or development plans of the roading network, required through-roads, pedestrian accessways, cycleways and service lanes; the need to provide cycleways in circumstances where the roading network does not supply sufficient or direct cycle routes through the locality; and the need to provide roads, pedestrian access roads and cycle ways linking other areas or facilities and between existing streets, reserves and shopping centres. (h) The degree to which proposed new roads make adequate provision for vehicle movements, carparking and property access. (i) (j) Where any new road provides or could provide a benefit to another property, the need for the Council to enter into an agreement with the subdivider that permits the creation of point strips, to be vested as legal road when the adjoining benefiting owner pays a fair share of the cost of providing that road to the subdividing owner via the Council. The amounts to be paid will vary depending on the costs involved in each individual circumstance and each will be subject to individual agreements held by the Council and available on request for inspection. The benefiting owner will be informed of the cost at the time of the point strip creation. The contribution values will be adjusted annually on 30 June each financial year, in accordance with the Construction Cost Index, beginning on 30 June (Such agreements may necessitate in the registration of consent notices pursuant to clause 2.8.) The provisions of the Council's Code of Practice for Subdivision. (k) Whether any adverse effects can be compensated for by formation of the access to a higher standard than that required by Appendix 2. (l) The need to provide alternative access for carparking and vehicle loading in business zones and the Central City Zone by way of vested service lanes at the rear of properties having regard to alternative means of access and performance standards for activities within such zones. (m) Any need to require subdividers to enter into agreements that will enable the Council to require the future owners to form and vest roads when other land becomes available. (Consent notices shall be registered on such certificates of title pursuant to clause 2.8.) (n) The need to provide for appropriate standards of street lighting and access lighting having regard to the classification of the road or the access. (o) The need to remove or relocate existing fences, when road widening is vested in the Council in order that future owners do not come to believe that the widening is still part of their allotment. (p) Any need to increase road widths to enable the accommodation of swales for stormwater soakage for subdivision of North Halswell, East Halswell and the Styx Mill Block (refer Part 2, Appendices 3h, 3g and 3f). (q) The need for alternative unpaved pedestrian access for recreational use to be provided where subdivision on the Port Hills results in the previously unpaved roads on the Hills being formed and sealed. (r) Any impact of subdivision works on sites or areas of significance to Tangata Whenua, particularly on waterways, the coastline, or significant areas shown in Part 10, Appendix 3. (s) The effect of any proposed kerbs or channels on the subsoil drains and soakage chamber systems utilised for stormwater drainage in the Brooklands/Spencerville area. (t) The likely adverse effects of kerbs and channels on the rural village character of Brooklands/Spencerville. Note: Development contributions for network infrastructure for roading and other transport services may be required under the Council's Development Contributions Policy.)

183 6.0 Esplanade reserves, strips, access strips and additional land 6.1 Exemptions from provision of esplanade reserve, strip, or additional land Updated 14 November Reserves, strips or additional land not required Updated 14 November 2005 In any zone, where a proposed allotment is to be less than 4 hectares, either with frontage to a river (as defined in section 230 (4) of the Act) or has frontage to the coastal marine area and the planning maps for the locality, or Appendix 1, do not indicate a requirement to: (a) vest land for an esplanade reserve; or (b) create an esplanade strip; or (c) vest additional land; or (d) increase the width of a strip, then section 230 of the Act (requirement for esplanade reserves or esplanade strips) shall not apply to the subdivision consent Minor boundary adjustments Updated 14 November 2005 Where the proposed subdivision activity is for either: (a) a minor boundary adjustment to an existing cross lease or unit title due to the increase in the size of the allotment by alterations to the building outline or the addition of an accessory building or an alteration in the net site area by not more than 10% of the original net site area; or (b) a minor boundary adjustment to the fee simple to a property involving an alteration to a boundary amounting to not more than 10% of the original allotment area; then, notwithstanding that the planning map indicates esplanade provisions apply, section 230 of the Act shall not apply to the subdivision consent Road designations and public utilities Updated 14 November 2005 Where the proposed subdivision activity arises solely due to land being acquired for any road designation, or an allotment is to be created only for a public utility, then notwithstanding that the planning maps indicate esplanade provisions apply section 230 of the Act shall not apply to the subdivision consent Additional land Updated 14 November 2005 Where any allotment of any size, in any zone adjoins land to which section 236 of the Act applies, then Clauses 6.1.1, 6.1.2, 6.1.3, if applicable, shall apply to the subdivision consent, otherwise Clauses 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 shall have full effect Disposal of land not required for road Updated 22 May 2006 Where any land to which section 345 of the Local Government Act 1974 applies, then where applicable, Clause shall apply to the disposal of such land, otherwise Clauses 6.2 and 6.3 shall have full effect. 6.2 Controlled activities - Esplanades Updated 14 November Esplanades and strips Updated 14 November 2005 Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the provision of esplanade reserves, strips and access strips, where the proposed subdivision complies with all of the applicable development and critical standards in Clauses 6.3 and 6.4 below and with all of the applicable critical and development standards

184 elsewhere in Part 14; unless Clause 6.1 applies, when a width not less than that shown in column A of Appendix 1, is proposed to be vested or reserved along the waterbody frontage or in the case of additional land, along the boundary of the existing reserve Access strips Updated 14 November 2005 Where the subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion shall also be limited to the provision of access strips to or from an esplanade reserve or strip, where applicable. 6.3 Development standards - Esplanades Updated 14 November Esplanade reserve, strip or additional land Updated 14 November 2005 Where the planning map of the locality of the subdivision shows a requirement to make provision for esplanade purposes, then the width shall not be less than that shown in "column A" of the esplanade reserve schedule in Appendix 1, and either: (a) an esplanade reserve shall vest in the Council; or (b) where Appendix 1 identifies an esplanade strip, this shall be created pursuant to section 232 of the Act; or (c) where section 236 of the Act applies to the land comprised in the subdivision either (a) or (b) above as applicable shall apply. 6.4 Critical Standards Updated 14 November Cashmere Stream/Worsleys Road Updated 14 November 2005 Subdivision of any land in the Living 1 zone identified in Appendix 9, Part 14 that results in allotments with a minimum net area of less than 4 ha shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted unless; (a) a 20 metres wide esplanade reserve is to be vested in the Council for the entire length of Cashmere Stream as identified in Appendix 9, Part 14, and (b) a public right of way in gross is to be granted to the Council between Worsleys Road and the northern end of the esplanade reserve as indicated in Appendix 9, Part 14. This rule shall not apply once the esplanade reserve and right of way required in (a) and (b) above have been created. 6.5 Vesting ownership of land in the coastal marine area or the bed of a river Updated 14 November 2005 In accordance with section 237A, any part of the land contained in the title to which this Section applies, forming the bed of a river or within the coastal marine area, shall vest in the Council or the Crown as appropriate. 6.6 Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 14 November 2005 In considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions in respect of esplanade reserves, esplanade strips or access strips the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) The purposes for the creation of esplanade reserves or strips set out in section 229 of the Act, and the provisions of section 6 of the Act. (b) The appropriateness of creating an esplanade reserve or strip in circumstances where public safety is a matter for consideration. (c) The appropriateness of esplanade provision where: (i) the subdivision is a minor boundary adjustment; (ii) the subdivision is for minor additions to existing cross lease or unit titles; or (iii) is a reallocation of accessory buildings to different units; or (iv) is necessary because garages are erected in locations shown on earlier survey plans for an existing cross lease or unit title. (d) The variation or cancellation of esplanade strip documentation in accordance with section 234 of the Act. (e) Any impact of subdivision works on sites or areas of significance to Tangata Whenua shown in Part 10, Appendix 3, or on waterways and the coastline.

185 7.0 Natural and other hazards 7.1 Controlled activities - Natural and other hazards Updated 06 December 2013 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with the critical standards in Clause 7.2 below, and with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 7 shall be limited to the following matters where applicable: Erosion Flooding and inundation Landslip Rockfall Alluvion Avulsion Unconsolidated fill Soil contamination Subsidence Liquefaction (Living G (Highfield) Zone) Cashmere and Worsleys Updated 16 November 2009 Any subdivision activity allotments of less than 4ha. in the Living 1 Deferred and Living 1A Deferred zones, or less than 100ha. in the Living H Deferred or Living HA Deferred zone, on Planning Maps 53A or 60A (between Worsleys and Cashmere spurs) and contained within the Development Plan Area defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2, shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted unless the subdivision complies with (i) to (xi) below; (i) The first subdivision within the Development Plan Area defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2, includes an executed agreement between the Council and the land owners within the Development Plan Area of Appendix 3i, Part 2, as to the excavation of the Land to Vest Areas and the filling of the Living Deferred zones in that appendix, and the landowners are bound to implement their obligations under the agreement, including any matters relating to staging. The design shall comply with the following requirements. (ii) Any excavation and filling shall be such that there will be no reduction in the existing potential storage volume of water that is able to be retained within the Development Plan Area, prior to any Living zone development, in a 0.2% annual exceedance probability event (1 in 500 year return period storm event) up to the existing Worsleys Road minimum centreline level of RL 18.89m (Christchurch City Council Drainage Datum). The design shall also accommodate additional storage for any additional stormwater that could be discharged from the development of the Living zones and roads in such a 0.2% annual exceedance probability event. (iii) All land in Living zone allotments in the subdivision shall be filled to a level no lower than 250mm above the water level in a 0.5% annual exceedance probability event (1 in 200 year return period storm event) for the design required above. (iv) All roads are filled so that the crown of the road is no lower than RL 18.7m (Christchurch City Council Drainage Datum), except for the realigned Worleys Road required in Clause (iii), Part 14. The crown of Worsleys Road shall be no lower than RL 18.89m (Christchurch City Council Drainage Datum). (v) The side slopes of all areas filled or excavated in accordance with (i) to (iv) above shall not exceed an angle of 1 in 5. (vi) The fill to achieve (i) and (v) above shall be taken from the Land To Vest Areas B, C and F in Appendix 3i, Part 2, to the extent necessary to ensure that there is no reduction in the minimum storage volume of water required in (ii) above. If the agreement in (i) above makes provision to increase the storage volume of water retained beyond the minimum required in (ii) above, any additional fill required to achieve this may be obtained from other sources. All cost for any such additional fill will be borne by the Council, unless otherwise agreed. (vii) All filled and excavated areas whcih are not paved shall be grassed, or otherwise planted as directed by the Council where grass is unsuitable for the conditions, before the end of the next planting season. (viii) Unless otherwise agreed by the Council, all roads within the Land To Vest Area C identified in Appendix 3i, Part 2, shall have bridges or culverts of sufficient size to enable the land to act as a single water retention area, based on the stormwater retention design on which the agreement in (i) above is based. A minimum cross-section wetted area totaling 15m 2 shall be provided below the road where it crosses Worsleys Stream. (ix) The historic stone-walled drain identified in Appendix 3i, Part 2, shall be protected. (x) First flush stormwater treatment facilities are provided and are located within the Living zones, inless otherwise agreed by the Council.

186 (xi) All earthworks in respect of the above requirements shall ensure that in the Land To Vest Areas in Appendix 3i, Part2: that there is a continuous downward slope to the network of drains, except where permanent ponds are specifically agreed to by the Council; and that the minimum land level shall not be below RL 16.5m (Christchurch City Council Drainage Datum) Except that this rule shall not apply where the subdivision is to vest the land in the Council required in Clause 4.3.2(F)(e)(ii), Part 14, and does not subdivide the Areas numbered 1 to 8 inclusive in Appendix 3i, Part 2, into more than on lot. (Refer to Claise 4.3.2(F)(e), 5.3.5, and , Part 14) Cashmere Stream/Worsleys Road Updated 14 November 2005 Subdivision of any land in the Living 1 zone identified in Appendix 9, Part 14 that results in allotments with a minimum net area less than 4 ha shall be a prohibited subdivision activity for which no resource consent shall be granted unless the subdivision includes: (a) works within the Rural 2 zone identified in Appendix 9, Part 14 accommodating, to the satisfaction of the Council, (i) compensatory water storage on site for any filling that is below the 18.3 contour (Christchurch City Council datum), including any filling required in (d) below, and (ii) all stormwater from any development of the Living 1 zone identified in Appendix 9, Part 14, that would result from a 2% Annual Exceedence Probability (50 year Average Recurrence Interval) rainfall event; (b) the Rural 2 zoned land identified in Appendix 9 Part 14, required to achieve (a) above being planted by the landowners to form a continuous plant cover dominated by native plants, to the satisfaction of the Council, once the works in (a) above are completed; (c) the vesting of all the land in the Rural 2 zone identified in Appendix 9, Part 14 in the Council as a Local Purpose reserve (Public Utility), except where vested as esplanade reserve in accordance with clause 6.4.1, Part 14; (d) all allotments in the Living 1 zone identified in Appendix 9, Part 14, being filled so that the final ground level for all parts of all allotments is no lower than 50 mm below the level of water in Cashmere Stream resulting from a 0.2% Annual Exceedence Probability (500-year Average Recurrence Interval) rainfall event. Further, all allotments shall be filled so that the natural fall of the land is at a gradient not less than 1: 500 towards Worsleys Road; and (e) that all the requirements in (a) to (d) above are to be completed prior to the Council issuing a certificate for the subdivision under section 224 of the Act. This rule shall not apply if all the requirements in (a) to (d) above are already completed. 7.3 Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 06 December 2013 In considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions (or decline consent pursuant to section 106 of the Act) in respect of natural or other hazards, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Any information held on the Council's hazards register. (b) Whether the land is within 100m of the primary or secondary stopbank south of the Waimakariri River, and information obtained from the Canterbury Regional Council. (c) Information obtained by suitably qualified experts, whose investigations are supplied for subdivision applications. (d) Potential adverse effects on other land that may be caused by the subdivision or anticipated land use activities. (e) In relation to inundation from any source, Council shall have regard to the following factors: (i) the effects of any proposed filling being undertaken to avoid inundation and the consequential effects on the natural drainage pattern and adjoining land; (ii) flood plain management measures proposed; (iii) the erection of sea walls and their environmental effects; (iv) any proposed boundary drainage to protect surrounding properties; (v) the adequacy of existing outfalls and any need for upgrading; (vi) any need for retention basins to regulate the rate and volume of surface run-off. (f) In relation to erosion, falling debris or slippage, the need for ongoing conditions aimed at avoiding, remedying or mitigating future potential adverse effects, and any need for registration of consent notices on the allotment's certificate of title, pursuant to Clause 2.8. (g) In relation to subsidence, the provision of suitability certificates, such as NZS 4431, or if not appropriate, the setting of ongoing conditions, with consent notices registered on the certificates of title, pursuant to Clause 2.9. (h) In relation to contaminated sites, any soil tests establishing suitability, and methods to avoid, mitigate or remedy the effects, including removal to approved disposal points. (i) In relation to land filling and excavation operations, the following factors: (i) the effects on surrounding properties in terms of dust nuisance, visual detraction, or the potential height of buildings on filled land; (ii) any adverse impacts on the natural pattern of surface drainage both on and outside the site; (iii) the type of and placement of fill material in terms of its potential for contamination of land or water, or potential subsidence; (iv) mitigation, or avoidance, of adverse effects caused by siltation affecting neighbouring properties; (v) remedies necessary during emergencies; (vi) the rules contained in Part 9, Clause 5, relating to filling and excavation of land;

187 (vii) the impact of filling or excavation on ecological values, surface water quality, and access along waterways; (viii) any beneficial effects in terms of waterway enhancement. (j) Any impact of subdivision works on sites or areas of significance to Tangata Whenua shown in Part 10, Appendix 3, or on waterways and the coastline. (k) Any adverse effects of noise and vibration associated with land improvements in the Living G (Highfield) Zone, and the effectiveness of methods to mitigate such effects. 8.0 Water supply 8.1 Controlled subdivision activities - Water supply Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all the development standards in Clause 8.2 below, and with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 8 shall be limited to the following matters where applicable: The supply of water to every allotment being created on the subdivision for respective land uses. Water supplies for fire fighting purposes. The standard of water supply infrastructure installed in subdivisions, and the adequacy of existing supply systems outside the subdivision. 8.2 Development standard - Water supply Updated 14 November 2005 All new allotments shall be provided with the ability to connect to a safe potable water supply with an adequate capacity for the respective potential land uses, except where the allotment is for a utility, road, reserve or access purposes, by means of one of the following: (i) the Council's urban reticulated system via a service main; or (ii) a Council controlled restricted flow rural type water supply for domestic purposes; or (iii) where no reticulated water supply is available, the ability to provide an individual water supply on the respective allotment. Where necessary, a water permit shall be obtained by the individual subdivider for each of the allotments within the proposed subdivision, from the Canterbury Regional Council; 8.3 Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 22 May 2006 In considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions in respect of water supply, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Where there is no Council reticulated urban water supply or a Council restricted flow rural type water supply available for connection, whether it would be appropriate to allow a private restricted flow rural type water supply system; such supply being always available and of a safe potable standard. (b) The suitability of the proposed water supply for fire fighting purposes. (The Council may obtain a report from the Chief Fire Officer) (c) The provisions of the code of practice in respect of installation of all necessary water supply pipe lines, and ancillary equipment necessary for the subdivision, including extensions to existing supply systems, and including mains, sub-mains, service and fire hydrants. (d) Whether it may be necessary to provide new reservoirs, pumping stations, rising mains, wells or pumping units, within the subdivision. (e) The need for a local purpose reserve to be set aside and vested in the Council as a site for any public water supply utility required to be provided. (f) Any impact of subdivision works on sites or areas of significance to Tangata Whenua shown in Part 10, Appendix 3, or on waterways and the coastline. Note: Development contributions for network infrastructure for water supply services may be required under the Council's Development Contributions Policy.

188 9.0 Stormwater disposal 9.1 Controlled subdivision activities - Stormwater disposal Updated 22 May 2006 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all the development standards in Clause 9.2 and the critical standards in Clause 9.3 below, and with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 9 shall be limited to the following matters where applicable: control of water-borne contaminants, litter and sediments; the capacity of existing and proposed stormwater disposal systems; the effectiveness and environmental impacts of any measures proposed for mitigating the effects of stormwater runoff; the location, scale and construction of stormwater infrastructure; any financial contributions required in respect of stormwater disposal, other than existing cost sharing area contributions. 9.2 Development standard - Stormwater disposal Updated 14 November Updated 14 November 2005 All allotments shall be provided within their net area with a means for the disposal of collected stormwater from the roof of all potential or existing buildings and from all impervious surfaces Updated 14 November 2005 Where the means of disposal of collected stormwater will be by way of piping to an approved outfall, each new allotment shall be provided with a piped outfall laid at least 600mm into the net area of the allotment. This includes land allocated on a unit title, cross lease or company lease Updated 14 November 2005 In area B of the Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone, the means of disposing stormwater into the Heathcote Catchment shall be by systems such as swales, retention ponds and soakage Updated 14 November 2005 In the Living 1B Zone on the northern side of Heathcote village, at the time of subdivision within the zone, the waterway enhancement and green corridors shown on the development plan for this area (refer Part 2 Living Zones Appendix 3l) shall be vested in the Council in general accordance with the layout shown on the development plan Updated 15 March 2010 In the Business 4 zone on the land known as the Musgroves site, which is legally described as Lot 6 DP and shown in Part 3, Appendix 10, the stormwater disposal shall be based on a first flush and detention basin system designed in accordance with the development plan shown in Part 3, Appendix Critical Standard - Stormwater disposal Updated 14 November Moncks Spur/ Mt. Pleasant Road Updated 14 November 2005 Any subdivision activity in the Living HA Deferred Zone on Planning Map 55A (Moncks Spur/Mt. Pleasant Road) resulting in an allotment of less than 100 ha shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted unless the following are complied with;

189 (a) That the stormwater system to be established for the stormwater cost share area that is the subject of Clause (H)(g)(i) is operational to the satisfaction of the Council with sufficient capacity for all the potential stormwater runoff from a 5% Annual Exceedence Probability (20 year Average Recurrance Interval) rainfall event from the whole area being proposed to be subdivided in any application, if developed to its residential potential, in addition to existing stormwater from other parts of the stormwater cost share area that is the subject of Clause (H)(g)(i) and the potential stormwater from any approved subdivision consents within that area that have not been surrendered in accordance with Section 138 of the Act. (b) Where the subdivision of land proposes to discharge stormwater into the Stormwater Catchment Planting Area identified in Appendix 10, Part 14, that Stormwater Catchment Planting Area is transferred into Council ownership and with a minimum width of 10m either side of the gully invert, except where indicated otherwise in Appendix 10, Part 14. Further, the whole of that Stormwater Catchment Planting Area (including any part previously transferred into Council ownership in accordance with Clause (H)(g)(iii) is planted and irrigated in accordance with the following standards; (i) All plants are of one of the species listed in Appendix 11, Part 14, and are to be plants whose genetic origin is from Banks Peninsula. The plant species selected shall be consistent with the Planting Zones specified in that appendix. (ii) Planting is at the densities specified in the Spacings column of Appendix 11, Part 14, and shall be consistent with the Plant Priority indicated in that appendix. (iii) All plants are provided with irrigation from a piped water system connected to the Council reticulated water supply. A planting and irrigation plan for the Stormwater Catchment Planting Area complying with the standards in (i) to (iii) above, and specifying numbers of plants, is included in any subdivision application (c) That; (i) the planting and irrigation in (b) above is established for at least 12 months prior to the Council issuing a certificate in accordance with Section 224(c) of the Act and that the planting and irrigation are maintained, including sufficient water being supplied to the plants, for 3 years thereafter. (ii) a bond is entered into with the Council sufficient to ensure that the planting, irrigation and maintenance requirements of (i) above occur. 9.4 Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 15 April 2013 In considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions in respect of stormwater disposal, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Compliance with any regional rules relating to any water or discharge permits required under the Act. (b) The provisions of the Council's code of practice. (c) The adequacy of the proposed means of disposing of collected stormwater from the roof of all potential or existing buildings and from all impervious surfaces. (d) The adequacy of any proposed means for screening out litter, the capture of chemical spillages, the containment of contamination from roads and paved areas, and of siltation. (e) The practicality of retaining open natural waterway systems for stormwater disposal in preference to piped or canal systems and adverse effects on existing waterways. (f) In the case of any subdivision in the Living 1B Zone on the northern side of Heathcote village, the need to make provision for open natural waterways systems through the zone accommodating drainage from the upper parts of the Heathcote Valley. (g) Whether there is sufficient capacity available in the Council's outfall stormwater system to cater for increased run-off from the proposed allotments. (h) Where an existing outfall is not capable of accepting increased run-off the adequacy of proposals and solutions for disposing of run-off. (i) The necessity to provide on-site retention basins to contain surface run-off where the capacity of the outfall is incapable of accepting flows, and where the outfall has limited capacity, any need to restrict the rate of discharge from the subdivision to the same rate of discharge that existed on the land before the subdivision takes place. (j) The necessity to provide on-site retention basins to prevent any increases in stormwater discharges from areas to be developed, and avoiding any consequent increases in downstream peak discharges or flooding. (k) Any adverse effects of the proposed subdivision on drainage to, or from, adjoining properties and mitigation measures proposed to control any adverse affects. (l) In accordance with sustainable management practices, the importance of disposing of stormwater by way of gravity pipe lines. However, where topography dictates that this is not possible, the adequacy of proposed pumping stations put forward as a satisfactory alternative. (m) The extent to which it is proposed to fill contrary to the natural fall of the country to obtain a gravity outfall; the practicality of obtaining easements through adjoining owners land to other outfall systems; and whether filling or pumping may constitute a satisfactory alternative. (n) For stormwater pipes and open waterway systems, the provision of appropriate easements in favour of either the registered user or in the case of the Council, easements in gross, to be shown on the survey plan for the subdivision, including private connections passing over other land protected by easements in favour of the user. (o) Where an easement is defined as a line, being the centre line of a pipe already laid, the effect of any alteration of its size and the need to create a new easement. (p) For any stormwater outfall pipeline passing through a reserve, the prior consent of the Council, and the need for an appropriate easement.

190 Where necessary, consent notices shall be registered on certificates of title to the appropriate allotment, pursuant to clause 2.8 where allotments adjoin any waterway, preventing the filling or excavation or the erection of buildings in accordance with the distances set out in Part 9, Clause 5. (Filling, excavation and building adjacent to waterways). (q) The need for a local purpose reserve to be set aside and vested in the Council as a site for any public utility required to be provided. (r) Any need to increase road widths to enable the accommodation of swales for stormwater soakage. (s) Any indications on development plans of stormwater issues or works relevant to the area. (t) Any impact of subdivision works on sites or areas of significance to Tangata Whenua shown in Part 10, Appendix 3, or on waterways and the coastline. (u) The benefits and appropriateness of providing on-site stormwater retention for the purposes of flood flow attenuation, reduction in flood peaks, and sediment containment. (v) For the Templeton Special Rural Zone the extent to which the size, design, construction, management and maintenance of any waterbodies for stormwater treatment or disposal purposes and where there will be ponding or standing of water for more than 48 hours, will deter birds that pose a risk to aircraft from inhabiting the site. Note: Development contributions for network infrastructure for surface water management services may be required under the Council's Development Contributions Policy Sanitary sewage disposal 10.1 Controlled activities - Sanitary sewage disposal Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all the development standards in Clause 10.2, and with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 10 shall be limited to the following matters where applicable: the method of sewage disposal where a Council owned reticulated system is not available; the capacity of, and impacts on, the existing reticulated sewage disposal system; the location, capacity and environmental effects of the proposed sanitary sewage system; 10.2 Development standard - Sanitary sewage disposal Updated 14 November 2005 (a) All allotments in rural, living, business, and cultural zones, the Central City, Special Purpose (Airport), Special Purpose (Rail), Special Purpose (Wigram) and Special Purpose (Hospital) Zones, shall be provided with a means of disposing of sanitary sewage within the net area of the allotment, except where the allotment is for a utility, road, reserve or access purposes. (b) Where an allotment is situated within the urban reticulated area, each new allotment shall be provided with a piped outfall connected to a Council owned reticulated system and laid at least 600mm into the net area of the allotment. (Allotments include additional vacant sites on cross lease or unit titles.) 10.3 Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 22 May 2006 In considering whether or not to grant consent in respect to sanitary sewage disposal, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) The capacity, availability, and accessibility of the reticulated system to serve the proposed subdivision. (b) The installation of all new reticulation, and the provisions of the code of practice. (c) Whether the existing sanitary sewage disposal system, to which the outfall will be connected, has sufficient capacity to service the subdivision. (d) The ability to provide a reticulated system with a gravity outfall, and where it is impracticable to do so, the feasibility of alternative individual pump connections (with private rising mains), or new pumping stations, complete pressure, or vacuum systems. (Council consent to install private rising mains within legal roads will be required under the Local Government Act.) (e) Where a reticulated system is not available, or a connection is impractical, provision of septic tanks or other disposal systems in accordance with regional rules or a discharge permit issued by the Canterbury Regional Council. (f) Where a reticulated system is not immediately available but is likely to be in the near future, the appropriateness of temporary systems. (Consent notices may be registered against Certificates of Title pursuant to rule 2.8 requiring individual allotments to connect with the system when it does become available.)

191 (g) Provision made by the applicant for monitoring mechanisms to ensure contaminants are not discharged into the environment from septic tank or other disposal systems, together with any consent notices to ensure compliance. (h) The need for a local purpose reserve to be set aside and vested in the Council as a site for any public sewage utility for sanitary sewage disposal purposes required to be provided. (i) Any impact of subdivision works on sites or areas of significance to Tangata Whenua shown in Part 10, Appendix 3, or on waterways and the coastline. Note: Development contributions for network infrastructure for wastewater services may be required under the Council's Development Contributions Policy Trade waste disposal 11.1 Controlled activity - Trade waste disposal Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any business zone and the Special Purpose (Airport), Special Purpose (Rail) and Special Purpose (Wigram) Zones is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 11 shall be limited to the disposal of trade waste where applicable Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 22 May 2006 In considering whether or not to impose conditions in respect of trade waste disposal, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Whether any proposal to create allotments for any business activity or other activity generating trade wastes will have the potential to discharge to a suitable outfall system. (b) Whether the volume or type of trade waste generates a need for appropriate disposal to be provided. (c) Where a reticulated system is not available, the obtaining of necessary permits from the Canterbury Regional Council in conjunction with the subdivision consent. (d) The provisions of the Council's Code of Practice for Subdivision in respect of the installation of trade waste sewers. (e) The need for a local purpose reserve to be set aside and vested in the Council as a site for any trade waste disposal services to be provided. Note: Development contributions for network infrastructure for wastewater services maybe required under the Council's Development Contributions Policy Energy supply 12.1 Controlled activities - Energy supply Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with the development standard in Clause 12.2 below, and with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 12 shall be limited to the following matters, where applicable: Notes: the adequacy and standard of any electrical utility system; the adequacy and standard of any gas utility system. (1) In the event that the gas network operator ceases the supply of gas, all installations shall be removed from the bulk supply site and pipelines securely sealed. (2) Where a gas supply is proposed as an alternative form of energy, the necessary land use consent for a bulk gas supply tank on a separate allotment, shall be obtained. (A consent notice may be registered on the certificate of title, pursuant to clause 2.8. to the bulk supply site requiring enforcement of any conditions relating to gas supplies, and in the event that the operator ceases supply that the bulk supply site be amalgamated with an adjoining allotment, unless it is a fully complying allotment for the respective zone.)

192 12.2 Development standard - Energy supply Updated 14 November 2005 All allotments shall be provided with the ability to connect to an electrical supply system, at the boundary of the net area, except where the allotment is for a utility, road, reserve or access purposes. An ability to connect to an electrical supply system at the boundary of the net area of an allotment shall constitute an electrical supply at the boundary of the net area of an allotment, or a duct installed from the boundary of the net area of an allotment to an approved electricity supply within 50m; except that, where an allotment is located within a rural zone, it shall have an electrical supply system of adequate capacity available for future connection located within the legal road at the frontage of the allotment Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 14 November 2005 In considering whether or not to impose conditions in respect of energy supply, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Where the subdivision involves the construction of new roads or formed rights of way, the installation of an extended reticulation system (at the subdividers cost) having regard to the provisions of the code of practice. (b) The adequacy of the proposed reticulated system to be installed by the subdivider. (c) Where the proposed system will serve other land which is not part of the subdivision, whether the network operator is providing sufficient capacity as initially installed and the cost of such provision. (Upgrading or cost sharing will be solely a matter for the network operator.) (d) Where a gas supply is proposed the gas network operator shall be responsible for the installation of all pipelines and their future maintenance, in line with the provisions of the Council's code of practice. (e) The need for a local purpose reserve to be set aside as a site for any public utility required to be provided Telecommunications 13.1 Controlled activities - Telecommunications Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with the development standard in Clause 13.2 below, and with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 13 shall be limited to the adequacy and standard of proposed telecommunications installations, where applicable Development standard - Telecommunications Updated 14 November 2005 All allotments shall be provided with the ability to connect to a telecommunications system at the boundary of the net area. An ability to connect to a telecommunications system at the boundary of the net area of an allotment shall constitute a telecommunications system at the boundary of the net area of an allotment, or a duct installed from the boundary of the net area of an allotment to an approved telecommunications system within 50m; except that, where an allotment is located within a rural zone, it shall have a telecommunications system of adequate capacity available for future connection located within the legal road at the frontage of the allotment Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 14 November 2005 In considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions in respect to telecommunications, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Where the subdivision involves construction of new roads or formed rights of way, the installation of an extended reticulation system (at the subdivider's cost) having regard to the code of practice. (b) Where the proposed system will serve other land which is not part of the subdivision, whether the network operator is providing sufficient capacity as initially installed, and the cost of such provision. (Upgrading or cost-sharing will be solely a matter for the network operator.)

193 14.0 Provision of land for open space and recreation Updated 22 May Controlled activities - Land for open space and recreation Updated 22 May 2006 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone, is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14, except that in any Open Space, Cultural, SP (Hospital) Zones this clause shall only apply where any land is subdivided for residential purposes. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 14 shall be limited to the location and layout of any land to be provided for reserves for open space and recreation purposes and any requirements for the formation of that land prior to it vesting in the Council, where applicable Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 22 May 2006 In considering whether or not to impose conditions in respect of the provision of land for open space and recreation, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) The extent to which the provision of land for open space and/or conservation is consistent with the objectives and policies of the Plan relating to the provision and diversity of open spaces and recreational facilities or the provision of any development plan applying to a specific area. (b) Any impact of subdivision works on sites or areas of significance to Tangata Whenua shown in Part 10, Appendix 3, or on waterways and the coastline. (c) The need for land to be set aside and vested in the Council as a reserve for open space and/or recreation where it will provide for one or more of the following: a relatively flat, useful area of land for a local neighbourhood park, accessible to the user population and of a size (at least 2-3,000 sq m) adequate to accommodate children's play equipment, substantial tree plantings and open space; a linkage or potential linkage along or to significant natural features, or between other areas of public open space and community facilities; protection or enhancement significant mature trees, significant areas of indigenous vegetation, margins of waterways or other significant natural features; protection or enhancement historic or cultural features of significance to the City's population; a usable area of open space for planting as visual relief from a built or highly developed environment; and/or a flat usable area of land for district sports fields, accessible with full road frontage and a size (at least 4ha) adequate to accommodate at least two sports fields, tree planting and other open space. To accommodate sports clubs, at least 4ha, ideally more, would be needed. (d) The need for any requirements for the formation of that land prior to it vesting in the Council, such as any requirements for the levelling or grassing of the land. Note: Development contributions for reserves may be required under the Council's Development Contributions Policy Easements for any purpose 15.1 Controlled activities - Easements Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 15 shall be limited to the provision of easements where applicable Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 14 November 2005 In considering whether or not to impose conditions, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Easements in gross where a service or access is required by the Council.

194 (b) Easements to meet network operator requirements. (c) Easements in respect of other parties in favour of nominated allotments or adjoining certificates of title. (d) Service easements, whether in gross or private purposes, with sufficient width to permit maintenance, repair or replacement. Centre line easements shall apply when the line is privately owned and unlikely to require upgrading. (e) The need for easements for any of the following purposes: (f) private ways, whether mutual or not; stormwater, sanitary sewer, water supply, electric power, gas reticulation; telecommunications; party walls and floors/ceilings. Easements in gross in favour of the Council adjoining banks of rivers or streams not subject to an esplanade reserve or strip. (g) The necessity for stormwater easements passing through esplanade reserves where drainage will be to the frontage river Building locations 16.1 Controlled activities - Building location Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all of the applicable critical and development standards elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 16 shall be limited to the location of buildings where applicable Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 14 November 2005 In considering whether or not to impose conditions in respect of the location of buildings, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) The local ground conditions or the situation applying to the subdivision allotment and the suitability of the site of the building. (b) Whether or not development on an allotment should be restricted to parts of the site. (Where building locations are to be restricted, a consent notice shall be registered in accordance with Clause 2.8). (c) Where a parcel of land which may be subject to inundation is not necessarily to be filled, the establishment of minimum floor heights for buildings in order to mitigate damage Preservation of vegetation and landscape, and land set aside for conservation purposes 17.1 Controlled activities - Preservation of vegetation, landscape and conservation values Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Subdivision of land in any zone is a controlled subdivision activity where the proposed subdivision complies with all the development and critical standards set out in Clauses 17.2 and 17.3 below, and elsewhere in Part 14. (b) Where the subdivision is a controlled activity, the exercise of the Council's discretion in respect to Clause 17 shall be limited to the protection of vegetation and landscape features (other than notable or heritage trees listed in Part 10, Appendix 4) or land to be set aside for the preservation of conservation values where applicable Development standard - Preservation of vegetation, landscape and land set aside for conservation purposes Updated 14 November Updated 14 November 2005 Any notable tree listed in Part 10, Appendix 4 or land to be set aside for the preservation of conservation values shall be preserved and a consent notice shall be registered in accordance with Clause 2.8. This consent notice shall require the continual

195 preservation as an on-going condition of approval to the allotment containing such notable trees or vegetation or the vesting of the land containing the conservation values Development Plan - Upper Worsleys Spur Updated 14 November 2005 The gully areas shown on the Development Plan for the upper part of the Living HB zone on Worsleys Spur as shown in Part 2, Appendix 3m, shall be planted and maintained in native tree species indigenous to the area, except where left to regenerate by maintaining existing nursery plant cover of broom or gorse Landscape Strip - Living HA Zone - Richmond Hill Updated 30 September 2008 Within that part of the Richmond Hill Living HA Zone as shown in Part 14, Appendix 8, a landscaping strip with a minimum width of 3m shall be provided along the zone boundary. Any planting required by this rule shall be in accordance with the plant list contained in Appendix 8a. These matters will be the subject of a consent notice placed on the title at time of subdivision Tree protection - Outline Development Plan - North West Belfast Updated 14 May 2012 Any trees, including any notable trees listed in Part 10, Appendix 4, growing along Devondale Driveway (68 Johns Road) and identified in Part 2, Appendix 3X/2(b) shall be preserved, and a consent notice shall be registered in accordance with Clause 2.9, Part 14. This consent notice shall require the continual preservation of the trees as an on-going condition of approval to any allotment containing any of these trees. (Refer also to Rule 4.2.4, Part 14, Rules and 2.3.2, Part 10) 17.3 Critical standard - Preservation of vegetation and landscape Updated 14 November Updated 14 November 2005 Any heritage tree, listed in Part 10 Appendix 4, shall be preserved and a consent notice shall be registered in accordance with rule 2.8, requiring continual preservation as an ongoing condition of approval to the allotment containing such trees Landscape Strip - Moncks Spur/Mt. Pleasant Road Updated 14 November 2005 Any subdivision activity within an Area Requiring Landscape Planting Strip identified in Appendix 10, Part 14, shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted unless; (a) a landscape strip within a minimum depth of 6m is planted and irrigated, in accordance with the following standards, within the Rural Hills zone along all parts of the boundary with the Area Requiring Landscape Planting Strip, as indicated in Appendix 10, Part 14; (i) All plants are of one of the species listed in Appendix 11, Part 14, and are to be plants whose genetic origin is from Banks Peninsula. The plants species selected are consistent with the Planting Zones specified in that appendix. (ii) Planting is at the densities specified in the Spacings column of Appendix 11, Part 14, covering all parts of the required landscape strip, and are consistent with the Plant Priority indicated in that appendix. (iii) All plants are to be provided with irrigation from a piped watering system connected to the Council reticulated water supply. (b) A planting and irrigation plan complying with the standards in (a) above, and specifying numbers of plants, is included in any subdivision application (c) The planting and irrigation system approved in (b) above is completed within 12 months of the granting of subdivision consent and the planting and irrigation is maintained, with sufficient water supplied to the plants, for 3 years thereafter Styx Updated 31 October 2008 Unless already completed, any subdivision in the Living 1 Zone at Styx Mill contained in Inset 'B' of Appendix 3f, Part 2, shall include the removal of the shelterbelt located in Glen Oaks Drive that adjoins that zone, at the expense of the applicant Planting Requirements - Cashmere and Worsleys Updated 16 November 2009 Any subdivision activity for allotments of less than 4ha. in the Living 1 Deferred and Living 1A Deferred zones, or less than 100ha. in the Living H Deferred or Living HA Deferred zones, on Planning Maps 53A or 60A (between Worsleys and Cashmere spurs) and contained within Development Plan Area defined in Appendix 3i, Part 2, shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted unless the subdivision complies with (i) to (iv) below;

196 (i) For any land being subdivided in Areas 1 or 2 in Appendix 3i, Part 2, trees are planted within those Areas along the entire boundary in Area C in Appendix 3i, Part 2. The trees may be planted in the amenity strip of any road constructed on that boundary. Along any part of the boundary with Area C where the trees are not planted within land that is to be vested in the Council as road, a continuous strip of alnd containing the trees shall be vested in the Council with a width starting at the boundary with Area C and extending into Area 1 or 2 to a point at least 4 metres past any of the trees. The trees shall be of native species that will eventually exceed 10m in height, the number planted shall be equivalent to a minimum of one tree for every 20m of boundary lenght with Area C in Appendix 3i, Part 2, or part thereof, and shall be planted no closer than 5m apart and no further than 20m apart. (ii) For any land being subdivided in Area 2 in Appendix 3i, Part 2, trees are planted within Area B in Appendix 3i, Part 2, within 20m of the boundary between the two Areas for the entire length of the boundary. The trees shall be of native species that will eventually exceed 15m in height, the number planted shall be equivalant to a minimum of one tree per 6m 2 of the area within 20m of the boundary, and shall be planted no closer than 3m apart and no further than 10m apart. The trees shall be planted no closer than 4m to the boundary between Area 2 and Area B. (iii) For any land being subdivided in Area 4 in Appendix 3i, Part 2, the "Planting Areas" indicated in Appendix 13, Part 14, shall be planted. All plants are to be of the species identified in Appendix 11, Part 14. They are to be plants whose genetic origin is from Banks Peninsula. At least one tree of a species that will eventually exceed 10m in height shall be planted for every 25m 2 of area required to be planted, or part thereof. However, no tree shall be planted closer than 10m to the boundary of a Living zoned lot. The plant species selected shall be consistent with the Planting Zones specified in that appendix. The planting is to be at the densities specified in the Spacings columns of Appendix 11, Part 14. (iv) All planting required in (i) to (iii) above shall be maintained for a period of 5 years. A bond shall be paid to, or a bank guarantee shall be entered into with, the Council to ensure the planting and the maintenance of the planting occurs. Except that this rule shall not apply where the subdivision is to vest the land in the Council required in Clause 4.3.2(F)(e)(ii), Part 14, and does not subdivide the Areas numbered 1 to 8 inclusive in Appendix 3i, Part 2, into more than one lot. (Refer also to Clauses 4.3.2(F)(e), 5.3.5, and 7.2.2, Part 14) 17.4 Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 22 May 2006 In considering whether or not to impose conditions in respect of the preservation of vegetation and landscape and conservation values, the Council shall have regard for the following assessment matters. (a) Whether any landscape features or vegetation on the site are of a sufficient amenity value that they should be retained. (Where landscape vegetation or trees are required to be preserved, a consent notice shall be registered in accordance with Clause 2.8.) (b) The need for a reserve to be set aside and vested in the Council to preserve any natural feature or vegetation or conservation values on the site. (c) The impact of subdivision and building development in part of the Living HB Zone on Worsleys Spur as shown in Part 2, Appendix 3m, on the natural character of the rural Port Hills landscape in the upper Worsleys Spur, if the gullies are not managed so as to result in the eventual regeneration of native species. (d) In regard to the landscaping strip required in the LHA Zone at Richmond Hill: (i) The extent to which species not permitted by Appendix 6a, are not of local genetic origin. (ii) The extent to which species not permitted by Appendix 6a would generate adverse visual impacts due to the inability to soften and screen development and buildings. (iii) The height, age and location of planting and their ability to soften and screen development and buildings. (iv) The extent to which the site is visible from Sumner and the likely consequences on outlook from these sites of any reduction in landscaping standards or screening. (v) Any aspects of the proposal which may compensate for reduced landscaping, including the nature of planting or materials used and the location of parking or materials used and the location of parking, manoeuvring or storage areas. (vi) The relative importance of landscaping and screening on the site, taking account of the visual quality of the surrounding environment. (vii) The effect of any reduction in tree planting provision, particularly in respect to the visual character of car parking areas and building scale. Note: The Council's Development Contributions Policy provides for the consideration of remissions from the development contribution requirements for reserves in specific circumstances where a subdivision provides for the retention of vegetation/trees, or natural, ecological or habitat values.

197 18.0 Subdivision in the Living G (Yaldhurst) Zone Updated 8 November Development Standards Updated 8 November Commercial activity area Updated 8 November 2006 The Business 2 zone subdivision rules shall apply to subdivision within the area shown as Commercial on the Outline Development Plan in Appendix 3N Development plan (Yaldhurst) Part 2, Volume Residential site density - residential activities Updated 8 November 2006 Any subdivision for residential acitivity shall provide for a mix of residential densities, from within the following site sizes, generally in locations as shown on Appendix 3N Development plan (Yaldhurst) Part 2, Volume 3. Each residential unit shall be contained within its own separate site. Where the terms 'High Density (A) or (B)', 'Medium Density', or 'Low Density' are used they shall have the meanings set out below: 'High Density (A)' residential site: average lot size: to be contained within a range of 275m 2 to 325m 2. Minimum net site area of 250m 2. 'High Density (B)' residential site: average lot size: to be contained within a range of 450m 2 to 500m 2. Minimum net site area of 330m 2. 'Medium Density' residential site: average lot size: to be contained within a range of 600m 2 to 650m 2. Minimum net site area of 550m 2. 'Low Density' residential site: Minimum net site area of 800m Density Range Consent Notices Updated 8 November 2006 Consent notices shall be required to attach to all titles created in or immediately adjoining High Density (A) or (B) sites, specifying which density range each site is in Residential site limit Updated 21 September 2007 Notwithstanding the standards referred to above, subdivision shall be a restricted discretionary activity where the number of additional allotments to be created by the subdivision of Lot 2 DP CT 42D/627, Lot 3 DP CT 12K/606 and Lot 1 DP CT 31F/1272 or any legal title derived from these titles, and motor vehicle access is serviced soley by access from Buchanans Road, exceeds 300 allotments. The Councils discetion shall be restricted to the safety, efficiency and sustainability of the internal and external road network and the ability to achieve a bus route via Yaldhurst Road Road and access - residential and other activities Updated 8 November 2006 A subdivision to create a site adjacent to Yaldhurst Road shall not have vehicle access to Yaldhurst Road other than via the Intersection marked (A) as shown on Appendix 3N Development Plan (Yaldhurst) Part 2, Volume 3, that intersection to be located a minimum distance of 600m to the west of the intersection between Yaldhurst and Russley Roads. Any application arising from this clause shall be limited notified with New Zealand Transport Agency as the sole affected party, unless New Zealand Transport Agency have provided their written approval for the proposal in which case the application shall be non-notified Community Standards Updated 8 November Conformity with outline development plan Updated 21 September 2007 (a) Any proposed subdivision shall be in accordance with the following parts of the Yaldhurst Development plan: (i) Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3N, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles and Key structuring elements (Appendix 3N.1 Part 2, Volume 3); (ii) Layer Diagrams Movement network (Appendix 3Q, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles;

198 (iii) Layer Diagram Green network (Appendix 3O, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles; (iv) Layer Diagram Blue network (Appendix 3P, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles; And shall not frustrate the achievement of the following mix of residential sites within the Living G (Yaldhurst) zone: 2%-5% at either 'High Density (A)' or 'High Density (B)' within the Mixed Business / Residential (Community Footprint) area 25%-35% at 'High Density (A)' residential sites 25%-30% at 'High Density (B)' residential sites 30%-40% at 'Medium Density ' residential sites 5%-10% at 'Low Density' residential sites (b) For any subdivision that does not accord with the density location provisions shown in Appendix 3N Development Plan (Yaldhurst) Part 2, Volume 3, details shall be provided to show alternative locations on other land where the applicant is the registerd proprietor, where compliance with the overall density provisions of Appendix 3N Development Plan (Yaldhurst) Part 2, Volume 3, for this zone are to be otherwise achieved provided that the following sub paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) are met: (i) the subdivision is in accordance with the Layer diagrams and Key principles referrred to in (a) (ii) to (iv) above. (ii) where any High Density residential development is proposed in locations other than those indicated for each activity on Appendix 3N Development plan (Yaldhurst) Part 2, Volume 3, it shall also demonstrate a relationship with an adjoining open-space/reserve area to provide associated amenity. (iii) any 'other activity' proposed to be located within an area other than those identified on Appendix 3N Development plan (Yaldhurst) Part 2, Volume 3, as either 'Commercial' or 'Community footprint', shall derive vehicle access solely from the 'Primary Link Road' within the zone. (iv) a consent notice or other mechanism such as a memorandum of encumbrance to secure the achievement of the densities in alternative locations shall be registered on the title of the land concerned. (v) any application under paragraph (b) shall be accompanied by a land use consent for development on the proposed new lots which shall be processed jointly with the subdivision consent application Critical Standards Updated 8 November Allotment sizes - Residential activity Updated 8 November 2006 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accomodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below: Low density Medium density High density (a) or (b) 15m x 18m 10m x 10m 6m x 8m Residential site number limit Updated 21 September 2007 Notwithstanding the standards referred to above, subdivision shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted where the number of additional allotments to be created by the subdivision of Part Lot 1 DP (CT 34/688) or any legal title derived from this title exceeds 200 allotments and motor vehicle access is necessarily serviced solely by access from Kintyre Drive Information to be supplied with subdivision consent Updated 8 November 2006 (a) Information that illustrates how the proposed subdivision accords with the Yaldhurst Outline Development Plan and in particular: (i) Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3N, Part 2, Volume 3); and Key structuring elements (Appendix 3N.1 Part 2, Volume 3); (ii) Layer Diagrams Movement network (Appendix 3Q, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles; (iii) Layer Diagram Green network (Appendix 3O, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles; (iv) Layer Diagram Blue network (Appendix 3P, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles; (b) Information that illustrates how the staging and location of key infrastructure generally accords with the Yaldhurst Outline Development Plan and in particular: (i) Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3N, Part 2, Volume 3); and Key structuring elements (Appendix 3N.1 Part 2, Volume 3); (ii) Layer Diagrams Movement network (Appendix 3Q, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles;

199 (iii) Layer Diagram Green network (Appendix 3O, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles; (iv) Layer Diagram Blue network (Appendix 3P, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Key principles; (c) Information to show that staging takes account of the need to prevent clogging of soakage basins with sediments associated with construction. (d) Location of high (A) or (B) density sites, and/or medium density sites. (e) Information that illustrates the proposed subdivision accords with the mix of densities identified in Clause Volume 3 Part 14 or how that mix of densities will be achieved on land within the applicants control on subsequent subdivision applications. (f) Information detailing any previous consent notice or notices and or memorandum or memoranda of encumbrance registered on the title of the land pursuant to Clause (b)(iv) Volume 3 Part 14. (g) Information that illustrates on a site plan what density range (Low Medium, or High Density (A) or (B)) each site is in. (h) Location of high voltage transmission lines in relation to the overall proposal and information to demonstrate how the proposed development avoids, remedies or mitigates adverse effects on the existing transmission lines, on public safety (eg: risk of electrocution) and / or on visual amenity, including any relevant correspondence from the owner of those lines. This information should include the following: (i) The location and orientation of building platforms on any lots created where part of the lot may be under or adjacent to high voltage transmission lines; (ii) Measures taken to ensure mandatory safe separation distances between transmission lines and the ground and / or any associated support structures are maintained; (iii) Measures taken to ensure physical access to the infrastructure is maintained. (i) Measures taken to reduce dust emissions (if any) 18.5 Assessment matters for subdivision in the Living G (Yaldhurst) zone Updated 8 November 2006 (A) Quality The extent to which the proposal will be in accordance with the Urban Design Principles Appendix 3N Development plan (Yaldhurst) Part 2, Volume 3. (B) Connectivity The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Layer Diagrams Movement Network (Appendix 3Q, Part2, Volume 3); and the Key principles associated with those diagrams. (C) Access to outdoor space The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Layer Diagram Green Network (Appendix 3O, Part 2, Volume 3) and the Key principles associated with that diagram. (D) Street Trees (i) The extent to which trees are proposed to be accommodated within the legal road reserve (ii) The provision of trees intended to provide a high level of visual amenity (iii) The provision of trees which recognise the context and scale of the area in which they are located and the significance of the road in the roading hierarchy. (iv) Consideration of bird habitat in relation to bird strikes issues. (E) Stormwater (i) Measures adopted so as to ensue the protection of ground water quality including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed car parking areas. (ii) The extent to which alternative treatments may be available. (iii) The contribution made to the visual amenity of the immediate area. (iv) The ability to capture and treat stormwater on site, having regard to the need to avoid the creation of unwanted birdattracting habitats. (v) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Layer Diagram Blue Network (Appendix 3P, Part 2, Volume 3) and the Key Principles associated with that diagram. (vi) The extent to which consideration has been given to the staging of subdivision so as to ensure that soakage basins do not become clogged during site works to give effect to a subdivision consent. (vii) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with any Living G (Yaldhurst) Surface Water Management System Operation and Maintenance Management Plan. (F) Energy efficiency The extent to which passive solar access can be achieved. (G) Street Scene (i) The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address the street. (ii) The extent to which consideration has been given to the potential use of back lanes for vehicle access in subdivision layout. (H) Relationship To Transmission Lines

200 (i) The degree to which the subdivision design seeks to minimise adverse effects between existing transmission lines and new development, including making provision for maintenance of lines, vehicular access to lines and ensuring safe separation distances. In particular: (a) Buildings and structures, or any part of a building or structure, shoud not be located within 8.5m vertically and 20.0m horizontally of the conductors on each of the Islington - Papanui A and B and the Addington - Islington A and B transmission lines. The distances specified must include allowance for maximum conductor swing and sag. (b) Should any part of a building or structure need to be constructed within the restricted area described in (i) above, a certificate from a suitably qualified electrical engineer should be supplied to the Council and the owner of the line(s) concerned, to confirm that the buildings or structures comply with the minimum safe distances specified in Table 3 of NZECP 34:2001. (c) Buildings and structures, or any part of a building or structure should not be located within 9 metres of the closest visible edge of any high voltage line support structure foundation. (d) All machinery and mobile plant to be operated on site should at all times be located so as to maintain a minimum clearance distance of 4 metres from the conductors of each of the Islington - Papanui A and B and the Addington - Islington A and B Tranmission lines. (e) No buildings, structures and vegetation should be located so as to preclude existing vehicle access to the existing transmission line support structures. (f) The extent and mode of earthworks to ensure that appropriate safeguards are in place to avoid contact with or flashovers from the lines, that any dust emissions are minimised, that existing ground clearance separation distances are not reduced and that any works will not create potential adverse effects on the stability of support structures. In particular: (g) No excavation or other interference with land should occur: At a depth greater than 300mm within 6 metres of the outer edge of visible foundations of transmission line support structures;o At a depth greater than 3 metres, between 6 metres and 12 metres of the outer edge of the visible foundation of transmission line support structures; or In such a way as to create an unstable batter in proximity to transmission line support structures. (h) Excavated or other material should not be deposited under or near each of the Islington - Papanui A and B and the Addington - Islington A and B Transmission lines so as to reduce the vertical separation distance from the ground to the conductors to a distance less than: 6.5 metres vertically, across or along driveways or on any other land traversable by vehicles; 5.5 metres vertically, on land not traversable by vehicle due to inaccessibility; and 3 metres in any distance other than vertical on all land. (i) The extent and location of stormwater flows and devices should ensure that tower foundations or access to the transmission towers is not compromised. (j) Whether trees and/or landscaping areas have been selected and located to ensure that the height and spread of vegetation at its maturity will comply with the requirements of the Electricity (Hazards from Trees) Regulations (ii) It should also be noted that compliance must be achieved with the New Zealand Electrical Code of Practice NZECP 34:2001 (or its successor) and with the Electricity (Hazards from Trees) Regulations Where a subdivision creates an allotment within 20m of any of the conductors on an existing high voltage transmission line, Consent Notices may be sought, in relation to ensuring compliance with safe separation distances as outlined in the assessment criteria above. Prior consultation with Transpower New Zealand Limited is advised. (I) Alteration to road layout for safe access to and from Masham Road, Kintyre Drive, Neathwest Avenue and Buchanans Road (i) the extent and cost of works and land required to alter the existing road layout, on the following roads and intersections, to accommodate safe and efficient movements of all road users along and through these roads and intersections. (a) the Masham Road/Kintyre Drive intersection; (b) Kintyre Drive; (c) the Kintyre Drive, Neathwest Avenue intersection; (d) Neathwest Avenue; (e) Buchanans Road along the full frontage of the development including but not limited to: seal widening to achieve on road traffic lanes and cycle lanes in both directions kerb and channel or swale system on the development side of Buchanans Road footpath or shared footpath/cycleway where it is not included within the development land bus stop area if required on the development side of Buchanans Road addtional seal widening to provide a flush median on Buchanans Road for secondary and tertiary intersection additional seal widening to provide a right turn lane into the development and a right turn acceleration lane out on Buchanans road for the spine road. (J) Intersection of the Primary (Spine) Route and Buchanans Road The extent of land required to be vested as local purpose reserve to enable a possible one lane roundabout at this intersection. (K) Location of High Density (A) and (B) sites

201 The extent to which High Density (A) and (B) sites are located so as to provide convenient access to a potential public transport route and wherever possible in close proximity to: a reserve, and/or retail or community facilities; and / or be within a 400 metre radius of any of the above. (L) Mix of Densities The extent to which the application: (i) meets the density ranges and mixes specified in Rule Part 14 Volume 3. (ii) specifies which density ranges the site is within (thereby defining which development standards are to apply to the site. Note: for clarity and certainty the Council can impose a consent notice or memorandum of encumbrance to this efffect. (M) Access to State Highway In the Living G (Yaldhurst) zone, the extent to which direct access on to State Highway 73 other than access in accordance with Appendix 3Q Developmen plan (Yaldhurst) Part 2, Volume 3 would result in adverse effects on the safety or efficiency of the State Highway Subdivision in the Living G (East Belfast) Zone Updated 12 March Application of Rules Updated 12 March Updated 12 March 2012 Where part of the open space areas, include the Kaputone Open Space Corridor are not required by the Council for public open space the land shall then be treated as a contiuation of the immediately adjacent Density Area and standards for that Density Area shall apply unless otherwise stated in consent notice under Section 221 of the Resource Management Act (or similar mechanism) for that land Updated 12 March 2012 Where any part of the Northern Arterial Designation is uplifted the Density Area C rules shall apply unless otherwise stated in a consent notice under Section 221 of the Resource Management Act (or similar mechanism) for that land Deferment Updated 12 March Updated 12 March 2012 In the Living G (East Belfast) Zone the standards applicable to the Rural 3 Zone shall apply until a footpath has been constructed on the southern side of Belfast Road between the railway line and Blakes Road Development Standards Updated 12 March Residential site density - residential activity Updated 12 March 2012 In accordance with subclauses (a) to (c) below any subdivision for residential activity shall provide for a mix of residential densities from within a range of average site sizes, and for a minimum number of residential sites within Blocks A to D as shown on Appendix 3s Outline Development Plan (East Belfast), Part 2, Volume 3 and shall not frustrate the achievement of a minimum net residential density of 15 averaged over the whole of the Living G (East Belfast) Zone: a) Each residential unit shall be contained within its own separate site. Where the terms Density Area A, Density Area B or Density Area C are used they shall have the meanings set out below: Density Area (A) Average lot size: to be contained within a range of 220m 2 to 325m 2. Minimum net site area of 200m 2. Density Area (B) Density Area (B)Average lot size: to be contained within a range of 350m 2 to 450m 2. Minimum net site area of 330m 2 Density Area (C) Density Area (C) Average lot size: to be contained within a range of 550m 2 to 700m 2. Minimum net site area of 450m 2

202 Except where densities have been permitted to be transferred obtained as part of a resource consent under Critical Standard (c). b) Notwithstanding the above the average and minimum allotment sizes do not apply to residual lots or allotments created for access, utilities, roads, open space and/or reserves. (c) The minimum number of residential sites within Blocks A to D shall be: Block A Block B Block C Block D Except that: 75 residential sites 147 residential sites 203 residential sites 217 residential sites i. If one Block has been fully developed and has achieved a greater number of residential sites than shown above, the minimum number of sites for the remaining Blocks can be proportionately reduced. ii. If the net residential density area within a Block changes, the requirement for a minimum number of residential sites within the Block shall be proportionately changed. Note: The Block labels do not indicate the order in which subdivision or development shall proceed Density range consent notices - residential activities Updated 12 March 2012 Consent notices shall be required to attach to all titles created specifying which density range each residential site is within Allotment Size within the Buffer Area - other activities Updated 12 March 2012 a) Any allotment to be created by subdivision within the buffer area shown on the Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3s, Part 2, Volume 3) shall have a minimum net site area of 330m 2. b) Nothwithstanding the above the minimum allotment size does not apply to residual lots or allotments created for access, utilities, roads, open space and/or reserves Stormwater drainage swales and water basins Updated 12 March 2012 Creation of stormwater drainage swales and water basins in the Living G (East Belfast) zone shall be a restricted discretionary activity with Council s discretion limited to: a) The efficient and effective operation of the stormwater system as part of the Draft Styx Integrated Catchment Management Plan for the Belfast Area, thereby ensuring a complete treatment train for rain waters. Compliance with the Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3s/2); and b) The need to maximise open space and pedestrian/cycle access opportunities in the locations shown on the Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3s/1). Note: The ODP plans show indicative stormwater management areas and, as such, the ODP allows a degree of flexibility whereby subsequent subdivision and development plans may include refined stormwater management areas (in terms of location, boundaries and areas) so as to reflect the outcome of any future agreements with the Council and/or any advances in the design of stormwater management areas that may result in a smaller area being required Walkable blocks Updated 12 March 2012 The length of any one urban development block (the area of land enclosed by public space or streets) shall not exceed 250m. Refer to Policy 11.8D(i), Section 11, Volume 2 for a diagram showing how to measure urban development blocks. Note: this rule does not apply to urban development blocks that abut the northern arterial or rail corridor designations Critical Standards Updated 12 March Conformity with outline development plan Updated 12 March 2012 a) Any subdivision shall be in accordance with the following parts of the Outline Development Plan (East Belfast): i. The Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3s, Part 2, Volume 3); ii. The Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3s/1); iii. The Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3s/2) ; iv. The Movement Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3s/3).

203 Except that: Where any part of the Northern Arterial Designation is uplifted the Density Area C rules shall apply unless otherwise stated in a consented notice under Section 221 of the Resource Management Act (or similar mechanism) for that land. Any subdivision shall provide for the extension of the "park edge" road around the perimeter of the residential sites and for the extension of the local roads to intersect with the "park edge" road. Where the stormwater management areas are refined (in terms of location, boundaries and areas) so as to reflect the outcome of any future agreements with the Council and/or any advances in the design of stormwater management ares that may result in a smaller area being required. Where altering the location of residential density areas as provided for in Clause (c) below: b) Any subdivision shall not frustrate the achievement of the following minimum mix of residential sites within the Living G (East Belfast) zone: Density Area A 10% Density Area B 35% Density Area C 35% c) For any subdivision that does not achieve the residential densities in the locations shown in Appendix 3s, Outline Development Plan (East Belfast), Part 2, Volume 3 details shall be provided to show alternative locations for that density on other land where the applicant is the registered proprietor, where compliance with the overall density provisions of Appendix 3s, Outline Development Plan (East Belfast), Part 2, Volume 3 are to be otherwise achieved provided that the following sub-paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) are met: i. The subdivision is in accordance with the Network Layer Diagrams and associated objectives and policies contained in Appendix 3s/1, 3s/2 and 3s/3, Part 2, Volume 3. ii. Both of the sites involved are adjacent to other land with the same net area requirements as the new net area requirement proposed for each site, or are separated by a road no greater than a local road. iii. Where any Density Area A residential development is proposed for alternative location(s) to those identified in Appendix 3s, Outline Development Plan (East Belfast), Part 2, Volume 3, it shall also be located within 200m walking distance from an open space/reserve area and either a public transport route or the local centre. iv. A consent notice or other mechanism such as a memorandum of encumbrance to secure the achievement of the densities in alternative location(s) within the zone shall be registered on the Title of the land on which that density will be required. v. Any application under paragraph (c) shall be accompanied by a land use consent application for development on the proposed new lot(s) at the alternative location, which shall be processed jointly with the subdivision consent application Allotment dimensions - Residential activities Updated 12 March 2012 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accommodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below: Density Area A 6m x 8m Density Area B 10m x 10m Density Area C 15m x 18m Notwithstanding the above, minimum allotment dimensions shall not apply to allotments created for access, utilities, roads, open space and/or reserves Neighbourhood Reserves Updated 12 March 2012 The total amount of land within the Living G (East Belfast) Zone that the Council is required to accept for neigbhourhood reserve purposes shall be limited to the areas shown as "Spring Grove Reserve' and 'Local Centre Reserve' as shown on Appendix 3s - Outline Development Plan (East Belfast), which shall not be used for stormwater detention Staged Development Updated 12 March 2012 (a) The Council shall not issue a section 224 RMA certificate for any residential subdivision at the Living G (East Belfast) until such time as a footpath has been constructed on the southern side of Belfast Road between the railway line and Blakes Road; and (b) Residential lots at the Living G (East Belfast) Zone shall be limited to the areas identified s Stage 1 on Appendix 3s/3a, Part 2, Volume 3 until such time as a pedestrian and cycle connection across the railway line at Thompsons Road to the west has been approved, constructed and commissioned or until such time as financial provision has been made for these works within the Council's Capital Works Programme and Development Contribution Policy, whichever is the earlier; and (c) No more than: (i) 200 residential allotments shall be created until such time a Blakes Road (from Belfast Road to Radcliffe Road) has been upgraded to a minimum 9m wide scaled carriageway or until such time as financial provision has been made for these works within the Council's Capital Works Programme and Development Contribution Policy, whichever is the earlier.

204 Information to be supplied with subdivision consent for development within the Living G (East Belfast) Zone Updated 12 March 2012 (a) Information that illustrates how the proposed subdivision, and location of key infrastructure accords with the Outline Development Plan Living G (East Belfast) Appendix 3s Part 2 Volume 3 and in particular: i. The Outline Development Plan (East Belfast) (Appendix 3s) ii. The Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3s/1) iii. The Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3s/2) iv. The Movement Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3s/3) (b) Information to show how development will take account of sediment and erosion control measures associated with construction and any adverse effects on ground and surface water quality of Kaputohe Stream. (c) Information that illustrates how the proposed subdivision accords with the mix of densities identified in Part 14, Clause (b), or how that mix of densities will be achieved on land within the applicants control on subsequent subdivision applications. (d) Information that illustrates on a site plan what Density Area (A, B or C) each residential lot is in. (e) Information detailing any previous consent notice or notices and or memorandum or memoranda of encumbrance registered on the Title of land pursuant to Clause (c) Part 14, Volume 3. (f) Measures to reduce dust emissions (if any) during construction of the subdivision Assessment matters for subdivision in the Living G (East Belfast) Zone Updated 12 March 2012 Design and Configuration The extent to which the proposal accords with the Outline Development Plan for Living G (East Belfast) Appendix 3s Part 2, Volume 3 and the Urban Design Objectives and Policies under Section 11, Objective 11.7, Volume 2. Connectivity The extent to which the proposal accords with the Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3s/3, Part 2, Volume 3), and the Movement Network objectives and policies under Section 11, Objective 11.7, Volume2. Access to outdoor space The extent to which the proposal is in accordance with the Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3s/2, Part 2, Volume 3). Street Trees (a) The extent to which trees are proposed to be accommodated within the legal road reserve; (b) The provision of trees which recognise the context and scale of the area in which they are located and the significance of the road in the roading hierarchy; and (c) The provision of trees intended to provide a high level of visual amenity. Stormwater (a) The extent to which the proposal will be in accordance with the Blue Network Layer Diagram and the objectives and policies under Section 11, Objective 11.7, Volume 2. (b) The extent to which consideration has been given to the staging of subdivision so as to ensure that soakage basins do not become clogged during site works to give effect to a subdivision consent. (c) Measures adopted so as to ensure the protection of ground and surface water quality of the Kaputohe Stream including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed areas, and to avoid remedy or mitigate any downstream flooding effects. (d) The contribution made to the visual amenity of the immediate area. Street Scene The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address the street, any open space areas or reserves adjacent to or opposite the lot. Mix of Densities and Site Density The extent to which the application: (a) Achieves the overall minimum net residential density required by Policyt 11.7.A(i)(c) (noting that the net residential density does not need to be achieved at every stage of subdivision, provided that it is achieved overall), and a mix of residential densities specified in Part 14, (b). (b) Specifies which density area and block each site is within (thereby identifying which development standards apply to the site). (c) Contributes to enabling the most sustainable use of the land and to creating a compact urban area which is effectively and efficiently served by strategic infrastructure. Location of Density Area A Sites The extent to which Density Area A sites are located so as to provide convenient access to potential public transport routes and wherever possible are in close proximity to the open space network and/or a reserve, the local centre and/or community focal points. Allotment Sizes within the Buffer Area (a) Whether the proposed allotment is of sufficient size for operational, maintenance, access and parking requirements.

205 (b) The extent to which the proposal relates to and is compatible with the pattern of the adjoining subdivision. Integrated Public Transport Provision The extent to which the proposal will support public transport services anticipated by the Movement Network Layer Diagram in Appendix 3s/3 Part 2 Volume 3. Spring Grove (a) The extent to which any proposal retains and protects the present driveway alignment; (b) The extent to which a new driveway avoids passing in the front of the dwelling (on the north west aspect), in order to retain the continuity of the current landscape setting and the house; (c) Provision of appropriate buffer distances between the south-east lot boundary and the house if this area is intended to be used for parking in future; and (d) The extent to which any proposal provides for the retention of the domestic outbuilding (garage, wash house, billard room etc) and water tower in terms of the location of lot boundaries Subdivision in the Living G (Awatea) Zone Updated 11 July Development Standards, Community Standards and Critical Standards - Special Area A. Updated 11 July 2011 The following development standards, community standards and critical standards do not apply to Special Area A. The corresponding Density B rules for the Living G (Wigram) Development Area as a set in Part 14, section 22 apply to Special Area A Development Standards Updated 11 July Business 1 Commercial Area Updated 11 July 2011 The Business 1 Zone subdivision rules shall apply to subdivision within the area shown as Business 1 Commercial Area on the Outline Development Plan (Awatea) (Appendix 3T, Part 2) Residential allotment size and site density - residential activities Updated 11 July 2011 Any subdivision for residential activity shall provide for a mix of allotment sizes and densities, from within the following site sizes, in locations as shown on the Outline Development Plan (Awatea)(Appendix 3T, Part 2). Where the terms 'Density A, Density B or Density C' are used they shall have the meanings set out below: 'Density A' residential area 'Density B' residential area 'Density C' residential area Average lot size to be contained within a range of 280m 2 to 325m 2 Minimum net site area of 200m 2 Maximum net site area of 350m 2 Average lot size to be contained within a range of 650m 2 to 700m 2 Minimum net site area of 450m 2 Maximum net site area of 800m 2 Average lot size to be contained within a range of 800m 2 to 850m 2 Minimum net site area of 750m 2 Maximum net site area of 900m 2

206 20.3 Community Standard Updated 11 July Conformity with Outline Development Plan - Density A Residential Area. Comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development Updated 11 July 2011 Any proposed subdivision shall be accompanied by comprehensive building and allotment design information detailing the nature, character, scale and form of development associated with proposed allotments and shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Councils' discretion limited to design, layout of the subdivision and associated development, and the following parts of the Living (G) Awatea Outline Development Plan: (i) Outline Development Plan (Awatea) (Appendix 3T, Part 2); (ii) Key Structuring Elements Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(a), Part 2); (iii) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(i), Part 2); (iv) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(ii), Part 2); (v) Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3T(iii)-(vi), Part 2); (vi) Tangata Whenua Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(vii), Part 2). For the purpose of this rule, "associated land use development" means: Buildings, including accessory buildings; Driveways and entrances; Fences and gates; Landscaping Pedestrian paths and entrances; Shared access ways and lanes; Outdoor living areas; On-site car parking; Lighting; Service areas; Utilities Conformity with Outline Development Plan - All other subdivision Updated 11 July 2011 Any proposed subdivision, other than that to which applies, shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion limited to design and layout of the subdivision and the following parts of the Living G (Awatea) Outline Development Plan: (i) Outline Development Plan (Awatea)(Appendix 3T, Part 2); (ii) Key Structural Elements Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(a), Part 2); (iii) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(i), Part 2); (iv) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(ii), Part 2); (v) Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3T(iii) - (vi), Part 2) (vi) Tangata Whenua Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(vii), Part 2) Refer also to critical standard for conformity with Outline Development Plan provision - Clause Special Interface Area Updated 11 July 2011 In addition to any proposed subdivision that abuts Carrs Reserve in the Special Interface Area, as shown on Appendix 3T - Outline Development Plan (Awatea) shall provide for a local road directly abutting, but not on, Carrs Reserve so that a local road extends the entire length of the Special Interface Area with a connection to the Movement Network Critical Standards Updated 11 July Allotment sizes - Residential activity Updated 11 July 2011 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accommodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below:

207 Density C Density B Density A 16m x 16m 10m x 10m 6m x 8m Conformity with Outline Development Plan Updated 11 July 2011 Notwithstanding Rule 20.3, any subdivision not in accordance with the Fixed Structural Elements Layer Diagram (Appendix 3Ta, Part 2) shall be a non-complying activity Residential allotment size Updated 11 July 2011 Notwithstanding Rule , any subdivision for residential activity where the minimum and maximum allotment sizes are not met or the average lot size is not within the range specified in that rule for the location to which the development applies, as shown on the Outline Development Plan (Awatea) (Part 2, Appendix 3T), shall be a non-complying activity Sites fronting Wigram Road and Awatea Road Updated 11 July 2011 For those sections of Wigram Road and Awatea Road subject to the limited accesses constraint as identified on the Outline Development Plan (Awatea) (Part 2, Appendix 3T), no subdivision shall create allotments having direct vehicle access onto them. Vehicle access shall be via the internal roading layout as identified on the Outline Development Plan (Awatea) (Part 2, Appendix 3T), or alternative road Control of stormwater Updated 11 July 2011 Any subdivision shall collect, treat and dispose of its own stormwater in accordance with the Blue Network Layer Diagram, Appendix 3T(ii) in Part Provision of public transport Updated 11 July 2011 Any subdivision not designed and constructed so as to enable public transport bus movements and does not provide bus stios and passenger shelters at approximate locations shown in the Public Transport Diagram, Appendix 3T(v), Part 2, shall be a noncomplying activity Sanitary Sewer and Potable Water Supply Updated 11 July 2011 Subdivision shall be a non-complying activity where provision is not made for the following: (i) the disposal of waste water system via the Christchurch City Council waste water system; and (ii) connection to a potable water supply via the Christchurch City Council urban reticulated system via a service main. This rule shall cease to apply when the capacity and servicing constraints in the Christchurch City Council waste water system and water service main have been overcome, and the Unit Manager-Asset and Network Planning (or equivalent Council Officer) is satisfied that there is capacity in the reticulated waste water system for futher development to occur and futher development can be adequately provided with a safe, potable water supply Carrs Road Kart Club Updated 11 July 2011 For land identified as 'Density B' residential area on the Outline Development Plan (Awatea) (Part 2, Appendix 3T), located south of the Christchurch Southern Motorway, subdivision shall be a non-complying activity in the event that Carrs Road Kart Club continues to operate from its current site Site Contamination Updated 11 July 2011 The subdivision of land for residential activity shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion limited to health and safety, adequacy of site investigation, mitigation and remediation. Note 1: The investigation of individual building lots shall be carried out in accordance with the Ministry for the Environment's Contaminated Land Management 9 Guidelines or any relevant National Environmental Standard for assessing and managing contaminant in or on land. An investigation shall also be carried out to evaluate the extent and potential effects to health and safety of occupants caused by landfill gas migration from other land. These investigations shall be carried out by persons with recognised expertise and experience. In the event that land contamination is identified or landfill gas is detected at levels which require remedial and/or site management measures to be

208 undertaken to make the land suitable for its intended purpose, such measures shall be undertaken and recorded, and copies of the investigation and remediation/site management reports shall accompany the subdivision and/or building consent application. Note 2: This clause does not apply where the site has been investigated by way of a subdivision consent application in accordance with this rule and a subdivision consent has been granted with or without conditions regarding the necessary land mitigation and/or remediation measures Information to be supplied with subdivision consent Updated 11 July 2011 (a) Information that illustrates how the proposed subdivision accords with Living G(Awatea) Outline Development Plan and in particular: (i) Outline Development Plan (Awatea)(Appendix 3T, Part 2); (ii) Fixed Structural Elements Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(a), Part 2); (iii) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(i), Part 2); (iv) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(ii), Part 2); (v) Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3T(iii) - (vi), Part 2) (vi) Tangata Whenua Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(vii), Part 2) (b) Information that illustrates how the staging (if proposed) and location of key infrastructure generally accords with the Living G(Awatea) Outline Development Plan and in particular: (i) Outline Development Plan (Awatea)(Appendix 3T, Part 2); (ii) Fixed Structural Elements Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(a), Part 2); (iii) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(i), Part 2); (iv) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(ii), Part 2); (v) Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3T(iii) - (vi), Part 2) (vi) Tangata Whenua Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(vii), Part 2) (c) Information to show that staging takes account of the need to prevent clogging of soakage basins with sediments associated with construction. (d) Location of high, medium and low density sites. (e) Measures to be taken to reduce dust emissions (if any). (f) Information identifying appropriate remedial and/or site management measures to be put in place to make the land suitable for residential purposes in the event that soil contamination is identified. (g) For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, building design information detailing how buildings are to satisfy the assessment matters detailed in , Level 2 Density A Areas. (h) nformation identifying appropriate remedial and/or site management measures for contamination or landfill gas instrusion to be put in place to make the land suitable for the intended purposes Assessment matters for subdivision in the Living G (Awatea) Zone Updated 11 July 2011 General matters General matters set out expectations for design of new residential development. They provide an assessment framework for consenting officers and expert advisers when considering resource consent applications. General matters allow for assessment to be undertaken of each development on a case by case basis. This allows flexibility of design while controlling developments to avoid poor design. It is expected that as a minimum, developments will fulfil the matters that are 'shoulds', except where some competing or conflicting design objectives arise, in which case compromises may have to be made between assessment matters to achieve a better overall balance of development outcomes. Under each section heading, where appropriate, a brief explanation provides additional information on meaning and intent behind the assessment matters. Applicants are also encouraged to provide written and graphic evidence of their design rationale to accompany site specific proposals. There are two levels of assessment matters - the first level applies to all Density A, B and C applications - the second applies to all Density A applications. Any proposal shall be assessed against the extent to which the development achieves the following principles in clauses below Level 1 - All Density Areas Updated 11 July Design and Layout Updated 11 July 2011 (a) The extent to which subdivision can accommodate the land use and built form and layout anticipated for the land in the Living G (Awatea) Zone in Part 2, Volume 3 of the City Plan and the Living G (Awatea) policies at Part 11, Volume 2 of the City Plan. (b) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments enables appropriate housing forms to establish that are reflective of the density area in which they are located.

209 (c) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments is sympathetic to the presence of listed heritage items and seeks to engage or to include that item in the overall design. (d) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments establishes a connectivity with prominent vistas and view shafts. (e) The extent to which crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED) principles have been included in the design, orientation, size and shape of allotments, the provision of hard and soft landscaping, and the location of street lighting. (f) The extent to which the overall design, orientation, size and shape of allotments encourages the minimisation of energy use. (g) The ability to minimise the impact of access and garages on the streetscape through subdivision design. In higher density areas to minimise the extent of vehicle crossings and/or garages that face the street and to maximise building frontage and onstreet parking regard should be had to: avoiding the extensive use of rear lots which require an additional access leg; the use of rear lanes (via access lots, rights of way or legal road) particularly for narrow terrace housing lots. The use of shared access (via access lots or rights of way). (h) The application of appropriate lot dimensions and sizes to prevent the creation of sausage flats with long monotonous facades. (i) Avoiding the widespread use of culs de sac. Any cul de sac should be short and relatively straight. (j) Street blocks should be no longer than 240 metres to maximise the permeability of the Movement Network, particularly in relation to pedestrian movements. (k) The ability of subdivision to add to the diversity of housing types as appropriate for the Density Area. (l) The extent to which road frontage along the boundary, or parts of the boundary, of Carrs Reserve can be provided by legal road. (Note: for the purposes of this assessment matter the Christchurch Southern Motorway is not a road frontage.) (m) The extent to which the average allotment size, within the average range specified in rule , in the subdivision application will contribute to the overall minimum yield from the Awatea block of 15 households a hectare. (n) where soil contaminants or landfill gas are detected at levels which justify remediation or management of the site to protect the health and safety of the occupiers: The risk to health or safety of any persons. Suitability of remedial and/or site management measures to be undertaken to make the site suitable for the intended purposes. Suitability of remedial and/or site management measures to ensure the protection of ground water quality during the remediation process Connectivity Updated 11 July 2011 The extend to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Movement Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(iii), Part 2) and Cycle Network Diagram (Appendix 3T(iv), Part 2) and Public Transport Diagram (Appendix 3T(v), Part 2) Roading Updated 11 July 2011 (a) The extent to which the roading layout supports a functional hierarchy of streets. (b) The extent to which the roading layout achieves a well connected and highly permeable movement network. (c) The extent to which the roading layout integrates in a practical and functional manner with the adjoining existing road network on proposed or concurrent subdivision consent applicatins. (d) The extent to which the proposed cross sections contribute toward achieving a speed environment that is compatible with each street's function. (e) The extent to which space is provided for cyclists and cycling is encouraged by the cross section design. (f) The account taken of pedestrian movement and continuity of walking facilities within the development. (g) The extent to which the roading layout supports walking to bus stops and/or key community facilities. (h) The opportunities for tree and amenity planting provided and the extent to which amenity features have been incorporated into each street. (i) The appropriateness of the legal road width to accommodate the proposed cross-section design. (j) The ability of the legal road width to accommodate a future change in the function of the street (where applicable). (k) The ability of the street to accommodate public transport services and the provision of bus stops. (l) The extent to which new roads Access to public open space Updated 11 July 2011 The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(i), Part 2).

210 Street Trees Updated 11 July 2011 (a) The extent to which trees are proposed to be accommodated within the legal road reserve. (b) The provision of trees intended to provide a high level of visual amenity. (c) The provision of trees which recognise the context and scale of the area in which they are located and the significance of the road in the roading hierarchy Stormwater Updated 11 July 2011 (a) Measures adopted so as to ensure the protection of ground-water quality including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed car parking areas. (b) The extent to which alternative treatments may be available. (c) The contribution made by the stormwater facilities' layout and design to the visual amenity of the immediate area. (d) The ability to capture and treat stormwater on site. (e) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(ii), Part 2). (f) The extent to which consideration has been given to the staging of subdivision so as to ensure that soakage basins do not become clogged during site works required to give effect to a subdivision consent. (g) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with any Living G(Awatea) Surface Water Management System Operation and Maintenance Management Plan and/or any relevant Integrated Catchment Management Plan. (h) The extent to which the proposal incorporates stormwater management infrastructure to provide appropriately for the control of stormwater during the period of construction. (i) The extent to which the proposal incorporates stormwater management infrastructure to control stormwater management system anticipated by the Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(ii), Part 2) Street Scene Updated 11 July 2011 (a) The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address the street. (b) The extent to which consideration has been given to the potential use of back lanes for vehicle access in subdivision layout Location of High Density Sites Updated 11 July 2011 The extent to which High Density sites are located to provide convenient access to a potential public transport route and wherever possible in close proximity to: a reserve, and/or retail or community facilities; and/or be within a 400 metre radius of any of the above Mix of Densities Updated 11 July 2011 The extent to which the application: (a) meets the density ranges and mixes specified in Part 2, Appendix 3T - Outline Development Plan (Awatea). (b) specifies which density range the site is within Sanitary Sewer Updated 11 July 2011 In the Living G (Awatea) Zone, the extent to which the subdivision will necessitate the construction of more than one waste water pumping station within the development area Contaminated Sites Updated 11 July 2011 Suitability of remediation and/or mitigation measures to adequately deal with site contamination Unanticipated Discovery of Archaeological Sites Updated 11 July 2011 The extent to which the requirement for an unanticipated discovery of archaeological sites protocol should be included in any subdivision consent for sites works associated with the consent - for example Transit Accidental Discovery Protocol (Opus 2007 Appendix 4).

211 Level 2 - Density A Areas Updated 11 July 2011 For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, the extent to which building and site development will achieve the following in the clauses below: Site and Context Updated 11 July 2011 (a) Developments should consider local environmental conditions including but not limited to the position of the sun and prevailing winds. (b) Developments are encouraged to support prominent vistas and view shafts. (c) Developments are encouraged to provide a high degree of passove surveillance. Explanation Proposals will need to demonstrate how the development responds to constraints and opportunities within and beyond the site. Developments should consider amenity for residents, neighbours and the wider community. Christchurch's climate is temperate with distinctive weather patterns (e.g. prevailing winds and cool, damp winters). Building design should respond to these conditions to ensure comfort for residents. Building design should allow for utilisation of passive solar energy. On the flat topography of Christchurch, view shafts and vistas to prominent features such as the Port Hills, Southern Alps and Central City skyline create reference points that contribute to the visual amenity of residents. In higher density residential areas, in particular in respect of shared accessways and lanes, consideration should be given to the provision of passive surveillance. This can be achieved by locating first floor dwellings, windows, and balconies that overlook accessways and lanes Relationship with street, lanes and public open spaces Updated 11 July 2011 (a) Buildings should be oriented toward the street and positioned closed to the road boundary. (b) Active areas of buildings, such as habitable rooms and entrances should, in addition to the requirement to be placed along the street frontage (Rule , Part 2, Volume 3), also face the adjacent public open spaces where applicable, particularly at ground level. (c) Buildings should have pedestrian entrances that are identifiable, well articulated and directly accessible from the street, or in the case of rear units, shared accessways. (d) Facades of buildings facing the street should have a high degree of glazing that is evenly distributed. (e) Fences and landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views. (f) Fences should complement the building design. (g) Building design and location provide opportunities for passive surveillance particularly in relation to shared accessways and lanes. Explanation Boundary treatments have an impact on adjacent streets and public open spaces. A coordinated approach to buildings, landscaping and boundary edeges is important to help set the overall appearance for the neighbourhood. It is also important that developments enhance the definition of the street through the continuity of the building edge and height to promote a sense of enclosure and to establish a comfortable, well-structured public space. Minor modulation and variance of the building frontage is acceptable to retain site features or avoid architectural monotony, provided that the oveall continuity of the frontage is not compromised. The positioning of main entrances and primary activities (e.g. habitable rooms) along streets and public open spaces increases pedestrian safety, visual interest and social interaction. This is most effective at ground level where views and access points are most direct. Large windows and balconies will maximise the opportunities for surveillance of the street, lanes and public open spaces. Generally a minimum of 25% glazing across these building frontages is invisaged. Near streets, lanes and public open spaces, front fences, walls and gates should discourage illegitimate entry but maximises surveillance and safety. The location of fully private outdoor living spaces or dense planting along road boundaries and reserves is discourged at ground level to promote greater community ownership and responsibility of these public spaces. Fences should complement the development and the use of inappropriate materials like razor wire or broken glass is not acceptable Corner sites Updated 11 July 2011 (a) Buildings on corner sites should orientate toward all adjacent streets and public open spaces and emphasise these corners. (b) Pedestrian entrances are encouraged to be located along main pedestrian routes. Explanation Poor building location and design at street corners can undermine the overall structure and legibility of an urban area. Poor building location and design of buildings at corner sites can result in visual imbalance and disinterest of built form when forming a relationship with multiple street frontages. Corner sites are important as they orientate people and aid decision making for those moving around a neighbourhood, particularly when viewed across a public open space or at the end of a street.

212 Primary pedestrian entrances should be located along main pedestrian routes linking to key destinations to help improve their safety and vitality of these routes Building form and articulation Updated 11 July 2011 (a) Buildings should be of a domestic scale. (b) Buildings in series should avoid excessive repetition of building forms. (c) Buildings should avoid facades and elevations whose length or bulk is visually excessive or blank. (d) Roofs should be designed to limit continuous ridgelines and to minimise the visual bulk of a building. (e) The separation of buildings on sites is encouraged to reduce perceived buildind bulk. (f) Architectural features and a variety of materials and colours are encouraged to provide human scale and visual interest. Explanation Accepting a variety of building styles, developments should have facade lengths and separation between buildings that create and maintain a high degree of amenity. Overly repetitive building forms should be avoided with the design of each building creating a distinctive and varied environment. Blank facades, particularly those facing the street or open spaces, can be avoided through the addition of architectural features (i.e. entrance porches, bay windows, and shade screens) which provide relief, texture or colour. Architectural features, integrated roofs and landscaping can all contribute to breaking up and softening the visual bulk of a development. Separating large buildings to allow views through sites can make new development less instrusive, particularly for neighbours. A general rule for the maximum length of a buiding facade is 15m before a recess of at least two metres or separation of buildings is needed. Developments are encouraged to use high quality, durable materials and fixings. Use of these materials and fixings will contribute to reduced maintenance costs and responsibilities for residents and foster a sense of ownership by residents Landscaping and site amenity Updated 11 July 2011 (a) Car parking, garages, side boundaries, shared accessways, lanes and service areas should be softened by landscaping. (b) Lighting, planting, fences and other structures on sites and shared accessways, lanes and service areas should be designed to maximise safety of occupants and visitors. (c) The distribution of landscaping throughout the site and provision for larger vegetation is encouraged. (d) Landscaped design is encouraged to use locally appropriate plants, including those that minimise water and maintenance requirements, promote biodiversity and healthy ecosystems. (e) For lanes and shared accessways, fences and gates at the rear of properties should provide varying degrees of solidity and transparency, while maximising occupants' safety and providing opportunities for passive surveillance. (f) Landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views and should contain species that are able to reach a size, at maturity, that would require the plant's removal to maintain amenity on the site. Explanation Safety is a key consideration throughout developments and should conform to Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles. A clear hierarchy of spaces, from public through to private, with well defined transitions between them and no "left-over" spaces, needs to be established in developments. Fencing and soft and hard landscaping should be designed in a way that does not prevent informal surveillance of lanes, common or public areas and maintains clear sightlines by avoiding blind corners, hiding places or dark recesses. Lighting for safety and amenity purposes should be an integral part of the development and be carefully designed and positioned to light all common areas and building entrances without creating a nuisance for adjoining properties. A balanced landscape coverage adds to the Garden City image and the visual outlook of residents and neighbours. Vegetation softens building bulk and boundary fencing, breaks up large paving areas and improves screening for privacy. Use of deeper planting borders allows for larger vegetation, including trees. Use of locally appropriate plants is encouraged to enhance the neighourbood character and to establish planting which is robust and easily maintained within local climatic conditions. The use of locally sourced native plants is encouraged to promote biodiversity. Plant species should be carefully chosen to ensure that their size at maturity does not create adverse on site amenity effects such as overdominance and overshadowing of buildings and restricting views from living areas onto the street Outdoor Living Spaces Updated 11 July 2011 (a) Outdoor living spaces should be located on sites in a way that will optimise useable space and provide a pleasant outlook for unit occupants. (b) Private outdoor living spaces, including balconies and terrace, should link directly to main living areas within th residential unit. Explanation The sensitive location and screening of outdoor living spaces, including balconies and terraces, is important to maximise the solar aspect and shelter from predominant winds. It is important that outdoor living spacse are accessible and complementary to the main living areas is each unit. Linking outdoor and indoor living areas together encourages their use, improves outlook and provides greater flexibility for smaller private spaces. Where communal spaces are provided, they should be easily accessible from each unit, while minimising disturbance to adjacent residents. Where possible, they should offer an area of open space that is sited and developed to provide a positive amenity outlook for residents.

213 Communal spaces should be of a size and dimension that is appropriate to the total number of residental units and residents in the development and incorporate facilities that make them attractive, inviting and safe to use (e.g. outdoor seating area, barbecue area, play area, tennis court), while being cost-effective to manage and to maintain Service Areas and Utilities Updated 11 July 2011 Service areas should be positioned in a development to minimise adverse visual, noise or odour amenity effects and to enable practical use. (a) Rubbish storage areas, letter boxes, utility boxes and other service facilities required to be accessible from the street should be visually integrated into the development frontage. (b) Building service such as external accessways and mechanical, electrical and communications equipment should be integrated within the building to minimise their visual impact, particularly from streets or public open spaces. (c) Storage space should be easily accessible to residents. Explanation Service areas (e.g. clothes lines, wheelie bin storage) are often unsightly and can generate adverse noise and odours. The screening or location of these areas away from primary views, along with consideration for containment of noise and odours, is important. The configuration of these areas should enable site facilities that are adequately sized, have a practical use and are conveniently located to each residential unit and service providers. Any service facilities close to a street or public open space, and which cannot be placed elsewhere, need to be concealed or of a complementary design to building and streetscape to minimise their visual impact. Other building service elements (e.g. drainage pipes, lift plant) can add to the visual clutter of developments and should be integrated within the overall building design or screened, yet allow for servicing access and future additions. This includes external stairs and access decks which should generally be avoided. Elements which couls be added post-completion (i.e. satellite dishes, heat exchangers) should be allowed for through provision of communal facilties at the outset of development or via appropriate provision of space for these additions at a later stage. The provision of storage space should accommodate a range of recreational and maintenance equipment, particulary those related to children's toys, sports equipment, bicycles and gardening tools, and be positioned as close to their end use as possible Residential Amenity Updated 11 July 2011 (a) The location, orientation and internal design of residential units should balance outlook and sunlight with the privacy of internal occupants and neighbouring residential units. (b) Windows and balconies on upper levels should be orientated and screened to limit direct overlooking of adjacent dwellings, their outdoor living spaces and the private outdoor living space of other units in the same development. (c) Developments are encouraged to provide a variety of unit types and sizes to accommodate a range of households. Explanation All residential units should provide a high standard of amenity with regard to size, purpose, layout, acoustic insulation and privacy. This includes the configuration of balconies to minimise views between upper level residential units and down to ground level private spaces. Residential accommodation in the City needs to cater for a diversity of living types in order to maintain a variety of housing choice and the vitality of the City. This mix of unit sizes could include studio or one bedroom units through to multi bedroom units in detached, semi-detached, terraced or apartment housing types Treatment of Lanes Updated 11 July 2011 (a) Define the identity of, and entrance to, a lane through both landscaping and built form elements such as location, residential dwellings close to the street or where they are visible from the street. (b) Provision of shared vehicle and pedestrian access with no defined footpath. (c) Variation in lane clearway through design by tightening, extending and terminating views within a lane. (d) Provision of permanent passive surveillance for all parts of the lane. (e) Establish a consistent character for a lane with complementary architectural features on the lane and adjacent buildings. Explanation The purpose of providing residential units in close proximity to lane entrances is to provide a gatekeeper function, promote activity and provide passive surveillance in the lane. The use of landscaping can also act as a visual cue clearly defining the lane's identity and entrance. Sharing the space between pedestrians and vehicles by not defining footpaths or carriageways promotes awareness of each other's presence in a confined space. This has the effect of reducing vehicle speeds and improving pedestrian safety on lanes. Variation is the design of lanes provides visual interest and can be achieved through variation in width, the location of the elements and landcaping textures thereby ensuring the lanes are not viewed on the same vertical plane or appear overly long. A safet streetscape can be achieved through design that considers the composition of garages, lofts, carports, uncovered spaces, entrance ways, lighting and landscaping. Design should avoid areas on lanes and accessways that are not subject to passive surveillance from overlooking first floor dwellings or studio windows and by providing sufficient transparency from private yards to laneways.

214 An interesting streetscape can be established through the use of a limited range of complementary architectural features, for example garage doors, fences and paving. They could be constructed of varying materials to suit each residential unit design and provide variation to the laneway Subdivision in the Business 7 (Wilmers Road) Zone Updated 11 July Site Contamination and Landfill Gas Updated 11 July 2011 The subdivision on any land in the Business 7 Zone shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion limited to health and safety, adequacy of site investigation, mitigation and remedial action. Note 1: The investigation of individual builing lots shall be carried out in accordance with the Ministry for the Environment's Contaminated Land Management guidelines or any relevant National Standard for assessing and managing contaminants in or on land. An investigation shall also be carried out to evaluate the extent and potential effects of landfill gas to the health and safety of occupiers of the site and of other land. These investigations shall be carried out by persons with recognised expertise and experience. In the event that soil contamination is identified of landfill gas is detected at levels which require remedial and/or site management measures to be undertaken to make the land measures shall be undertaken and recorded, and copies of the investigation and remediation/site management reports shall accompany the resource consent application. Note 2: This clause does not apply where land contamination has been investigated by way of a subdivision consent application in accordance with Clause 21.1 Site Contamination and a subdivision consent has been granted with or without conditions regarding the necessary mitigation and/or remediation measures. Assessment Matters: Where soil contaminants or landfill gas are detected at levels which justify remediation or management of the site to protect the health and safety of the occupiers: The risk to health and safety of any persons Suitability of remedial and/or site management measures to be undertaken to make the site suitable for the intended purposes. Suitability of remedial and/or site management measures to ensure the protection of ground water quality during the remediation process Subdivision in the Living G (Wigram) Zone Updated 30 April Development Standards Updated 30 April Town Centre Updated 30 April 2011 The Business 1 Zone subdivision rules shall apply to subdivision within the area shown as Town Centre on the Outline Development Plan in Appendix 3U/1 Development Plan (Wigram), Part 2, Volume 3. Rule (a) will also apply to land in the Town Centre Residential site density - residential activity Updated 30 April 2011 Any subdivision for residential activity shall provide for a mix of residential densities from within the following site sizes, generally in the locations as shown on Appendix 3U/1 Outline Development Plan (Wigram), Part 2, Volume 3. Where the terms 'Density A', 'Density B' and 'Density C' are used they shall have the meaning set out below: Density A residential site: A minimum net area of 200m 2 and maximum net area of 250m 2 Density B residential site: A minimum net area of 250m 2 and maximum net area of 450m 2 Density C residential site: A minimum net area of 450m 2 and maximum net area of 750m 2 Each residential unit shall be contained within its own separate site except in Density A areas where a strata title or residential unit is proposed to be erected above another residential unit in the manner detailed in subclause 6 of the definition in Part 1, Volume 3. Nothwithstanding the above, the minimum net areas shall not apply where an allotment is to be created after the erection of a building (to the extent that the exterior is fully closed in) on that allotment, or alternatively, where the subdivision consent is issued after, or at the same time as, the building consent for such a building and all necessary landuse consent are obtained. In the case of a building not yet erected, the applicant shall be bound to erect the building before obtaining a certificate under section 224 of the Resource Management Act 1991, and the subdivision consent shall have attached to it a condition to that effect.

215 Density Range Consent Notices Updated 30 April 2011 (i) Consent notices shall be required to attach to all titles created in or immediately adjoining Density ATC, Density A and Density B sites, specifying which density range each site in Sites fronting Wigram Road Updated 30 April 2011 Any subdivision shall not create sites that hve direct vehicular access to Wigram Road other than via the intersections identified as 'A' on the Outline Development Plan, Appendix 3U/1, Part 2, Volume Critical Standards Updated 30 April Conformity with Outline Development Plan - General Updated 30 April 2011 a) The subdivision of this land shall be in general accordance with the following parts of the Outline Development Plan (Wigram): i. Appendix 3U/1: Outline Development Plan ii. Appendix 3U/2: Key Structuring Elements iii. Appendix 3U/3: Layer Diagram - Green Network iv. Appendix 3U/4: Layer Diagram - Movement Network v. Appendix 3U/5: Layer Diagram - Blue Network Except that smaller neighbourhood parks identified in Appendix 3U/3 - Layer Diagram - Green Network are not required to be provided. (b) And shall achieve the following minimum mix of residential sites within the Living G (Wigram) zone: Density A 10% Density B 20% Density C 40% (c) For any subdivision that does not accord with the density location provisions shown in Appendix 3U/1 (Part 2, Volume 3) details shall be provided to show alternative locations on the other land where the applicant is the registered proprietor, and on which compliance with the overall density provisions of the Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3U/1, Part 2, Volume 3) for this zone are to be otherwise achieved provided that the following subparagraphs are meet: i. the subdivision is in accordance with the provisions of Appendix 3U/3 to 3U/5 and key principles referred to in 3U/1 and 3U/2 (Part 2, Volume 3). ii. Where any Density A, B or C residential development is proposed in locations other than those indicated for each activity on Appendix 3U/1 Outline Development Plan (Wigram) Part 2, Volume 3, it shall also demonstrate a relationship with a neighbouring open-space/reserve area to provide associated amenity. iii. a consent notice or other mechanism such as a memorandum of encumbrance to secure the achievement of the densities in alternative locations shall be registered on the title of the land concerned. iv. any application under paragraph (ii) shall be accompanied by a land use consent for development on the proposed new lots which shall be processed jointly with the subdivision consent application Allotment sizes - residential activity Updated 30 April 2011 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accommodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below: Density C 15m x 18m Density B 10m x 10m Density A 6m X 8m Notwithstanding the above, minimum allotment dimensions shall not apply to allotments created for access, utilities, roads and reserves.

216 Control of stormwater Updated 30 April 2011 Any subdivision shall: (a) Control its own stormwater in accordance with the Blue Network in Appendix 3U/5, Part 2 Volume 3; (b) Link with the other stormwater systems shown on the Blue Network; and (c) Applications for the necessary consents from the Regional Council must be lodged before or contemporaneously with any subdivision application Provision of public transport Updated 30 April 2011 Any subdivision shall be designed and constructed so as to enable public transport bus movements, bus stops and passenger shelters at the approximate locations shown in Appendix 3U/4: Layer Diagram - Movement Network (Part 2 Volume 3) Open Space Updated 30 April 2011 All open space areas - including roads, paths, cycleways, swales and other storm water treatment train areas including storm water ponds and passive open space (subject to covenants or consent notices) shall be: (i) As shown on the Green and Blue Network plans; and (ii) Notated with the proposed future ownership and method of securing to their open space purpose. Except that reserves identified in Appendix 3U/3: Layer Diagram as smaller neighbourhood Parks are not required to be provided Sanitary Sewer Updated 30 April 2011 Subdivision shall be a non-complying activity where provision is not made for the disposal of waste water system via the Christchurch City Council waste water system. This rule shall cease to apply when the capacity and servicing constraints within the Christchurch City Council waste water system and water service main have been overcome, and the Unit Manager-Asset and Network Planning (or equivalent Council Officer) is satisfied that there is capacity in the reticulated waste water system for further development to occur Information to be supplied with subdivision consent Updated 30 April 2011 (a) Information that illustrates how: (i) the proposed subdivision; and (ii) the location of key infrastructure accords with the Outline Development Plan Wigram and in particular: Appendix 3U/1: Outline Development Plan (Wigram) Appendix 3U/2: Key Structuring Elements Appendix 3U/3: Layer Diagram - Green Network Appendix 3U/4: Layer Diagram - Movement Network Appendix 3U/5: Layer Diagram - Blue Network (b) The policies in Part 11.7, Volume 3 are achieved. (c) The location of Density ATC, A, B and C sites. (d) The allocation of building height areas in the special building height area. (e) Information that illustrates the proposed subdivision accords with the mix of densities identified in Clause , Volume 3 Part 14, or how that mix of densities will be achieved on land within the applicants control on subsequent subdivision applications. (f) Information detailing any previous consent notice or notices and or memorandum or memoranda of encumbrance registered on the title of the land pursuant to Clause (c)(iv), Volume 3 Part 14. (g) Information that illustrates on a site plan what density range (i.e. Density ATC, A, B or C) each lot is in. (h) Measures taken to reduce dust emissions (if any) Assessment matters for subdivision in the Living G (Wigram) zone Updated 30 April 2011 Design and Layout (a) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments enables appropriate housing forms to establish reflective of the density area in which they are located.

217 (b) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments establishes a connectivity with prominent vistas and view shafts. (c) The extent to which crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED) principles have been includes in the design, orientation, size and shape of allotments, the provision of hard and soft landscaping, and the location of street lighting. (d) The extent to which the overall design, orientation, size and shape of allotments encourages the minimisation of energy use. (e) The extent to which subdivision can accommodate the landuse and built form and layout anticipated for the land in the Living G (Wigram) Zone at Part 2, Volume 3 of the City Plan and the Living G (Wigram) Policies at Part 11, Volume 2. (f) The ability to minimise the impact of access and garages on the streetscape through subdivision design. In higher density areas to minimise the extent of vehicle crossings and/or garages and/or parking that face the street and to maximise building frontage and on-street parking, regard should be had to: avoiding the extensive use of rear lots which require an additional access leg; the use of rear lanes (via access lots, rights of way or legal road) particularly for narrow terrace housing lots. The use of shared access (via access lots or rights of way). (g) The application of appropriate lot dimensions and sizes to prevent the creation of sausage flats with long monotonous facades. (h) Avoiding the widespread use of cul de sacs. Any cul de sacs should be short and relatively straight. (i) The design of residential street blocks should be no longer than 250 metres to maximize the permeability of the movement network, particularly in relation to pedestrian movements. (j) The ability of subdivision to accommodate to the diversity of housing types as appropriate for the density area. (k) The ability of subdivision to accommodate mixed use development including retail, commercial, community, civic and residential uses in the town centre. Quality The extent to which the proposal will be in accordance with the Outline Development Plan (Wigram), Structuring Elements and Layer Diagrams at Appendix 3U/1 to 5, Part 2, Volume 3. Connectivity (a) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with Appendix 3U/4: Layer Diagram - Movement Network, Part 2, Volume 3. (b) Whether it is appropriate and/or desirable to establish a shared cycle and pedestrian path on one side of Wigram Boulevard (in addition to an on-road cycle lane) in a manner which mitigates any conflict with existing or likely future vehicle crossings and/or side roads. Access to outdoor space The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with Appendix 3U/3: Layer Diagram - Green Network. Street Trees (a) The extent to which trees are proposed to be accommodated within the legal road reserve (b) The provision of trees intended to provide a high level of visual amenity (c) The provision of trees which recognise the context and scale of the area in which they are located and (d) the significance of the road in the roading hierarchy. Stormwater (a) Measures adopted so as to ensure the protection of ground water quality including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed car parking areas. (b) The extent to which alternative treatments may be available. (c) The contribution made to the visual amenity of the immediate area. (d) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with Appendix 3U/5: Layer Diagram - Blue Network. (e) The extent to which consideration has been given to the staging of subdivision so as to ensure that soakage basins do not become clogged during site works to give effect to a subdivision consent. (f) The extent to which the proposal incorporates storm water management infrastructure to appropriately control storm water until connection is made to the wider storm water management system anticipated by Appendix 3U/5: Layer Diagram - Blue Network. (g) The efficient and effective operation of the stormwater system as part of the integrated catchment management plan for the South West Christchurch Area thereby ensuring a complete treatment train for rainwater (h) Maximising open space and pedestrian/cycle access opportunities in the locations where the Blue Network and Green Network are to be provided jointly (Appendix 3/U3 and 3U/5). Energy Efficiency The extent to which passive solar access can be achieved. Street Scene/Public Realm (a) The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address and provide natural surveillance to the street and public open spaces. (b) The extent to which consideration has been given to the potential use of back lanes for vehicle access in subdivision layout. Location of Density A sites (a) The extent to which Density A sites are located so as to provide convenient access to a potential public transport route and wherever possible in close proximity to: a reserve, and/or retail or community facilities; and / or be within a 400 metre radius of any of the above. Any Density A site proposed on land not identified as such in the Outline Development Plan in Appendix 3U/1 shall be located near open space and be within walking distance of the town centre or a public bus stop.

218 Mix of Densities (a) The extent to which the application meets the density ranges and mixes specified in Rules , and (b) Part 14 Volume 3. Sanitary Sewer (a) The need to provide a reticulated sewer to development. Sites fronting Wigram Road (a) the ability of the road network to safely and efficiently accommodate additional vehicle access points onto Wigram Road. Tangata Whenua and Cultural Values (a) The ability of the subdivision and development to recognise values significant to tangata whenua and identified in the Christchurch City Council South West Area Plan. (b) The need to notify developers of their obligations under the Historic Places Act 1993 in case an unknown archaeological site is inadvertently uncovered. (c) Other tangata whenua related objectives, polices, rules and methods within the City Plan and any Iwi Management Plan. The Design of the Road between the School and Sports Park (a) Ensuring that the road between the School Site and the Sports Park provides a legible and attractive delineation between the landuses, opens up a large block of land, maximizes surveillance opportunities to the school and sports park, maintains accessibility and provides safe pick up and drop off areas (if required). (b) The ability of the road design to meet the needs of the school, including those relating to traffic calming and safe pedestrian access between the school and sports park. 50m Amenity Setback from the B5 Zone (a) The ability of open space and road within the 50m amenity setback to the south of the Business 5 Zone to provide and protect the amenity of the residents to the South of the Parkhouse Road extension and also the users of the road and Wigram Park. (b) The form and design of landscaping within the 50m amenity setback to buffer the visual appearance of the Business 5 Zone and avoid reverse sensitivity issues in terms of visual amenity of nearby residential activity. (c) The ability of the open space for the landscape strip to provide a screen to the Business 5 Zone. Urban Design for the Density A and Density ATC sites (a) The ability of subdivision and development to recognise the urban design principles contained within Goal 7 'Residential Neighbourhood' within the South West Area Plan (2009). Residential site density - residential activity The extent to which the application: (a) achieves the overall net residential density required by Policy (a) (noting that the net residential density requirement does not need to be achieved at every stage of the development, provided it is achieved overall) and the mix of densities specified in Part 14, Volume 3, Clause Subdivision in the Business 5 Zone (Sir James Wattie Drive) and Templeton Special Rural Zone Updated 15 April Development Standards Updated 15 April 2013 (a) Within the Business 5 Zoned land covered by the Outline Development Plan (Sir James Wattie Drive - Appendix 21) the subdivision of land shall be in accordance with the Outline Development Plan landscape areas, plant species, road, pedestrian and cycleway layout and provision for stormwater. Within the Business 5 Zoned land covered by the Outline Development Plan (Sir James Wattie Drive - Appendix 21) the establishment and maintenance of planting within the landscape setback areas from Shands Road and Marshs Road shall be required as a condition of subdivision consent. Any development not in accordance with the Outline Development plan will be a restricted discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council s discretion limited to the relevant matters with which the development does not comply. (b) With respect to any subdivision within the transmission line corridors on the Outline Development Plan (Sir James Wattie Drive - Part 3, Appendix 21) and the Outline Development Plan (Templeton Special Rural Zone - Part 4, Appendix 6): No allotment shall be created within the transmission line corridors other than an allotment to provide for a network utility (for example stormwater), that does not allow for a building that complies with Clauses and Volume 3 Part 9 and the Outline Development Plan (Templeton Special Rural Zone - Part 4, Appendix 6).

219 23.2 Assessment Matters Updated 15 April 2013 When considering an application for subdivision within the transmission line corridors shown on the Outline Development Plan (Sir James Wattie Drive - Appendix 21) and the Outline Development Plan (Templeton Special Rural Zone - Part 4, Appendix 6), the Council shall reserve its control over: (i) the extent to which the subdivision design mitigates the effects on the lines, for example through the location of roads and reserves under the line, or lot layout. (ii) the ability for maintenance and inspection of the transmission line, including ensuring access for the same. (iii) the extent to which the design and development will minimise risk or injury and/or property damage from such lines. (iv) the extent to which potential adverse effects including visual impact are mitigated, for example through the location of building platforms and landscape design. (v) Compliance with the New Zealand Electrical Code of Practice for Electrical Safe Distances (NZECP 34:2001). (vi) The outcomes of any consultation with the affected utility operator Subdivision in the Living G (Prestons) Zone Updated 1 November 2011 Note: All other subdivision rules in Part 14 of Volume 3 of the City Plan apply to the Living G (Prestons) Zone except where they conflict with the following rules: 24.1 Development Standards Updated 1 November Urban Village / Commercial, Commercial and Commercial A & B Areas Updated 1 November 2011 The Business 2 Zone subdivision rules shall apply to subdivision within the area shown as Urban Village/Commercial, Commercial and Commercial A & B on the Outline Development Plan in 3V/1 Development Plan (Prestons) Part 2, Volume Residential site density - residential activities Updated 1 November 2011 Subdivision for residential activity shall provide for a mix of residential densities, from within the following site sizes, generally in location as shown on Appendix 3V/2 Density Layer Diagram (Prestons) Part 2 Volume 3. (a) Each residential unit shall be contained within its own separate site. Where the terms 'Density A, Density B, Density C or Density D are used they shall have the meaning set out below: ' Density A' residential site: A minimum net area of 200m 2 and a maximum net area of 250m 2. ' Density B' residential site: A minimum net area of 450m 2 and a maximum net area of 500m 2. ' Density C' residential site: A minimum net area of 600m 2 and a maximum net area of 650m 2. ' Density D' residential site: A minimum net area of 800m 2 and a maximum net area of 1000m Density Range Consent Notices Updated 1 November 2011 Consent notices shall be required to attach to all titles created in or immediately adjoining Density A or Density B sites, specifying which density range each site is in Creation of Public Open Space Updated 1 November 2011 (a) The subdivision of land to create public Open Space (including in the green links), linear park, Neighbourhood Parks and other reserves) shall be in general accordance with the locations identified on Appendix 3V/5 Green Network Layer Diagram (Prestons) Part 2, Volume 3; and (b) The total amount of land within the Living G (Prestons) Zone that the Council is required to accept for reserve purposes shall be limited to the areas shown as ' Neighbourhood Park' and 'Domain' on Appendix 3V/5 Green Network Layer Diagram (Prestons) Part 2, Volume 3, which shall not be used for stormwater detention; and (c) All areas shown as 'Green Links/Linear Park' and 'Neighbourhood Park' on Appendix 3V/5 Green Network Layer Diagram (Prestons) Part 2 Volume 3 shall be accessible to the public (whether vested in Council or not).

220 24.2 Community Standard Updated 1 November Conformity with outline development plan Updated 1 November 2011 (a) All sudivision in the Living G (Prestons) Zone shall be a controlled activity to ensure development is in accordance with the following: (i) The Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3V/1); and associated Key principles (ii) The Density Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/2); and associated Key principles (iii) The Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3V/3 (i) - (iv)); and associated Key principles (iv) The Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/4); and associated Key principles (v) The Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/5); and associated Key principles And shall not frustrate the intention that development should ultimately yield a minimum of 2200 residential units within the following mix of residential density ranges across the Living G (Prestons) Zone as a whole: 'Density A' within the Urban a minimum of 2% Village/Commercial, Commercial and Commercial A & B areas 'Density A' a minimum of 20% 'Density B' a minimum of 20% 'Density C' a minimum of 20% 'Density D' a minimum of 2% (b) Any proposed development that does not achieve the residential densities set out in the locations shown in the Density Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/2) (Prestons) Part 2, Volume 3, shall be a discretionary activity provided alternative locations are provided within the zone which ensure that the total area of each density type indicated in Density Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/2) (Prestons) Part 2 Volume 3, is maintained, and the alternative location is land where the applicant is the registered proprietor, subject to the following requirement: (i) the densities being transferred shall directly adjoin the same density in another location (separated by no road greater than a local road); (ii) for Density A sites and for residential activities in the Urban Village, they are located within 500m of the following: A public transport route Public open 'green' space such as a playground, local park or The Domain (note - for the purpose of this clause ' public open green space' includes green links and the linear parks but does not include roads) Activity centres, such as the Prestons Road Village or Commercial areas (iii) the transfer involves land in which the developer is the registered proprietor of all the land involved. In such cases consent notices shall be attached to that land Staged Development - residential and other activities Updated 1 November 2011 (a) No non-residential activities and not more than 400 residential allotments shall occur in the Living G Prestons Zone until upgrades of the Marshland Road/Mairehau Road, Marshland Road/Prestons Road, Mairehau Road/Burwood Road, and Lower Styx Road/Marshland Road intersections (including traffic signals) in accordance with Figure.1,.2,.3 and.5 (respectively), as shown on Appendix 3V/7 (i)-(v) have commenced. (b) No more than: (i) 1700 residential allotments within the areas identified as 'Density Area A-D' sites and 'Urban Village/Commercial'; and (ii) 7200m 2 of non-residential activities (comprising of 4000m2 for a supermarket and 3200m 2 for other non-residential activities) within the areas identified as 'Urban Village / Commercial', 'Commercial' and 'Commercial A & B' in Appendix 3V/1 Outline Development Plan (Prestons) Part 2, Volume 3. shall occur until such time as construction of the Northern Arterial and the 4-laning of QEII Drive between Main North Road and Innes Road together with either the Northern Arterial extension or the Hills Road extension has commenced; the Mairehau Road/Burwood Road intersection is upgraded in accordance with Figure.4 as shown in Appendix 3V/7(i)-(v). the portion of the main primary road (as shown on Appendix 3V/1 - Outline Development Plan (Prestons) linking Prestons Road to Mairehau Road in the Living G (Prestons) Zone is open to traffic. Note: the 7,200m 2 of non-residential development referred to in this sub-clause is inclusive of existing commercial activities contained within the Living G (Prestons) Zone (as at 27 March 2010). For the purposes of this rule, the Northern Arterial is defined as being one of the New Zealand Transport Agency Roads of National Significance, and is a new road extending the existing Christchurch Northern Motorway from just north of Belfast (Chaneys) to connect with QEII Drive. The scheme also includes an extension being progressed by Christchurch City Council from QEII Drive to Cranford Street. The Hills Road Extension is a Christchurch City Council roading scheme, extending Hills Road from Innes Road to join QEII Drive east of Philpotts Road.

221 Linear Park Road frontage Updated 1 November 2011 The north/south linear park shown on Appendix 3V/3(i)-(iv) shall be provided throughout its length with frontage to a through road or roads Critical Standards Updated 1 November Allotment sizes - Residential activity Updated 1 November 2011 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accommodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below: Density A Density B and C Density D 6m x 8m 10m x 10m 15m x 18m Control of Stormwater Updated 1 November 2011 Any subdivision shall: (a) Control its own stormwater in accordance with the blue network in Appendix 3V/4 Blue Network Layer Diagram (Prestons), Part 2 Volume 3; (b) Link with the other stormwater systems shown on the blue network; and (c) Applications for the necessary consents from the Canterbury Regional Council (CRC) must be lodged before or contemporaneously with any subdivision application. (d) No piped stormwater mains are to be employed unless it can be shown to the satisfaction of Christchurch City Council engineering staff that swale drainage is not feasible Provision of public transport Updated 1 November 2011 Any subdivision shall be designed and constructed so as to enable public transport bus movement in accordance with Appendix 3V/3(i) - (iv) Movement Network Layer Diagram (Part 2 Volume 3) Staged Development Updated 1 November 2011 (a) As part of the application for resource consent for any subdivision creating the first residential or non-residential allotment within the Living G (Prestons) Zone, the applicant must, either prior to or concurrently with the subdivision application: (i) provide a comprehensive plan which shows the overall system for all activities allowed by the entire Living G (Prestons) Zone; (ii) establish an approved wastewater system, both within the Living G (Prestons) Zone and as required beyond the zone to service the Living G (Prestons) Zone for all residential and commercial activities applied for which is consistent with (i) above; (iii) establish a reticulated drinking water supply for all residential and commercial activities applied for Access to Mairehau Road Updated 1 November 2011 No direct vehicle access granted to Mairehau Road from: (a) any secondary road (as identified on Appendix 3V/1 - Outline Development Plan (Prestons) until such time as the portion of the main primary road (as shown on Appendix 3V/1 - Outline Development Plan (Prestons) linking Prestons Road to Mairehau Road in the Living G (Prestons) Zone is open to traffic; or (b) any residential allotment Heritage and Archaeological matters in the Living G (Prestons) Zone Updated 1 November 2011 As part of the application for any resource consent application for any subdivision which involves the area identified as 'Dunlop House Heritage / Residential' in Appendix 3V/1 Outline Development Plan (Prestons) Part 2, Volume 3 (either as an allotment or balance area), the applicant must, either prior to or concurrently with the subdivision application, provide a Conservation Plan pertaining to the future use and maintenance of Dunlop House and associated objects, structures and landscaping.

222 Note: For the purpose of this rule, "Dunlop House" means the building listed in Appendix 1, Part 10, Volume 3 as "Two storey wooden colonial residence" located at 46 Lower Styx Road (Lot 1 DP6532) 24.4 Information to be supplied with subdivision consent Updated 1 November 2011 (a) Information that illustrates how the proposed subdivision accords with the Prestons Outline Development Plan and in particular: (i) The Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3V/1); and associated Key principles (ii) The Density Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/2); and associated Key principles (iii) The Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3V/3 (i) -(iv); and associated Key principles (iv) The Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/4); and associated Key principles (v) The Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/5); and associated Key principles (b) Information that illustrates how the staging and location of key infrastructure generally accords with the Prestons Outline Development Plan and in particular: (i) The Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3V/1); and associated Key principles (ii) The Density Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/2); and associated Key principles (iii) The Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3V/3 (i) -(iv); and associated Key principles (iv) The Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/4); and associated Key principles (v) The Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3V/5); and associated Key principles (c) Location of Density A, B, C and D sites. (d) Information that illustrates the proposed subdivision accords with the mix of densities identified in Clause , Volume 3 Part 14 or how the mix of densities will be achieved on land within the applicant's control on subsequent subdivision applications. (e) Information detailing any previous consent notice or notices and or memorandum or memoranda of encumbrance registered on the title of the land pursuant to Clause (b)(iii) Volume 3 Part 14. (f) Information that illustrates on a site plan what density range (Density A, Density B, Density C or Density D) each site is in Assessment matters for subdivision in the Living G (Prestons) Zone Updated 1 November 2011 (A) Quality The extent to which the proposal will be in accordance with the Urban Design Principles Appendix 3V/1 Outline Development Plan (Prestons) Part 2 Volume 3 (B) Connectivity The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Layer Diagrams Movement network (Appendix 3V/3(i) - (iv) Part 2 Volume 3); and the Key principles associated with those diagrams. (C) Access to outdoor space (a) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Layer Diagram Green Network (Appendix 3V/5 Part 2 Volume 3) and the Key Principles associated with that diagram. (b) Whether appropriate provision is made for the ongoing maintenance of any open space areas not vested in the Council. (c) The appropriate of any mechanism proposed to ensure that open space areas not vested in the Council are available for public access. (D) Street Trees (a) The extent to which trees are proposed to be accommodated within the legal road reserve. (b) The provision of trees intended to provide a high level of visual amenity. (c) The provision of trees which recognise the context and scale of the area in which they are located and the significance of the road in the roading hierarchy. (d) Consideration of bird habitat in relation to bird strike issues. (E) Stormwater (a) Measures adopted so as to ensure the protection of ground-water quality including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed car parking areas. (b) The extent to which alternative treatments may be available. (c) The contribution made to the visual amenity of the immediate area. (d) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Layer Diagram Blue Network (Appendix 3V/4 Part 2 Volume 3) and the Key Principles associated with that diagram. (e) The ability to provide on-site storage and / or treatment of stormwater from impervious surface (roofs, roads and other hardstanding) where there is to be discharge to water.

223 (f) The extent to which on-site stormwater discharge to ground has been investigated as a stormwater treatment option. (g) The extent to which developers have chosen suitable technologies from the 'On-Site Stormwater Management Guideline' (New Zealand Water Environment Research Foundation (2004)) (NZWERF) and 'Waterways, Wetlands and Drainage Guide' (Christchurch City Council (Copyright 2003)) best management practices for which proven design methods and performance exist. Any deviation from this list of approved technologies shall only be with approval of Christchurch City Council engineering officers. (F) Energy efficiency The extent to which passive solar access can be achieved (G) Street Scene (a) The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address the street. (b) The extent to which consideration has been given to the potential use of the back lanes for vehicle access in subdivision layout. (H) Location of Density A sites and residential activities in the Urban Village The extent to which Density A sites and residential activities in the Urban Village are located so as to provide convenient access within a 500 metre radius of: A potential public transport route; and/or Public open space such as a playground, local park or The Domain; and/or Retail, commercial or community facilities. (I) Mix Densities The extent to which the application: (a) meets the density ranges and mixes specified in rule Part 14 Volume 3. (b) specifies which density range the site is within (thereby defining which development standards are to apply to the site). Note: for clarity and certainty the Council can impose a consent notice or memorandum of encumbrance to this effect. (J) Intersection Safety The extent to which any Primary or Secondary Road, as illustrated on Appendix 3V/3(i)-(iv) Movement Network, that connects to either Mairehau Road, Lower Styx Road, Prestons Road or Marshland Road provides for the safety of road users. (K) Staged Development in the Living G (Prestons) Zone For activities not in accordance with rule : The nature and degree of any adverse effect arising on the transport network from the proposal that: deviates from the design of specific intersection upgrades set out in Appendix 3V/7(i)-(v) exceeds the number of residential or non-residential activities anticipated as maximums before specific transport network upgrades are commenced. The extent to which any deviation from the design of specific intersection upgrades set out in Appendix 3V/7(i)-(v) may improve the safety and efficiency of the local transport network, including Marshland Road, and its intersections with Prestons Road, Burwood Road Mairehau Road and Lower Styx Road. (L) Linear Park Road Frontage For subdivision applications not in accordance with rule , the extent to which the subdivision will maintain an appropriate level of public surveillance of, and a safe environment within, the linear park Subdivision in the B4 zone at Kennaway Park Updated 30 April Development Standards Outline Development Plan Updated 30 April 2011 Within the Business 4 zoned land known as Kennaway Park (being the land bounded by Tunnel Road and the Heathcote River, shown on the Outline Development Plan in Part 3 Appendix 9) the subdivision of land shall be in general accordance with the Outline Development Plan, Network Matters, Landscape Plan and Plant Species List contained in Appendix 9. Within the Business 4 zoned land known as Kennaway Park (being the land bounded by Tunnel Road and the Heathcote River, shown on the Outline Development Plan in Part 3 Appendix 9) landscaping, being the establishment and maintenance of planting and legal public pedestrian/cycle access, in general accordance with the Landscaping Plan and Plant Species List (contained within Volume 3 Appendix 9) shall be required as a condition of subdivision consent. Any development not in general accordance with the Outline Development Plan, Landscape Plan and Plant Species List will be a restricted discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the relevant matter(s) to which the development does not comply Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone

224 Updated 15 August Community Standards: Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone Updated 15 August Conformity with outline development plan Updated 15 August 2011 (i) Subdivision of up to 141 residential allotments within the Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion restricted to those matters listed in assessment criteria clause The application shall not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified. (ii) Subdivision of between 141 and 150 residential allotments within the Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion restricted to those matters listed in assessment criteria clause The application shall not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified Critical Standards: Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone Updated 15 August Number of allotments Updated 15 August 2011 (i) The number of residential allotments in the Resort Community Activity Area shall not exceed Sequencing of Development Updated 15 August 2011 (i) Prior to the signing of a certificate by the Council, under s224 of the Act, for the 71st residential allotment in the Resort Community Activity Area as shown on the Outline Development Plan for the Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone: the golf course and the wetlands within the golf course shall have been constructed and planted in accordance with Part 6, Rule ; and a Concept Plan for the adjoining Conservation 3 Zone shall be lodged with and approved by Council. This plan shall make provision for a public access track, indicate the species, layout and density of indigenous planting proposed and a bridge providing for public access across the Styx River; and a legal instrument securing public pedestrian access over the access track identified in the Concept Plan has been registered against the head title; and 50% of the planting identified in the Concept Plan for the Conservation 3 Zone approved by Council shall be completed; and a legal instrument securing public access for the purpose of a bridleway from the Styx River to Spencerville Road, as shown on the Outline Development Plan in Appendix 5 has been registered against the head title. (v) Prior to the signing of a certificate by the Council under s224 of the Act for the 120th residential allotment in the Resort Community Activity Area as shown on the Outline Development Plan for the Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone; All of the planting identified in the Concept Plan approved by Council shall be completed; and The public access track and bridge across the Styx River and the bridleway from the Styx River to Spencerville Road shall be constructed Assessment Matters for Subdivision in the Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone Updated 15 August 2011 (a) The extent to which the layout of the roads aligns with the indicative road layout and position of access points shown in the Outline Development Plan in Part 6, Appendix 5. (b) The extent to which the layout of the proposed residential allotments conform with the Outline Development Plan in Part 6, Appendix 5. (c) Whether the location of building platforms are fully contained within the boundaries of the Resort Community and Academy Activity Areas. (d) The size and shape of residential allotments within the Resort Community Activity Area. (e) The provision made for pedestrian and cycle linkages between the Resort Community Activity Area and the Academy Activity Area.

225 (f) The proposed landscape treatment of roads. (g) The effects on amenity values of the adjoining Rural Zone from the increased density of built form as a result of the subdivision of more than 141 residential allotments Outline Development Plan Business 8 Zone Islington - Additional Controls Updated 15 October Development Standards Updated 15 October 2012 (a) Any application for subdivision of land in the Business 8 Zone which creates new lots of business purposes, and which are located wholly between Pound Road and the internal road immediately to the east of Pound Road (as shown on the ODP in Appendix 18, Part 3) shall be accompanied by a landscape plan for: (i) the area of land identified in Appendix 18a and 18b, Part 3, requiring specific landscape treatment. The plan submitted shall be in accordance with the appropriate design shown in Appendix 18. (ii) the balance of any new lot frontage areas located within 10m of the Pound Road boundary that are not already covered by the specific plans in Appendix 18a and 18b, Part 3. (b) Landscape plans shall detail the plant species, density of planting, and the planting and maintenance programme, including irrigation, weed control and replacement of dead and diseased plants. (c) With respect to any subdivision within the transmission line corridors shown on the Outline Development Plan, Part 3, Appendix 18, Business 8, Islington. No allotment shall be created within the transmission line corridors other than an allotment to provide for a network utility (for example stormwater), that does not allow for a building that complies with Clause and 4.4.8, Volume 3 Part Assessment Matters Updated 15 October 2012 (a) The use of conditions to require the progressive remediation of contaminated land, and in particular to ensure that any remediation plan takes into account the historic landfill. (b) The use of conditions to require a financial contribution, towards the extension of Halswell Junction Road, linking to the central spine road sown on the Outline Development Plan, Part 3, Appendix 18 and through to Pound Road. (c) When considering an application for subdivision within the transmission line corridors shown on the Outline Development Plan, Part 3, Appendix 18, the Council shall reserve its control over: (i) the extent to which the subdivision design mitigates the effects on the lines, for example through the location of roads and reserves under the line, or lot layout. (ii) the ability for maintenance and inspection of the transmission line, including ensuring access for the same. (iii) the extent to which the design and development will minimise risk or injury and/or property damage from such lines. (iv) the extent to which potential adverse effects including visual impact are mitigated, for example through the location of building platforms and landscape design. (v) Compliance with the New Zealand Electrical Code of Practice for Electrical Safe Distances (NZECP 34:2001). (vi) The outcomes of any consultation with the affected utility operator. (d) With respect to the landscape treatment of the Pound Road frontage: (i) The use of conditions to require implementation of the planting plan along the full frontage of Pound Road (including that area covered by Appendix 18a and 18b in Part 3, prior to the issue of a Section 224 certificate, except as provided for in (d)(ii) and (iii) below. (ii) The Pound Road frontage shown in Appendix 18, Part 3 affected by a proposed road realignment shall be subject to a condition that planting is not implemented until such time as the final location of the realignment is confirmed and the road is constructed. (iii) Conditions on implementation need not be imposed on the portion of frontage subject to Appendix 18a or 18b if planting in full accordance with Appendix 18a or 18b in Part 3 has already been established. (iv) These conditions should also require that such landscaping be irrigated for a minimum of five years from the time of planting to ensure the landscaping is able to become established. (v) The extent to which the proposed landscape treatment will be effective in softening and / or screening any future buildings and creating a quality rural/urban interface as viewed by users of Pound Road and occupiers of the adjoining Open Space and Rural Zones: (vii) The extent to which the proposed landscape treatment includes a mix of canopy specimen trees and underplanting; (vii) The number and spacing of specimen trees. In general this should comply with the minima criteria set out in Volume 3, Part 3, Clause 5.2.7(b);

226 (viii) The extent to which the proposed landscape design will ultimately achieve a consistent and high quality landscape treatment along the entire Business 8 Zone frontage of Pound Road. In general this shall include: A predominance of evergreen species with a lesser proportion of deciduous specimen trees; Adoption of a sustainable planting and maintenance plan which minimises energy inputs such as irrigation and fertiliser; A planting pattern and species choice that it is simple and bold so as to provide design continuity and consistency and is in general accordance with the landscaping shown on Appendix 18a and 18b in Part 3; The use of plants that are readily available; The use of plants that are adapted to local soils, namely Templeton soil type; The use of plants that are naturally drought and disease resistant; A planting pattern and density of plants that will result in a landscape outcome that is aesthetically pleasing with no avoidable gaps; That the trees are able to attain sufficient height to soften the appearance of buildings Subdivision in the Living G (Halswell West) Zone Updated 1 November Development Standards Updated 1 November Business 1 Area Updated 1 November 2011 The Business 1 Zone subdivision rules shall apply to subdivision in the area shown as Business 1 Area on the Outline Development Plan (Halswell West) (Appendix 3W, Part 2) Residential allotment size and site density - residential activities Updated 1 November 2011 Any subdivision for residential activity shall provide for a mix of allotment sizes and densities, from the following site sizes, in locations as shown on the Outline Development Plan (Halswell West)( Appendix 3W, Part 2). Where the terms Density A ; Density B or Density C are used they shall have the meanings set out below: Density A residential area Density B residential area Density C residential area Average lot size to be contained in a range of 200m 2 to 250m 2 Minimum net site area of 150m 2 Maximum net site area 300m 2 Average lot size to be contained in a range of 275m 2 to 325m 2 Minimum net site area of 200m 2 Maximum net site area 450m 2 Average lot size to be contained in a range of 525m 2 to 575m 2 Minimum net site area of 450m 2 Maximum net site area 800m 2 Each residential unit shall be contained within its own separate site Halswell Junction Road Roundabouts Updated 1 November 2011 Despite anything in Part 8 Rule any subdivision in Living G (Halswell West) Zone, as shown on the Outline Development Plan in Appendix 3W to Part 2 Living Zones, that includes an intersection to be constructed on Halswell Junction Road leading into the Living G (Halswell West) Zone other than in the form of a roundabout having two (2) approach lanes on each leg of Halswell Junction Road shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion limited to the design of the intersection Community Standard Updated 1 November Conformity with Outline Development Plan - Density A Residential Area. Comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development Updated 1 November 2011

227 Any proposed subdivision shall be accompanied by comprehensive building and allotment design information detailing the nature, character, scale and form of development associated with proposed allotments and shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Councils discretion limited to design, layout of the subdivision and associated development, and the following parts of the Living G (Halswell West) Outline Development Plan: (i) Outline Development Plan (Halswell West) (Appendix 3W); (ii) Marker Buildings and Focal Points (Appendix 3W(a)); (iii) Movement Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(b)); (iv) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(c)); (v) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(d)); (vi) Reticulation Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(e)); and (vii) Tangata Whenua Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(f)). For the purpose of this rule, associated land use development means: Buildings, including accessory buildings; riverways and entrances; Fences and gates; Landscaping; Pedestrian paths and entrances; Shared access ways and lanes; Outdoor living areas; On-site car parking; Lighting Service areas; Utilities Conformity with Outline Development Plan - All other subdivision Updated 1 November 2011 Any proposed subdivision, other than that to which applies, shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Councils discretion limited to design and layout of the subdivision and the following parts of the Living G (Halswell west) Outline Development Plan: (i) Outline Development Plan (Halswell West) (Appendix 3W); (ii) Marker Buildings and Focal Points (Appendix 3W(a)); (iii) Movement Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(b)); (iv) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(c)); (v) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(d)); (vi) Reticulation Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(e)); and (vii) Tangata Whenua Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(f)) Intersection Spacing - Collector Roads Updated 1 November 2011 Notwithstanding Rule above the spacing of intersections along the Collector Roads as identified on the Movement Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(b)) shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion limited to traffic safety and the design and layout of the subdivision. Refer also to critical standard for conformity with Outline Development Plan provision - Clause Critical Standards Updated 1 November Allotment sizes - Residential activity Updated 1 November 2011 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accommodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below: Density C 16m x 16m Density B 10m x 10m Density A 6m x 8m

228 Residential allotment size and site density Updated 1 November 2011 Notwithstanding Rule any subdivision for residential activity where the minimum and maximum allotment sizes are not met or the average lot size is not in the range specified in that rule for the location to which the development applies, as shown on Outline Development Plan (Halswell West) (Appendix 3W, Part 2), shall be a non-complying activity Sites fronting Quaifes Road and Halswell Junction Road Updated 1 November 2011 For those sections of Quaifes Road and Halswell Junction Road subject to the limited access constraint as identified on the Outline Development Plan (Halswell West) (Appendix 3W, Part 2), no subdivision shall create an allotment having direct vehicular access to this road. Vehicular access shall be via the internal roading layout as identified on the Outline Development Plan (Halswell West) (Appendix 3W, Part 2), or alternative road Control of stormwater Updated 1 November 2011 Any subdivision shall control its own stormwater in accordance with the Blue Network Layer Diagram, Appendix 3W(b), Part Provision of public transport Updated 1 November 2011 Any subdivision not designed and constructed so as to enable public transport bus movements and which does not provide bus stops and passenger shelters at approximate locations shown in the Movement Network Layer Plan Appendix 3W(b), Part 2, shall be a non-complying activity Sanitary Sewer and Potable Water Supply Updated 1 November 2011 Subdivision shall be a non-complying activity where provision is not made for the following: (i) the disposal of waste water system via the Christchurch City Council waste water system; and (ii) connection to a potable water supply via the Christchurch City Council urban reticulated system via a service main. This rule shall cease to apply when the capacity and servicing constraints in the Christchurch City Council waste water system and water service main have been overcome, and the Unit Manager-Asset and Network Planning (or equivalent Council Officer) is satisfied that there is capacity in the reticulated waste water system for further development to occur and further development can be adequately provided with a safe, potable water supply Site Contamination Updated 1 November 2011 Any subdivision of land for residential purposes shall include an assessment which identifies and confirms the nature of any contamination of the land in question as well as specifying what remediation actions are required to ensure that the land is suitable for residential occupation Information to be supplied with subdivision consent Updated 1 November 2011 (a) Information that illustrates how the proposed subdivision, staging and the location of key infrastructure accords with the Living G (Halswell West) Outline Development Plan and in particular: (i) Outline Development Plan (Halswell West) (Appendix 3W); (ii) Marker Buildings and Focal Points (Appendix 3W(a)); (iii) Movement Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(b)); (iv) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(c)); (v) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(d)); (vi) Reticulation Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(e)); and (vii) Tangata Whenua Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(f)). (b) Information to show that staging takes account of the need to prevent clogging of soakage basins with sediments associated with construction. (c) Location of high, medium and low density sites. (d) Measures to be taken to reduce dust emissions (if any). (e) For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, building design information detailing how buildings are to satisfy the assessment matter (l) detailed in 28.5 Design and Layout.

229 28.5 Assessment matters for subdivision in the Living G (Halswell West) Zone Updated 1 November 2011 General matters General matters set out expectations for design of new residential development. They provide an assessment framework for consenting officers and expert advisers when considering resource consent applications. General matters allow for assessment to be undertaken of each development on a case by case basis. This allows flexibility of design whist controlling developments to avoid poor design. It is expected that as a minimum, developments will fulfil the matters that are shoulds, except where some competing or conflicting design objectives arise, in which case compromises may have to be made between assessment matters to achieve a better overall balance of development outcomes. Under each section heading a brief explanation provides additional information on meaning and intent behind the assessment matters. Applicants are also encouraged to provide written and graphic evidence of their design rationale to accompany site specific proposals. Any proposal shall be assessed against the extent to which the development achieves the following principles: Level 1 - All Density areas Design and Layout (a) The extent to which subdivision can accommodate the land use and built form and layout anticipated for the land in the Living G (Halswell West) Zone in Part 2, Volume 3 of the City Plan and the Living G (Halswell West) policies at Section 11, Volume 2 of the City Plan. (b) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments enables appropriate housing forms to establish that are reflective of the density area in which they are located. (c) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments establishes a connectivity with prominent vistas and view shafts. (d) The extent to which crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED) principles have been included in the design, orientation, size and shape of allotments, the provision of hard and soft landscaping, and the location of street lighting. (e) The extent to which the overall design, orientation, size and shape of allotments encourages the minimisation of energy use. (f) The ability to minimise the impact of access and garages on the streetscape through subdivision design. In higher density areas to minimise the extent of vehicle crossings and/or garages that face the street and to maximise building frontage and onstreet parking regard should be had to avoiding the extensive use of rear lots which require an additional access leg; the use of rear lanes (via access lots, rights of way or legal road) particularly for narrow terrace housing lots. The use of shared access (via access lots or rights of way). (g) The application of appropriate lot dimensions and sizes to prevent the creation of sausage flats with long monotonous facades. (h) Avoiding the widespread use of cul de sacs. Any cul de sacs should be short (no more than 150 metres) and relatively straight. (i) (j) Street blocks should be no longer than 240 metres to maximize the permeability of the Movement Network, particularly in relation to pedestrian movements. The ability of subdivision to add to the diversity of housing types as appropriate for the Density Area. (k) The extent to which the average allotment size, within the average range specified in rule , in the subdivision application will contribute to the overall minimum yield from the Halswell block of 15 households a hectare. Connectivity (a) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Movement Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(b), Part 2). Roading (a) The extent to which the roading layout supports a functional hierarchy of streets. (b) The extent to which the roading layout achieves a well connected and highly permeable movement network. (c) The extent to which the roading layout integrates in a practical and functional manner with the adjoining existing road network and the road network on proposed or concurrent subdivision consent applications. (d) The extent to which the proposed cross sections contribute toward achieving a speed environment that is compatible with each street s function. (e) The extent to which space is provided for cyclists and cycling is encouraged by the cross section design. (f) The account taken of pedestrian movement and continuity of walking facilities within the development. (g) The extent to which the roading layout supports walking to bus stops and/or key community facilities and across Halswell Junction Road, Whincops Road and Murphys Road to enable pedestrian movement to adjoining areas. (h) The opportunities for tree and amenity planting provided and the extent to which amenity features have been incorporated into each street. (i) (j) The appropriateness of the legal road width to accommodate the proposed cross-section design. The ability of the legal road width to accommodate a future change in the function of the street (where applicable). (k) The ability of the street to accommodate public transport services and the provision of bus stops. (l) The extent to which new roads make adequate provision for vehicle movements, car parking and property access.

230 (m) The extent to which stormwater management features such as rain gardens, swales, trapped sumps, first flush basins, wetlands or wet ponds are incorporated into the road stormwater treatment design. Access to public open space (a) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(d), Part 2). Street Trees (a) The extent to which trees are proposed to be accommodated within the legal road reserve (b) The provision of trees intended to provide a high level of visual amenity (c) The provision of trees which recognise the context and scale of the area in which they are located and the significance of the road in the roading hierarchy. (d) The provision of appropriate indigenous trees from, Part 14, Appendix 2 - Plan species for Living G (Halswell West) Zone; to achieve a balance of at least 50% indigenous street trees within the zone. Stormwater (a) Measures adopted so as to ensure the protection of ground-water quality including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed car parking areas. (b) The extent to which alternative treatments may be available. (c) The contribution made to the visual amenity of the immediate area. (d) The ability to capture and treat stormwater on site and the extent to which features such as swales, rain gardens and permeable surfaces are incorporated to reduce stormwater generated from sites. (e) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(c), Part 2). (f) The extent to which consideration has been given to the staging of subdivision so at to ensure that soakage basins do not become clogged during site works required to give effect to a subdivision consent. (g) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with any Living G (Halswell West) Surface Water Management System Operation and Maintenance Management Plan and/or any relevant Integrated Catchment Management Plan. (h) The extent to which the proposal incorporates stormwater management infrastructure to provide appropriately for the control of stormwater during the period of construction. (i) The extent to which the proposal includes features to control and manage the establishment of populations of biting aquatic insects, including the use of management plans. (j) The extent to which the proposal incorporates stormwater management infrastructure to control stormwater appropriately until connection is made to the wider stormwater management system anticipated by the Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(c), Part 2). Street Scene (a) The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address the street. (b) The extent to which consideration has been given to the potential use of back lanes for vehicle access in subdivision layout. (c) The extent to which any proposed subdivision provides for visual screening of sites between the intersections with Halswell Junction Road opposite McTeigues Road and the north-western edge of the zone from the Business 7 Zone and the future extension of the Christchurch Southern Motorway. Location of High Density sites (a) The extent to which High Density sites are located to provide convenient access to a potential public transport route and wherever possible in close proximity to: a reserve, and/or retail or community facilities; and / or be within a 400 metre radius of any of the above. Mix of Densities. (a) The extent to which the application: (b) (c) Meets the density ranges and mixes specified. Specifies which density range the site is within. Sanitary Sewer (a) In the Living G (Halswell West) Zone, the extent to which the subdivision will necessitate or lead to the construction of more than one waste water pumping station within the development area. Contaminated Sites (a) Suitability of remediation measures to remediate site contamination. Unanticipated Discovery of Archaeological Sites (a) The extent to which the requirement for an unanticipated discovery of archaeological sites protocol should be included in any subdivision consent for site works associated with the consent - for example Transit Accidental Discovery Protocol (Opus 2007 Appendix 4). (b) For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, the extent to which building and site development will achieves the following: Tangata Whenua cultural values (a) The ability of the subdivision and development to recognise values significant to Ngai Tahu and identified in the Christchurch City Council South West Area Plan.

231 (b) The need to notify developers of their obligations under the Historic Places Act 1993 in case an unknown archaeological site is inadvertently uncovered, and the earthworks consent. (c) The extent to which the application provides for other tangata whenua related objectives, policies, rules and methods within the City Plan and other relevant iwi management plans. Level 2 - Density A areas For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, the extent to which building and site development will achieve the following: (1) Site and context (a) Developments should consider local environmental conditions included but not limited to the position of the sun and prevailing winds. (b) Developments are encouraged to support prominent vistas and view shafts. (c) Developments are encouraged to provide a high degree of passive surveillance. Explanation Proposals will need to demonstrate how the development responds to constraints and opportunities within and beyond the site. Developments should consider amenity for residents, neighbours and the wider community. Christchurch s climate is temperate with distinctive weather patterns (e.g. prevailing winds and cool, damp winters). Building design should respond to these conditions to ensure comfort for residents. Building design should allow for utilisation of passive solar energy. On the flat topography of Christchurch, view shafts and vistas to prominent features such as the Port Hills, Southern Alps and Central City skyline create reference points that contribute to the visual amenity of residents. In higher density residential areas, in particular in respect of shared access ways and lanes, consideration should be given to the provision of passive surveillance. This can be achieved by locating first floor dwellings, windows and balconies that overlook access ways and lanes. (2) Relationship with street, lanes and public open spaces (c) Buildings should be oriented toward the street and positioned close to the road boundary. (b) Active areas of buildings, such as habitable rooms and entrances should, in addition to the requirement to be placed along the street (Rule , Part 2, Volume 3), be placed along the street and public open spaces, particularly at ground level. (c) Buildings should have pedestrian entrances that are identifiable, well articulated and directly accessible from the street or, in the case of rear units, shared access ways. (d) Facades of buildings facing the street should have a high degree of glazing that is evenly distributed. (e) Fences and landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views. (f) Fences should complement the building design. (g) Building design and location provide opportunities for passive surveillance particularly in relation to shared access ways and lanes. Explanation Boundary treatments have an impact on adjacent streets and public open spaces. A coordinated approach to buildings, landscaping and boundary edges is important to help set the overall appearance for the neighbourhood. It is also important that developments enhance the definition of the street through the continuity of the building edge and height to promote a sense of enclosure and establish a comfortable, well-structured public space. Minor modulation and variance of the building frontage is acceptable to retain site features or avoid architectural monotony, provided that the overall continuity of the frontage is not compromised. The positioning of main entrances and primary activities (e.g. habitable rooms) along streets and public open spaces increases pedestrian safety, visual interest and social interaction. This is most effective at ground level where views and access points are most direct. Large windows and balconies will maximise the opportunities for surveillance of the street, lanes and public open spaces. A minimum of 25% glazing across these building frontages is a rule of thumb. Near streets, lanes and public open spaces, front fences, walls and gates should discourage illegitimate entry but maximise surveillance and safety. The location of fully private outdoor living spaces or dense planting along road boundaries and reserves is discouraged at ground level to promote greater community ownership and responsibility of these public spaces. Fences should complement the development and avoid inappropriate materials like razor wire or broken glass. (3) Corner sites (a) Buildings on corner sites should orientate toward all adjacent streets and public open spaces and emphasise these corners. (b) Pedestrian entrances are encouraged to be located along main pedestrian routes. Explanation Poor building location and design at street corners can undermine the overall structure and legibility of an urban area. Poor building location and design of buildings at corner sites can result in visual imbalance and disinterest of built form when forming a relationship with multiple street frontages. Corner sites are important as they orientate people and aid decision making for those moving around a neighbourhood, particularly when viewed across a public open space or at the end of a street. Primary pedestrian entrances should be located along main pedestrian routes linking to key destinations to help improve their safety and vitality. (4) Building form and articulation (a) Buildings should be of a domestic scale (b) Buildings in series should avoid excessive repetition of building forms.

232 (c) Buildings should avoid façades and elevations whose length or bulk is visually excessive or blank. (d) Roofs should be designed to limit continuous ridgelines and minimise the visual bulk of a building. (e) The separation of buildings in sites is encouraged to reduce perceived building bulk. (f) Architectural features and a variety of materials and colours are encouraged to provide human scale and visual interest. Explanation Accepting a variety of building styles, developments should have façade lengths and separation between buildings that create and maintain a high degree of amenity. Overly repetitive building forms ought to be avoided with the design of each building creating a distinctive and varied environment. Blank facades, particularly those facing the street or open spaces, can be avoided through the addition of architectural features (i.e. entrance porches, bay windows and shade screens) which provide relief, texture or colour. Architectural features, integrated roofs and landscaping can all contribute to breaking up and softening the visual bulk of a development. Separating large buildings to allow views through sites can make new development less intrusive, particularly for neighbours. A rule of thumb for the maximum length of a building façade is 15 metres before a recess of at least two metres or separation of buildings is needed. Developments are encouraged to use high quality, durable materials and fixings. Use of these materials and fixings will contribute to reduced maintenance costs and responsibilities for residents and foster a sense of ownership by residents. (5) Landscaping and site amenity (a) Car parking, garages, side boundaries, shared access ways, lanes and service areas should be softened by landscaping. (b) Lighting, planting, fences and other structures on sites and shared access ways, lanes and service areas should to be designed to maximise safety of occupants and visitors. (c) The distribution of landscaping throughout the site and provision for larger vegetation is encouraged. (d) Landscape design is encouraged to use locally appropriate plants, including those that minimise water and maintenance requirements, promotes biodiversity and healthy ecosystems. (e) For lanes and shared access ways, fences and gates at the rear of properties should provide varying degrees of solidity and transparency, while maximising occupants safety and providing opportunities for passive surveillance. (f) n the Wetland Parks and along Knights Stream as illustrated on the Green Network Appendix 3U(d) all planting should be selected from the species included on Part 14 Appendix 2 - Plant Species for Living G (Halswell West) Zone. (g) In the Urban Riparian, Suburban Riparian, Civic and Neighbourhood Parks as illustrated on the Green Network Appendix 3W(d) at least 60% of planting should be selected from the species included on Part 14 Appendix 2 - Plant Species for Living G (Halswell West) Zone. (h) Landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views and should not contain species that are able to reach a size at maturity that would require the plant s removal to maintain amenity on the site. Explanation Safety is a key consideration throughout developments and should conform to Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles. A clear hierarchy of spaces, from public through to private, with well defined transitions between them and no left-over spaces, needs to be established in developments. Fencing and soft and hard landscaping should be designed in a way that does not prevent informal surveillance of lanes, common or public areas and maintains clear sightlines by avoiding blind corners, hiding places or dark recesses. Lighting for safety and amenity purposes should be an integral part of the development that is carefully designed and positioned to light all common areas and building entrances without creating a nuisance for adjoining properties. A balanced landscape coverage adds to the Garden City image and the visual outlook of residents and neighbours. Vegetation softens building bulk and boundary fencing, breaks up large paving areas and improves screening for privacy. Use of deeper planting borders allows for larger vegetation, including trees. Use of locally appropriate plants is encouraged to enhance the neighbourhood character and establish planting which is robust and easily maintained in local climatic conditions. The use of locally sourced native plants is encouraged to promote indigenous biodiversity. (6) Outdoor Living Spaces (a) Outdoor living spaces should be located on sites in a way that will optimise useable space and provide a pleasant outlook for unit occupants. (b) Private outdoor living spaces, including balconies and terraces, should link directly to main living areas in the residential unit. Explanation The sensitive location and screening of outdoor living spaces, including balconies and terraces, is important to maximise the solar aspect and shelter from predominant winds. It is important that outdoor living spaces are accessible and complementary to the main living areas in each unit. Linking outdoor and indoor living areas together encourages their use, improves outlook and provides greater flexibility for smaller private spaces. Where communal spaces are provided, they should be easily accessible from each unit, while minimising disturbance to adjacent residents. Where possible, they should offer an area of open space that is sited and developed to provide a positive amenity outlook for residents. Communal spaces should be of a size and dimensions that is appropriate to the total number of residential units and residents in the development and incorporate facilities that make them attractive, inviting and safe to use (e.g. outdoor seating area, barbecue area, play area, tennis court), while being cost-effective to manage and maintain. (7) Service Areas and Utilities Service areas should be positioned in a development to minimise adverse visual, noise or odour amenity effects and to enable practical use.

233 (a) Rubbish storage areas, letter boxes, utility boxes and other service facilities required to be accessible from the street should be visually integrated into the development frontage. (b) Building services such as external access ways and mechanical, electrical and communications equipment should be integrated in the building to minimise their visual impact, particularly from streets or public open spaces (c) Storage space should to be easily accessible to residents. Explanation Service areas (e.g. clothes lines, wheelie bin storage) are often unsightly and can generate adverse noise and odours. The screening or location of these areas away from primary views, along with consideration for containment of noise and odours, is important. The configuration of these areas should enable site facilities that are adequately sized, have a practical use and are conveniently located to each residential unit and service providers. Any service facilities in close proximity to a street or public open space, which cannot be placed elsewhere, need to be concealed or of a complementary design to building and streetscape to minimise the visual impact. Other building service elements (e.g. drainage pipes, lift plant) can add to the visual clutter of developments and should be integrated within the overall building design or screened, yet allow for servicing access and future additions. This includes external stairs and access decks which should generally be avoided. Elements which could be added post-completion (i.e. satellite dishes, heat exchangers) should be allowed for through provision of communal facilities at the outset of development or via appropriate provision of space for these additions at a later stage. The provision of storage space should accommodate a range of recreational and maintenance equipment, particularly those related to children s toys, sports equipment, bicycles and gardening tools, and be positioned as close to their end use as is possible. (8) Residential Amenity (a) The location, orientation and internal design of residential units should balance outlook and sunlight with the privacy of internal occupants and neighbouring residential units. (b) Windows and balconies on upper levels should be orientated and screened to limit direct overlooking of adjacent dwellings, their outdoor living space and the private outdoor living space of other units in the same development. (c) Developments are encouraged to provide a variety of unit types and sizes to accommodate a range of households. Explanation All residential units should provide a high standard of amenity with regard to size, purpose, layout, acoustic insulation and privacy. This includes the configuration of balconies to minimise views between upper level residential units and down to ground level private spaces. Residential accommodation in the City needs to cater for a diversity of living types in order to maintain a variety of housing choice and the vitality of the City. This mix of unit sizes could include studio or one bedroom units through to multi bedroom units in detached, semi-detached, terraced or apartment housing types. (9) Treatment of Lanes (a) Define the identity of, and entrance to, a lane through both landscaping and built form elements such as location residential dwellings close to the street or where they are visible from the street. (b) Provision of shared vehicle and pedestrian access with no defined footpath. (c) Variation in lane clearway through design by tightening, extending and terminating views in a lane. (d) Provision of permanent passive surveillance for all parts of the lane. (e) Establish a consistent character for a lane with complementary architectural features on the lane and adjacent buildings. Explanation The purpose of providing residential units in close proximity to lane entrances is to provide a gatekeeper function, promote activity and provide passive surveillance in the lane. The use of landscaping can also go act as a visual cue clearly defining their identity and entrance. Sharing the space between pedestrians and vehicles by not defining footpaths or carriageways promotes awareness of each other's presence in a confined space. This has the effect of reducing vehicle speeds and improving pedestrian safety in lanes. Variation in the design of lanes provide visual interest and can be achieved through variation in width, the location of the elements and landscaping textures thereby ensuring they are not viewed on the same vertical plane or appear overly long. A safe streetscape can be achieved through design that considers the composition of garages, lofts, carports, uncovered spaces, entrance ways, lighting and landscaping. Design should avoid areas on lanes and access-ways that are not subject to passive surveillance from overlooking first floor dwellings or studio windows and by providing sufficient transparency from private yards to laneway. An interesting streetscape can be established through the use of a limited range of complementary architectural features, for example garage doors, fences, and paving. They could be constructed of varying materials to suit each residential unit design and provide variation to the laneway Subdivision in the Living G (North West Belfast) zone Updated 14 May 2012 Note: All other subdivision rules in Part 14 of Volume 3 of the City Plan apply to the Living G (North West Belfast) zone except where they conflict with the following rules. Note: The Spine road at Living G (North West Belfast) does not have collector road status.

234 29.1 Development Standards Updated 14 May Commercial activity area Updated 14 May 2012 The Business 1 zone subdivision rules shall apply to subdivision within the area shown as Business 1 on the Densities and Key Infrastructure Plan in Appendix 3X/1(a) (North West Belfast) Part 2 Volume Residential site density - residential activities Updated 14 May 2012 Subdivision for residential activity shall provide for a mix of residential densities, from within the following site sizes, generally in locations as shown on Appendix 3X/1(a) Densities and Key Infrastructure Plan (North West Belfast) Part 2 Volume 3. Each residential unit shall be contained within its own separate site. Where the terms Density A; Density B, or Density C are used they shall have the meanings set out below: Density A residential site : to be contained within a range of 220m 2 to 325m 2. Density B residential site : Density C residential site : Minimum net site area of 200m 2. average lot size: to be contained within a range of 600m 2 to 650m 2. Minimum net site area of 550m 2. average lot sizes to be contained with a range of 2000m 2 to 5000m 2. Minimum net site area of 2000m Density Range Consent Notices Updated 14 May 2012 Consent notices shall be required to attach to all titles created in or immediately adjoining high density sites, specifying which density range each site is in Development of land adjacent to the Devondale Drive, as marked in red on the Outline Development Plan in Appendix 3X/1, Part 2, Volume 3 shall be subject to: Updated 14 May 2012 (i) a site boundary setback of 15 metres from the Devondale Driveway; and (ii) the area within the setback shall be of high amenity design with: (a) consistent design of permeable fences; and (b) the placement of key trees and shrubs within the setback within this 15m [Driveway] setback, where the lot is Density C and east of the Devondale Driveway Bypass Corridor Concept Plan Area Updated 14 May 2012 (i) Prior to any subdivision development within the area shown as the Bypass Corridor Development Area in Appendix 3X/1(a) Densities and Key Infrastructure Plan (Northwest Belfast), Part 2, Volume 3, a concept plan shall be submitted to the Council. The concept plan shall specify: (a) the alignment of the Western Belfast Bypass as confirmed as final by a NZTA Notice of Requirement; and (b) areas of density to give effect to rule ; and (c) appropriate setbacks from the Western Belfast Bypass Corridor for noise attenuation purposes; and (d) stormwater attenuation; and (e) roads, cycle and pedestrian routes; and (f) areas of open space And shall as closely as practicable give effect to the Outline Development Plan and layer diagrams (Appendix 3X/1-4, Part 2, Volume 3), whilst taking into account the limitations imposed by the Western Belfast Bypass. The Council shall consult with the NZTA on the relevant Concept Plan details as outlined in sub-clauses (a), (c), (d) and (e) below.

235 The concept plan shall be assessed as a controlled activity with the Council's control restricted to: (a) the integration of land use with the alignment of the Western Belfast Bypass as confirmed as final by a NZTA Notice of Requirement; and (b) areas of density to give effect to rule ; and (c) appropriate setbacks from the Western Belfast Bypass Corridor for noise attenuation purposes; and (d) stormwater attenuation; and (e) roads, cycle and pedestrian routes; and (f) areas of open space (ii) Upon approval of the concept plan pursuant to rule (i) it shall substitute the development shown within the Bypass Corridor Concept Plan Area on Appendix 3X/1-4, Part 2, Volume 3 and all applicable Living G (North West Belfast) objective policy and rule provisions in this Plan shall be read as applying to the development within the concept plan Community Standards Updated 14 May Conformity with outline development plan - All areas except Density A Updated 14 May 2012 (a) Any proposed subdivision to create an allotment or allotments for residential units shall be a controlled activity with the Council s discretion limited to the following parts of the Living G (North West Belfast) Outline Development Plan; (i) Density and Key Infrastructure Plan (Appendix 3X/1(a) and (b), Part 2, Volume 3); and associated policies to inclusive (Section 11, Volume 2), and structuring policies (Clause 1.20, Part 2, Volume 3); (ii) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3X/2, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated key Green Network policy (Section 11, Volume 2); (iii) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3X/3, Part 2, Volume 3), and associated Blue Network policy (Section 11 Volume 2); (iv) Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3X/4-4(g), Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Movement Network policies (a) - (f) (Section 11, Volume 2), and structuring policies (Clause 1.20, Part 2, Volume 3). Note: See also Volume 3, Part 2, Rule Special setback provisions - residential and other activities (b) And shall achieve the following mix of residential sites within the Living G (North West Belfast) zone: 2% - 5% at Density A with the Business 1 Zone 40% - 60% at Density A 20% - 30% at Density B <2% at Density C The balance shall be Density B. Note: See also Volume 3, Part 14, Rule Residential site density - residential activities (c) Any subdivision that does not accord with the density location provisions shown in Appendix 3X/1(a) Densities and Key Infrastructure Plan (North West Belfast), Part 2, Volume 3, shall be a discretionary activity and details shall be provided to show alternative locations on other land where the applicant is the registered proprietor. The Council s discretion shall be limited to: (i) whether the subdivision is in accordance with the Layer diagrams and Objectives and Policies referred to in (a) (ii) to (iv) above. (ii) Whether, where any Density A residential development is proposed in locations other than those indicated for such activity on Appendix 3X/1(a) Densities and Key Infrastructure plan (North West Belfast) Part 2 Volume 3, it demonstrates a relationship with an adjoining open-space/reserve area to provide associated amenity. (iii) the imposition of a consent notice or other mechanism such as a memorandum of encumbrance to secure the achievement of the densities in alternative locations shall be registered on the title of the land concerned. (iv) any application under this paragraph shall be accompanied by a land use consent for development on the proposed new lots which shall be processed jointly with the subdivision consent application Conformity with Outline Development Plan - Density A Residential Area Updated 14 May 2012 (a) Any proposed subdivision to create an allotment or allotments shall have accompanying it comprehensive building and allotment design information detailing the nature, character, scale and form associated with the proposed allotments and shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council s discretion limited to urban design and the following parts of the Living G (North West Belfast) Outline Development Plans: (i) Density and Key Infrastructure Plan (Appendix 3X/1(a) and (b), Part 2, Volume 3); and associated policies to inclusive (Section 11, Volume 2), and structuring policies (Clause 1.19, Part 2, Volume 3); (ii) Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3X/2, Part 2, Volume 3); and associated key Green Network policy (Section 11, Volume 2);

236 (iii) Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3X/3, Part 2, Volume 3), and associated Blue Network policy (Section 11 Volume 2); (iv) Movement Network Layer Diagrams (Appendix 3X/4-4(g), Part 2, Volume 3); and associated Movement Network policies (a) - (f) (Section 11, Volume 2), and structuring policies (Clause 1.19, Part 2, Volume 3). For the purpose of this rule, associated land use development means: Buildings, including accessory buildings; Driveways and entrances; Fences and gates; Landscaping; Pedestrian paths and entrances; Shared access ways and lanes; Outdoor living areas; On-site car parking; Lighting Service areas; Utilities. Note: See also Volume 3, Part 2, Rule Special setback provisions - residential and other activities (b) And shall achieve the following mix of residential sites within the Living G (North West Belfast) zone: 2% - 5% at Density A with the Business 1 Zone 40% - 60% at Density A <2% at Density C The balance shall be Density B. (c) Any subdivision that does not accord with the density location provisions shown in Appendix 3X/1(a) Density and Key Infrastructure Plan (North West Belfast) Part 2 Volume 3, shall be a discretionary activity and details shall be provided to show alternative locations on other land where the applicant is the registered proprietor The Council s discretion shall be limited to: (i) whether the subdivision is in accordance with the Layer diagrams and Policies referred to in (a) (i) to (iv) above; (ii) Whether, where any Density A residential development is proposed in locations other than those indicated for such activity on Appendix 3X/1(a) Densities and Key Infrastructure Plan (North West Belfast), Part 2, Volume 3, it demonstrates a relationship with an adjoining open-space/reserve area to provide associated amenity; (iii) the imposition of a consent notice or other mechanism such as a memorandum of encumbrance to secure the achievement of the densities in alternative locations shall be registered on the title of the land concerned; (iv) any application under this paragraph shall be accompanied by a land use consent for development on the proposed new lots which shall be processed jointly with the subdivision consent application Creation of Stormwater Drainage Swales Updated 14 May 2012 Creation of stormwater drainage swales and water bodies in the Living G (North West Belfast) zone shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council s discretion limited to: (a) the efficient and effective operation of the stormwater system as part of a complete treatment train from rainfall to discharge to the Waimakariri River (or its tributaries); (b) compliance with Appendix 3X/3, Part 2, Volume 3 (the Blue Network) and associated objectives and policies (Volume 2, Section 11.1); (c) the extent to which the design, layout and plant species proposed have been undertaken and selected having consideration to the operations of the Christchurch International Airport and the need to minimise potential bird strike; and (d) the need to maximise open space in the locations as shown on the Outline Development Plan layer diagrams (Appendix 3X, Part 2 Volume 3) Site Contamination Updated 14 May 2012 The subdivision of land for residential activity shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council s discretion limited to health and safety, adequacy of site investigation, mitigation and remediation. NOTE 1: The investigation of individual building lots should be carried out in accordance with the Ministry of the Environment's Contaminated Land Management 9. Guidelines or any relevant National Environmental Standard for assessing and managing contaminants in soil. An investigation shall also be carried out to evaluate the extent and potential effects to health and safety of occupants caused by landfill gas migration from other land. These Investigations should be carried out by persons with recognised expertise and experience. In the event that soil contamination is identified or landfill gas is detected at levels which require remedial and/or site management measures to be undertaken to make the land suitable for its intended purpose, such measures shall be undertaken and recorded, and copies of the investigation and remediation/site management reports shall accompany the building consent application.

237 29.3 Critical Standards Updated 14 May Allotment sizes - Residential activity Updated 14 May 2012 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accommodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below: Density C Density B Density A 15m x 18m 10m x 10m 6m x 8m Sanitary Sewer Updated 14 May 2012 Any subdivision shall: (1) not create the need for more than one wastewater pumping station, whether temporary or permanent, within the entire Living G (North West Belfast) Zone; and (2) the wastewater pumping station shall only be located within the area legally described as Lots 1-4, 6,7,9-11 DP 48672, Lot 5 DP 56012; and (3) link to the one wastewater pumping station approved by the Council Residential site density Updated 14 May 2012 Notwithstanding Rule , any development for residential activity where the average lot size is larger than the higher of the range specified in that rule for the location to which the development applies, as shown on Appendix 3X/1(a) Density and Key Infrastructure Plan (North West Belfast), Part 2, Volume 3, shall be a non-complying activity unless the development complies with (c) and a consent notice is registered in accordance with Rule (c)(iii) Sites fronting Johns Road Updated 14 May 2012 (a) Any subdivision shall not create sites that have direct vehicular access to Johns Road other than via intersections identified as A2 and A3 on the Density and Key Infrastructure Plan in Appendix 3X/1(a), Part 2, Volume 3 while, between Groynes Drive and Main North Road, Johns Road is defined as a major arterial road in this Plan and the Plan Change changing the status from Major Arterial is beyond challenge or until the state highway status of this part of Johns Road is revoked, whichever occurs the earlier. (b) For the intersections shown as X and Y on Appendix 3X/1(a) Density and Key Infrastructure Plan: (i) A single intersection is to be formed either directly on the Richill Street intersection with Main North Road or in the vicinity of one of the two locations marked as X on Darroch Street, at a safe distance from the intersection of Darroch Street and Main North Road, in consultation with the relevant road controlling authority; (ii) Any intersection formed in the location marked as Y on Appendix 3X/1(a) Outline Development Plan shall be left in, left out only and shall be designed in consultation with the relevant controlling authority Development of Area 4 Updated 14 May 2012 (a) Notwithstanding the standards referred to above, subdivision in Area 4, as identified on Appendix 3X/1(b) - Area 4, Part 2, Volume 3, shall be a non-complying activity unless a formed and operational road connection is provided from Main North Road either on the existing Richill Street Main North Road intersection or within the dotted area shown as X on Darroch Street at a safe distance from the Darroch Street Main North Road intersection as identified on the Density and Key Infrastructure Plan in Appendix 3X/1(a) Part 2 Volume 3 to the primary (spine) route (identified on the Density and Key Infrastructure Plan in Appendix 3X/1(a) Part 2 Volume 3) formed as part of the development of Stage 1 within Area 1. (b) Except that: this clause shall not apply to a subdivision designed to create the road connection between the points described in (a) Site access Updated 14 May 2012 Subdivision shall be a non-complying activity where allotments are created which access the Living G (North West Belfast ) Zone by other than the intersections marked on the Density and Key Infrastructure Plan in Appendix 3X/1(a), Part 2, Volume 3. This rule shall only apply to Johns Road between Groynes Drive and Main North Road while Johns Road is defined as a major arterial road in this Plan or until the state highway status of this part of Johns Road is revoked, whichever occurs the earlier.

238 Control of stormwater Updated 14 May 2012 Any subdivision shall: (a) control its own stormwater in accordance with the blue network set out in Appendix 3X/3 Blue Network and associated policy , Section 11, Volume 2; (b) link with the other connected stormwater systems shown on the blue network set out in Appendix 3X/3 Blue Network and associated policies in Clause 1.20, Part 2, Volume 3, and policy , Section 11, Volume 2; and (c) applications for the necessary consents from the Canterbury Regional Council must be lodged before or contemporaneously with any subdivision application Provision of public transport Updated 14 May 2012 Any subdivision shall be designed and constructed so as to enable public transport bus movements in accordance with, and shall provide bus stops and passenger shelters at the approximate locations shown on, the Public Transport Network set out in Appendix 3X/4-4(g) - Movement Network Layer Diagrams: Road Network, Cycle Network, Pedestrian Network, Public Transport Network, Part 2, Volume Reserves Updated 14 May 2012 (1) A minimum area of (2/3 x 200 m x 30 m) = 0.4 ha with an average width of 30m shall be shown as reserve on Lot 4 DP 51436: (a) orientated north-south so as to provide walking and cycle access from the subdivision to Sheldon Park from the North West Belfast Living G Zone (as defined in Appendix 3X, Part 2, Volume 3); (b) connecting to the Main North Road/Johns Road intersection; and (c) contiguous at its northern end to Lot 1 DP so as to contribute to the open space line shown on Appendix 3X/2(a) - Green Network Layer Diagram, Part 2, Volume 3. (2) A minimum area of 0.3 ha with a minimum width of 30m shall be shown as reserve on Lot 1 DP : (a) orientated north-south so as to enable walking and cycle access from the subdivision across Main North Road and/or Johns Road to Sheldon Park from the North West Belfast Living G Zone; (b) ontiguous at its southern end with Lot 4 DP so as to contribute to the open space line shown on Appendix 3X/2(a) - Green Network Layer Diagram, Part 2, Volume 3. (3) Other reserves shall be created in the approximate locations shown on the Green Network Layer Diagram. (4) Unless there is no open space (other than another reserve) within 400 metres then the reserve shall be contiguous to that other open space Open Space Updated 14 May 2012 (1) All roads, paths, and cycle ways (subject to covenants or consent notices) shall be as shown on Appendix 3X/4-4(g) - Movement Network Layer Diagrams, Part 2, Volume 3. (2) Recreation and passive open space areas shall be as shown on Appendix 3X/2(a) - Green network Layer Diagram, Part 2. (3) All swales and other stormwater treatment train areas including stormwater ponds shall be as shown on Appendix 3X/3 - Blue Network Layer Diagram, Part 2. (4) Local Purpose Reserves for stormwater shall not be situated on the areas of open space identified in (1) and (2) without the written consent of the General Manager Asset and Network Planning (or future equivalent) of Christchurch City Council Deferred Living G (Density C) - Local Purpose reserve - Stormwater Updated 14 May 2012 Should the areas, or part of the areas, identified on the Living G (North West Belfast) Zone Outline Developement Plan (Appendix 3X/2(a), Part 2, Volume 3) as Local Purpose Reserve - Stormwater not be vested in Council, any application for a residential Density C use of the land shall not be required to be publicly notified under section 95A RMA. The limited notification provisions of section 95B RMA shall still apply Information to be supplied with subdivision consent Updated 14 May 2012 (1) Information that illustrates how - (a) the proposed subdivision; and (b) the location of Densities and key infrastructure accords with the North West Belfast Density and Key Infrastructure Plan and in particular:

239 (i) Density and Key Infrastructure Plan (Appendix 3X/1(a) - Part 2, Volume 3); and associated key policies (Volume 2, Section 11.1). (ii) Layer Diagram Green network; (Appendix 3X/2 - Part 2, Volume 3) and associated key policies (Volume 2, Section 11.1). (iv) Layer Diagram Blue network (Appendix 3X/3 - Part 2, Volume 3); and associated key policies (Volume 2, Section 11.1). (iv) Layer Diagrams Movement network (Appendix 3X/4 - Part 2, Volume 3), and associated key policies (Volume 2, Section 11.1). (2) Information to show that staging takes account of the need to prevent clogging of soakage basins with sediments associated with construction. (3) Location of high density sites, and/or medium density sites. (4) Information that illustrates the proposed subdivision accords with the mix of densities identified in Clause , Part 14, Volume 3 or how that mix of densities will be achieved on land within the applicant s control on subsequent subdivision applications. (5) Information detailing any previous consent notice or notices and or memorandum or memoranda of encumbrance registered on the title of the land pursuant to Clause (c)(iii) Volume 3 Part 14. (6) Information that illustrates on a site plan what density range (Low Medium, or High Density) each lot is in. (7) Measures taken to reduce dust emissions (if any). (8) Information that illustrates how the subdivision is to be serviced for sanitary sewer in a way that ensures that not more than one wastewater pumping station (whether permanent or temporary) is required within the Living G (North West Belfast) Zone. (9) Information detailing the design and functioning of any intersection connecting the Living G (North West Belfast) zone with Main Road or Johns Road and the outcome of any consultation with the relevant road controlling authorities. (10) For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, building design information detailing how buildings are to satisfy the assessment matter (l) detailed in Part 14, clause (i) Design and Layout. (11) Information identifying appropriate remedial and/or site management measures for contamination or landfill gas intrusion to be put in place to make the land suitable for the intended purposes Assessment matters for subdivision in the Living G (North West Belfast) zone Updated 14 May Quality Updated 14 May 2012 The extent to which the proposal will be in accordance with Key Structuring Policies at Part 2, clause 1.19, and the Density and Key Infrastructure Plan and Layer Diagrams in Appendix 3X/1-4 - Outline Development Plan (North West Belfast), Part 2, Volume Connectivity Updated 14 May 2012 The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Layer Diagrams Movement network (Appendix 3X/4, Part 2, Volume 3); and the key policies (Volume 2, Section 11.1, and Clause 1.19, Part 2, Volume 3) Access to outdoor space Updated 14 May 2012 The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Green Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3X/2, Part 2, Volume 3) and the key policies (Volume 2, Section 11.1, and Clause 1.19, Part 2, Volume 3) Street Trees Updated 14 May 2012 (a) The extent to which trees are proposed to be accommodated within the legal road reserve. (b) The provision of trees intended to provide a high level of visual amenity. (c) The provision of trees which recognise the context and scale of the area in which they are located and the significance of the road in the roading hierarchy. (d) Consideration of bird habitat in relation to bird strike issues.

240 Stormwater Updated 14 May 2012 (a) Measures adopted so as to ensure the protection of ground-water quality including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed car parking areas (b) The extent to which alternative treatments may be available. (c) The contribution made to the visual amenity of the immediate area (d) The ability to capture and treat stormwater on site, having regard to the need to avoid the creation of unwanted bird-attracting habitats. (e) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3X/3, Part 2, Volume 3) and the key policies (Volume 2, Section 11.1). (f) the extent to which consideration has been given to the staging of subdivision so as to ensure that soakage basins do not become clogged during site works to give effect to a subdivision consent. (g) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with any Living G (North West Belfast) Surface Water Management System Operation and Maintenance Management Plan. (h) The extent to which the proposal incorporates stormwater management infrastructure to appropriately provide for the control of stormwater during the period of construction. (i) The extent to which the proposal incorporates stormwater management infrastructure to appropriately control stormwater until connection is made to the wider stormwater management system anticipated by the Layer Diagram Blue Network (Appendix 3X/3, Part 2, Volume 3) and the key policy (Volume 2, Section 11) Energy efficiency Updated 14 May 2012 The extent to which passive solar access can be achieved Street Scene Updated 14 May 2012 (a) The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address the street. (b) The extent to which consideration has been given to the potential use of back lanes for vehicle access in subdivision layout Location of High Density sites Updated 14 May 2012 The extent to which High Density sites are located so as to provide convenient access to a potential public transport route and wherever possible in close proximity to: a reserve, and/or retail or community facilities Mix of Densities Updated 14 May 2012 The extent to which the application: (a) meets the density ranges and mixes specified in rule , Part 14, Volume 3. (b) specifies which density range the site is within (thereby defining which development standards are to apply to the site). Note: for clarity and certainty the Council can impose a consent notice or memorandum of encumbrance to this effect Access to State Highway Updated 14 May 2012 In the Living G (North West Belfast) Zone, the extent to which any proposed direct access on to Johns Road other than access in accordance with Appendix 3X/1 or Appendix 3X/4 of the Outline Development Plan (North West Belfast), Part 2, Volume 3, would result in adverse effects on the safety or efficiency of the State Highway Sanitary Sewer Updated 14 May 2012 In the Living G (North West Belfast) Zone, the extent to which the subdivision will necessitate or lead to the construction of more than one waste water pumping station within the development area Development of Primary (Spine) Route Updated 14 May 2012 (a) The timing of development and connections of the primary (spine) route to provide for dispersed traffic movements to, from and through the Living G (North West Belfast) Zone to protect the functioning of Main North Road and Johns Road.

241 (b) The extent to which the proposal provides for passenger transport, including bus stops, anticipated by the Movement Network Layer Diagram, Public Transport Network, (Appendix 3X/4(d) and (e), Part 2, Volume 3) and the key policies (Volume 2, Section 11.1, and Clause 1.19, Part 2, Volume 3). (c) The extent to which the design of the Spine Road, including at intersections, provides for the safe movement of vehicles, cyclists and pedestrians Contaminated Sites Updated 14 May 2012 (a) Suitability of remediation measures to remediate site contamination where soil contaminants are detected at levels which justify remediation or management of the site to protect the health and safety of the occupiers. (b) The risk to health and safety of any persons. (c) Suitability of remedial and/or site management measures to be undertaken to make the site suitable for the intended purposes. (d) Suitability of remedial and/or site management measures to ensure the protection of ground water quality during the remediation process Additional Assessment matters for subdivision in the Living G (North West Belfast) zone - Density A Updated 14 May 2012 (i) Design and Layout For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, the extent to which building and site development will achieves the following: (a) Developments should consider local environmental conditions included but not limited to the position of the sun and prevailing winds. (b) Developments are encouraged to support prominent vistas and view shafts. (c) Developments are encouraged to provide a high degree of passive surveillance. (d) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments enables appropriate housing forms to establish that are reflective of Density A. (e) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments is sympathetic to the presence of listed heritage items and seeks to engage or include that item within the overall design. (f) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments establishes a connectivity with prominent vistas and view shafts. (g) The extent to which crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED) principles have been included in the design, orientation, size and shape of allotments, the provision of hard and soft landscaping, and the location of street lighting. (h) The extent to which the overall design, orientation, size and shape of allotments encourages the minimisation of energy use. (i) The ability to minimise the impact of access and garages on the streetscape through subdivision design. In higher density areas to minimise the extent of vehicle crossings and/or garages that face the street and to maximise building frontage and on-street parking regard should be had to: avoiding the extensive use of rear lots which require an additional access leg; the use of rear lanes (via access lots, rights of way or legal road) particularly for narrow terrace housing lots; The use of shared access (via access lots or rights of way). (j) The application of appropriate lot dimensions and sizes to prevent the creation of sausage flats with long monotonous facades. (k) Avoiding the widespread use of cul de sacs. Any cul de sacs should be short and relatively straight. (l) The perimeter of Street building blocks should be no longer than 320 metres to maximize the permeability of the movement network, particularly in relation to pedestrian movements. Explanation Proposals will need to demonstrate how the development responds to constraints and opportunities within and beyond the site. Developments should consider amenity for residents, neighbours and the wider community. Christchurch s climate is temperate with distinctive weather patterns (e.g. prevailing winds and cool, damp winters). Building design should respond to these conditions to ensure comfort for residents. Building design should allow for utilisation of passive solar energy. On the flat topography of Christchurch, view shafts and vistas to prominent features such as the Port Hills, Southern Alps and Central City skyline create reference points that contribute to the visual amenity of residents. In higher density residential areas, in particular in respect of shared access ways and lanes, consideration should be given to the provision of passive surveillance. This can be achieved by locating first floor dwellings, windows and balconies that overlook access ways and lanes. (ii) Relationship with street, lanes and public open spaces (a) Buildings should be oriented toward the street and positioned close to the road boundary.

242 (b) Active areas of buildings, such as habitable rooms and entrances should, in addition to the requirement to be placed along the street (Rule 6A2.17, Part 2, Volume 3), be placed along the street and public open spaces, particularly at ground level. (c) Buildings should have pedestrian entrances that are identifiable, well-articulated and directly accessible from the street or, in the case of rear units, shared access ways. (d) Facades of buildings facing the street should have a high degree of glazing that is evenly distributed. (e) Fences and landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views. (f) Fences should complement the building design. (g) Building design and location provide opportunity for passive surveillance particularly in relation to shared access ways and lanes. Explanation Boundary treatments have an impact on adjacent streets and public open spaces. A coordinated approach to buildings, landscaping and boundary edges is important to help set the overall appearance for the neighbourhood. It is also important that developments enhance the definition of the street through the continuity of the building edge and height to promote a sense of enclosure and establish a comfortable, well-structured public space. Minor modulation and variance of the building frontage is acceptable to retain site features or avoid architectural monotony, provided that the overall continuity of the frontage is not compromised. The positioning of main entrances and primary activities (e.g. habitable rooms) along streets and public open spaces increases pedestrian safety, visual interest and social interaction. This is most effective at ground level where views and access points are most direct. Large windows and balconies will maximise the opportunities for surveillance of the street, lanes and public open spaces. A minimum of 25% glazing across these building frontages is a rule of thumb. Near streets, lanes and public open spaces, front fences, walls and gates should discourage illegitimate entry but maximise surveillance and safety. The location of fully private outdoor living spaces or dense planting along road boundaries and reserves is discouraged at ground level to promote greater community ownership and responsibility of these public spaces. Fences should complement the development and avoid inappropriate materials like razor wire or broken glass. (iii) Corner sites (a) Buildings on corner sites should orientate towards all adjacent streets and public open spaces and emphasise these corners. (b) Pedestrian entrances are encouraged to be located along main pedestrian routes. Explanation Poor building location and design at street corners can undermine the overall structure and legibility of an urban area. Poor building location and design of buildings at corner sites can result in visual imbalance and disinterest of built form when forming a relationship with multiple street frontages. Corner sites are important as they orientate people and aid decision making for those moving around a neighbourhood, particularly when viewed across a public open space or at the end of a street. Primary pedestrian entrances should be located along main pedestrian routes linking to key destinations to help improve their safety and vitality. (iv) Building form and articulation (a) Buildings should be of a domestic scale. (b) Buildings in series should avoid excessive repetition of building forms. (c) Buildings should avoid façades and elevations whose length or bulk is visually excessive or blank. (d) Roofs should be designed to limit continuous ridgelines and minimise the visual bulk of a building. (e) The separation of buildings within sites is encouraged to reduce perceived building bulk. (f) Architectural features and a variety of materials and colours are encouraged to provide human scale and visual interest. Explanation Accepting a variety of building styles, developments should have façade lengths and separation between buildings that create and maintain a high degree of amenity. Overly repetitive building forms ought to be avoided with the design of each building creating a distinctive and varied environment. Blank facades, particularly those facing the street or open spaces, can be avoided through the addition of architectural features (i.e. entrance porches, bay windows and shade screens) which provide relief, texture or colour. Architectural features, integrated roofs and landscaping can all contribute to breaking up and softening the visual bulk of a development. Separating large buildings to allow views through sites can make new development less intrusive, particularly for neighbours. A rule of thumb for the maximum length of a building façade is 15 metres before a recess of at least two metres or separation of buildings is needed. Developments are encouraged to use high quality, durable materials and fixings. Use of these materials and fixings will contribute to reduced maintenance costs and responsibilities for residents and foster a sense of ownership within residents. (v) Landscaping and site amenity (a) Car parking, garages, side boundaries, shared access ways, lanes and service areas should be softened by landscaping. (b) Lighting, planting, fences and other structures on sites and shared access ways, lanes and service areas should to be designed to maximise safety of occupants and visitors. (c) The distribution of landscaping throughout the site and provision for larger vegetation is encouraged. (d) Landscape design is encouraged to use locally appropriate plants, including those that minimise water and maintenance requirements, promotes biodiversity and promotes healthy ecosystems. (e) For lanes and shared access ways, fences and gates at the rear of properties should provide varying degrees of solidity and transparency, while maximising occupants safety and opportunities for passive surveillance.

243 (f) Landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views and should not contain species that are able to reach a size, at maturity, that would require the plant s removal to maintain amenity on the site. Explanation Safety is a key consideration throughout developments and should conform to Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles. A clear hierarchy of spaces, from public through to private, with well-defined transitions between them and no left-over spaces, needs to be established within developments. Fencing and soft and hard landscaping should be designed in a way that does not prevent informal surveillance of lanes, common or public areas and maintains clear sightlines by avoiding blind corners, hiding places or dark recesses. Lighting for safety and amenity purposes should be an integral part of the development that is carefully designed and positioned to light all common areas and building entrances without creating a nuisance for adjoining properties. A balanced landscape coverage adds to the Garden City image and the visual outlook of residents and neighbours. Vegetation softens building bulk and boundary fencing, breaks up large paving areas and improves screening for privacy. Use of deeper planting borders allows for larger vegetation, including trees. Use of locally appropriate plants is encouraged to enhance the neighbourhood character and establish planting which is robust and easily maintained within local climatic conditions. The use of locally sourced native plants is encouraged to promote biodiversity. Plant species should be carefully chosen to ensure that their size at maturity does not create adverse on site amenity effects such as over-dominance and overshadowing of buildings and restricting views from living areas onto the street. (vi) Outdoor Living Spaces (a) Outdoor living spaces should be located on sites in a way that will optimise useable space and provide a pleasant outlook for unit occupants. (b) Private outdoor living spaces, including balconies and terraces, should link directly to main living areas within the residential unit. Explanation The sensitive location and screening of outdoor living spaces, including balconies and terraces, is important to maximise solar aspect and shelter from predominant winds. It is important that outdoor living spaces are accessible and complementary to the main living areas within each unit. Linking outdoor and indoor living areas together encourages their use, improves outlook and provides greater flexibility for smaller private spaces. Where communal spaces are provided, they should be easily accessible from each unit, while minimising disturbance to adjacent residents. Where possible, they should offer an area of open space that is sited and developed to provide a positive amenity outlook for residents. Communal spaces should be of a size and dimensions that is appropriate to the total number of residential units and residents in the development and incorporate facilities that make them attractive, inviting and safe to use (e.g. outdoor seating area, barbecue area, play area, tennis court), while being cost-effective to manage and maintain. (vii) Service Areas and Utilities (a) Service areas should be positioned within a development to minimise adverse visual, noise or odour amenity effects and to enable practical use. (b) Rubbish storage areas, letter boxes, utility boxes and other service facilities required to be accessible from the street should be visually integrated into the development frontage. (c) Building services such as external access ways and mechanical, electrical and communications equipment should be integrated within the building to minimise their visual impact, particularly from streets or public open spaces. (d) Storage space should to be easily accessible to residents. Explanation Service areas (e.g. clothes lines, wheelie bin storage) are often unsightly and can generate adverse noise and odours. The screening or location of these areas away from primary views, along with consideration for containment of noise and odours, is important. The configuration of these areas should enable site facilities that are adequately sized, have a practical use and are conveniently located to each residential unit and service providers. Any service facilities within close proximity to a street or public open space, which cannot be placed elsewhere, needs to be concealed or of a complementary design to building and streetscape to minimise the visual impact. Other building service elements (e.g. drainage pipes, lift plant) can add to the visual clutter of developments and should be integrated within overall building design or screened, yet allow for servicing access and future additions. This includes external stairs and access decks which should generally be avoided. Elements which could be added post-completion (i.e. satellite dishes, heat exchangers) should be allowed for through provision of communal facilities at the outset of development or via appropriate provision of space for these additions at a later stage. The provision of storage space should accommodate a range of recreational and maintenance equipment, particularly those related to children s toys, sports equipment, bicycles and gardening tools, and be positioned as close to their end use as is possible. (viii) Residential Amenity (a) The location, orientation and internal design of residential units should balance outlook and sunlight with the privacy of internal occupants and neighbouring residential units. (b) Windows and balconies on upper levels should be orientated and screened to limit direct overlooking of adjacent dwellings, their outdoor living space and the private outdoor living space of other units within the same development. (c) Developments are encouraged to provide a variety of unit types and sizes to accommodate a range of households. Explanation All residential units should provide a high standard of amenity with regard to size, purpose, layout, acoustic insulation and privacy. This includes the configuration of balconies to minimise views between upper level residential units and down to ground level private spaces.

244 Residential accommodation within the City needs to cater for a diversity of living types in order to maintain variety housing choice and the vitality of the City. This mix of unit sizes could include studio or one bedroom units through to multi bedroom units within detached, semi-detached, terraced or apartment housing types. (ix) Treatment of Lanes (a) Define the identity of, and entrance to, a lane through both landscaping and built form elements such as location residential dwellings in close proximity to the street or where they are visible from the street. (b) Provision of shared vehicle and pedestrian access with no defined footpath. (c) Variation in lane clearway through design by tightening, extending and terminating views within a lane. (d) Provision of permanent passive surveillance for all parts of the lane. (e) Establish a consistent character for a lane with complementary architectural features on the lane and adjacent buildings. Explanation The purpose of providing residential units in close proximity to lane entrances is to provide a gatekeeper function, promote activity and provide passive surveillance in the lane. The use of landscaping can also go to act as a visual cue clearly defining their identity and entrance. Sharing the space between pedestrians and vehicles by not defining footpaths or carriageways promotes awareness of each other's presence in a confined space. This has the effect of reducing vehicle speeds and improving pedestrian safety within lanes. Variation in the design of lanes provide visual interest and it can be achieved through variation in width, the location of the elements and landscaping textures thereby ensuring they are not viewed on the same vertical plane or appear overly long. A safe streetscape can be achieved through design that considers the composition of garages, lofts, carports, uncovered spaces, entrance ways, lighting and landscaping. Design should avoid areas on lanes and access-ways that are not subject to passive surveillance from overlooking first floor dwellings or studio windows and by providing sufficient transparency from private yards to laneway. An interesting streetscape can be established through the use of a limited range of complementary architectural features, for example garage doors, fences, and paving. They could be constructed of varying materials to suit each residential unit design and provide variation to the laneway Subdivision in the Living G (Highfield) Zone 30.1 Categories of activities - Living G (Highfield) Zone Updated 06 December 2013 a) Any subdivision which complies with all of the critical and community standards for subdivision activities shall be a restricted discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matters specified in Clause Refer also to Part 14 Subdivision, Clause 2.13 Application of assessment matters, for additional assessment matters which the Council shall apply to all restricted discretionary activities. b) Any subdivision which complies with all of the critical standards for subdivision activities but does not comply with any one or more of the community standards shall be a discretionary subdivision activity. c) Any subdivision which does not comply with any one or more of the critical standards for subdivision activities shall be a non-complying subdivision activity General Rule - Living G (Highfield) Zone Business 1 Updated 06 December 2013 The Business 1 Zone subdivision rules shall apply to subdivision within the areas shown as neighbourhood centres/business nodes (Business 1) on the Outline Development Plan (Highfield) (Part 2, Appendices 3Y(a) and 3Y(b)) Community Standards Outline Development Plan Updated 06 December 2013 All subdivision and associated development shall be in general accordance with the Outline Development Plan (Highfield) (Part 2, Appendices 3Y(a) and 3Y(b)) Roading Design within and adjoining the Living G (Highfield) Zone Updated 06 December 2013 Roading design within and adjoining the Living G (Highfield) zone shall be in accordance with the table below, and in general accordance with the cross sections for Prestons Rd, Hawkins Rd and Hills Rd and Selkirk Place in Part 2, Appendix 3Y(d): Street Type Minimum legal road Minimum carriageway Minimum number of Minimum footpath Provision of street trees

245 width width footpaths width Central Boulevard 20.5 Duel 1* 1.5m Yes carriageway 5.5m each Parkside Local Street 15.5m 10m 1* 1.5m Yes Local Street 19m 10m 2 1.5m Yes Parkside 14.5m 7.5m 1* 1.5m Yes Neighbourhood Street Neighbourhood Street 18m 7.5m 2 1.5m Yes Cul-de-sac 14m 7.5m 1 1.5m Yes Lane 14m 7.5m 1 1.5m Yes Link 9m 7.5m None - Yes * Except where roads adjoin a public space on one side, an additional second footpath shall be located within that open space. Central Boulevard Parkside Local Street Local Street Parkside Neighbourhood Street Neighbourhood Street Lane Link Runs in a north-south direction along the central open space system, and will be a collector road. This street type always edges a reserve on one side. The main north-south roads within the development. Similar to a parkside local road but with a narrower carriageway. These roads make up the largest proportion of streets within the development and are intended to carry only local traffic. Provide access to a limited number of residential properties. Specific to areas adjacent to Prestons Road. They provide access to a limited number of properties and link between turning heads on northsouth roads Network effects - Transportation Updated 06 December 2013 a) Prior to the approval of any subdivision north of the Transport Monitoring Line shown on the Outline Development Plan (Part 2, Appendices 3Y(a) and 3Y(b)), construction of the following, to the satisfaction of the Christchurch City Council, must commence: (i) Upgrading Prestons Road between the existing urban / rural boundary and the Hawkins / Hills Road intersection; (ii) Formation of the Central Boulevard / Prestons Road intersection (including the provision of traffic signal infrastructure), and; (iii) Upgrading the Main North Road intersection to better accommodate turning movements out of Prestons Road and right turn movements from Main North Road. Notes: 1. The geometric specifications for Prestons Road, in relation to Clause i. above, are specified in Part 2, Appendix 3Y(d). 2. Making the signals operational at the Central Boulevard / Prestons Road intersection will be independently determined by the Council, in order to avoid unnecessary delays to through traffic on Prestons Road until sufficient development in the Living G (Highfield) Zone necessitates the signals becoming operational. b) Prior to the approval of any subdivision that creates the 400th residential allotment north of the Transport Monitoring Line shown on the Outline Development Plan (Part 2, Appendices 3Y(a) and 3Y(b)), construction on the installation of traffic signals at the Marshland / Prestons Road intersection must commence. c) Prior to the approval of any subdivision that creates the 750th residential allotment north of the Transport Monitoring Line shown on the Outline Development Plan (Part 2, Appendices 3Y(a) and 3Y(b)), construction on the installation of traffic signals at the Grimseys / Prestons Road intersection (or an alternative intersection treatment agreed with the Council) must commence. d) The establishment of any new road connection to Hawkins Road or Selkirk Place requires Hawkins Road between Prestons Road and Selkirk Place to be developed in general accordance with the cross sections in Part 2, Appendix 3Y(d), including a minimum carriageway width of 7.0m and a shared path on the Living G (Highfield) Zone side to accommodate walking and cycling. e) The establishment of any new road connection to Hills Road requires Hills Road between QEII Drive and the new road connection to be developed in general accordance with the cross sections in Part 2, Appendix 3Y(d), including a minimum carriageway width of 7.0m and a shared path on the Living G (Highfield) Zone side to accommodate walking and cycling. f) The establishment of the fifth road connection to Hills Road, as identified on the Outline Development Plan, requires Hills Road between QEII Drive and Prestons Road to be developed in general accordance with the cross sections in Part 2, Appendix 3Y(d), including a minimum carriageway width of 7.0m and a shared path on the Living G (Highfield) Zone side to accommodate walking and cycling. g) If construction of the Northern Arterial has not commenced, the following applies:

246 (i) Once 1,400 residential allotments have been granted in the Zone, all subsequent subdivision applications for residential allotments must demonstrate that Level of Service E or better shall be achieved for the turn movements at the intersections identified in the table below. Intersection Main North / Prestons Grimseys / Prestons Central Boulevard / Prestons Hawkins / Hills / Prestons Lower Styx / Hawkins / Marshland Hills / QEII QEII / Innes Approach and Movement i) Main North Road: right turn ii) Prestons Road: left turn and right turn i) All movements i) All movements (unless the traffic signals are already operational) i) All movements i) Hawkins Road: all permitted movements ii) Marshland Road: right turn into Hawkins Road i) Hills Road: left turn i) QEII Drive: westbound through movement Note: The identified service target of Level of Service E is based on the Highway Capacity Manual 2000 delay-based definitions of Level of Service. h) If construction of the Northern Arterial has commenced, then clause g) above shall not apply Roading connection to QE II Drive Updated 06 December 2013 Any proposed subdivision that provides for a new roading connection to QE II Drive from within the Living G (Highfield) Zone is a discretionary activity Boundary planting Updated 06 December 2013 Where a rear boundary or side boundary of any land within a subdivision abuts a property boundary of land not owned by the applicant (other than land owned by the Council or the New Zealand Transport Authority), prior to any filling, excavation or land improvement being undertaken associated with the subdivision, the entire boundary length shall be planted to depth of 5 metres and shall only include plants from Part 2 Appendix 3Y(c). Ongoing maintenance of this planted strip shall be required through Consent Notices imposed by condition of subdivision consent to be registered on the Certificate(s) of Title of all new allotments to be created by the subdivision which abut such boundaries [Refer to Clause 30.6] Critical Standards Allotment dimensions Updated 06 December 2013 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accommodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below: Density D 16m x 16m Density C 16m x 16m Density B 10m x 10m Density A 6m x 8m Allotment size and site density Updated 06 December 2013 Any subdivision shall comply with the following site sizes: Density A residential area Average lot size to be contained within a range of 200m 2 to 300m 2 Minimum net site area of 150m 2 Density B residential area Average lot size to be contained with a range of 300m 2 to 450m 2 Minimum net site area of 275m 2 Density C residential area Average lot size to be contained within a range of 450m 2 to 750m 2 Minimum net site area of 400m 2 Density D residential area Minimum net area of 800m 2 Note: The Density areas referred to are shown on the Outline Development Plan (Part 2, Appendices 3Y(a) and 3Y(b)).

247 Realignment of Horners Stream Updated 06 December 2013 Concurrently or prior to the approval of any subdivision that includes part of Horners Stream, an engineering design concept for the realignment of Horners Stream (from its connection with Kruses Drain through to the Styx River), and an ecological assessment of the design at a conceptual level, shall be provided to Christchurch City Council for consideration for certification. When a final design concept has been certified by the Council, it shall be held by the Council and be referred to as the Horners Stream Realignment Concept Plan. Note: Detailed engineering, landscape and ecological design for each section of the Stream is required at time of subdivision consent application - refer 30.5(k) Information to be supplied and 30.6 (Horners Stream - a) Assessment matters for subdivision Information to be supplied with an application for subdivision consent Updated 06 December 2013 (a) Information that illustrates how the proposed subdivision generally accords with the Living G (Highfield) Outline Development Plan (Part 2, Appendices 3Y(a) and 3Y(b)). (b) Information that illustrates how the staging of development including the location of key infrastructure generally accords with the Living G (Highfield) Outline Development Plan. (c) Information to show that staging takes account for the need to prevent clogging of soakage basins with sediments associated with construction and other methods needed to minimise sediment discharges to the Styx River. (d) Location of high, medium and low density sites. (e) Measures to be taken to reduce dust emissions (if any). (f) Information identifying appropriate remedial and/or site management measures to be put in place to make the land suitable for residential purposes in the event that soil contamination is identified. (g) For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, building design information is required detailing how buildings are to satisfy the relevant assessment matters. (h) Information identifying appropriate remedial and/or site management measures for contamination to be put in place to make the land suitable for the intended purposes. (i) Information addressing the risk of liquefaction and identifying the appropriate land remediation measures required to make the land suitable for residential use. This shall include a geotechnical assessment in accordance with the Guidelines for the investigation and assessment of subdivisions on the flat in Canterbury (Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, September 2012) or the guidelines that are in force at the time the application is made. (j) Detailed landscape and ecological assessment and plans for the length of Styx River within subdivision application areas that include Styx River. (k) Detailed engineering, landscape and ecological designs and assessment for the length of Horners Stream within subdivision application areas that include Horners Drain. (l) Information addressing any natural springs located within the development area. (m) The results of an archaeological walkover of the property (prepared by a suitably qualified archaeological expert) and confirmation as to whether or not an archaeological authority is required. (n) Where Rule applies, a transport assessment prepared by a suitably qualified person. (o) Any proposed subdivision in Density A Residential Area shall be accompanied by comprehensive building and allotment design information detailing the nature, character, scale and form of development associated with proposed allotments, including in relation to: Buildings, including accessory buildings; Driveways and entrances; Fences and gates; Landscaping; Pedestrian paths and entrances: Shared access ways and lanes; Outdoor living areas; On-site car parking; Lighting; Service areas; Utilities.

248 30.6 Assessment matters for subdivision in the Living G (Highfield) Zone Updated 06 December 2013 General matters General matters provide an assessment framework for consenting officers and expert advisers when considering resource consent applications. General matters allow for assessment to be undertaken of each development on a case by case basis. This allows flexibility of design while controlling developments to avoid poor design. It is expected that, as a minimum, developments will fulfill the matters, except where some competing or conflicting design objectives arise, in which case compromises may have to be made between assessment matters to achieve a better overall balance of development outcomes. Under each section heading, where appropriate, a brief explanation provides additional information on meaning and intent behind the assessment matters. Applications are also encouraged to provide written and graphic evidence of their rationale to accompany site specific proposals. There are also levels of assessment matters - the first level applies to all Density A, B, C and D applications - the second applies to all Density A applications. Any proposal shall be assessed against the extent to which the development achieves the following principles: Level 1 - All Density areas Design and layout a) The extent to which subdivision can accommodate the land use and built form and layout anticipated for the land in the Living G (Highfield) Zone in Part 2, Volume 3 of the City Plan and the Living G (Highfield) policies at Part 11, Volume 2 of the City Plan. b) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments enables appropriate housing forms to establish that are reflective of the density area in which they are located. c) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments establishes a connectivity with prominent views. d) The extent to which crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED) principles have been included in the design, orientation, size and shape allotments, the provision of hard and soft landscaping, and the location of street lighting. e) The extent to which the overall design, orientation, size and shape of allotments encourages the minimisation of energy use. f) The ability to minimise the impact of access and garages on the streetscape through subdivision design. In higher density areas, to minimise the extent of vehicle crossings and/or garages that face the street and to maximize building frontage and on-street parking, regard should be had to The use of rear lanes (via access lots, rights of way or legal road) particularly for narrow terrace housing lots. The land use shared access (via access lots or rights of way). g) The application of appropriate lot dimensions and sizes to prevent the creation of long monotonous facades. h) Avoiding the widespread use of culs de sac. Any cul de sac should be short and relatively straight. i) With the exception of blocks fronting Hawkins Road and Hills Road, street blocks should maximise the permeability of the Movement Network, particularly in relation to pedestrian movements. j) The ability of subdivision to add to the diversity of housing types as appropriate for the Density Area. k) The extent to which allotments are connected, visually and physically, to green corridors and open space. l) The extent to which the average allotment size, within the average range specified in Rule , in the subdivision application will contribute to achievement of an overall minimum yield from the Living G (Highfield) block of at least 15 households per hectare. Special setback provisions - Northern Arterial a) The appropriateness of consent notices to be registered on the Certificate(s) of Title of the relevant lot(s) to ensure compliance with Rule Boundary Planting a) The appropriateness of consent notices to be registered on the Certificate(s) of Title of the relevant lot(s) to ensure ongoing maintenance of the planted strip required by Rule Network Effects - Transportation a) The extent to which the existing formation of Hawkins Road and Hills Road differs from the cross sections in Part 2, Appendix 3Y(d), including a minimum carriageway width of 7.0m and a shared path on the Living G (Highfield) Zone side to accommodate walking and cycling. b) The extent that the identified Level of Service target of E is being breached in terms of average control delay per vehicle. c) The number of vehicles performing the intersection turn movement in the peak hour. d) The likely time duration within the peak hour where the identified Level of Service is not able to be met. e) The extent to which turning traffic affects the through movement function of identified intersections on the strategic road network. f) The extent to which the proposed development will further affect the Level of Service at the identified intersection. g) The cumulative impact on the Level of Service at the identified intersection, taking previously approved subdivisions into account.

249 h) The ability to implement alternate traffic management measures that would result in Level of Service E or better being met at the identified intersection. i) The potential to introduce new road network connections into the Living G (Highfield) Zone that would result in Level of Service targets being met at the identified intersections. j) The additional scale of development proposed relative to the scale of any road network mitigation measures being required, including those relating to the achievement of identified level of service targets. k) The duration of any temporary effect relative to the introduction of road network improvement measures already programmed for construction that would mitigate any adverse effects beyond those considered acceptable by the identified Level of Service target. Movement and Connectivity a) The extent to which the roading layout supports a functional hierarchy of streets. b) The extent to which the roading layout achieves a well connected and highly permeable movement network. c) The extent to which the roading layout integrates in a practical and functional manner with the adjoining existing road network and the road network on proposed or concurrent subdivision consent applications. d) The extent to which the proposed cross sections contribute toward achieving an environment that is compatible with each street s function. e) The extent to which space is provided for cyclists and cycling is encouraged by the cross section design. f) The account taken of pedestrian movement and continuity of walking facilities within the development. g) The extent to which the roading layout supports walking to bus stops and/or key community facilities. h) The opportunities for tree and amenity planting provided and the extent to which amenity features have been incorporated into each street. i) The appropriateness of the legal road width to accommodate the proposed cross-section design. j) The ability of the legal road width to accommodate a future change in the function of the street (where applicable). k) The ability of the street to accommodate public transport services and the provision of bus stops, where appropriate and in accordance with the Canterbury Regional Public Transport Plan 2012 or the relevant document that is in force at the time the application is made. l) The extent to which new roads make adequate provision for vehicle movements, car parking and property access. m) The extent to which stormwater management features such as rain gardens, swales, trapped sumps, first flush basins, wetlands or wet ponds are incorporated into the road stormwater treatment design. n) The extent to which new subdivision does not preclude development of other areas within the Living G (Highfield) Zone. o) The extent to which roading within the site is designed to encourage the use of open space. p) The extent to which the roading design aligns with Part 2, Appendix 3Y(d). q) The extent to which both the Green Network and pedestrian/cycle connections share space and interrelate. r) The extent to which access to public open space is maximised. Street Trees a) The extent to which trees are proposed to be accommodated within the legal road reserve. b) The extent to which the trees provided are from Part 2, Appendix 3Y(c), List B Exotic Trees. c) The provision of trees intended to provide a high level of visual amenity. d) The provision of trees which recognise the context and scale of the area in which they are located and the significance of the road in the roading hierarchy. e) The extent to which parking and landscaping are visually connected. Stormwater a) Measures adopted so as to ensure the protection of ground-water quality including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed car parking areas. b) The extent to which alternative treatments may be available. c) The contribution made by the stormwater facilities layout and design to the visual amenity of the immediate area. d) The ability to capture and treat stormwater on site. e) The extent to which the proposal will be in accordance with the Styx Stormwater Management Plan. f) The extent to which the proposal incorporates stormwater management infrastructure to provide appropriately for the control of the stormwater during the period of construction. g) The extent to which the proposal incorporates stormwater management infrastructure to provide appropriately until connection is made to the wider stormwater management system anticipated by the Outline Development Plan (Part 2, Appendices 3Y(a) and 3Y(b)). Styx River a) The extent to which the treatment of Styx River enhances ecological and landscape values and enables the early establishment of the entire reserve. b) The extent to which the proposal meets the guidance of the CCC Waterways, Wetlands and Drainage Guide - Ka Te Anga Whakaora mo Nga Arawai Repo Feb 2003.

250 c) The extent to which the detailed plans are consistent with plans already approved through subdivision for other parts of Styx River within the Living G (Highfield) zone. d) The extent to which proposed planting is consistent with the guidance of the Christchurch City and Lowlands Canterbury - Streamside planting guide July Horners Stream a) The extent to which the detailed designs meet the agreed Horners Stream Realignment Concept Plan held by Christchurch City Council. b) The extent to which the treatment of Horners Stream enhances ecological and landscape values. c) The extent to which the proposal meets the guidance of the CCC Waterways, Wetlands and Drainage Guide - Ka Te Anga Whakaora mo Nga Arawai Repo Feb d) The extent to which proposed planting is consistent with the guidance of the Christchurch City and Lowlands Canterbury - Streamside planting guide July e) The extent to which the detailed plans are consistent with plans already approved through subdivision for other parts of Horners Stream within the Living G (Highfield) zone. Natural springs a) The extent to which the proposal provides for the retention of any natural springs. Street scene a) The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address the street. b) The extent to which consideration has been given to the potential use of back lanes for vehicle access in subdivision layout. Location of high density sites a) The extent to which High Density sites are located to provide convenient access to a potential public transport route and wherever possible in close proximity to: a reserve, and/or retail community facilities; and/or be within a 400 metre radius of any of the above. b) The extent to which high density sites are located in order to avoid adverse effects on lower density areas. Mix of densities The extent to which the application: a) Aligns with the density areas specified in the Outline Development Plan (Highfield) (Part 2, Appendices 3Y(a) and 3Y(b), Part 2) b) Specifies which density area the site is within. Contaminated sites a) The suitability of remediation and/or mitigation measures to adequately deal with site contamination. Geotechnical matters a) The suitability of remediation and/or mitigation measures in order to adequately deal with liquefaction risk. Construction a) The extent to which adverse effects during construction have been avoided, remedied or mitigated. This is to include but not be limited to noise, vibration, dust, sediment and erosion control, drainage, traffic, and ecological values. b) Whether the walkover of the property, carried out by a suitably qualified archaeological expert, identified any archaeological features and whether an archaeological authority is required. c) If no archaeological authority is required, whether an accidental discovery protocol has been established and provided with the application. Tangata Whenua Cultural Values a) The extent to which Tangata Whenua values have been taken into account in the design and construction methodology for any proposed subdivision. b) The extent to which the application provides for other Tangata Whenua related objectives, policies, rules and methods within the City Plan and other relevant iwi management plans. Level 2 - Density A Areas For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, the extent to which building and site development will achieve the following: Site and context a) Development should consider local environmental conditions including but not limited to the position of the sun and prevailing winds. b) Developments are encouraged to support prominent views. c) Developments are encouraged to provide a high degree of passive surveillance. d) Developments should, where possible, provide views/close access to the Central Corridor or Styx Corridor. Relationship with street, lanes and public open spaces a) Buildings should be orientated towards the street and positioned close to the road boundary. b) Active areas of buildings, such as habitable spaces and entrances should, in addition to the requirement to be placed along the street frontage also face the adjacent public open spaces where applicable, particularly at ground level.

251 c) Buildings should have pedestrian entrances that are identifiable, well articulated and directly accessible from, the street or, in the case of rear units, shared accessways. d) Facades of buildings facing the street should have a high degree of glazing that is evenly distributed. e) Fences and landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views. f) Building design and location provide opportunities for passive surveillance particularly in relation to shared access ways and lanes. Corner sites a) Building on corner sites should orientate toward all adjacent streets and public open spaces and emphasise these corners. b) Pedestrian entrances are encouraged to be located along main pedestrian routes. Building form and articulation a) Buildings should be of a domestic scale b) Buildings in a series should avoid excessive repetition of building forms c) Buildings should avoid facades and elevations whose length or bulk is visually excessive or blank d) Roofs should be designed to limit continuous ridgelines and to minimise the visual bulk of a building e) The separation of buildings on sites is encouraged to reduce perceived building bulk f) Architectural features (i.e. entrance porches, bay windows and shade screens) and a variety of materials and colours are encouraged to provide human scale and visual interest Landscaping and site amenity a) Car parking, garages, side boundaries, shared access ways, lanes and service areas should all be softened by landscaping. b) Lighting, planting, fences and other structures on sites and shared accessways, lanes and service areas should to be designed to maximise safety of occupants and visitors. c) The distribution of landscaping throughout the site and provision for larger areas of vegetation is encouraged. d) Landscape design is encouraged to use endemic or locally sourced indigenous plants, including those that minimise water and maintenance requirements, promote biodiversity and healthy ecosystems. e) For lanes and shared accessways, fences and gates at the rear of properties should provide varying degrees of solidity and transparency, while maximizing occupants safety and proving opportunities for passive surveillance. f) Landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views and should not contain species that are able to reach a size, at maturity, that would require the plant s removal to maintain amenity on the site. Consideration of occupants safety and passive surveillance should conform to Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) Principles. Outdoor living spaces a) Outdoor living spaces should be located on sites in a way that will optimise useable space and provide a pleasant outlook for unit occupants. b) Private outdoor living spaces, including balconies and terraces, should link directly to main living areas within the residential unit. Service areas and utilities Service areas (for example clothes lines, wheelie bin storage) should be positioned in a development to minimize adverse visual, noise or odour amenity effects and to enable practical use. a) Rubbish storage areas, letterboxes, utility boxes and other service facilities required to be accessible from the street should be visually integrated into the development frontage. b) Building services such as external accessways and mechanical, electrical and communications equipment should be integrated within the building to minimize their visual impact, particularly from streets or public open spaces. c) Storage space should be easily accessible to residents. Residential amenity a) The location, orientation and internal design of residential units should balance outlook and sunlight with the privacy of internal occupants and neighbouring residential units. b) Windows and balconies on upper levels should be orientated and screened to limit direct overlooking of adjacent dwellings, their outdoor living space and the private outdoor living space of other units in the same development. c) Developments are encouraged to provide a variety of unit types and sizes to accommodate a range of households Treatment of lanes a) Define the identity of, and entrance to, a lane through both landscaping and built form elements such as locating residential dwellings close to the street or where they are visible from the street. b) Provision of shared vehicle and pedestrian access with no defined footpath. c) Variation in lane clearway through design by tightening, extending and terminating views within a lane. d) Provision of permanent passive surveillance for all parts of the lane e) Establish a consistent character for a lane with complementary architectural features on the land and adjacent buildings.

252 31.0 Subdivision in the Business 4 and 4T (Tait Campus) Zones shown in Appendix 22, Part 3, Volume 3. Updated 21 October Development Standards Updated 21 October 2013 (a) The Business 4T Zone subdivision standards shall apply to subdivision within the area of the Business 4T (Tait Campus) Zone, as shown in Appendix 22, Part 3, Volume 3, except as required by Part 14, Critical Standards - Property Access, Clause and Clause 31.2 Community Standards below. (b) In the Business 4 zone shown in Part 3, Appendix 22, Business 4 subdivision standards shall apply, except that compliance with Volume 3, Part 3, development standards (Outline Development Plans) applicable to this zone is also required Community Standards Updated 21 October Conformity with Outline Development Plan Updated 21 October 2013 (a) Any proposed subdivision shall be in general accordance with the following parts of the Outline Development Plan - Business 4T (Tait Campus) Zone, Appendix 22, Part 3, Volume 3, except where the matter is provided for by a specific rule in the plan: (i) Land Use and Development, Appendix 22(i); (ii) Green Network, Appendix 22(ii); (iii) Blue Network, Appendix 22(iii); and (iv) Movement Network, Appendix 22(iv) and be designed to enable the achievement of the following: A low density, open campus environment designed around a series of individual buildings linked by walkways and landscaping; Integration of all modes of transport across the Outline Development Plan area having regard to Part 14, Clause Special roading and access requirements; Provision for substantial planting and landscaping along road frontages and site boundaries; and Integration of stormwater management with open space across the Outline Development Plan area Assessment matters for subdivision in the Business 4T (Tait Campus) and Business 4 Zones, as shown in the Outline Development Plan, Appendix 22, Part 3, Volume 3 shall include the following considerations: Updated 21 October 2013 (a) Quality The extent to which the subdivision will be in general accordance with and support the provisions of the Outline Development Plan (Tait Campus); (b) Connectivity The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Outline Development Plan (Tait Campus) provisions in terms of land use and the movement network; (c) Access to outdoor space The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Green Network diagram of the Outline Development Plan (Tait Campus); (d) Trees (i) The extent to which the retention and / or provision of trees provides a high level of visual amenity or buffer planting. (ii) The extent to which the provision of trees recognises the context and scale of the area in which they are located, the significance of the road frontages and the character of adjoining properties.

253 (iii) Protection of the two Notable trees identified in Part 10, Appendix 4, 64 Stanleys Road (Lot 1, DP 25641). (e) Stormwater (f) (i) That the stormwater measures adopted ensure the protection of ground water quality including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed car parking areas. (ii) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Blue Network diagram of the Outline Development Plan. Energy Efficiency (i) The extent to which any subdivision ensures the opportunity for buildings and development to be located and designed to maximise an energy efficient built form. (g) Street Scene (i) The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address but not dominate the street including areas of open space and planting. (ii) The extent to which consideration has been given to the potential use of slow lanes for vehicle access within the Outline Development Plan area. (h) Tangata Whenua (i) The ability of the subdivision and development to recognise values significant to Ngai Tahu particularly in respect to water quality, mahinga kai, indigenous planting and the wellbeing of the Styx River Catchment. (ii) The need to notify developers of their obligations under the Historic Places Act 1993 and the provisions of an Accidental Discovery Protocol in case an unknown archaeological site is inadvertently uncovered; and (iii) The extent to which the requirement for an unanticipated discovery of archaeological sites protocol should be included in any subdivision consent for site works Subdivision in the Outline Development Plan - Upper Styx area and Living G (Highsted zone) 32.1 Development Standards - Subdivision in the Outline Development Plan - Upper Styx Area Updated 06 December Any subdivision for urban activities shall be in general accordance with the Outline Development Plan in Appendix 8A and 8B to the Rural Zones, and in accordance with a relevant Master Plan Development Standards - Subdivision in the Living G (Highsted) zone Density A Residential Area. Comprehensive subdivision and land use development Updated 06 December 2013 Any subdivision shall be accompanied by comprehensive building and allotment design detailing the nature, character, scale and form of development associated with proposed allotments and shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Councils discretion limited to the design and layout of the subdivision and associated land-use development. For the purpose of this rule, associated land use development means: Buildings, including accessory buildings; Driveways and entrances; Fences and gates; Landscaping; Pedestrian paths and entrances; Shared access ways and lanes; Outdoor living areas; On-site car parking; Lighting Service areas;

254 Utilities The Business 1 zone subdivision rules shall apply to subdivision in the area shown as Business 1 Commercial Area on the Master Plan (Highsted) (Appendix 3Z, Part 2) Critical Standards - Outline Development Plan Upper Styx Area Residential Allotment Size and Site Density -Outline Development Plan - Upper Styx area Updated 06 December 2013 (a) The following residential allotment sizes and site densities shall be achieved within the ODP - Upper Styx area: Density A Density B Density C Minimum net site area 150m 2, maximum net site area 300m 2 average net site area 225m 2 (+-5%) Minimum net site area 300m 2, maximum net site area 450m 2 average net site area 375m 2 (+-5%) Minimum net site area 450m 2, maximum net site area 1000m 2 average net site area 625m 2 (+-5%) (b) Rule (a) shall not apply to residual lots. Residual lots are those lots which are not subject to immediate development but are held over for future urban development. Future development of the lots can only occur if it is in accordance with the densities set in Rule (a) Critical Standards - Living G (Highsted) zone Special Provision - Allotment with existing building Updated 06 December 2013 The net area provisions in shall not apply, where a larger allotment is to be created that includes the existing building on Pt Lot RS1600 (266 Highsted Road) and a subdivision concept plan is able to demonstrate that a feasible future subdivision (inclusive of all legal access) that gives effect to , can take place on that larger allotment Allotment sizes - Residential activity Updated 06 December 2013 No allotment, vacant at the time of subdivision, shall be created such that it is unable to accommodate a rectangle of the dimensions specified below: Density C Density B Density A 16m x 16m 10m x 10m 6m x 8m Notwithstanding the above, minimum allotment dimensions shall not apply to allotments created for access, utilities, roads, open space and/or reserves Stormwater Updated 06 December 2013 Any subdivision shall control stormwater in accordance with the Styx River/Purakaunui Area Stormwater Management Plan.

255 Site Contamination Updated 06 December 2013 Any subdivision of land for residential purposes shall include an assessment which identifies and confirms the nature of any contamination of the land as well as specifying what remediation actions are required to ensure that the land is suitable for residential occupation Geotechnical Assessment and Remediation Updated 06 December 2013 Any subdivision of land for residential purposes shall include site specific deep investigations of ground conditions to at least the densities set out in Ministry of Business Innovation and Employment guidelines on the investigation and assessment of subdivisions (September 2012) Information to be supplied with subdivision consent Updated 06 December 2013 (a) Information that illustrates how the proposed subdivision accords with the Highsted Master Plan (Appendix 3Z, Part 2); (b) Information to show the staging of development including the location of structural elements identified in the Master Plan (Highsted) and takes account of the need to prevent clogging of soakage basins with sediments associated with construction. (c) Location of high, medium and low density sites. (d) Measures to be taken to reduce dust emissions (if any). (e) Appropriate remedial and/or site management measures to make land suitable for residential purposes in the event soil contamination is identified. (f) Information addressing the risk of liquefaction and identifying the appropriate land remediation measures required to make the land suitable for residential use. This shall include a geotechnical assessment in accordance with the Guidelines for the investigation and assessment of subdivisions on the flat in Canterbury (Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, September 2012) or the guidelines that are in force at the time the application is made. (g) For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, building design information detailing how buildings are to satisfy the assessment matters detailed in Level 2 of 32.6 Design and Layout Assessment matters for subdivision - Living G (Highsted) Zone Updated 06 December 2013 General matters General matters set out expectations for design of new residential development. Applicants are also encouraged to provide written and graphic evidence of their design rationale to accompany site specific proposals. Any proposal shall be assessed against the extent to which the development achieves the following principles: Level 1 - All Density areas Design and Layout (a) The extent to which subdivision can accommodate the land use and built form and layout anticipated for the land in the Highsted Master Plan and the Living G (Highsted) policies at Sections 10 and 11, Volume 2 of the City Plan. (b) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments enables appropriate housing forms to establish that are reflective of the density area in which they are located. (c) The extent to which the orientation, size and shape of allotments establishes connectivity with prominent vistas and view shafts. (d) The extent to which crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED) principles have been included in the design, orientation, size and shape of allotments, the provision of hard and soft landscaping, and the location of street lighting. (e) The extent to which the overall design, orientation, size and shape of allotments encourages the minimisation of energy use. (f) The ability to minimise the impact of access and garages on the streetscape through subdivision design. In higher density areas, to minimise the extent of vehicle crossings and/or garages that face the street and to maximise building frontage and on-street parking, regard should be had to (g) Avoiding extensive use of rear lots (h) The use of rear lanes (via access lots, rights of way or legal road) particularly for narrow terrace housing lots. (i) The use of shared access (via access lots or rights of way).

256 (j) The application of appropriate lot dimensions and sizes to prevent the creation of long monotonous facades. (k) Avoiding the widespread use of cul-de-sacs. Any cul-de-sacs should be short and relatively straight. (l) Street blocks should maximize the permeability of the movement network within the Master Plan (Highsted), particularly in relation to pedestrian movements. (m) The ability of subdivision to add to the diversity of housing types as appropriate for the Density Area. (n) The extent to which the average allotment size in the subdivision application will contribute to an overall minimum yield of 15 households a hectare in the Outline Development Plan area as a whole. Connectivity (a) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the movement network within the Master Plan (Highsted)(Appendix 3ZA, Part 2). (b) The extent to which both the green network and pedestrian/cycle connections within the Master Plan share space and inter-relate. Roading (a) The extent to which the roading layout supports a functional hierarchy of streets. (b) The extent to which the roading layout achieves a well-connected and highly permeable movement network. (c) The extent to which the roading layout integrates in a practical and functional manner with the adjoining existing road network and the road network on proposed or concurrent subdivision consent applications. (d) The extent to which the proposed cross sections contribute toward achieving an environment that is compatible with each street s function. (e) The extent to which space is provided for cyclists and cycling is encouraged by the cross section design. (f) The account taken of pedestrian movement and continuity of walking facilities within the development. (g) The extent to which the roading layout supports walking to bus stops and/or key community facilities. (h) The opportunities for tree and amenity planting provided and the extent to which amenity features have been incorporated into each street. (i) The appropriateness of the legal road width to accommodate the proposed cross-section design. (j) The ability of the legal road width to accommodate a future change in the function of the street (where applicable). (k) The ability of the street to accommodate public transport services and the provision of bus stops, where appropriate. (l) The extent to which new roads make adequate provision for vehicle movements, car parking and property access. (m) The extent to which stormwater management features are incorporated into the road stormwater treatment design, where appropriate. Public open space (a) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the green network within the Master Plan (Highsted)(Appendix 3Z, Part 2). (b) The extent to which the proposal supports the Open Space Strategy (2010) in particular through the provision of integrated, well distributed and sized neighbourhood park(s), recreational park(s), amenity strips and landscaping areas. (c) Landscape design is encouraged to use endemic or locally appropriate plants, including those that minimise water and maintenance requirements, promotes biodiversity and healthy ecosystems, such as those plants in the species list at Appendix 2B to Part 14. (d) In the riparian parks landscaping areas shown on the green network within the Master Plan all planting should be native species selected from the species list included in Appendix 2B, Part 14 - Plant Species for Living G (Highsted) Zone. (e) In the recreation reserve landscaping area shown on the green network within the Master Plan all planting should be from the species list included in Appendix 2B, Part 14 - Plant Species for Living G (Highsted) Zone and comprise at least 60% native species. (f) Landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views and should not contain species that are able to reach a size at maturity, that would require the plant s removal to maintain amenity on the site. (g) Landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not be planted where it will interfere with the operation, repair or maintenance of underground infrastructure. Street Trees (a) The extent to which trees are proposed to be accommodated within the legal road reserve. (b) The provision of trees intended to provide a high level of visual amenity. (c) The provision of trees which recognise the context and scale of the area in which they are located and the significance of the road in the roading hierarchy. (d) The provision of appropriate indigenous trees from Part 14, Appendix 2B - Plan species for Living G (Highsted) Zone to achieve at least 50% indigenous street trees within the zone. Stormwater (a) Measures adopted so as to ensure the protection of groundwater quality including treatment of discharges from roads and sealed car parking areas. (b) The extent to which alternative treatments may be available.

257 (c) The contribution made by the stormwater facilities layout and design to the visual amenity of the immediate area. (d) The ability to capture and treat stormwater on site. (e) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the blue network within the Master Plan. (f) The extent to which the proposal will be in general accordance with the Styx River/Puruakanui Area Stormwater Management Plan. (g) The extent to which the proposal incorporates stormwater management infrastructure to provide appropriately for the control of the stormwater during the period of construction. Street Scene (a) The extent to which lot design and orientation will allow buildings to address the street. (b) The extent to which consideration has been given to the potential use of back lanes for vehicle access in subdivision layout. Mix of Densities (a) The extent to which the application clearly identifies and meets the density ranges specified in the Outline Development Plan Upper Styx and the Master Plan. Sanitary Sewer (a) The extent to which the subdivision will necessitate the construction of more than one wastewater pumping station. Unanticipated Discovery of Archaeological Sites (a) The extent to which the requirement for an unanticipated discovery of archaeological sites protocol should be included in any subdivision consent for site works associated with the consent. (b) The need to notify developers of their obligations under the Historic Places Act Tangata Whenua cultural values (a) The extent to which Tangata Whenua values have been taken into account in the design and construction methodology for any proposed subdivision. (b) The extent to which the application provides for other Tangata Whenua related objectives, policies, rules and methods within the City Plan and other relevant iwi management plans. Level 2 - Density A areas For comprehensive subdivision and associated land use development in Density A residential areas, the extent to which building and site development will achieve the following: (i) Site and context (a) Developments should consider local environmental conditions including but not limited to the position of the sun and prevailing winds. (c) Developments are encouraged to support any prominent vistas and view shafts. (d) Developments are encouraged to provide a high degree of passive surveillance. (e) The extent to which high density sites are located to provide convenient access to public transport routes, a local commercial centre, Tulett Park and/or neighbourhood parks. (ii) Relationship with street, lanes and public open spaces (a) The appropriateness of the depth and consistency of setback from the road boundary taking into account the set back from the road boundary of buildings on adjacent sites. (b) Buildings should be oriented toward the street and positioned close to the road boundary. (c) Developments should place active areas of buildings, such as habitable rooms and entrances, along the street and public open spaces, particularly at ground level. (d) Buildings should have pedestrian entrances that are identifiable, well-articulated and directly accessible from the street or, in the case of rear units, shared access ways. (e) Facades of buildings facing the street should have a high degree of glazing that is evenly distributed. (f) Fences and landscaping along the road boundary or adjacent to public open spaces should not obstruct ground level views. (g) Fences should complement the building design. (h) Building design and location provide opportunities for passive surveillance particularly in relation to shared access ways and lanes. (iii) Corner sites (a) Buildings on corner sites should orientate toward all adjacent streets and public open spaces and emphasise these corners. (b) Pedestrian entrances are encouraged to be located along main pedestrian routes. (iv) Building form and articulation (a) Buildings should be of a domestic scale. (b) Buildings in series should avoid excessive repetition of building forms. (c) Buildings should avoid façades and elevations whose length or bulk is visually excessive or blank. (d) Roofs should be designed to limit continuous ridgelines and minimise the visual bulk of a building.

258 (e) The separation of buildings on sites is encouraged to reduce perceived building bulk. (f) Architectural features and a variety of materials and colours are encouraged to provide human scale and visual interest. (v) Landscaping and site amenity (a) Car parking, garages, side boundaries, shared access ways, lanes and service areas should be softened by landscaping. (b) Lighting, planting, fences and other structures on sites and shared accessways, lanes and service areas should be designed to maximise safety of occupants and visitors. (c) For lanes and shared accessways, fences and gates at the rear of properties should provide varying degrees of solidity and transparency, while maximising occupants safety and providing opportunities for passive surveillance. (vi) Outdoor Living Spaces (a) Outdoor living spaces should be located on sites in a way that will optimise useable space and provide a pleasant outlook for unit occupants. (b) Private outdoor living spaces, including balconies and terraces, should link directly to main living areas in the residential unit. (vii) Service Areas and Utilities (a) Service areas should be positioned in a development to minimise adverse visual, noise or odour amenity effects and to enable practical use. (b) Rubbish storage areas, letter boxes, utility boxes and other service facilities required to be accessible from the street should be visually integrated into the development frontage. (c) Building services such as external access ways and mechanical, electrical and communications equipment should be integrated in the building to minimise their visual impact, particularly from streets or public open spaces. (d) Storage space should be easily accessible to residents. (viii) Residential Amenity (a) The location, orientation and internal design of residential units should balance outlook and sunlight with the privacy of internal occupants and neighbouring residential units. (b) Windows and balconies on upper levels should be orientated and screened to limit direct overlooking of adjacent dwellings, their outdoor living space and the private outdoor living space of other units in the same development. (c) Developments are encouraged to provide a variety of unit types and sizes to accommodate a range of households. (ix) Treatment of Right of Ways (a) Define the identity of, and entrance to, a right of way through both landscaping and built form elements such as location of residential dwellings close to the street or where they are visible from the street. (b) Provision of shared vehicle and pedestrian access with no defined footpath. (c) Variation in a right of way clearway through design by tightening, extending and terminating views in a lane. (d) Provision of permanent passive surveillance for all parts of the right of way. (e) Establish a consistent character for a right of way with complementary architectural features on the right of way and adjacent buildings Subdivision of land - Reasons for rules Updated 30 April General Updated 30 April 2011 The reasons for subdivision rules complement those for land use activities, particularly in respect of allotment sizes, but also in relation to other matters such as protection of natural areas, water quality, and provision of open space. This recognises that subdivision acts as a framework for subsequent land use activities for many forms of development. The imposition of conditions at the subdivision stage is logical, given that it would be impracticable to make piecemeal provision for services upon individual properties being developed. The best time to co-ordinate the provision of all necessary services is during the subdivision process, assuring each allotment can provide for land uses to be established as permitted activities. Such services as sewerage, water, power and telecommunications are usually necessary to protect both natural and physical resources, and standards of amenity. In the case of standards generally, the rules have as far as possible been written to address effects, not the type of land tenure chosen. In the case of services provided competitively, the rules merely ensure that provision for co-ordinated supply is made, not who the supplier should be. In some cases a joint consent for land use and subdivision activities may be necessary, such as where subdivisions result in a land use activity not meeting other standards (eg. a subdivision resulting in a dwelling not having an adequate setback from a new boundary).

259 The conditions that may apply to a subdivision are extremely variable, dependent on location; the presence of natural hazards; its scale and topography; the adequacy of existing and proposed services; a need for protecting easements; and other factors. Accordingly it is difficult, if not impossible, to determine in advance what pre-conditions may exist for a permitted subdivision. Accordingly, all subdivisions are at least controlled activities, except those that may be discretionary, non-complying, or (in the case of a few small specific areas), prohibited activities. Failure to meet specific development or critical standards will require a discretionary or non-complying subdivision application, respectively. The rules for provision of services are based on the premise that the standards required are a consequence of the scale and type of subdivision activity proposed, and where necessary, the existing or proposed land uses taking account of the applicable zone standards. The objectives and policies for subdivision are set out in some detail and cover the reasons for requiring provision of services. Accordingly the reasons given for the rules in this section are brief. Engineering standards are set out in a separate code of practice for subdivisions. It is considered inappropriate and cumbersome to incorporate detailed construction standards in a document such as the City Plan. The relationship with subdivision rules is therefore that compliance with the code is deemed to be an acceptable (but not the only) means of compliance with rules on provision of services upon subdivision Categories of subdivision activities Updated 30 April 2011 The categories of subdivision reflect the importance of particular aspects: prohibited subdivision activities where natural hazards or potential for subsequent land use conflicts are high. non-complying subdivision where subdivision standards are closely related activities to, and essential for, achieving sustainable land use, protecting amenities and character, or environmental protection (eg allotment sizes, access, reserve/esplanades). discretionary subdivision as for non complying subdivision, and also the activities ability to connect to key services and utilities. controlled subdivision applicable to all subdivisions, reflecting the activities variability in circumstances that can occur with subdivision applications. Because subdivision of land frequently includes an existing building already established on the original parcel of land, and which is to be retained on a newly defined allotment, it is important to distinguish between the varying categories of subdivision application as is set out in clause 3. Compliance with critical or development subdivision standards may conflict with the respective zone standards for the existing or intended land use, an example being a new subdivision boundary which may result in an existing building not meeting setbacks or other standards Allotment sizes, numbers and dimensions Updated 30 April 2011 The reasons for allotment sizes in rural and living zones are covered in detail in the Statement of Objectives and Policies, and in the reasons for rules relating to site density in zones. The protection of natural resources in rural zones and of residential character and amenity in living zones, are fundamental to the environmental outcomes in those zones. Minimum average allotment sizes have been required in a number of zones to minimise the impact of development as a whole on the amenities of the local area, adjoining areas, and in some cases for the wider City. Maximum net allotment areas have been specified in some areas of the City to ensure that overly large allotments do not establish. Such allotments are not considered an efficient or sustainable form of urban development. Managing the overall size of allotments will better achieve the consolidation objectives and policies for the Living zones. The subdivision standards must be consistent with the land use standards for rural dwellings and for residential site density. In the Rural Hills and Rural 6 Zones, a combination of landscape and ecological values requires a large subdivisional minimum area reflecting controls on buildings and disturbance of plants and the ground surface. The lot sizes chosen for living zones are a balance between a need for infill and urban consolidation on one hand, and the protection of character and amenity on the other. Allotment dimensions are specified to ensure that in living zones particularly, the land parcels are of a shape such that complying buildings can be reasonably placed on them at a later stage. The allotment sizes and dimensions are identical for all forms of ownership. The standards are designed with the household in mind and those requirements and standards are the same irrespective of the form of ownership, be they in fee simple ownership, cross-lease, unit title or rental accommodation. These provisions also apply to some open space and special purpose zones where disposal of land for residential purposes can be undertaken. In living zones the minimum allotment standards are set as critical standards, eg, 450m 2 in the Living 1 Zone. Any proposed subdivision that creates vacant allotments less than these minimums will be a non complying subdivision activity. However, a reduced minimum area is allowed in living zones where the subdivision is designed in conjunction with an existing or proposed building, as the design can be tailored to the needs of the site and proposed or existing buildings. It offers opportunity for greater diversity of building design on the allotment. Reduction is possible under the provisions of Clause 4.3.8, Allotments with existing or proposed buildings, expressed at the critical standard level. For example in the Living 1 Zone the minimum allotment size with a building commitment may be reduced from 450m 2 to 420m 2. The concern here is with density, regardless of whether the building complies with all the zone standards. However such reductions require assessment as both a discretionary subdivision activity, and discretionary land use activity (refer relevant clauses in living zone rules).

260 The allotment frontage rule along Milns Road and Sparks Road is included to reinforce the consolidation of the urban area and to improve the landscape quality of the rural-urban interface. The establishment of a successful transition between the urban and rural area that incorporates a combination of design elements including the location and style of planting, fencing design or lack of fencing, the position of buildings and the setback of the buildings. Exceptions from the minimum net area are also made for elderly persons housing units where they have a gross floor area of less than 80m 2, or in some locations less than 65m 2. The way in which elderly persons housing unit can be subdivided in the Plan has been restricted. The reason for this is to ensure that separate titles are not created for each elderly persons housing unit. If separate titles were issued for each elderly persons housing unit then there is the potential for these titles to be sold to people who wish to extend the unit and therefore create additional non compliances. In addition, there is the potential for people to sell their elderly persons housing unit to people who are not considered to be elderly. These effects are unlikely to occur if the elderly persons housing complex is managed by a body corporate or is held under one title. In addition, in some special amenity areas more restrictive rules may apply (Refer to Part 2, Clause for reasons for these exceptions). For other zones, the factors which may contribute to allotment size and dimensions are so variable that no standards are set. Instead the site size will be constrained only by the requirements applicable to land use activities, and by having regard to assessment matters. A similar concept applies to comprehensively designed units in the higher density Living 3 and 4 Zones. Here the allotment size and dimensions will be determined by the land-use standards including those on the height, location and bulk of buildings. Such an approach has not been adopted in the Living 1, Living H or Living 2 Zones, because although acceptable building designs may result, so could an intensive building character inappropriate to the character of those zones. Living zones on the edge of the urban area and lots on the rural zone boundary are in some cases subject to prohibited activity status, in order to maintain a firm urban/rural boundary in locations vulnerable to pressures for urban expansion. In an area in proximity to the approach to the runway at Christchurch International Airport (that part of the Living 1E Zone west of the 50dBA Ldn) line, further subdivision is also restricted, in order to limit the number of residential units and potential complaints about aircraft noise. The development of the North Halswell area (generally bounded by Templetons, Halswell, Dunbars and Wigram Roads) could ultimately result in 1700 additional residential units. The site is bisected by the Southern Arterial designation with a deferred Living zoning applying to that part of the area between the designation and Wigram Road. The level of traffic generated from development of such a large area is such that no more than 600 additional allotments should be reliant on access to the adjoining road network before completion of the Southern Arterial. The staging of development is such that the Arterial may well be completed prior to the addition of 600 additional residential units, and the rule will in any event cease to have effect when its completion renders it unnecessary. This rule is intended to mitigate any unacceptable impacts and congestion that would otherwise occur if the Arterial were not in place. The number of allotments served by the subdivision of Part Lot 7 DP (off Karnak Crescent, Russley) has been limited to lessen traffic effects on Karnak Crescent, after agreement between residents and the subdivider. The number of allotments served solely off Kintyre Drive (Masham) has been limited to 200 to avoid the adverse effects of traffic entering or leaving Kintyre Drive from Masham Road. Urban development at the top of Worsleys Road in the LHB Zone is a prohibited activity until the Conservation 1 land at the head of Hoon Hay Valley has been permanently protected through a covenant. The protection of this bush is accepted as environmental compensation for the adverse environmental effects of the urban development of this part of the Port Hills. In the Cashmere and Worsley Valleys urban development has only been permitted on the basis of the land, landscaping, and tracks that have been offered as environmental compensation, as determined by the Environment Court, and which are in excess of any development contribution for reserves. Urban development is deferred until that compensation has been provided and flood mitigation and other works are completed or committed to. Subdivision of land previously associated with the Wigram Aerodrome, as identified in Appendix 3r, Part 2, for residential development is permitted on the basis of the construction of a stormwater ponding basin to avoid, remedy and mitigate the potential adverse stormwater effects on the Heathcote Catchment. Without the immediate provision of the stormwater ponding basin, additional residential development of this land will further contribute to, and exacerbate, the potential risk of flooding in the Heathcote Catchment. This will ensure that water quality is maintained (surface water and ground water) and the opportunities to enhance recreational and ecological values are maintained. A limit on the total number of lots has been imposed because of the current capacity constraints in the Christchurch City waste water system. While it is recognised that there is currently insufficient capacity in the system to service all of the land identified in Appendix 3r, Part 2, investigation work undertaken by Council staff confirm that there is capacity for no more than a total of 100 residential units. The Council has a major sewer upgrade programme in place to provide additional capacity for growth. Once this work is complete, there will be sufficient capacity to cater for the staged development of areas of South West Christchurch. The requirement for traffic signalisation at the intersection of Springs Road and Corsair Drive is seen as an important pre-requisite. Currently, there are large peak period delays experienced at the Springs Road intersection for motorists wishing to turn into Springs Road from the Wigram area. Signalisation of the Springs Road / Corsair Drive intersection will enable safe and efficient access from the Wigram area onto Springs Road. Without signalisation, delays are likely to increase which has the potential to adversely impact upon traffic safety. The requirement for traffic signalisation at the first stage of subdivision will avoid, remedy and mitigate the potential for adverse traffic effects on Springs Road. Further, traffic signalisation will create a safer pedestrian environment for the surrounding living environment, in particular, the nearby primary school. The requirement for a development plan over this area will ensure the Council's infrastructural networks are managed in a co-ordinated and integrated manner. The rules on boundary adjustments recognise that, provided existing lot sizes are not diminished, the effects of such adjustments are minor, as no additional lots are created. The rule on amalgamation ensures that complying activities result where amalgamations occur across zone boundaries. Where an average minimum lot size has been specified, lots twice that minimum and larger have been excluded from the calculation of the average. This is to ensure that if such lots are subsequently further subdivided, the average for the area as a whole is not reduced below the average intended Property access Updated 12 March 2012 The rules on property access are primarily to ensure that adverse effects of inadequate (or non provision of) access, such as congestion, off site parking, lack of pedestrian/cycle provision, do not arise. In Brooklands, in the areas north of Harbour Road and Beacon Street (in the vicinity of Dartford Street) new roads and vehicular accessways are required to improve the amenity and interface between the Living RS zone and Conservation 1A zone, by

261 providing an outlook to and from new residential development and the adjoining ecologically sensitive Conservation 1A zone to minimise the adverse effects of inappropriate development along the zone boundary. The road designation and limited access rules are to ensure the roading standard in the subdivision is consistent with the likely use and intensity of development expected, and the safety and efficiency of adjoining roads. The creation of separate allotments allows the Council the opportunity to acquire the land when funds are available and eliminates the division of properties when the land is taken at the appropriate time. Road gradient requirements recognise the requirements of section 329 of the Local Government Act to state in the plan where gradients steeper than 1 in 8 are permitted. The 1 in 6 maximum thus stated in the plan is considered the steepest gradient suitable for the safety of all road users. The construction of an alternative through road from Moncks Spur Road to Mt. Pleasant Road is essential for the development of the Living HA Deferred Zone on Moncks Spur. The benefits of such a through road was one of the reasons the land was allowed to be zoned for urban development. A number of specific requirements are included to ensure urban development in the Cashmere and Worsleys Valleys area does not adversely affect adjoining areas. To protect the existing vineyard from the cold air being dammed across the valley by roads, road access to most of the development is required to be located towards the western side of the valley system. To adequately accommodate the level of traffic that would then use the intersection onto Worsleys Road at the hairpin bend, the bend needs to be eased. If the development exceeds 250 households the volume of traffic generated will also necessitate the realignment and signalization of the Worsleys/Hoon Hay Cashmere Roads intersection, and the cost of this is to be borne by the development. No access is permitted onto Shalamar Drive due to the limitations of the intersection of that road onto Cashmere Road, and provision is required to be made for vehicle access to the Living HB land to the west so that it can be developed further. Access to the Musgroves site, which is shown in Part 3, Appendix 10, is limited to one access point to Wigram Road and one to the future Aidanfield Drive extension. These access points must be linked by an internal road to maintain the efficiency of the local road network and avoid adverse effects on the transport system. To enable development of the site before the Aidanfield Drive extension is constructed the internal road is permitted to be built in two stages, the first of which is the creation of a temporary cul de sac. The layout of the internal site road, the number and spacing of vehicle access points to the site, footpath and amenity strip recognise the requirements of the New Zealand Standard 4404:2004 and the Council Infrastructure Design Standards. The Business 4 activities on the Musgroves site have the potential to generate a significant number of vehicle movements which could create congestion, cause delays at the intersection of the internal site road with Wigram Road and compromise the safety of the receiving road environment before the Southern Arterial extension is operational. To mitigate these potential adverse effects restrictions on access to the Musgroves site and specific intersection design requirements are introduced. Separate left and right turning lanes to and from the site at the Wigram Road intersection are required so that the performance of the intersection does not deteriorate to an unacceptable level prior to the opening of the Southern Motorway extension and / or the opening of the alternative access to / from the Aidanfield Drive extension. These measures will ensure that the anticipated future arterial function of Wigram Road and its efficiency and safety are not compromised. The community standards on road access (including private ways, service lanes, accessways, pedestrian access and service lanes) are included to ensure that a sustainable roading/access network, consistent with the pattern on adjacent land is established; that the system promotes safety and avoids congestion; and to allow options for pedestrian, cycle and vehicular movement to be maintained. It is estimated that a dwelling unit on average will generate about 10 vehicle trips per day, and that where more than 150 vehicle trips per day are required, a road is necessary to ensure safe and efficient vehicular movement. The Living 1F Zone located at the edge of the urban area on Prestons Road is specifically tailored for the establishment and operation of an elderly persons housing complex. Any form of residential development not directly associated with the specialist nature of the zone is non-complying activity. It is on this basis that subdivision below 4ha in the Living 1F Zone is subject to noncomplying activities status, recognising the licence to occupy arrangements typical of elderly persons housing complexes. It is intended to send a clear signal to the community that development within the zone is limited to elderly persons housing and associated care facilities, and strongly discourages subdivision within the zone that would otherwise prevent this outcome, and threaten the consolidation of the urban area. Specific reasons for rules include: width of carriageways, etc. relates to anticipated volume of traffic, its efficient movement, and safety of all road users; provision of footpaths and berms to promote pedestrian safety, and planting to enhance amenity values; turning area and passing bay design to be adequate for the numbers of potential users, and avoidance of hazardous and/or inconvenient reversing manoeuvres; corner roundings to facilitate pedestrian movement and safety (sight distances); where the topography of hillside roads prevents vehicular access onto allotments, separate garaging in other more suitable locations may provide a means of satisfying land use traffic standards, eliminating roadside parking. Such garaging provides a relatively secure, safe site for those allotments unable to provide that facility on their own allotment; the naming of streets is important with respect to the need to avoid confusion in names, with adverse impacts on deliveries or operation of emergency services. It also relates to requirements under section 319B of the Local Government Act; The reasons for rules on controlled subdivision activities (property access) are: to ensure that adjoining land can, where necessary, be reached for future access, including co-ordinated roading linkages; to ensure that the costs of providing services such as roads (which can be utilised by later subdivisions) can be fairly apportioned, such as through point strips; to ensure adequate alignment and location of roading and access for safety, convenience, and sufficient lighting for safety and security; construction standards which are sufficient to ensure roads and access can be used without visual detraction, noise, dust or other nuisance. The restriction on kerb and channel in the Living RS Zone has been included to clearly signal to developers that any development on existing road frontages (albeit owned by the Council) or any new roading, is to utilise the current subsoil drainage and soakage chamber system specifically provided in this particular zone. This settlement has drainage difficulties and a particular rural village character which makes conventional kerb and channel systems inappropriate.

262 In the Living G (East Belfast) Zone a number of specific requirements are included to ensure provision is made for pedestrian and cycle facilities connecting the development to the existing area of Belfast. Restrictions are also imposed in respect of the length of urban development blocks to limit walking distances and to promote permeability. Building setback and acoustic insulation requirements are imposed in relation to sites in proximity of the Main North Railway Line and Northern Arterial Motorway Designation Esplanade reserves, esplanade strips and access strips Updated 30 April 2011 The Act contains specific provisions in section 229, reinforced in section 6, which place an onus on the Council to make provision for esplanades, except in terms of justified exceptions under section 77 of the Act. This also relates to the width of esplanades, where these are less than 20m (rivers and coastline). Exemption from the provision of esplanade reserve or the creation of a strip is provided where it is considered such a requirement would have an unfair impact on other owners of the land. On cross-lease or unit title ownership, where buildings are erected or altered after the production of the original plan, new plans of subdivision are required to show the new work in order that such alterations may be shown on the certificates of title. Vesting esplanade reserves would require the original landholding to be diminished, with a full new survey plan. One owner changing a building should not force other owners to surrender their land. In many instances fence lines are not erected on the correct boundary alignment and minor boundary adjustments to incorporate such incorrect alignment should not invoke the vesting of esplanade reserves. Road designations and public utilities are usually beyond the control of the individual property owners, and when such land is taken no additional allotments for other land uses are created and again such taking should not invoke the vesting of esplanade reserves. Large sections of waterway within the Christchurch City Council area, particularly along the Avon and Heathcote Rivers, are already incorporated within esplanades or road reserves. Policies in the City Plan make continued provision for acquisition of esplanades along waterways in both urban and rural areas. An exception to the provision of esplanade reserves is in those parts of the urban area where intensive subdivision and development has already taken place along rivers particularly in parts of the upper reaches of the Avon River and the Waimairi and Wairarapa Streams. In these sections of waterway no requirement has been made for esplanade reserves. Along much of these waterways it would be impracticable to provide them because of the presence of existing buildings close to waterways. More importantly many of the allotments are too small to be subdivided to allow land to be set aside for esplanade purposes. In arriving at this position, the Council has taken full account of the fact that the acquisition of esplanades is a very long term concept and has concluded that even over the long term, the likelihood of a continuous (or even largely continuous) connection of esplanades from subdivided sites on these waterways is unlikely to occur. The width required for esplanades has been determined according to the highly varied circumstances of the waterway concerned, which include the nature and width of the river itself, the value of the waterway for public access, the ecological values of the waterway, and the building pattern existing adjacent to the waterway. The rules specify a width for particular sections of waterway which if provided will satisfy the plan's requirements for esplanade provision. Where any reduction this width, including an exemption from the requirement is sought, a discretionary activity consent is required, with the extent of esplanade provision dependent on the nature of the waterway in the vicinity of the site, and the circumstances applicable in that case. This approach has been adopted because it is considered to be a reasonably sensitive reflection of the variable character of city waterways, rural and urban, and the application of section 229 of the Act to different sections of waterway. In the case of the land between Cashmere Stream and Worsleys Road, the provision of a 20 metre esplanade reserve, and access to it, was part of the justification for the residential zoning of the land and, as such, is a prerequisite for any such development. Within the rural areas it is considered more appropriate to provide for esplanade strips, particularly as many allotments are over 4 hectares in area, and access and ecological values can be adequately protected through this mechanism. An exception is made for the Lower Styx River where a tow path in public ownership already exists along the river, and even allowing for areas where the waterway is no longer in its surveyed position, it is considered that the provision of an esplanade reserve along this section of waterway is more appropriate. In a few instances, such as the upper reaches of the Otukaikino River, the likely position of future access strips has been identified in the Plan to provide access to these waterways which would otherwise be isolated without a means of through access. In other cases however, it is impracticable in advance to determine where an access strip may be required, and the circumstances of particular subdivisions will be considered in terms of whether an access strip may be required. Along the coast an esplanade reserve width of 20 metres is normally specified in the Plan, although within the city much of the coastline is already in public ownership to a width far exceeding this figure. The exceptions are a few portions of coastline in Redcliffs where the extent of building and subdivision is such that some sections of land along the coastline would be unable to be subdivided in order to provide an esplanade reserve of 20 metres in width. Some land also fronts legal road where esplanades cannot be taken, and in other locations a reduced width is allowed for. The rules on esplanades are complemented by rules elsewhere in the Plan, (Part 9, Clause 5) relating to filling, excavation and building adjacent to waterways. These rules are designed to ensure that any building and filling activities do not compromise the natural functioning or values of waterways and in some cases to preserve future options for the acquisition of esplanades. These rules will however also apply to waterways which are not of sufficient width to justify the acquisition of esplanades. The Appendix to the esplanade rules describes the various parts of each water body giving the widths of the required reserve or strip. Notwithstanding that much of the land adjoining the respective water body is already held in public ownership, any dealings with such land shall in the first instance, make provision for the required reserve or strip. If any part of an adjoining road is stopped, then that part with frontage to the river or mean high water springs mark shall become an esplanade reserve or where applicable have an esplanade strip created.

263 .33.6 Natural and other hazards Updated 30 April 2011 The rules on natural and other hazards recognise both known hazards but also other hazards, the extent of which may only be suspected. The extent of natural hazards on any particular area of land may be uncertain and not fully established until such time that detailed site evaluation is undertaken. Where this uncertainty exists, the controlled activity provision in the rules enables necessary site evaluation to be undertaken, so that mitigation measures can be identified. Because the nature and extent of some natural hazards cannot readily be determined in advance, most are not identified in the Plan itself, but on a separate hazards register, and are assessed as matters to be taken into account on controlled activity subdivision application. Hendersons Basin, Hoon Hay Valley, Cashmere-Worsleys and Lower Styx ponding areas and the Cashmere Stream floodplain act as natural detention basins reducing the extent of flooding down stream following storms events. This provides further support for the minimum subdivision standards in those parts of the rural zones. More intensive development within these areas will be subject to flood damage in storm events and result in increased flood damages to properties adjacent to these areas and down stream. The southern end of the New Brighton Spit is subject to natural hazards arising from coastal processes. Coastal processes, particularly erosion, have the potential to adversely affect development. The area is a sensitive environment where more intensive development also has the potential to exacerbate coastal erosion. For these reasons further subdivision of this area is considered inappropriate in most circumstances and is a non-complying activity. An area of new urban development is proposed for land in and between the Cashmere and Worsley Valleys. Some of that area lies within the existing Cashmere/Worsley flood plain which holds water during rainfall events, reducing potential flooding downstream. The urban development of this area is prohibited to avoid the risk of flooding of such development within the area or downstream areas, unless works are undertaken to avoid these risks. The rules require, as a minimum, that the land areas for urban development be developed in conjunction with modifications to the retention area to maintain the volume of water currently able to be retained, plus any additional water from the urban development itself. However, the rules also allow for the possibility of the Council seeking to increase the volume retained., with the Council being responsible for any increased costs that may arise to achieve the increased volume. The rules also include requirements to ensure the final design is safe and functionally efficient, that it protects the historic stone-walled drained, that it is adequately planted, and that it does not adversely affect roads in the area. In the Living 1 Deferred Zone to the west of Philpotts Road and south of Winters Road, filling of the land to 15.3 metres (relative to the CBD Datum) is required for residential development because of the high potential for flooding and prolonged stormwater detention below this level. An area of new urban development is proposed between Cashmere Stream and Worsleys Road. As the area is subject to flooding, development of this area is prohibited until necessary flood mitigation works are undertaken. The Plan also deals with other hazards, two examples being soil contamination and land formerly subject to filling. There are areas of land within the city such as former sawmill sites, where subdivision may be inappropriate until such time that any contaminated soil is appropriately disposed of. In some parts of the city, areas of land have been subject to filling with unconsolidated materials which are unsuitable for building, at least without specialised design measures Water supply Updated 30 April 2011 The subdivision rules on water supply are aimed at dealing with two matters: firstly the adequacy of the water supply in terms of volume, and secondly the quality of supply for human consumption. The Council provides a reticulated water supply to much of the city's area which for health reasons is required in preference to alternative independent supplies of water. Independent supplies will be accepted in rural locations which are remote from the Council's reticulated system. The right to take water (and the amount to be taken) is a matter which any applicant would have to pursue with the Canterbury Regional Council. The development of areas of land through the subdivision process raises a need in some cases, to require upgrading of water supply infrastructure and the extension of reticulated water supply to service new development. This can also include conditions that sites be set aside for water supply purposes, for example, reservoirs or pumping stations. The reason for this relates to public health, convenience and efficient use of supply infrastructure Stormwater Updated 12 March 2012 The reason for these rules is to deal with the need to provide an outfall for stormwater and an adequate reticulation system to dispose of it. The primary reason is to avoid adverse effects on adjoining land if stormwater disposal is inadequate. There is also the need to control the effects of stormwater disposal on the quality of surface water. The rules also enable sufficient measures to be required for dealing with the control of sediment, contaminants and litter which may accumulate in stormwater systems upon the development of land. In the Special Purpose (Wigram ) Zone Area B the means of disposing storm water shall be by systems such as swales, retention ponds and soakage. This is to ensure that water quality is maintained (surface water and ground water), the risk of flooding in the Heathcote catchment is minimised, and opportunities to enhance recreational and ecological values are maintained. In the Business 4 zone on the land known as the Musgroves site shown in Part 3, Appendix 10, the means of disposing storm water shall be by a first flush treatment and detention basin system with a flow control to the receiving surface water - Dry Stream. This is to ensure that discharge of stormwater into contaminated landfill areas of the site is avoided, the surface water and ground water quality is maintained and the risk of flooding in the Heathcote catchment is minimised. Urban development of the Living HA Deferred zone on Moncks Spur is deferred until works have been undertaken to deal with the resulting stormwater and the potential flooding downstream. In Living G (East Belfast) stormwater management areas and open space reserves are located alongside each other, with provision to ensure that land set aside for stormwater management does not include areas dedication for recreation purposes.

264 33.9 Sewage disposal Updated 30 April 2011 The primary purpose for the subdivision rules on sewage disposal relate to the impacts of land development on surface and groundwater quality. The rules are also to complement the rules of the Canterbury Regional Council relating to water management. As with water supply, the Council provides a reticulated sewerage system to most of the urban area of the city, supplemented by two community systems at Belfast and Templeton. There is a strong preference for ensuring that domestic sewage disposal is disposed of where possible to the Council's reticulated system, because of the greater certainty of co-ordinated and adequate treatment. Where this is not possible as in some rural areas, provision for on site disposal systems will be provided, subject to the suitability of ground conditions in the area, the size of the site, and in accordance with the requirements of the Regional Council. The provisions for sewerage disposal in rural areas complement rules in rural areas on allotment sizes and permissible dwelling house density. In urban development, the rules will enable the Council to assess such matters as the capacity of the proposed and existing systems serving subdivisional development and provision where necessary of pumping stations Trade waste Updated 30 April 2011 Trade waste disposal normally associated with business developments of a heavy industrial character can create effluent of a type and volume which is considerably greater than associated with land use generally. In some parts of the city, such as the Halswell Junction Road area, there are limits to the capacity of the reticulation system and its ability to deal with trade wastes. Accordingly there may be some restriction on land use activities following subdivision. As with sewage disposal and water supply, the rules may also require provision to be made for as pumping stations should this be necessary Energy -Telecommunications Updated 30 April 2011 The reasons for these rules are for similar reasons, as both of these utilities are deemed to be essential services within most developments. The rules require an ability to connect to an energy and telecommunications system, rather than determining which utility operator should provide the service. The intention of the rules is to enable an assessment to be made of the adequacy of the existing systems, whether any upgrading is required, and whether any on site provision needs to be made for kiosks or other special sites for supporting the provision of energy and telecommunications. The provision of a gas supply is not a requirement upon a subdivision but should such a system be proposed, the rules are incorporated to deal with the adequacy and safety of the system proposed. An essential provision of the energy and telecommunications rules, is a requirement for each individual allotment to be able to connect to a supply at the boundary of its net area. This is to ensure that the services which are expected by subsequent land purchasers are adequate, and service provision is co-ordinated Easements Updated 30 April 2011 Subdivision rules enable each subdivision to be assessed in terms of any requirements needed to protect existing services and ongoing security of supply, regardless of changing land ownership. Easements may apply in gross in the Council's favour, for private purposes, or for protection of network utility operators. This is to achieve adequate continuation and co-ordination of services within areas which are to be subdivided into multiple ownership. The purpose of easements is to enable access for maintenance works and the replacement of existing services where necessary. Private easements may also be required on river banks for river maintenance, or through reserves where this may be necessary Building locations Updated 14 November 2005 These subdivision rules enable the Council to impose conditions in terms of building sites within a subdivision and in support of rules or conditions that may be imposed in respect of natural hazards. Conditions on building location may specify that particular parts of a site are unsuitable for building because of floodplains, erosion potential etc. Other conditions that may be imposed under this rule include minimum floor heights in order to mitigate the potential effects of inundation, although these can only be set at the levels specified under the Building Act, which provide only limited protection Preservation and provision of vegetation and landscape features and conservation purposes Updated 30 April 2011 The purpose of these rules is to provide one of a number of mechanisms for the protection of key natural or physical features which may be within a proposed subdivision. These can be protected either by special conditions or covenants, or by the setting aside of land for vesting in the Council. Such features may include protected trees (whether listed trees or otherwise) and areas which may be of particular amenity value.

265 In some cases the protection of such land will be sought by discussion and negotiation as a prelude to any consents being sought for rezonings or subdivision. In the case of the urban development of the land in, and between, the Cashmere and Worsley Valleys, the purpose of the rules is to require additional planting to mitigate the impact of that development and to achieve the landscape quality sought by the City Plan policies at the rural-urban boundary. A development plan applies to land on the upper slopes of Worsleys Spur to ensure that development will harmonise with the natural character of the rural Port Hills when viewed from a distance. Gullies shown on the plan will be required to be managed to ensure that a cover of native tree species regenerates or eventuates with judicious planting. This will soften the potential impact of residential development in the area. Allowing existing broom and gorse to remain will encourage regeneration. Planting will be required at time of subdivision where there is no suitable nursery cover already in place. The development plan also requires roads to be located generally on the top of the sub-spurs, rather than across the slope of the spur, to minimise the visual impact. The requirement for a landscaping strip in that part of the Richmond Hill Living HA Zone will achieve the objectives of enhancing the City's environment and Garden City image. This rule specifically seeks to soften the impact of the built environment without detrimentally affecting views of future residents on Richmond Hill. Consequently, the purpose of the rule is to mitigate the visual effects of new residential development as viewed from Sumner. The vesting of a significant area of land on the Port Hills in the Council as reserve and landscape planting on the edge of the Living HA Deferred Zone on Moncks Spur are essential to compensate for, and mitigate, the visual effects of this urban development on the Port Hills. The zoning of this part of the Port Hills for urban development was only allowed because this was to occur. In addition tracks are to be provided to give public access through the proposed reserve and a restriction is imposed on planting near the reserve to avoid introduced species spreading into the reserve and adversely affecting the ecological values. In terms of land in the vicinity of the Styx River and Styx Mill Reserve, and the shelter belt to the east on Glen Oaks Drive is no longer required as part of the urban - rural boundary and in fact would adversely affect the residential use of the land Provision of land for open space and recreation Updated 30 April 2011 Outdoor areas for sport, play and enjoyment of the open air are an integral part of the recreation requirements of any community. Open spaces with tree and garden plantings are also important to enhance and maintain the visual amenity of all parts of the city. Such areas contribute towards the quality of the city's environment, providing aesthetic coherence, cultural and recreational pleasure, and as a contribution to the garden city image. The Local Government Act enables Councils to require development contributions (cash and/or land) to be paid for reserves (for open space and recreation) at the time of subdivision consent. The Council has decided to require contributions for reserves under the Local Government Act 2002, rather than under the financial contribution provisions if the Resource Management Act, because: the Council considers that this is the most efficient and effective mechanism for requiring contributions towards reserves and network infrastructure growth at the time of development and/or subdivision; and it enables the Council to integrate this funding mechanism with forward planning for all Council funding for, and expenditure on, infrastructure and reserves growth. The Council has prepared a Development Contribution Policy, by way of the special consultative procedure, as part of its Long Term Council Community Plan (LTCCP). Under this Policy, development contributions are required for land and/or cash for reserves at the time of subdivision consent. The subdivision consent process provides the opportunity for the Council and the subdivider to reach an agreement on whether a cash and/or land contribution is appropriate in the circumstances, sot that it is possible for the Council to acquire suitable land as, where and when opportunities arise. Where a contribution of land for open space and recreation is to be required, the subdivision consent will include conditions relating to the location and the layout of the land and any requirements for the formation of that land prior to its vesting in the Council, where applicable. The taking of land, rather than cash, contributions recognises that, as the City grows, both in population and housing areas, there is a continuing need for more land to satisfy open space and recreational needs, new areas of which will inevitably become more difficult to acquire in appropriate locations as the City becomes intensively developed. Opportunities can also arise at the time of subdivision to protect or enhance significant mature trees, significant areas of indigenous vegetation, margins of waterways and other significant natural features, or historic and cultural features of significant natural features, or between other areas of public open space and community facilities, can be provided. In addition, the Council acknowledges that, in designing a subdivision, the subdivider has a good understanding of the needs of the potential occupiers in order to ensure that the subdivision is attractive and satisfies those needs. In other circumstances, when a land contribution is not appropriate, development contributions as cash funding towards Council expenditure on reserves for open space and recreation will be required under the Development Contributions Policy (In some cases the contribution of such land will be sought by discussion and registration as a prelude to any consents being sought for rezonings or subdivision.) Outline Development plan for the Living G (Yaldhurst) Zone and Living G (East Belfast) Zone, Living G (Awatea), Living G (Prestons), Living G (Halswell West) and Living G (North West Belfast) Updated 20 December 2013 Comprehensive Outline Development Plans, together with urban design principles to be followed in the development of this zone have been included to enable new peripheral residential growth as a Living G zone. In the case of the Outline Development Plan associated with the Living G (Awatea) Zone, an area of Business 1 Commercial Area and Business 7 zoned land is included. In the case of the Outline Development Plan associated with the Living G (Wigram) Zone, an area of Business 4 and Conservation 3 zoned land is also included. In the case of the Outline Development Plan associated with the Living G (Halswell West) Zone, a Business 1 Commercial Area is included. The purpose of the outline development plans is to assist the Council in managing the

266 effects of the use, development and protection of natural and physical resources in an integrated manner in order to achieve the objectives and policies of the Plan relating to intensification of urban densities. More specifically they indicate the environmental outcomes being sought for that particular area and means of avoiding or mitigating adverse effects. The Outline Development Plan referred to applies to land in Masham, between Yaldhurst and Buchanans Roads; Prestons, extending north and south from Prestons Road between Lower Styx Road and Mairehau Road; land in East Belfast, bounded by Belfast Road, the Kaputone Stream, existing Business 5 zoned land to the west and Thompsons Road to the south; land at Awatea generally bordered by Wilmers Road, Halswell Junction Road, Wigram Road and Awatea Road; a large portion of the former Wigram Airfield; land at Belfast adjacent to Johns Road and the Main North Road and Halswell West bordered by Murphys Road, Quaifes Road and Halswell Junction Road. This will involve staged development of a large area of land at mixed housing densities, and including provisions for integrated public transport, open space and pedestrian systems, as well as supporting provision for local commercial and community facilities. Limited flexibility is provided for in the location of different housing densities within this area, provided that such densities as are indicated for the overall zone are still achieved elsewhere within this zone, and that these also accord with the urban design principles referred to. In the Living G (East Belfast) an overall minimum net residential density has been set to achieve regional urban growth objectives and policies, including minimum densities and a range of living environments while minimising or mitigating any potential adverse effects on the road network, historic or heritage features, natural, cultural or ecological values. The Outline Development Plan at Appendix 3s takes into account the net residential density requirements as stated in Policy 11.7A(i)(c), along with the requirement for an esplanade reserve and the provision of sufficient land for stormwater disposal. It also shows a buffer area within which residential activities and travellers' accommodation are not permitted to establish, so as to avoid or mitigate potential reverse sensitivity effects on lawfully established activities at 18 Station Road, Belfast (legally described as being Lot 1 DP and Lot 1 DP 51224). For Living G (Awatea) and (Halswell West) Zones, provision is made to enable the consideration of the urban design and appearance of future development on proposed allotments in Density A residential areas at time of applying for subdivision. This approach will ensure that subdivision of land into separate allotments and the development anticipated to establish there is designed and co-ordinated in a comprehensive and integrated manner. It is there is designed and co-ordinated in a comprehensive and integrated manner. It is expected this will achieve good quality urban design outcomes anticipated in the higher density residential environment. In addition, providing the opportunity for consideration of buildings and site development at time of subdivision is anticipated to result in a reduction in application processing times. However, the ability remains to apply for subdivision consent separate from land use consent that can be applied for at a later date Outline Development Plan for the Business 4 Zone known as Kennaway Park Updated 30 April 2011 A comprehensive Outline Development Plan, which includes Network Matters, a Landscape Plan and Plant Species List (all included in Part 3 Appendix 9 of the City Plan) has been included to guide development within the Business 4 Zone at Kennaway Park (being the land bounded by Tunnel Road and the Heathcote River, shown on the Outline Development Plan in Part 3 Appendix 9). The purpose of the Outline Development Plan is to assist the Council in managing the effects of the use, and development of the site, while also ensuring the enhancement of the environment through the implementation of the Landscape Plan. Development Standard requires the Landscape Area trees to be planted and maintained and legal public pedestrian and cycle access along the river to be provided as conditions of subdivision consent. This comprehensive approach to the whole site and the Council land along the river edge was promoted by the landowner at the time the land was rezoned from Special Purpose (Ferrymead) to Business 4 and was accepted by the Council as likely to achieve a better overall outcome than rezoning only the part of the land considered suitable for business activities Sites fronting Awatea Road and Wigram Road Updated 11 July 2011 Some sites adjoining Awatea Road and Wigram Road are restricted to having access from an internal road network served by identified intersection points or alternative existing road. This will ensure the efficient and effective functioning of Awatea Road and Wigram Road as important linkages or through-roads is retained Control of stormwater, Provision of Public Transport, Roading, Sanitary Sewer and Potable Water Supply - Living G (Awatea) Zone Updated 11 July 2011 It is important that elements of development in the Living G (Awatea) Zones are integrated both within the zone and with the wider area. The design, location and timing of te development of road, wastewater, stormwater and potable water infrastructure are critical elements in achieving the necessary high levels of integration thereby ensuring safe and sustainable site development. For Living G (Awatea), the primary collector roads through living areas have been located specifically to ensure safe and efficient vehicle access into key roads and permeability within the Block. Further, the road layout seeks to discourage primary collector roads being used by heavy vehicles and other commercial vehicles travelling to and from the nearby Business 7 Zone. The Living G (Awatea) Zone is to be developed to achieve a high degree of connectivity and permeability within the zone itself and with surrounding areas. The primary collector roads shown on the Outline Development Plan in Appendix 3T, Part 2 and the Movement Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(iii), Part 2) are critical pieces of infrastructure to enable this to occur. It is important that as the Living G (Awatea) Zone is developed, key parts of the primary collector roads are constructed at the appropriate time. In addition, the identified primary collector roads must be developed in a manner that facilitates public passenger transport and encourages its use. Roads are classified by function thereby overcoming uncertainty in determining long-term traffic flows. The rules pertaining to the design and location of roads seek to achieve good design outcomes by:

267 Avoiding an impermeable road network that reduces transport accessibility and opportunity to access community facilities; Encouragement of walking and cycling leading to decreased reliance on private vehicle travel; Ensuring effective public transport route structures that are highly accessible to people and communities; Ensuring opportunities to link and to integrate the future roads effectively; Ensuring appropriate levels of manoeuvrability for vehicles on and off a site and carriageway width to promote safety; Providing a range of opportunities to provide appropriate amenity planting and a suitable level of coverage to best compliment the function and purpose of the road. For the Living G (Awatea) Zone, an overall stormwater infrastructure system has been designed and is set out in the Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3T(ii), Part 2). It is important that as development occurs in Living G (Awatea) Zones, stormwater is controlled in a manner that accords with this overall design Landscaping on external zone boundaries Updated 1 November 2011 Landscaping requirements have been included in these subdivisional rules to ensure establishment of this landscaping as early as possible, during the physical construction of the subdivision prior to final approval Linear park road frontage Updated 1 November 2011 The linear park is required to have frontage to a through road to provide sufficient public surveillance to prevent the linear park becoming an attractive site for criminal activity. Experience with other parks in Christchurch bordered only by housing has shown that this is a potential outcome. Any application for a subdivision where road frontage is not provided along the entire length of the linear park must demonstrate (whether by specific subdivision design features or other measures) that a suitable level of public surveillance will be achieved throughout the length of the park Roading and access Updated 1 November 2011 The Living G (Prestons) Zone contains controls on the number of residential and commercial activities which can be established prior to the completion of specific upgrades to the transport network in its vicinity in order to ensure development does not exceed the capacity of the network. The access restriction onto Mairehau Road from the Living G (Prestons) Zone has been established to create a barrier to further urban growth with adjoining rural land Residential allotment size and site density - residential activity - Awatea Updated 11 July 2011 Minimum and maximum development density standards are required to make the most sustainable use of available land to accommodate urban growth, and to create a compact urban area that supports existing urban and suburban centres and can be more efficiently served by strategic infrastructure and passenger transport. Residential development not achieving the minimum density standard also fails to achieve the long term goals and aspirations of proposed Change 1 of the Canterbury Regional Policy Statement for Greater Christchurch. A mix of high, medium and low residential densities are provided in response to the physical constraints and characteristics of the Awatea Block. High density residential areas are focused around significant open space areas and access to public transportation. Low density residential areas are located at the interface with Business 7 land to enable development opportunities while minimising the potential for reverse sensitivity effects Site Contamination Updated 11 July 2011 The Awatea Block has a history of persistent agricultural chemical use, several old quarry sites used for landfilling and some industrial activities. Such activities have the potential to result in site contamination if not probably managed. As detailed records of the nature, type, storage and use of chemicals and hazardous substances within the Block have not been kept, accurate knowledge and understanding of the potential contamination risk is not available. Before residential activity establishes, it is appropriate to establish the suitability of the land for this activity in light of the certainty around the contamination issue. Consequently, soil testing will be required at time of subdivision and, where discovered, appropriate remediation measures will be required to be undertaken to make the land suitable for residential activity Carrs Road Kart Club Updated 11 July 2011 The Carrs Road Kart Club continues to operate from its current site. Being recognised as a noisy activity that has a number of other nuisances such as dust generation and odour associated with it, it is appropriate for residential development of land in close proximity to the Kart Club to be deferred until such time as the Kart Club ceases operations or is relocated. The Council is in the process of investigating relocation options for the Kart Club.

268 33.26 Reasons for Rules - Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone Updated 15 August 2011 A comprehensive Outline Development Plan identifies the layout of the development and activities within the Christchurch Golf Resort. The Outline Development Plan is a mechanism to manage the effects of development and it is therefore necessary and appropriate that subdivision also be required to conform to this layout as the foundation for construction of residential buildings. The Outline Development Plan is complemented by rules which limit the number of residential allotments to ensure that housing density remains at a scale that maintains open space and amenity values. A rule requiring the sequencing of development is proposed which ensures that the opportunities for ecological, recreation and education benefits are initiated. The sequencing provides for a limited amount of development before benefits must be established and links the subdivision process and opportunity to construct houses with these benefits Sites fronting Wigram Road Updated 30 April 2011 Addition vehicle access points (roads and private access) onto Wigram Road other than those illustrated in the Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3U/1, Part 2, Volume 3), have the potential to create an unsafe and inefficient road network. These vehicle access points should be avoided during the subdivision process Sites fronting Quaifes Road Updated 1 November 2011 Sites adjoining Quaifes Road are restricted to having access from an internal road network or alternative existing road. This will contribute to reinforcing the urban/rural interface at this location which also includes the wetland park running along the full length of Quaifes Road. As identified on the Halswell West Outline Development Plan (Appendix 3W, Part 2, Volume 3) Control of stormwater, Provision of Public Transport, Roading, Sanitary Sewer and Potable Water Supply - Living G (Halswell West) Zone Updated 1 November 2011 It is important that elements of development in the Living G (Halswell West) Zone are integrated both in the zone and with the wider area. The design, location and timing of the development of road, waste water, stormwater and potable water infrastructure are critical elements in achieving the necessary high levels of integration thereby ensuring and safe and sustainable site development. For the Living G (Halswell West), the primary collector roads through living areas have been located specifically to ensure safe and efficient vehicle access onto key roads and permeability in the block. At the intersection of these roads with the arterial road Halswell Junction Road roundabouts are intended to be constructed with sufficient capacity for the expected traffic levels at those intersections. The Living G (Halswell West) Zone is to be developed to achieve a high degree of connectivity and permeability in the zone itself and with surrounding areas. The primary collector roads shown on the Outline Development Plan in Appendix 3W, Part 2 and the Road Hierarchy Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(b), Part 2) are critical pieces of infrastructure to enable this to occur. It is important that as the Living G (Halswell West) Zone is developed, key parts of the primary collector roads are constructed at the appropriate time. In addition, the identified primary collector roads must be developed in a manner that facilitates public passenger transport and encourages its use. Roads are classified by function thereby overcoming uncertainty in determining long-term traffic flows. The rules pertaining to the design and location of roads seek to achieve good design outcomes by: Avoiding an impermeable road network that reduces transport accessibility and opportunity to access community facilities; Encouragement of walking and cycling leading to decreased reliance on private vehicle travel; Ensuring effective public transport route structures that are highly accessible to people and communities; Ensuring opportunities to link and to integrate with future roads; effectively Ensuring appropriate levels of manoeuvrability for vehicles on and off a site and carriage way width to promote safety; Providing a range of opportunities to provide appropriate amenity planting and a suitable level of coverage to best complement the function and purpose of the road. While providing for the above matters it is also necessary to provide for a safe transport environment and in this respect the spacing of intersection along the primary collector roads is a matter which requires particular attention.

269 For the Living G (Halswell West) Zone, an overall stormwater infrastructure system has been designed and is set out in the Blue Network Layer Diagram (Appendix 3W(c), Part 2). It is important that as development occurs in the Living G (Halswell West) Zone, stormwater is controlled in a manner that accords with this overall design Residential allotment size and site density - residential activity - Halswell West Updated 1 November 2011 Minimum and maximum development density standards are required to make the most sustainable use of available land to accommodate urban growth, and to create a compact urban area that supports existing urban and suburban centres and can be more efficiently served by strategic infrastructure and passenger transport. A mix of high, medium and low density residential densities are provided over the Halswell West site. High density residential areas are focused around significant open space areas and access to public transportation Sites fronting Johns Road Updated 14 May 2012 While Johns Road is a major arterial, sites adjoining Johns Road in the Living G (North West Belfast) Zone are specifically restricted from having access directly to Johns Road other than by formed intersections to ensure that the major arterial function of Johns Road is not compromised Integrating development - Living G (North West Belfast) Zone Updated 14 May 2012 It is important that development within the Living G (North West Belfast) Zone is integrated both within the zone and with the wider Belfast area. The design, location and timing of the development of road and stormwater infrastructure are two critical elements in achieving the necessary level of integration. A number of road connections to Main North Road and Johns Road are required. Both these roads are currently defined as major arterial roads within this Plan. Therefore, in order to protect the function of Main North Road and Johns Road, the manner in which the Living G (North West Belfast) Zone is connected to these roads is carefully controlled so as to minimise the adverse effects on their through traffic function (see Volume 2, Policies and for example). The Living G (North West Belfast) Zone is also to be developed so as to achieve a high degree of connectivity and permeability within the zone itself. The primary (spine) route shown on the Densities and Key Infrastructure plan in Appendix 3X/1(a), Volume 3, Part 2 is one of the critical pieces of infrastructure to enable this to occur. In addition, the primary (spine) route must be developed in a manner that facilitates public passenger transport to encourage the use of this mode of transport. An overall stormwater infrastructure system has been designed and is set out in Appendix 3X/3 Blue Network Layer Diagram, Part 2, Volume 3, the associated rules, and policy , Section 11, Volume 2. It is important that as development occurs within the Living G (North West Belfast) Zone, stormwater is controlled in a manner that accords with this overall design Urban Design - Living G (North West Belfast) Zone - Density A Updated 14 May 2012 For Living G (Awatea) Zone, provision is made to enable the consideration of the urban design and appearance of future development on proposed allotments in Density A residential areas at time of applying for subdivision. This approach will ensure that subdivision of land into separate allotments and the development anticipated to establish thereon is designed and co-ordinated in a comprehensive and integrated manner. It is expected this will achieve good quality urban design outcomes anticipated in the higher density residential environment. In addition, providing the opportunity for consideration of buildings and site development at time of subdivision is anticipated to result in a reduction in application processing times. However, the ability to apply for subdivision consent separate from land use consent that can be applied for at a later date, remains Site Contamination - Living G (North West Belfast) Zone Updated 14 May 2012 The North West Belfast area has a history of agricultural chemical use,. Such activities have the potential to result in site contamination if not properly managed. Detailed records of the nature, type, storage and use of chemicals and hazardous substances within the block have not been kept and, as such, accurate knowledge and understanding of the potential contamination risk is not available. Before residential activity establishes on land, it is appropriate to establish the suitability of the land for this activity in light of the uncertainty around the issue of contamination. Consequently, soil testing will be required at time of subdivision and, where discovered, appropriate remediation measures will be required to be undertaken to make the land suitable for residential activity Deferred Living G (Density C) - Local Purpose Reserve - Stormwater Updated 14 May 2012 This rule has been included to allow for circumstances where the area identified as Local Purpose Reserve -Stormwater on Appendix 3 r/1(a) within the NW corner of the Living G (NW Belfast Zone) is not fully vested in the Council, in which case any part

270 not vested may be utilised for Density C residential development. Recognising however the potential for such a development to impact on the existing amenity of adjacent landowners whose properties are zoned Rural 3, any application for Density C development shall allow these adjacent landowners the opportunity to be heard on how to protect their amenities. Any alternative residential density other than Density C is not anticipated as appropriate for this area should it not be vested in the Council Outline Development Plan for the Business 5 Zone (Sir James Wattie Drive Appendix 21) Updated 16 July 2012 A comprehensive Outline Development Plan has been included to guide development within the Business 5 Zone (Outline Development Plan - Sir James Wattie Drive - Appendix 21). The purpose of the Outline Development Plan is to assist the Council in managing the effects of the use and development of the site, while also ensuring the enhancement of the environment through the implementation of the landscape provisions of that Plan. Development Standard 23.1 requires the Landscape Area trees to be planted and maintained and legal public pedestrian and cycle access to be provided as conditions of subdivision consent Business 4T (Tait Campus) Zone Updated 21 October 2013 A comprehensive Outline Development Plan has been included for development within the Business 4T (Tait Campus) Zone Appendix 22, Part 3, Volume 3. The purpose of the Outline Development Plan is to assist the Council in managing the effects of the use and development of the site, while also ensuring the development of a low density open campus environment through the implementation of the Outline Development Plan and the associated Business 4T Zone provisions, including an assessment of building design and appearance and recognition of tangata whenua values relating to water, mahinga kai, and indigenous plantings. The provisions of the Outline Development Plan require a substantial area of the site to be landscaped in excess of the provision for any other business zone. It also identifies the general location of buildings, accessways, planting and stormwater management areas. This approach to the whole site was promoted by the landowner at the time the land was rezoned Business 4T and is an essential part of providing for a highly attractive environment for both employees and the wider community. Appendix 1 - Esplanade reserve and strip schedule Updated 06 December 2013 Appendix 1 - Esplanade reserve and strip schedule (To be read in conjunction with Clause 6.3) Explanation (1) Where the location description refers to the true left or true right bank of a river, this is that side looking downstream to the mouth or the junction with another river. (2) The width in column A applies to subdivision of land, to land disposal pursuant to Section 345 Local Government Act 1974, or to any land acquired by any means, either by the Council or the frontage owner. (3) The width measurement commences from the edge of the bed of the river or the landward boundary of the coastal marine area, as defined in terms of section 2 of the Resource Management Act (4) Section 236 shall only apply where the width of an existing esplanade reserve, created pursuant to the Local Government Act 1974, or the transitional provisions of the Resource Management Act 1991, is less than the width that existed when the reserve was created and vested in the name of the Council. (5) In the Avon/Heathcote Estuary between Caspian Street and the spit reserve the landward boundary of the esplanade reserve shall be the common boundary of the former road when it is stopped and the present private properties and section 236 of the Act shall not apply to those adjoining properties. Water Body Reserve or Strip Location Waimakariri River Reserve True right bank commencing at the boundary with Selwyn District Council being the production of the centre line of Weedons-Ross Road where it intersects with the river, thence downstream to the coastal marine area, being the intersection of the production of Ferry Road centre line, and the river bank Otukaikino Creek (except Open Space 3D (Clearwater Resort and Rosebank) Zone) and all branches of the South Waimakariri River and tributaries All strips True left and right banks from the junction of the Otukaikino Creek with the Waimakariri River, near the motorway bridge, thence upstream in a generally westerly direction to the limitation of the average 3m river width, or to the easement shown on DP 46738, but excluding those parts of the Otukaikino Creek located within the Open Space 3D (Clearwater Resort and Rosebank) Zone. Column A (Development standard) (metres) 20 plus 20

271 Otukaikino Creek (Open Space 3D (Lagoons) Zone) All strips True left and right banks located within the Open Space 3D (Clearwater Resort and Rosebank) Zone. Kaputone Stream All strips True left and right banks, commencing at Guthries Road, thence downstream to the junction with the Styx River True right bank - 20 True left bank - 10, with the purpose limited to conservation values only 20 Kaputone Stream Reserve True left and right banks located in the Living G (East Belfast) Zone 20m average width - to be contained within the area shown as Open Space on the Outline Development Plan at Volume 3, Part 2, Appendix 3s - except for the section adjoining the Spring Grove residential lot, which shall be required to extend only to the northern boundary of the lot containing the Spring Grove Heritage Building, as indicated on Appendix 3s, Part 3. Styx River (Upper Section) Strips True left and right banks, commencing at the east side of Gardiners 10 Road, thence downstream to the west boundary of the Styx River Basin Reserve Styx River ( Middle section) Strips True left and right banks, commencing at the east boundary of the Styx River Basin Reserve, thence downstream to the west side of Marshland Road 20 Styx River (Lower section) Reserves True left and right banks, commencing at the west side of Marshland 20 Road, thence downstream to the coastal marine area at the control gate at the mouth of that river Styx River (Middle section) Reserve True right back, commencing at the west boundary of the Styx River Basin Reserve, thence downstream to the point where the Styx River heads north into the Reserve. 20 Knights Stream Strip True left bank, commencing at the south side of Quaifes Road, 12 thence downstream to the south side of Sabys Road Knights Stream Strip True right bank, commencing at the south side of Quaifes Road, thence downstream to the boundary with Selwyn District Council, at Whincops Road 12 Halswell River Strip True left bank, commencing at the south side of Sabys Road, thence 20 downstream to the boundary with Selwyn District Council at the south corner of Lot 1 DP 23528, in Old Tai Tapu Road Cashmere Stream Reserve True left bank, commencing at the east side of Cashmere Road, 20 thence downstream to the southern corner of Lot 22 DP 22451, being number 53 Waiau Street Cashmere Stream Reserve True right bank, commencing at the east side of Cashmere Road, 20 thence downstream to the junction with the Heathcote River Heathcote River Strip True right bank, commencing at the production of the centreline of 20 Nash Road, thence down-stream to the production of the centreline of Templetons Road Heathcote River Reserve True left bank, commencing at the production of the centreline of 20 Nash Road, thence downstream to the centreline of Lincoln Road Heathcote River Reserve True right bank, commencing at the centreline of Curletts Road, 20 thence downstream to the centre-line of Lincoln Road Heathcote River Reserve True left and right banks, commencing at the centreline of Lincoln Road, thence downstream to the junction with Cashmere Stream 6

272 Heathcote River (Note: Includes Woolston Cut and the Loop) Reserve True left and right banks, commencing at the junction of Cashmere Stream, thence downstream to the centreline of Tunnel Road Heathcote River Reserve True left and right banks commencing at the centre-line of Tunnel Road, thence downstream to the coastal marine area, being a line between the southern corner of Maritime Place and the north-west corner of Reserve 4323, in Bridle Path Road Steam Wharf Stream Reserve True left and right banks commencing at the downstream side of Alport Place, thence downstream to the Heathcote River Wairarapa Stream Reserve True left and right banks, commencing at the centre-line of Fendalton Road, thence downstream to the junction with the Avon River Waimairi Stream Reserve True right bank downstream from Straven Road to western boundary of Harakeke Street Reserve Avon River (including the Mill Stream diversion) Reserve True left and right banks, commencing at the junction with the Wairarapa Stream, thence down-stream to the production of the centreline of Wood Lane except for that part of 6 Wood Lane where the waterway margin is contained within a conservation covenant Avon River Reserve True left bank commencing at the production of the centreline of Wood Lane, thence downstream to the centreline of Helmores Lane Avon River Reserve True left bank commencing at the centreline of Helmores Lane, thence downstream to the centre-line of Harper Avenue, except between No's 8 and 68 Carlton Mill Road the boundary of the esplanade reserve at the rear of these properties shall be the common boundary with the existing unformed legal road. Section 236 of the Act shall not apply to these properties Avon River Reserve True right bank, commencing at the production of the centreline of Wood Lane, thence downstream to the centreline of Harper Avenue Avon River Reserve True left and right banks, commencing at the centreline of Harper Avenue, thence downstream to the production of the western roadside of Rolleston Avenue Avon River (including Kerrs Reach and its Loop) Reserve True left and right banks, commencing at the production of the west roadside of Rolleston Avenue thence downstream to the production of the centreline of Pages Road Avon River Reserve True right bank downstream from Straven Road to western boundary of Main North Railway property Avon River Reserve True left and right banks, commencing at the production of the centreline of Pages Road, thence downstream to the coastal marine area, being the production of the east roadside boundary of Kibblewhite Street Horseshoe Lake Reserve (excluding the artificial outfall) Reserve True left and right banks, commencing at the eastern side of Horseshoe Lake Road where the stream crosses that road from the Christchurch Golf Course, thence downstream to the northern boundary of the City Council pumping station Dudley Creek Reserve True right bank, commencing at the north road side of Poulton Avenue, thence downstream to the junction with the Avon River Dudley Creek Reserve True left bank, commencing at the north road side of Poulton Avenue, thence downstream to the junction with the Avon River Coastal marine area (Waimakariri, Brooklands Lagoon, Pegasus Bay coastline, Sumner, Taylors Mistake and Lyttelton Harbour) Avon and Heathcote River estuary Reserve Reserves Commencing in the Waimakariri River at the point on the production of the centreline of Ferry Road, following the true right bank, thence generally eastwards to the mouth of the Styx River and Brooklands Lagoon, both sides of Brooklands Lagoon, thence southwards along the City boundary between the Waimakariri River and the Avon and Heathcote River estuary mouth, thence along the city boundary at Sumner and the coastline to the boundary with Banks Peninsula District Council, in Lyttelton Harbour. Along the Coastal Marine Area between the blind end of Whitewash Head Road and Taylors Mistake Bay, the landward boundary of the esplanade reserve shall be the common boundaries of the private properties with the Crown Grant Road when that road is stopped and Section 236 of the Resource Management Act 1991 shall not apply to any of those private properties. Commencing at that point where the estuary mouth intersects with the City boundary at South Brighton Spit, thence in a westerly and northerly direction to the production of the centreline of Tern Street Estuary continued Reserve Commencing on the production of the centreline of Tern Street, thence in a northerly direction to the northern boundary of Lot 3 DP 21691, being the property situated at 88B Rockinghorse Road plus plus plus plus 20 plus 6

273 Estuary continued Reserve Commencing at the northern boundary of Lot 3 DP 21691, thence in a northerly direction to the northern boundary of Lot 2 DP 49643, being the property situated at 64A Rockinghorse Road Estuary continued Reserve Commencing at the northern boundary of Lot 2 DP 49643, thence in a northerly direction to the centreline of Godwit Street Estuary continued Reserve Commencing on the centreline of Godwit Street, thence in a northerly direction to the mouth of the Avon, at the eastern abutment of the bridge Avon River (Coastal marine area) Reserve Commencing at the eastern abutment of the bridge at the mouth of the river, thence upstream along the true left bank to the production of the line of the east side of Kibblewhite Street, then along that line to the true right bank, thence downstream to the mouth of the river on the western abutment of the bridge Estuary continued Reserve Commencing at the western abutment of the bridge at the mouth of the Avon River, thence westwards and southwards to the western abutment of the Heathcote River Bridge Heathcote River (Coastal marine area) Reserve Commencing at the western abutment of the Heathcote River Bridge, thence upstream along the true left bank to the production of the line joining the south west corner of Maritime Place with the north western corner of Reserve 4323, in Bridle Path Road, thence along that line to the true right bank, thence downstream to the east abutment at the Heathcote River mouth Estuary continued Reserve Commencing at the eastern abutment at the mouth of the Heathcote River, thence generally eastwards towards McCormacks Bay, thence following that Bay to the intersection of Main Road (Sumner) and Beachville Road, thence eastwards to the south-west corner of Lot 1 DP 22406, being the property situated at number 124 Beachville Road Estuary continued Reserve Commencing at the south-west corner of Lot 1 DP 22406, thence north, east and south, to the south-east corner of Lot 3 DP 12450, being the property situated at number 84 Beachville Road Estuary continued Reserve Commencing at the south-east corner of Lot 3 DP 12450, thence south along Beachville Road to the northerly corner of Lot 3 DP 2633 Estuary continued Reserve Commencing at the northern corner of Lot 3 DP 2633, thence southward to the south-east corner of Lot 78 DP 1178, being theproperty situated at number 129 Main Road (Sumner) Estuary continued Reserve Commencing at the south-east corner of Lot 78 DP 1178, thence southward to the northern corner of Pt RS 309 Estuary continued Reserve Commencing at the northern corner of Pt RS 309, thence in an easterly direction along Moncks Bay, the beach at Shag Rock, to the intersection of the mean high water springs mark at the city boundary, near Cave Rock plus 20 plus plus 20 plus 6 20 plus plus Appendix 2 - Plant species for Living G (Halswell West) Zone Updated 1 November 2011 LARGE NATIVE TREES Elaeocarpus hookerianus Podocarpus totara Prumnopitys taxifolia LARGE EXOTIC TREES Acer campestre Alnus cordata Fagus sylvatica Purpurea Liriodendron tulipifera Platanus orientalis Quercus coccinea Quercus rubra Tilia cordata Ulmus carpinifolia TREES & TALL SHRUBS Coprosma lucida Coprosma robusta Cordyline australis pokaka totara matai, black pine field maple Italian alder copper beech tulip tree "Autumn Glory" plane tree scarlet oak red oak small-leaved lime wych elm shining karamu karamu ti kouka, cabbage tree

274 Griselinia littoralis Hoheria angustifolia Hoheria populnea Kunzea ericoides Leptospermum scoparium Lophomyrtus obcordata Pittosporum eugenoides Plagianthus regius Pseudopanax crassfiolius Solanum laciniatump Sophora microphylla SHRUBS Coprosma propinqua Coprosma virescens Leucopogon fasciculatus Muehlenbeckia complexa GROUNDCOVERS etc. Acaena novae zelandiae Anemanthele lessoniana Cortaderia richardii Phormium tenax ADDITIONAL PLANTS FOR SHELTERED SITES: TREES & SHRUBS Alectryon excelsus Aristotelia serrata Coprosma areolata Coprosma linariifolia Coprosma rhamnoides Coprosma rubra Cyathodes juniperida Melicope simplex Melicytus ramiflorus Myoporum laetum Myrsine australis Pennantia corymbosa Pittosporum eugenoides Pseudopanax anomalus Pseudopanax arboreus Streblus heterophyllus GROUNDCOVERS Astelia fragrans Libertia ixioides Microlanea polynoda Microlanea stipoides Uncinia uncinata broadleaf, kapuka narrow-leaved lacebark houhere, lacebark kanuka manuka rohutu, NZ myrtle tarata, lemonwood manatu, lowland ribbonwood lancewood oroporo South Island kowhai mikimiki (mingimingi) pale green coprosma mingimingi pohuehue bidibidi, piripiri bamboo grass toetoe grass harakeke, NZ flax titoki akomako, wineberry thin-leaved coprosma mikimiki, yellow-wood red-fruited karamu red-stemmed coprosma prickly mingimingi poataniwha mahoe, whiteywood ngaio apou, red matipo kaikomako tarata, lemonwood shrub pseudopanax five finger, whauwhaupaku turepo, small-leaved milk tree bush flax, kakaha NZ iris, mikoikoi a rice grass a rice grass watau, dense forest sedge Note: Native species derived from: Lucas Associates(1995). Indigenous Ecosystems of Otautahi Christchurch, Set 1: The plains of Ricerton-Wigram & Spreydon-Heathcote Riparian/Wetland Planting For species list and information on riparian/wetland planting see: CCC. Streamside Planting: Christchurch City & Lowland Canterbury. Appendix 2B - Plant species for the Living G (Highsted) Zone Updated 06 December 2013 LARGE NATIVE TREES Elaeocarpus dentatus Podocarpus totara Prumnopitys taxifolia LARGE EXOTIC TREES (Streets and Parks) Acer campestre Alnus cordata Fagus sylvatica Liriodendron tulipifera Platanus orientalis hinau totara matai, black pine field maple Italian alder 'Purpurea copper beech tulip tree "Autumn Glory" plane tree

275 Quercus coccinea Quercus rubra Tilia cordata Ulmus carpinifolia Ulmus glabra TREES & TALL SHRUBS Coprosma lucida Coprosma robusta Cordyline australis Griselinia littoralis Hoheria angustifolia Kunzea ericoides Leptospermum scoparium Olearia paniculata Pittosporum eugenioides Pittosporum tenuifolium Plagianthus regius Pseudopanax crassifolius Sophora microphylla SHRUBS Coprosma propinqua Coprosma virescens Coprosma crassifolia Coprosma rubra Coprosma virescens Cyathodes juniperina Helichrysum lanceolatum Leucopogon fasciculatus Muehlenbeckia astonii Muehlenbeckia complexa Teucridium parvifolium GROUNDCOVERS etc. Acaena novae-zelandiae Anemanthele lessoniana Blechnum minus Carex lambertiana Carex solandri Cortaderia richardii Cyperus ustulatus Deschampsia caespitosa Dichondra repens Juncus gregiflorus Juncus pallidus Leucopogon fraseri Microlaena polynoda Microlaena stipoides Phormium tenax Phymatosorus pustulatus Pratia angulate Pteridium esculentum ADDITIONAL PLANTS FOR SHELTERED SITES: TREES & SHRUBS Alectryon excelsus Aristotelia serrata Coprosma areolata Coprosma linariifolia Coprosma rhamnoides Coprosma rubra Cyathodes juniperina Fuchsia excorticata Melicope simplex Melicytus ramiflorus Myoporum laetum Myrsine australis Pennantia corymbosa Pittosporum eugenioides Pseudopanax anomalus Pseudopanax arboreus Streblus heterophyllus scarlet oak red oak small-leaved lime smooth-leaved elm wych elm shining karamu Karamu ti kouka, cabbage tree broadleaf, kapuka narrow-leaved lacebark kanuka manuka akiraho, golden akeake tarata, lemonwood Kohuhu, black matipo manatu, lowland ribbonwood lancewood, horoeka South Island kowhai mikimiki (mingimingi) pale green coprosma thick-leaved mikimiki red-stemmed coprosma pale green coprosma prickly mingimingi niniao mingimingi wiggywig, mingimingi pohuehue NZ shrub verbena bidibidi, piripiri bamboo grass, wind grass Swamp kiokio sedge sedge toetoe grass umbrella sedge, upoko-tangata tufted hair grass dichondra wiwi giant rush Patototara, a dwarf heath Rice grass, native bamboo meadow rice grass harakeke, NZ flax hounds tongue fern, maratata Panakeneke, creeping pratia bracken fern, rahurahu titoki makomako, wineberry thin-leaved coprosma mikimiki, yellow-wood red-fruited karamu red-stemmed coprosma prickly mingimingi Kotukutuku, tree fuchsia poataniwha mahoe, whiteywood tahuo mapou, red matipo kaikomako tarata, lemonwood shrub pseudopanax five finger, whauwhaupaku turepo, small-leaved milk tree

276 GROUNDCOVERS Asplenium flabellifolium Astelia fragrans Blechnum penna-marina Daniella nigra Hypolepsis ambigua Libertia ixioides Microlaena avenacea Microlaena polynoda Microlanea stipoides Pellaea rotundifolia Uncinia uncinata Polystichum richardii Polystichum vestitum Uncinia uncinata necklace fern bush flax, kakaha kiokio, small hardfern turutu, blue berry NZ iris, mikoikoi bush rice grass bamboo grass a rice grass button fern watau, dense forest sedge shield fern, pikopiko Shield fern, punui, prickly shield fern watau Appendix 3 - Deleted Updated 22 May 2006 Appendix 4 - Access standards Updated 14 May 2012 Appendix 4 - Access standards No. Standard When Applicable 1. The roadway shall be formed and metalled, and any Minimum standard applying to all access. vehicle crossing shall be designed and formed in accordance with the requirements of Part The roadway shall be paved and sealed or the pedestrian path paved and sealed. All residential uses serving four or more sites or potential sites. All access on hill sites where the grade is steeper than 1 in 10. Central City Zone, all business zones, Special Purpose (Airport) Zone, Special (Hospital) Zone, Cultural 4 Zone. 3. Paved and sealed areas shall be drained to an approved As for standard 2 above. outfall. 4. Provision of a turning place for 90 percentile vehicles making not more than a three point turn. Turning places shall be at intervals not greater than 80m apart; except in the Living 3 or Living 4 Zones where an access way serves 10 or more units, turning places shall be at intervals not greater than 60m apart. All residential uses serving 4 or more sites or potential sites. All hill sites where the access is to 2 or more sites or potential sites. All business zones. 5. Provision of passing bays and vehicle queuing space at All residential uses serving 4 or more sites or potential sites. the entrance on the frontage to the legal road. 6. Provision of a footpath separated from the roadway. All residential uses serving 9 or more sites or potential sites. 7. For business activities in any zone where an access is to be created, it shall either: (a) Have a gate or gates erected at the legal road boundary for the full width which shall be closed against the public from sundown each day to sunrise the following day, or (b) Have a lamp or lamps, lit and maintained to a similar standard to the legal street lighting, illuminating the full width of the access at the legal road boundary. 8. Landscaping surplus areas where legal width is wider than the formation. 9. Where the access is reserved for pedestrians only, a footpath shall be formed and sealed. 10. All registered users shall share in the costs of maintenance of the access with individual liability for an apportionment of being written into the legal document creating, granting or reserving the access. Any access where legal width exceeds formation requirements. All pedestrian access. All access.

277 Appendix 5 - New road standards Updated 14 November 2005 Road classification (refer to Part 8, Appendix 3) Major arterial - Urban Major arterial - Rural Minor arterial - Urban Minor arterial - Typical total daily traffic flows (VPD) Appendix 5 - New road standards Minimum Road widths (m) Minimum Roadway widths (m) Minimum lanes Number of footpaths Median Amenity strip Parking Cycle facilities >12, Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes >10, No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Access controls 3,000 to 15, * Yes Yes Yes Yes 2,000 to No * No Yes Yes (1) Rural 12,000 Collector - Urban 1,000 to 6, No Yes Yes * * Collector - Rural 100 to 2, No No No Yes * No Local - Business No Yes Yes * No Local - Urban > No Yes Yes * No Local - Urban < No Yes Yes * No Local - Rural < No No No Yes * No Clarification of standards 1. Where the road width and/or standard of construction requires road widening, the Council may initiate purchase or designation as required. 2. "Yes" means that the provision of those facilities shall be incorporated into the design and construction of the road. 3. * means that the provision of those facilities is allowed for in the standards for road design and construction and/or shall be considered as conditions of consent on subdivision roading under Clause 5.2 of these rules. 4. Amenity strips shall only be required on rural roads where these adjoining a Living Zone. 5. (1) indicates that adequate spacing will be required between high traffic generators. 6. For the purpose of calculating "Typical total daily traffic flows (VPD)" on local roads, the minimum vacant allotment size for the respective zone shall determine the number of household units, which in turn will be deemed to generate 10 vehicle movements per day. 7. Local hillside roads (on any part of a zone on the slopes of the Port Hills) may only require one footpath. 8. Some localised road widening may be required at intersections to increase capacity. 9. The minimum diameter for a cul-de-sac turning head is Residential 25 metres, Business 30 metres. Appendix 6 - Development plan (Brooklands - north of Harbour Road) Updated 14 November 2005 Appendix 7 - Development plan (Brooklands - Beacon Street, vicinity of Dartford Street) Updated 14 November 2005 Appendix 8 - Landscape strip requirement (Living HA - Richmond Hill)

278 Updated 14 November 2005 Appendix 8A - Plants suitable for Richmond Hill (Rule ) Updated 14 November Flax Phormium tenax 2. Golden Ake Ake Olearia paniculata 3. Cabbage tree Cordyline australis 4. Toe toe Cortaderia richardii 5. Kanuka Kunzia erocoides 6. Kowhai Sophora microphylla 7. Manuka Leptsopermum scoparium 8. Lemonwood Pittosporum eugenioides 9. Kohuhu Pittosporum tenuifolium 10. Karamu Coprosma robusta 11. Taupata Coprosma repens 12. Broadleaf Griselinia littoralis 13. Lancewood Pseudopanax crassifolius 14. Ribbonwood Plagianthus regius 15. Lacebark Hoheria angustifolia 16. Ake Ake Dodonea viscosa 17. Hebe Hebe salicifolia 18. Ngaio Myoporum laetum 19. Prostrate Kowhai Sophora prostrata 20. Helichrysum Helichrysum aggregatum 21. Corokia Corokia cotoneaster Appendix 9 - Special provisions - Cashmere Stream/Worsleys Road Updated 14 November 2005

279 Appendix 10 - Special Provisions - Moncks Spur Updated 14 November 2005 Appendix 11 - Planting - Moncks Spur Updated 16 November 2009 Planting Zones: Streams = Gully bottoms, stream beds and moist sites near seepages. Shady Faces = Lower gully sides with reasonable moisture holding capacity on the south facing aspects Dry Faces = Drought prone slopes, rock outcrops and sides of tunnel gullies. Generally on the north facing or sunny side slopes Planting Priority: 1. Primary Revegetation (good competitors and/or dominant plants). 2. Secondary Revegetation (slow growing and/or understory plants). ( ) Frost Tender Plants # Species not suitable within the Development Plan Area identified in Appendix 3i (Cashmere and Worsleys), Part 2 of Volume 3. Streams Shady Faces Dry Faces Spacing (metres) Anemanthele lessioniana; Windgrass Carex virgata; NZ sedge # Carmichaelia australis; native broom Carpodetus serratus; putaputaweta 2 2 Coprosma linarifolia Coprosma crassifolia Coprosma propingua; mikimiki Coprosma repens; Taupatu # Coprosma rhamnoides Coprosma robusta; karamu Coprosma virescens Cordyline australis; cabbage tree; ti kouka Corokia cotoneaster; Corokia Cortaderia richardii; toetoe Discaria toumatou; matagouri Dodonaea viscose; akeake Festuca novae-zelandiae; hard tussock # Aristotlia serrata; wineberry (2) (2) 2 Fuchsia excorticata; kotukutuka Griselinia littoralis; broadleaf; papauma Hebe salicifolia; koromika Hebe strictissima 2 1 Hedycarya arborea; pigeonwood # (2) (2) 2 Hoheria angustifolia; narrow leaved lacebark Kunzea ericoides; kanuka Streams Shady Faces Dry Faces Spacing (metres) Leptospermum scoparium; manuka # Libertia ixioides; NZ iris # 2 0.5

280 Lophomyrtus obcordata; rohutu Melicope simplex Melicytus alpinu; porcupine scrub # Melicytus ramiflorus; mahoe (2) 2 Myoporum Laetum; ngaio # (1) (1) 2 Myrsine australis; mapou Olearia avicenniifolia Olearia paniculata; akiraho Phormium tenax flax; harakeke Pittosporum eugenioides; lemonwood; tarata Pittosporum tenuifolium; kohuhu Plagianthus regius; ribbonwood Poa cita; silver tussock Podocarpus totora; totora Pseudopanax arboreus; fivefinger Pseudopanax crassifolius; lancewood Sophora microphylla; kowhai Teucridium paruiflorum # Prumnopitys taxifolia; matai Appendix 12 - Styx Requirement Appendix 13 - Worsleys Road Realignment Appendix 14 - Cashmere and Worsleys - Spur Planting and Tracks around Area 4 Appendix 15 - Cashmere / Hoon Hay / Worsleys Road Intersection

281 Part 8 Special Purpose Zones Appendix 3 - List of classified roads (Refer also to map in Appendix 4) Updated 31 October 2013 For Central City roads, apply the Road Classifications and Transport Zones shown in Appendix 4b and 4c, as the road hierarchy shown in Appendix 4 does not apply. As the Moorhouse, Fitzgerald, Bealey, Harper and Deans Avenues form the boundary of the Central City, these roads have a dual classification of 'Arterial Route' and Major Arterial. For accesses on the Central City side of these roads, use the 'Arterial Route' standards and for the accesses on the other side of these roads, the Major Arterial standards apply.

282 Appendix 3 - List of classified roads (Refer also to map in Appendix 4) Akaroa Street (Briggs Road-Hills Road) Aldwins Road (Ferry Road - Linwood Avenue) Ambleside Drive (Grahams Road - Kendall Avenue) Amyes Road (Shands Road-Springs Road) Annex Road (Blenheim Road-Birmingham Drive) Antigua Street (St Asaph-Brougham Street) Antigua Street (Tuam St -St Asaph Street) Armagh Street (Montreal Street-Cranmer Square east side) Aston Drive (Beach Road-Bower Avenue Athol Terrace (Parkhouse Avenue-Peer Street) Avondale Road (Breezes Road-New Brighton Road) Avonhead Road (Yaldhurst Road-Russley Road) Avonside Drive (Fitzgerald Avenue-Linwood Avenue) Avonside Drive (Swanns Road-Retreat Road West) Avonside Drive (Retreat Road East-Wainoni Road) Awatea Road (Springs Road-Wigram Road) Aynsley Terrace (Centaurus Road-Opawa Road) Barbadoes Street (Purchas Street-Warrington Street) Barbadoes Street (Bealey Avenue-Purchas Street) Barbadoes Street (Moorhouse Avenue-Bealey Avenue) Barrington Street (Jerrold Street South-Cashmere Road) Barrington Street (Jerrold Street South-Lincoln Road) Barters Road (Waterloo Road-Main South Road) Bassett Street (Parnwell Street-New Brighton Road) Beach Road (Frosts Road-Marine Parade) Bealey Avenue (Park Terrace-Sherborne Street) Bealey Avenue (Sherbourne Street-Barbadoes Street) Bealey Avenue (Barbadoes Street-Fitzgerald Avenue) Belfast Road (Main North Road-Marshland Road) Belleview Terrace (Major Hornbrook Road-Mt Pleasant Road) Beresford Street (Hardy Street-Marine Parade) Berwick Street (Cranford Street-Forfar Street) Bexley Road (Wainoni Road-Brook Street) Bexley Road (Brook Street-Breezes Road) Birmingham Drive (Annex Road-Wrights Road) Blakes Road (Belfast Road-Thompsons Road) Blenheim Road (Main South Road-Curletts Road) Blenheim Road (Curletts Road-Deans Avenue) Blighs Road (Idris Road-Papanui Road) Blighs Road (Wairakei Road-Idris Road) Bower Avenue (New Brighton Road-Rothesay Road) Bowhill Road (Palmers Road-Marine Parade) Breens Road (Wairakei Road-Harewood Road) Minor arterial Major arterial Collector Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector Collector Collector Collector Major arterial Major arterial (SH74) Minor arterial Major arterial Minor arterial Collector Collector Major arterial Major arterial (SH74) Major arterial Minor arterial Collector Collector Minor arterial Major arterial Major arterial Collector Collector Major arterial (SH73) Major Arterial Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector

283 Breezes Road (Avondale Road-Pages Road) Collector Breezes Road (Pages Road-Bexley Road) Minor arterial Bridge Street (Bexley Road-Estuary Road) Minor arterial Bridge Street (Estuary Road-Marine Parade) Collector Bridle Path Road (Main Road-Tunnel Road) Minor arterial Briggs Road (Akaroa Street-Marshland Road) Minor arterial Broadhaven Avenue (Queenspark Drive-Bower Avenue) Collector Brougham Street (Simeon Street-Waltham Road) Major arterial (SH73) Brougham Street (Waltham Road-Ensors Road) Major arterial (SH74) Buchanans Road (Racecourse Road-West Coast Road) Minor arterial Buchanans Road (West Coast Road-Old West Coast Road) Collector Buckleys Road (Linwood Avenue-Woodham Road) Major arterial Burlington Street (Huxley Street-Brougham Street) Minor arterial Burnbrae Street (Tennyson Street-St Martins Road) Collector Burwood Road (Lake Terrace Road-Prestons Road) Collector Byron Street (Colombo Street-Waltham Road) Collector Cambridge Terrace (Lichfield Street-Gloucester Street) Minor arterial Candys Road (Sabys Road-Halswell Road) Collector Carlton Mill Road (Harper Avenue-Rossall Street) Minor arterial Carmen Road (Main South Road-Masham Road) Major arterial SH1, 73) Cashmere Road (Kennedys Bush Road-Hendersons Road) Collector Cashmere Road (Hendersons Road-Colombo Street) Minor arterial Caspian Street (Ebbtide Street-Rockinghorse Road) Collector Cathedral Square (east of Colombo Street Collector Causeway, The (McCormacks Bay Road-Beachville Road) Minor arterial Cavendish Road (Northcote Road-Veitches Road) Collector Cavendish Road (Grampian Street-Styx Mill Road) Collector Centaurus Road (Colombo Street-Glenelg Spur) Minor arterial Chapmans Road (Port Hills Road-Cumnor Terrace) Collector Chattertons Road (McLeans Island Road-West Coast Road) Minor arterial Clarence Street (Riccarton Road - Princess Street)) Minor arterial Claridges Road (Gardiners Road-Grampian Street) Collector Clifton Terrace (Main Road-Lower Panorama Road) Collector Clyde Road (Riccarton Road-Greers Road) Collector Colombo Street (Centaurus Road-Moorhouse Avenue) Minor arterial Colombo Street (Moorhouse Avenue-Edgeware Road) Collector Condell Avenue (Greers Road-Blighs Road) Collector Coronation Street (Barrington Street-Selwyn Street) Collector Courtenay Street (Trafalgar Street-Westminster Street) Collector Cranford Street (Edgeware Road-Main North Road) Minor arterial (SH74) Cranmer Square (east side) Minor arterial Cresswell Avenue (Gayhurst Road-westwards-New Brigton Road) Collector Creyke Road (Clyde Road-Ilam Road) Minor arterial Cumnor Terrace (Tanner Street-Chapmans Road) Collector

284 Curletts Road (Halswell Road-Southern Arterial) Curletts Road (Southern Arterial-Blenheim Road) Curletts Road (Blenheim Road-Yaldhurst Road) Curries Road (Port Hills Road-Maunsell Street) Cuthberts Road (Ruru Road-Breezes Road) Cutts Road (Yaldhurst Road-Woodbury Street) Daniels Road (Main North Road-Grimseys Road) Dawsons Road (Main South Road-Main West Coast Road) Deans Avenue (Moorhouse Avenue-Harper Avenue) Dickeys Road (Main North Road-Coutts Island Road) Disraeli Street (Selwyn Street-Orbell Street) Dunbars Road (Wigram Road-Halswell Road) Durham Street (Bealey Avenue-Springfield Road) Durham Street (Brougham Street-Lichfield Street) Durham Street (Gloucester Street-Bealey Avenue) Dyers Pass Road (Colombo Street-Summit Road) Dyers Road (Ferry Road-Breezes Road) Eastern Terrace (Birdwood Avenue-Bowenvale Bridge) Ebbtide Street (Estuary Road-Caspian Street) Edgeware Road (Springfield Road-Hills Road) Ensors Road (Brougham Street-Ferry Road) Ensors Road (St Martins Road-Brougham Street) Epsom Road (Racecourse Road-Main South Road) Estuary Road (Bridge Street-Union Street) Estuary Road (Ebbtide Street-Bridge Street) Evans Pass Road (Summit Road-Wakefield Avenue) Farquhars Road (Main North Road-Grimseys Road) Farrington Avenue (Wairakei Road-Harewood Road) Fendalton Road (Clyde Road-Avon River) Ferry Road (Aldwins Road-Dyers Road) Ferry Road (Moorhouse Avenue-Aldwins Road) Ferry Road (Dyers Road - Main Road) Ferry Road (Humphreys Drive-Bridle Path Road) Fitzgerald Avenue (Bealey Avenue-Moorhouse Avenue) Forfar Street (Madras Street - Warrington Street) Frankleigh Street (Lyttelton Street-Barrington Street) Frosts Road (Beach Road-Travis Road) Gamblins Road (Wilsons Road-St Martins Road) Gardiners Road (Johns Road-Sawyers Arms Road) Gardiners Road (Sawyers Arms Road-Harewood Road) Garlands Road (Aynsley Terrace-Opawa Expressway) Garlands Road (Opawa Road-Rutherford Street) Gasson Street (Brougham Street-Moorhouse Avenue) Gayhurst Road (Cresswell Avenue-Avonside Drive) Minor arterial (SH75) Major arterial (SH73) Major arterial Collector Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Major arterial Collector Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Minor arterial Major arterial Collector Collector Collector Major arterial Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector Major arterial Minor arterial Major arterial Minor arterial Major arterial Major arterial Major arterial Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Major arterial Collector

285 Gilberthorpes Road (Waterloo Road-Buchanans Road) Glandovey Road (Fendalton Road-Idris Road) Glandovey Road (Idris Road-Rossall Street) Gloucester Street (Madras Street-Woodham Road) Gloucester Street (Rolleston Avenue-Madras Street) Gloucester Street (Woodham Road-Gayhurst Road) Glovers Road (Halswell Road-Kennedys Bush Road) Grahams Road (Avonhead Road-Greers Road) Grampian Street (Veitches Road-Claridges Road) Greers Road (Grahams Road-Harewood Road) Greers Road (Sawyers Arms Road-Harewood Road) Greers Road (Waimairi Road-Grahams Road) Grimseys Road (Queen Elizabeth II Drive-Farquhars Road) Guildford Street (Greers Road-Grahams Road) Guthries Road (Belfast Road-Marshland Road) Hackthorne Road (Cashmere Road to Takahe Drive) Hagley Avenue (Moorhouse Avenue-Riccarton Avenue) Halswell Junction Road (Main South Road-Springs Road) Halswell Junction Road (Springs) Road-Halswell Road) Halswell Road (Curletts Road-Templetons Road) Halswell Road (Templetons Road-Tai Tapu Road) Hansons Lane (Riccarton Road-Blenheim Road) Harbour Road (Styx River-Lower Styx Road) Hardy Street (Beresford Street-Seaview Road) Harewood Road (Greers Road-Johns Road) Harewood Road (Greers Road-Papanui Road) Hargood Street (Ferry Road-Linwood Avenue) Harman Street (Lincoln Road-Selwyn Street) Harper Avenue (Deans Avenue-Bealey Avenue) Harrow Street (Olliviers Road-Aldwins Road) Hawke Street (New Brighton Road-Marine Parade) Hay Street (Linwood Avenue-Ruru Road) Hayton Road (Symes Road-Parkhouse Road) Heaton Street (Strowan Road-Papanui Road) Heberden Avenue (Nayland Street-Scarborough Road) Hendersons Road (Halswell Road-Sparks Road) Hendersons Road (Sparks Road-Cashmere Road) Hereford Street (Madras Street-Linwood Avenue) Hereford Street (Rolleston Avenue-Madras Street) Heyders Road (Lower Styx Road-Pacific Ocean) Highsted Road (Harewood Road-Styx Mill Road) Hills Road (Whitmore Street-Akaroa Street) Hills Road (Akaroa Street-Innes Road) Holmwood Road (Fendalton Road-Rossall Street) Collector Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Major arterial Collector Collector Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Major arterial Minor arterial Major arterial (SH75) Minor arterial (SH75) Collector Collector Collector Major arterial Minor arterial Collector Collector Major arterial Minor arterial Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector

286 Hoon Hay Road (Lincoln Road-Cashmere Road) Humphreys Drive (Linwood Avenue-Ferry Road) Huxley Street (Colombo Street-Burlington Street) Idris Road (Straven Road-Blighs Road) Ilam Road (Riccarton Road-Wairakei Road) Innes Road (Papanui Road-Briggs Road) Innes Road (Briggs Road-Queen Elizabeth II Drive) Inwoods Road (Broadhaven Avenue-Mairehau Road) Isleworth Road (Breens Road-Farrington Road) Jeffreys Road (Clyde Road-Idris Road) Jerrold Street North (Collins Street-Barrington Street) Jerrold Street South (Collins Street-Barrington Street) Johns Road (Harewood Road-Main North Road) Jones Road (Railway Terrace-Dawsons Road) Jubilee Street (Bamford Street-Staunton Street) Kahu Road (Kotare Street-Straven Road) Kainga Road (Main North Road-Lower Styx River) Kendal Avenue (Memorial Avenue-Wairakei Road) Kennedys Bush Road (Glovers Road-Cashmere Road) Kerrs Road (Pages Road-Wainoni Road) Keyes Road (Bowhill Road-Hawke Street) Kilburn Street (Greers Road-Farrington Avenue) Kilmarnock Street (Deans Avenue-Straven Road) Kilmore Street (Park Terrace-Fitzgerald Avenue) Kirk Road (Main West Coast Road-Main South Road) Kotare Street (Clyde Road-Kahu Road) Lake Terrace Road (Marshland Road-New Brighton Road) Langdons Road (Greers Road-Main North Road) Latimer Square (east side) Lichfield Street (Durham Street-Fitzgerald Avenue) Lincoln Road (Moorhouse Avenue-Whiteleigh Avenue) Lincoln Road (Whiteleigh Avenue-Curletts Road) Linwood Avenue (Avonside Drive-Gloucester Street) Linwood Avenue (Gloucester Street-St Johns Street) Linwood Avenue (St Johns Street-Humphreys Drive) Locksley Avenue (McBratneys Road-New Brighton Road) Lower Styx Road (Marshland Road-Heyders Road) Lower Styx Road (Heyders Road-Kainga Road) Lowther Street (Racecourse Road - Main South Road) Lyttelton Street (Lincoln Road-Rose Street) Maces Road (Cuthberts Road-Dyers Road) Madras Street (Moorhouse Avenue-Bealey Avenue) Madras Street (Bealey Avenue - Forfar Street) Maidstone Road (Ilam Road-Waimairi Road) Minor arterial Major arterial Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Collector Collector Major arterial (SH73) Major arterial (SH73) Major arterial (SH1) Collector Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector Major arterial Minor arterial Minor arterial Major arterial Minor arterial Major arterial Major arterial Collector Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector Major arterial (SH74) Major arterial Minor arterial

287 Maidstone Road (Waimairi Road-Withells Road) Collector Main North Road (Johns Road - Dickeys Road) Major arterial (SH1) Main North Road (Cranford Street-Harewood Road) Minor arterial Main North Road (Cranford Street-Styx Mill Road) Major arterial (SH74) Main North Road (Styx Mill Road-South of Englefield Road) Major arterial (SH74) Main North Road (South of Englefield Road-Johns Road) Major arterial (SH74) Main North Road (Dickeys Road-City Boundary) Minor arterial Main Road (Beachville Road-The Esplanade) Minor arterial Main Road (Ferry Road-McCormacks Bay Road) Minor arterial Main South Road (Blenheim Road -Carmen Road) Major arterial (SH73) Main South Road (Riccarton Road-Blenheim Road) Minor arterial Main South Road (Carmen Road-Seymour Street) Major arterial (SH1) Main South Road (Seymour Street-City Boundary/Marshs Road) Major arterial (SH1) Main South Road (within City boundary/templeton) Major arterial (SH1) Mairehau Road (Burwood Road-Frosts Road) Minor arterial Mairehau Road (Burwood Road-Marshland Road) Collector Major Hornbrook Road (Belleview Terrace-St Andrews Hill Road) Collector Manchester Street (Moorhouse Avenue-Bealey Avenue) Collector Marine Parade (Bridge Street-Beach Road) Collector Marriner Street (Wakefield Avenue Main Road) Minor arterial Marshland Road (Queen Elizabeth II Drive-Main North Road) Minor arterial Marshland Road (Briggs Road-Queen Elizabeth II Drive) Minor arterial Marshland Road (Shirley Road-Briggs Road) Minor arterial Martindales Road (Port Hills Road-Bridle Path Road) Collector Masham Road (Yaldhurst Road- Carmen Road) Major arterial (SH1, 73) Matipo Street (Riccarton Road-Wrights Road) Collector Mays Road (Papanui Road-Rutland Street) Collector McBratneys Road (River Road-Locksley Avenue) Collector McCormacks Bay Road (Mt Pleasant Road-Soleares Avenue) Collector McFaddens Road (Rutland Street-Cranford Street) Collector McGregors Road (Ruru Road-Rudds Road) Collector McLeans Island Road (Johns Road-Chatterton Road) Minor arterial Memorial Avenue (Clyde Road-Christchurch International Airport) Major arterial Merrin Street (Avonhead Road-Withells Road) Minor arterial Middleton Road (Blenheim Road-Riccarton Road) Collector Milton Street (Barrington Street-Colombo Street) Minor arterial Moncks Spur Road (Mt Pleasant Road-Cave Terrace) Collector Montreal Street (Brougham Street-Bealey Avenue) Minor arterial Moorhouse Avenue (Deans Avenue-Ferry Road) Major arterial Mt Pleasant Road (Main Road-Summit Road) Minor arterial Nayland Street (Wakefield Avenue-Heberden Avenue) Collector New Brighton Road (Marshland Road-Pages Road) Minor arterial Normans Road (Strowan Road-Papanui Road) Collector North Avon Road (Whitmore Street-River Road) Collector

288 North Parade (North Avon Road-Shirley Road) Collector Northcote Road (Greers Road-Main North Road) Major arterial Northern Arterial (QEII Drive-Northern Motorway) Proposed major arterial (SH1) Northern Motorway and Connectors (Waimakariri River- Motorway (SH1) Di k R d) Old West Coast Road (Chattertons Road-West Coast Road) Minor arterial Opawa Expressway ((SH74) Ensors Road-Opawa Road) Major arterial Opawa Road (Brougham Street- Opawa Expressway) Collector Opawa Road (Opawa Expressway-Port Hills Road) Major arterial (SH74) Owles Terrace (Pages Road-Union Street) Minor arterial Oxford Terrace (Riccarton Avenue-Durham Street) Minor arterial Oxford Terrace (Lichfield Street-Gloucester) Local road Pages Road (Woodham Road-New Brighton Road) Major arterial Palinurus Road (Dyers Road-Ferry Road) Minor arterial Papanui Road (Bealey Avenue-Harewood Road) Minor arterial Park Terrace (Armagh Street-Bealey Avenue) Minor arterial Parker Street (Waterloo Road-Main South Road) Collector Parkhouse Road (Hayton Road-Curletts Road) Collector Parkstone Avenue (Avonhead Road-Athol Terrace) Collector Parnwell Street (Basset Street-Travis Road) Collector Peer Street (Waimairi Road-Yaldhurst Road) Minor arterial Port Hills Road (Centaurus Road-Curries Road) Minor arterial Port Hills Road (Curries Road-Tunnel Road) Major arterial (SH74) Port Hills Road (Horotane Valley Road-Martindales Road) Collector Pound Road (Waterloo Road-Yaldhurst Road) Minor arterial Pound Road (Yaldhurst Road-McLeans Island Road) Collector Prestons Road (Main North Road-Burwood Road) Minor arterial Purchas Street (Madras Street-Barbadoes Street) Major arterial Queen Elizabeth II Drive (Travis Road-Main North Road) Major arterial Queenspark Drive (Rothesay Road-Bower Avenue) Collector Racecourse Road (Main South Road-Buchanans Road) Minor arterial Racecourse Road (Yaldhurst Road-Epsom Road) Collector Radley Street (Garlands Road-Ferry Road) Collector Railway Terrace (Kirk Road-Jones Road) Collector Retreat Road (Avonside Drive-Lionel Street) Collector Riccarton Avenue (Riccarton Road-Hagley Avenue) Minor arterial Riccarton Road (Yaldhurst Road-Riccarton Avenue) Minor arterial River Road (North Avon Road-McBratneys Road) Collector Rolleston Avenue (Hereford Street-Armagh Street) Minor arterial Rookwood Avenue (Bower Avenue-Bowhill Road) Collector Rose Street (Hoon Hay Road-Barrington Street) Collector Rossall Street (Glandovey Road-Carlton Mill Road) Minor arterial Rothesay Road (Bower Avenue-Aston Street) Collector Roydvale Avenue (Avonhead Road-Wairakei Road) Collector Rudds Road (McGregors Road-Pages Road) Collector

289 Ruru Road (McGregors Road-Dyers Road) Collector Russley Road (Johns Road-Yaldhurst Road) Major arterial (SH1) Rutherford Street (Garlands Road-Ferry Road) Minor arterial Rutland Street (Mays Road-St Albans Street) Collector Sabys Road (Trices Road-Candys Road) Collector Salisbury Street (Park Terrace-Barbadoes Street) Minor arterial Sandyford Street (Orbell Street-Colombo Street) Collector Sawyers Arms Road (Johns Road-Northcote Road) Minor arterial Sawyers Arms Road (Northcote Road-Main North Road) Collector Scarborough Road (Taylors Mistake Road-Heberden Avenue) Collector Seaview Road (New Brighton Road-Hardy Street) Collector Selwyn Street (Somerfield Street-Hagley Avenue) Collector Shakespeare Road (Waltham Road-Opawa Road) Minor arterial Shands Road (Main South Road-City boundary) Minor arterial Sherborne Street (Bealey Avenue-Edgeware Road) Minor arterial (SH74) Shirley Road (Hills Road-Marshland Road) Minor arterial Soleares Avenue (Mt Pleasant Road-McCormacks Bay Road) Collector Somerfield Street (Barrington Street-Colombo Street) Collector Southern Arterial (Jerrold Street North and South-Curletts Road) Motorway (SH73) Southern Arterial (Curletts Road-Halswell Junction Road) Proposed major arterial Sparks Road (Halswell Road-Lyttelton Street) Minor arterial Spencerville Road (Main North Road-Lower Styx Road) Collector Springfield Road (Clare Road-St Albans Street) Collector Springs Road (Main South Road-City Boundary) Minor arterial St Albans Street (Papanui Road-Trafalgar Street) Collector St Andrews Hill Road (Main Road-Major Hornbrook Road) Collector St Asaph Street (Hagley Avenue-Fitzgerald Avenue) Minor arterial St Johns Street (Linwood Avenue-Maces Road) Collector St Martins Road (Ensors Road-Wilsons Road) Minor arterial St Martins Road (Wilsons Road-Centaurus Road) Collector Stanmore Road (Tuam Street-North Avon Road) Collector Straven Road (Fendalton Road-Riccarton Road) Minor arterial Strickland Street (Brougham Street-Colombo Street) Minor arterial Strowan Road (Heaton Street-Wairakei Road) Minor arterial Sturrocks Road (Cavendish Road-Main North Road) Collector Styx Mill Road (Gardiners Road-Main North Road) Collector Summit Road (Evans Pass Road-City boundary) Minor arterial Symes Road (Haytons Road-Main South Road) Collector Swanns Road (Stanmore Road-Avonside Drive) Collector Tai Tapu Road (Candys Road-City Boundary) Minor arterial (SH75) Tanner Street (Garlands Road-Cumnor Terrace) Collector Tennyson Street (Colombo Street-Burnbrae Street) Collector Travis Road (Frosts Road-Bower Avenue) Collector Treffers Road (Parkhouse Road-Wigram Road) Collector

290 Trents Road (Blakes Road-Main South Road) Trices Road (Sabys Road-City boundary) Tuam Street (Antigua Street-Durham Street) Tuam Street (Fitzgerald Avenue-Olliviers Road) Tuam Street (Hagley Avenue-Antigua Street) Tunnel Road (Ferry Road-City Boundary) Union Street (Jervois Street-Owles Terrace) Veitches Road (Sawyers Arms Road-Cavendish Road) Victoria Street (Salisbury Street-Bealey Avenue) Waimairi Road (Grahams Road-Peer Street) Waimairi Road (Peer Street-Riccarton Road) Wainoni Road (Kerrs Road-New Brighton Road) Wairakei Road (Strowan Road-Grahams Road) Wairakei Road (Grahams Road-Russley Road) Wakefield Avenue (Evans Pass Road-Marriner Street) Waltham Road (Brougham Street-Moorhouse Avenue) Waltham Road (Eastern Terrace-Brougham Street) Warrington Street (Forfar Street-Hills Road) Waterloo Road (Racecourse Road-Pound Road) Waterloo Road (Pound Road-Barters Road) Waterloo Road (Barters Road-Kirk Road) West Coast Road (Yaldhurst Road-City Boundary) Westminster Street (Courtenay Street-Hills Road) Wharenui Road (Riccarton Road-Blenheim Road) Whincops Road (Halswell Junction Road-City Boundary) Whiteleigh Avenue (Princess Street-Lincoln Road) Whitmore Street (Bealey Avenue-Hills Road) Wigram Road (Halswell Junction Road-Treffers Road) Wilsons Road (Centaurus Road-Eastern Terrace) Wilsons Road (Shakespeare Road-Ferry Road) Withells Road (Yaldhurst Road-Avonhead Road) Woodbury Street (Withells Road-Mirfield Place) Woodham Road (Avonside Drive-Pages Road) Wooldridge Road (Wairakei Road-Harewood Road) Wordsworth Street (Durham Street-Waltham Street) Wrights Road (Matipo Street-Lincoln Road) Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Motorway (SH74) Minor arterial Collector Collector Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Major arterial (SH74) Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Collector Major arterial (SH73) Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Collector Collector Collector Minor arterial Collector Minor arterial Collector

291 Yaldhurst Road (Riccarton Road-Peer Street) Yaldhurst Road (Peer Street-Russley Road) Yaldhurst Road (Russley Road-West Coast Road) Minor arterial Major arterial Major arterial (SH73) Appendix 4 - Map of roading hierarchy Updated 31 October 2013 For Central City roads, apply the Road Classifications and Transport Zones shown in Appendix 4b and 4c, as the road hierarchy shown in Appendix 4 does not apply. As the Moorhouse, Fitzgerald, Bealey, Harper and Deans Avenues form the boundary of the Central City, these roads have a dual classification of 'Arterial Route' and Major Arterial. For accesses on the Central City side of these roads, use the 'Arterial Route' standards and for the accesses on the other side of these roads, the Major Arterial standards apply. Main Map Roading hierarchy map enlargements

292

293

294

295

296 Part 13 Transport Note Updated 14 November 2005 Note: List of classified roads is contained in Part 8, Appendix Statement Updated 14 November 2005 Ease of accessibility for people and goods by all modes of transport to all parts of the city is essential to allow the city to function and develop without unnecessary restraint. Accessibility is dependent not only on the efficiency of the transport network but also the availability of convenient and safe parking and loading facilities. The provision of adequate off-street parking and loading facilities for each activity is important to ensure that the safety and efficiency of the road is not adversely affected by vehicles manoeuvring on the street. The Plan contains rules requiring a minimum number of parking spaces to be provided depending on the activity. The number of spaces should provide for the normal daily requirements for staff and customers. Cycle parking is also required for each development recognising its importance as a means of transport in and around the city.

297 To control the proliferation and siting of property access there are rules which limit the number of access points, length and distance from intersections for each site, reflecting the roads planned function in the roading hierarchy. The standards give some protection to the efficiency and safety of the road by controlling where traffic can enter or leave a property. Protection is also given to pedestrians by limiting the maximum length of crossings. High traffic generators require particular controls due to the adverse effects these activities may have on the frontage road. Generally, the more vehicle movements an activity generates, the bigger the potential is for accidents to occur and congestion created. This is particularly true on arterial roads where vehicle numbers and speeds will be higher than on other roads in the hierarchy. Environmental results anticipated (a) Improved accessibility city-wide for all road users through the provision of adequate off-street parking facilities available for use by staff and visitors. (b) Enhancement of visual amenity, particularly in local residential streets, and increased road safety and efficiency. (c) The establishment of vehicle parking, access and loading facilities that are effective, safe and efficient in meeting the needs of individual activities.

298 2.0 Rules Updated 14 November 2005 Guide to using these rules Step 1: Check whether the activity complies with all the development standards. If not, application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard. (The activity may also be specified as a controlled activity. A controlled activity cannot be declined, and can only be subject to conditions, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard.) Then: If the activity complies with all the city rules and zone rules it is a permitted activity. Note: Check whether the activity complies with all of the other city rules and zone rules for the zone in which the activity is proposed. If not, a resource consent will be required in respect to that rule(s) not complied with.

299 2.1 Categories of activities Updated 14 November All activities Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Any activity which complies with: all of the development standards under Clauses 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4, community standard Clause 2.5.1, and the critical standard under Clause 2.6 shall be a permitted activity. (b) Any activity which does not comply with any one or more of the development standards under Clauses 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4, but complies with the community standard under Clause and the critical standard under Clause 2.6, shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard. (c) Any activity that does not comply with community standard Clause 2.5.1, but complies with the critical standard under Clause 2.6, shall be a discretionary activity. (d) Any activity which does not comply with the critical standard under Clause 2.6 shall be a non complying activity. (e) Clarification of categories of activities

300 The standards may also specify that an activity is controlled (development standards) with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter subject to that standard. (f) The development standards under Clause 2.2 and 2.3 do not apply to activities in the Central City, except for 2.2.9, , , , 2.3.1, 2.3.2, and For the other transport standards for activities in the Central City, refer to Clauses 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6. (Plan Change 56) Reference to other city rules and zone rules Updated 14 November 2005 Attention is drawn to the provisions of the other city rules and zone rules which may separately specify, or result in, an activity being prohibited, non-complying, discretionary, controlled, or permitted, notwithstanding the provisions of these zone rules. Particular attention is drawn to the provisions of the Special Purpose (Road) Zone in Part 8, Clause 4 and to designated roading works in Part 12 (Designated Activities). Attention is also drawn to the landscaping requirements for parking areas included in the development standards for the appropriate zone. Note, in respect of the Living TMB Zone the standards contained in Part 13, Transportation, do not apply. Refer to Part 2, development standard and Appendix 3k of Part 2.

301 2.2 Development standards - Parking and loading Updated 14 November 2005 Any application arising from non-compliance with Clauses 2.2.2, 2.2.5, 2.2.6, 2.2.8, 2.2.9, , , , and will not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified. In addition any application located within a comprehensive housing improvement area as identified on Planning Maps, that complies with the criteria for comprehensive housing improvements outlined in Part 2, Living Zones, that does not comply with will not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified Parking space numbers Updated 06 December 2013 For any activity the owner, occupier or developer shall make provision for vehicle parking, for use by staff and visitors, in accordance with columns 2 and 3 of Table 1 below, and in compliance with the dimensions in Appendix 1, except that in those areas listed in Appendix 2 a financial contribution may be made in lieu of part, or all, of the parking requirement. Clarification of Table 1 1. The car parking requirements listed in Table 1 are categorised by activity. When calculating the overall parking requirements for a development the separation of areas into different activities will be required where the gross floor area of an activity (or public floor space or other such measurement that the standards for the relevant activity is based upon) exceeds 10% of the total

302 gross floor space of the development. The total parking requirement for any development will be the sum of the parking requirements for each area. 2. Where the parking requirement in Table 1 results in a fractional space, any fraction under one half shall be disregarded, except for staff car parking where any fraction under one half shall be counted as one space. Any fraction of one half or more shall be counted as one space including provision for visitors parking within the Living 3 and Living 4 Zones. 3. Where an activity falls under the definition of more than one activity, then the higher parking requirement shall apply. 4. Where an activity does not fall within a particular category, the activity which is closest in definition shall apply. 5. Refer to Part 9, Clause 2.1 for the application of these tables to existing noncomplying activities. 6. Where the site only has frontage to required shopping frontages (indicated on Planning Map 39E) and all frontages are less than 40 metres wide then no loading bay is required. 7. Full time equivalent student numbers in the Cultural 4 Zones shall be assessed annually as of 1 July, and shall be rounded to the nearest 100 FTE students. Any additional car parks required shall be provided within 12 months of the date of assessment. The overall parking requirement is inclusive of student hostel accommodation and student residential units. Note: Full-time equivalent student means the equivalent number of students based

303 on the number of papers taken to complete a full time course in the normal time, divided by the actual number of students. 8. A garageable space is a space that is large enough to enable a single garage to be established on that space at some time in the future. (Refer to rule (c) for dimensions.) 9. For an education activity the number of classrooms for the set-down parking space requirement shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of classrooms proposed in excess of the number of classrooms existing as at 24 June 1995, less 10%. A classroom means any room used principally for regular teaching. To avoid any doubt, a classroom shall not include a school hall, gymnasium, library or administration facility. The set-down parking spaces only need to be physically provided on the site when at least 10 spaces are required due to the accumulated development that has occurred since any existing set-down spaces were required or since 24 June 1995, whichever is the later. 10. In calculating parking for the Business 8 zone, all other industrial activities that are not warehousing or distribution centres are to be calculated at the standard rate for general industrial activities.

304 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Education Activities: Pre-schools and Primary 2.5 spaces per classroom for setdown 1 space/25 pupils 1 space/ 5 pupils With 20 pupils or more, but less than 100: 1 99% car bay. With 100 or more pupils: 1 99% car bay/100 pupils + 1 HGV bay

305 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Secondary Tertiary Education and Research Activities 0.5 spaces per classroom for setdown 1 space/ per classroom for Year 11 (Form 5) and above 1 space/35 pupils 3 spaces/4 pupils As per requirement for pre-schools and primary. Overall 20 spaces/100 FTE 5.5 spaces/100 FTE 25 spaces/100 FTE 1 99% car bay/100 students students students FTE students + 1 HGV bay

306 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Student hostel accommodation Student residential units 1 space/5 beds 1 space/20 beds 1 space/4 beds 1 99% car bay/100 beds + 1 HGV bay As for residential activities Health facilities 3 spaces/professional 1 space/professional 1 space/professional Nil staff or 2 staff + 1 space/2 other staff spaces/consulting staff, or 1 room, whichever is space/consulting room, greater whichever is greater Hospitals 1 space/2 beds 5 spaces/3 beds 1 space/3 beds 1 HGV bay/50 beds

307 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Industrial activities 1 space/800m 2 GFA (1 space minimum) 11 spaces/800m 2 GFA 1 space/300m 2 GFA 1 HGV bay/1000 m 2 GFA (1 space minimum) Business 8 Zone 1 space/2000m 2 GFA 4.5 spaces/1000m 2 1 space/300m 2 GFA 1 HGV bay/1000 m 2 Warehousing and (1 space minimum) GFA GFA (1 space Distribution Centres minimum)

308 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Offices Generally: 5% of staff requirement 2.5 spaces/100m 2 1 space/200m 2 GFA 1 99% car bay/8000m 2 (except Business 4T (1 space minimum) GFA GFA or part thereof + 1 Zone) HGV bay/8000m 2 GFA (up to 16000m2 GFA), 1 HGV bay/20000m 2 GFA after 16000m 2 GFA Business 4T Zone except that: 5% of staff requirement (1 space minimum) 4 spaces/100m 2 GFA 1 space/200m 2 GFA As per general requirement

309 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 For any development 5% of staff requirement 2.5 spaces/100m space/200m 2 GFA As per general resulting in more than (1 space minimum) GFA. Any such requirement 10,000m 2 of GFA in reduction from 4 the Business 4T (Tait spaces/100m 2 is Campus) Zone, subject to resource Appendix 22 Part 3, consent as a Volume 3 discretionary activity.

310 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Place of worship 1 space/10m 2 PFA; or 10% of visitor 1 space/50m 2 PFA 1 99% car bay/200m 2 1 space/10 seats requirements PFA (whichever is the greater) Places of entertainment Generally: 1 space/10m 2 PFA; or 10% of visitor 1 space/50m 2 PFA 1 99% car bay/2000m 2 1 space/10 seats requirements PFA (whichever is the greater)

311 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Cinemas 2.5 spaces/10 seats 1 space/screen 1 space/50 seats 1 HGV bay/cinema complex Theatres 3 spaces/10 seats 1 space/60 seats 1 space/60 seats 1 HGV bay Museums and galleries 1 space/30m 2 PFA 1 space/300m 2 PFA 1 space/300m 2 PFA As per general requirement Libraries 1 space/50m 2 PFA 1 space/200m 2 PFA 1 space/100m 2 PFA As per general requirement Licensed clubrooms (See restaurants and taverns)

312 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Gymnasia (for public, or private club use) 5 spaces/100m 2 GFA 1 space/300m 2 GFA 2 spaces/100m 2 GFA 1 HGV bay/8000m 2 GFA Sports courts (for 1 space/50m 2 court 1 space/200m 2 court 1 space/150m 2 court Nil public, or private club area area area use) Sports fields (for public, 15 spaces/ha pitch 1 space 10 spaces/ha pitch Nil or private club use) area area Swimming Pools (for 1 space/10m 2 pool 1 space/200m 2 pool 1 space/10m 2 pool 1 HGV bay/2000m 2 public, or private club area area area pool area use)

313 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Reserves, public and private recreation facilities Open Space 1 Zone Nil Nil Nil Nil Open Space 2 Zone (See places of (See places of (See places of (See places of entertainment) entertainment) entertainment) entertainment) Open Space 3, 3A and Activities are Activities are Activities are Activities are 3B Zones discretionary with discretionary with discretionary with discretionary with respect to this standard respect to this standard respect to this standard respect to this standard

314 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 except for Jade except for Jade except for Jade except for Jade Stadium where the Stadium where the Stadium where the Stadium where the following requirement following requirement following requirement following requirement applies: 430 parking applies: 1 space/100 applies: 1 space/50 applies: 1 HGV space spaces plus 1 space/10 additional seats where additional seats where per 5,000 seats, except additional seats where the capacity exceeds the capacity exceeds that all loading areas the capacity exceeds 39,000 seats 39,000 seats do not need to be 39,000 seats available when an entertainment or sporting event is taking place at Jade Stadium

315 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Open Space 3C Zone 8,520 spaces in total, 4,260 spaces to be most directly accessible from Curletts Road and 4,260 spaces to be most directly accessible from Wigram Road, as specified in the Development Plan, Part 6, Appendix 1 N/A Nil As specified in the Development Plan Part 6, Appendix 1

316 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Residential activities Generally:

317 provide 1 garageable Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 All living zones including residential activities within Open Space 3D (Clearwater) Zone and except Living 3, 4A, 4B (Central City),4C, G and Central City Mixed Use Zones Residents: 2 spaces (1 garageable)/unit + Visitors: 1 space/5 units Except that where an existing residential unit is converted into two residential units in compliance with Clauses (e) or (h), one of the residential units shall N/A Nil

318 for the 10 units, Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Living 3 Zone Residents: 1 space (garageable) per unit, where that unit has less than 150m 2 gross floor area and is located on a site that gains access solely from a Local Road, 2 Spaces (1garageable) per unit Otherwise + Visitors: No parking requirement N/A Nil

319 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Living 4A, 4B and 4C Zones Residents: 1 garageable space per unit + Visitors: No parking requirement for the 10 units, thereafter 1 space per 5 untis. N/A Nil

320 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Living G (Yaldhurst) zone and Living G (East Belfast) and Living G (Prestons) For a residential site of 400m 2 or less only 1 car-parking space is required N/A Nil As for living zones above

321 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Living G (Awatea) and (Halswell West) and Living G (Highfield) Zone: For a site of Density A residential area only For a site of 400m 2 or less: 1 car-parking space N/A Nil

322 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Living G (Wigram) Zone For any site of 400m 2 or less only 1 carparking space is required except in the Density A or ATC sites in the Living G (Wigram) Zone where 1 car-parking space is required per residential unit. N/A Nil As for living zones above

323 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Living G (North West Belfast) Zone For site of 400m 2 or less only 1 car-parking Living G (Highsted) Zone: residential only space is required. For a site of 400m 2 or less: 1 car-parking space, otherwise 2 spaces/unit N/A Nil All other zones Residents: 1 garageable space/unit N/A Nil As for living zones above +

324 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Visitors: 1 space/5 units Food and beverage 4 spaces/100m 2 PFA 1 space/100m 2 PFA 1 space/100m 2 PFA 1 HGV bay/1000m 2 outlets for the first 150m 2 (2 spaces minimum) PFA PFA, 19 spaces/100m 2 PFA thereafter Retail activities and commercial services

325 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Generally: If GLFA less than 0.5 spaces/100m 2 1 space/200m 2 GLFA 1 HGV bay/1600m 2 750m 2 then 4 GLFA GLFA for the first spaces/100m 2 GLFA, 6400m 2 GLFA otherwise: 4.6 spaces/100m 2 1 HGV bay/5000m 2 GLFA for the first GLFA thereafter 20000m 2 GLFA, 3.3 spaces/100m 2 GLFA for the next 10000m 2 GLFA,

326 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column spaces/100m 2 thereafter 3 spaces/100m 2 of any gross leasable outdoor display area

327 permitted by rules Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 except for factory 2.5 spaces/100m spaces/100m 2 1 space/400m 2 GLFA 1 HGV bay/1600m 2 shops permitted by rule GLFA GLFA GLFA for the first 5.3.1(a)(i), trade 6400m 2 GLFA, 1 suppliers, yard based suppliers and second hand goods outlets in HGV bay/5000m 2 GLFA thereafter the B3 Zone; and for retailing in the Living 4C Zone (Avon Loop) on Lot 1 DP and part of Lot 2 DP with a 10 metre maximum building height limit as

328 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Automotive and Marine 1 space/100m 2 gross 1 space/200m 2 gross 1 space/500m 2 gross supplier site area + 3 site area site area spaces/motor vehicle workbay Motor servicing outlet 2.5 spaces/workbay 1 space/workbay 1 space/3 workbays

329 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Travellers' 1 space/unit or 1 1 space/10 units or 1 1 space/20 units or % car bay/50 units accommodation space/5 beds, space/20 beds, space/20 beds, or 100 beds, whichever Generally: whichever is the whichever is the whichever is the is the greater + 1 HGV greater (except that for greater greater bay/100 units or 200 every coach park beds(for the first 200 provided the number of units or 400 beds, nil car parking spaces thereafter) may be reduced by 3) except for:

330 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Hotels 1 space/4 bedrooms 1 space/30 bedrooms 1 space/30 bedrooms 1 99% car bay/50 bedrooms + 1 HGV bay/100 bedrooms (for the first 300 bedrooms, nil thereafter) Special needs housing units Retirement housing 1 space/unit N/A Nil Nil

331 Table 1. Minimum parking required in all zones Activity Car parking spaces Cycle parking spaces Loading/unloading Residents/visitors Staff Column 1 Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5 Sheltered housing 1 space/4 units 2 spaces (1 garageable)/ resident staff unit Nil Nil Care homes 1 space/6 clients 1 space/6 clients 1 space/30 clients Generally: Nil except for day-care homes with more than 20 clients: 1 99% car bay Notes for clarification of abbreviations GFA = Gross Floor Area FTE = Full-Time Equivalent

332 GLFA = Gross Leasable Floor Area PFA = Public Floor Area HGV = Heavy Goods Vehicle (90 percentile design 2 axle truck, see Appendix 6)

333 2.2.2 Availability of parking spaces Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Any space required for off-street parking or loading other than for residential activity shall be available for staff and visitors during the hours of operation and shall not be diminished by the subsequent erection of any structure, storage of goods, or any other use. (b) All visitor spaces required for residential activities are to be readily available for use at all times for any resident or visitor to the site and are to be sited on common land Parking area location Updated 14 November 2005 (a) All off-street parking and loading areas shall be located on the same site and within the same zone as the activity for which the parking is required except that where a site is within a Business 1 or 2 Zone off-street parking may be provided on an adjoining site, if that site is within a Business 2 Parking Zone. (b) Any parking or loading area for any activity in a Business Zone shall not have its access across land in any Living Zone Staff car parking Updated 14 November 2005

334 All required staff car parking spaces shall be permanently marked and signed for the exclusive use of staff employed on the site. Staff parking may be relocated within the site Parking spaces for people with disabilities - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) All required parking areas shall include spaces for people with disabilities provided at the rate of 1 for up to 10 spaces provided, 2 for up to 100 spaces provided plus 1 more for every additional 50 spaces or part thereof. (b) The dimensions of all spaces shall comply with the appropriate dimensions in Appendix Cycle parking Updated 31 July 2012 (a) For any activity the owner, occupier or developer shall make provision for onsite covered cycle parking in accordance with column 4 of Table 1. (b) The dimensions of all cycle parking shall comply with Appendix 3. (Plan Change 56) Loading areas - All Zones outside the Central City (Plan Change 56) Updated 31 July 2012

335 (a) For any activity the owner, occupier or developer shall make provision for onsite loading areas in accordance with column 5 of Table 1. (b) All required loading bays shall have the following minimum dimensions: (i) HGV bay - 3.5m x 7.5m, with associated manoeuvre areas to accommodate a 90 percentile design two axle truck, as shown in Appendix 6; or (ii) 99% car bay x 6.0m, with associated manoeuvre areas to accommodate a 99% percentile design motor car, as shown in Appendix Manoeuvre areas - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 14 November 2005 All on-site manoeuvre areas shall be designed to accommodate at least a 90 percentile design motor car, as shown in Appendix 4, unless otherwise specified Parking spaces for residential activities Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Garagable parking spaces for residential activities in any zone shall have the following minimum internal dimensions: Width Depth Single 3.1m 5.5m

336 Double 5.6m 5.5m except where the parking spaces are provided in a multi-bay garage with no physical separation between spaces in which case they may be laid out in accordance with Appendix 1. (b) The minimum width of the entrance to a single garage shall be 2.4 metres. (c) All other parking spaces for residential activities shall have the following minimum dimensions: Width 2.5m Depth 5m (d) The minimum widths of parking spaces shall be increased by 300mm where there is a permanent obstructions such as a wall on one side of the parking space. Where there is such an obstruction on both sides of a parking space the minimum width shall be increased by 600mm. (e) The manoeuvre area to and from the site access to the parking space shall be designed to accommodate at least a 90 percentile design motor car as set out in Appendix 4. (f) Where two parking spaces are required by Clause for a residential activity (other than visitor spaces), they may be provided in tandem where on site manoeuvring is provided Parking area and access design - All Zones outside the Central City

337 Updated 31 July 2012 All vehicular access to a site, shall be in accordance with the standards set out in Table 2 below. Table 2 - Minimum requirements for private ways and vehicular access Activity Potential Legal Formed Turning Passing Sealed Height number of Widt Width area area and (m) units h (m) (m) draine (4) d Residential 1 to (1) No (2) 3.5 Residential 4 to Yes Yes Yes 4.0 Residential 4 to Yes Yes Yes 4.0 (Living 3, 4A, 4B and 4C Zones Residential 9 to Yes Yes Yes 4.0 Residential 9 to Yes Yes Yes 4.0 (Living 3, 4A, 4B and 4C Zones Other All 6.0(5) 4.5 (1) No Yes 4.0

338 All All All Service lanes Pedestrian access - private Cycle and accessways (3) No Yes N/A N/A Yes N/A N/A Yes 2.5 Clarification of Table 2: (1) See Clause for when turning area required. (2) See Clause (d). (3) Turning area required where the service lane has a blind end. (4) Height refers to the minimum clear height from the formed access. (5) Reducible to a minimum of 3.0 metres for one way access where no more than 30 vehicle movements occur in any hour. Note: All service lanes, pedestrian accessways and cycle accessways are to be constructed to the standards specified in the Code of Urban Subdivision Gradient of parking areas Updated 14 November 2005 The gradient for off-street parking surfaces for all non-residential activities, shall be no more than:

339 (a) At 90 to the angle of parking - 1:16 (b) Parallel to the angle of parking - 1: Maximum gradients for access Updated 14 May 2012 (a) The maximum average gradient of any access shall be 1 in 6. (b) The maximum gradient shall be 1 in 4 on any straight section and 1 in 6 around curves, the gradient being measured on the inside line of the curve. (c) The maximum change in gradient without a transition shall be no greater than 8. (d) Where the gradient exceeds 1 in 10 the access is to be sealed with a non-slip surfacing to enable access in wet or icy conditions. (e) In the Living 3 and Living 4 Zones, the maximum gradient of the ramp where it passes across a footpath shall be 3% or less. (f) In the Living 3 and Living 4 Zones, where the ramp provides access to more than 6 car parking spaces the gradient of the first 4.5m as measured from the road boundary shall be no greater than 1 in On-site manoeuvring - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) On-site manoeuvring shall be provided to ensure that no vehicle is required to reverse either onto or off a site where:

340 (i) Any site has access to a major or minor arterial road (refer Part 8, Appendix 3); or (ii) Any site has access to a collector road and requires three or more parking spaces; or (iii) Any site containing a non-residential activity has access to a major arterial, minor arterial or collector road, other than within the Central City Business Zone; or (iv) Any access to a site serves six or more parking spaces; or (v) Any residential activity provides tandem parking. (b) Parking spaces shall be located so as to ensure that no vehicle is required to carry out any reverse manoeuvring when moving from any vehicle access to any required parking spaces. (c) Vehicles shall not be required to undertake more than one reverse manoeuvre when manoeuvring out of any required parking or loading space Queuing spaces - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 Queuing space shall be provided on site for all vehicles entering or exiting a parking or loading area. The length of such queuing spaces shall be in accordance with Table 3 below. Where the parking area has more than one access the number of parking spaces may be apportioned between the accesses in accordance with their potential usage. Queuing space length shall be measured from the road boundary to the nearest vehicle control point or point

341 where conflict with vehicles already on the site may arise, except that for residential development within the Living 3 and Living 4 Zones which is served by an access onto a Local Road, queuing space length shall be measured from the kerb face, or edge of the nearest traffic lane where no kerb is provided, to the nearest vehicle control point or point where conflict with vehicles already on the site may arise. Notwithstanding the above, in Density A and ATC sites in the Living G (Wigram) Zone the required queuing space can extend into a local road or access lot of common property used for access or right of way. No queuing space shall extend beyond the kerb and onto the road carriageway. Table 3 - Queuing space lengths Number of parking spaces Minimum queuing space length (m) Residential Activities in the L3 In all other instances and L4 Zones with access onto a Local Road or over

342 1 Includes for vehicle queuing space plus a further 1.2m to allow pedestrians to pass a waiting vehicle Illumination Updated 14 November 2005 All parking and loading areas, (excluding those for residential activities), which are used at night shall be illuminated to a minimum maintained level of 2 lux, with high uniformity, during the hours of operation. (Refer also to Part 11, Clause 2, Glare.) Surface of parking and loading areas - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 The surface of all parking, loading, and associated access areas (except parking areas for residential activities requiring less than three spaces) shall be formed, sealed and drained and parking spaces permanently marked. 2.3 Development standards - Site access Updated 14 November Vehicle crossing design Updated 14 November 2005 Vehicle access to any site from any road or service lane shall be by way of a vehicle crossing constructed, from the roadway to the road or service lane

343 boundary of the site at the owner's or developer's expense. Access on state highways where the speed limit is 80 kph or greater must comply with the diagrams in Appendix Standards of vehicle crossings Updated 14 November 2005 Vehicle crossings shall be constructed to the following minimum standards: (a) Standard vehicle crossings shall be provided to sites capable of containing no more than ten residential units or which generate no more than 100 vehicle movements per day. (b) Heavy duty vehicle crossings shall be provided for all other sites Length of vehicle crossings Updated 12 September 2011 The maximum and minimum vehicle crossing lengths shall be as follows: Activity Length of crossing Minimum Maximum Residential 3.5m 6m Other 4m 9m The length of a vehicle crossing shall be measured as the actual length of channel covers or the length of the fully dropped kerb. Except that:

344 Where a 5.7m wide neighbourhood road is provided in the Living G (Wigram) Zone as identified in Figure 3a in Appendix 3U/4 (Part 2, Volume 3, a minimum vehicle crossing length of 4m shall be provided. The length of the vehicle crossing shall be measured at the front boundary of the site and the actual length of channel covers or the length of the fully dropped kerb Minimum distance between vehicle crossings Updated 14 November 2005 (a) For sites with frontage to a road where the speed limit is 100km/h, the minimum spacing between successive accesses shall be 200 metres. (b) For all other sites the minimum distance between accesses on one site shall be: (i) 7.5 metres for residential activities; and (ii) 15 metres for all other activities Maximum number of vehicle crossings - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 The maximum number of vehicle crossings permitted on each road frontage of any site or comprehensive development shall be in accordance with Table 4 below. Table 4 - Maximum number of vehicle crossings Type of road frontage

345 Frontage length Local and collector Minor arterial Major arterial (m) > > > Distances of vehicle crossings from intersections - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 Any part of any vehicle crossing shall not be located closer to the intersection of any roads than the distances specified in Table 5 below. Table 5 - Minimum distances of vehicle crossings from intersections Frontage Intersecting road type (Distance in metres) road Urban Rural Major Minor Collector Local Major Minor Collector Local arterial arterial and arterial arterial and servic servic e e Major arterial

346 Minor arterial Collector Local and service 1. Distances shall be measured along the boundary parallel to the centre line of the roadway of the frontage road from the kerb line, or formed edge, of the intersecting road. 2. Where the boundaries of a site do not allow the provision of any vehicle crossing whatsoever in conformity with the above distances, a single vehicle crossing may be constructed in the position which most nearly complies with the provisions of Table Rural roads refer to those roads where the speed limit is 100km/hr. Urban roads refer to all other roads Note: The classification of roads is contained in Part 8, Appendix Access for rural selling places Updated 14 November 2005 In addition to complying with the other relevant site access requirements above all rural selling places shall provide acceleration and deceleration lanes, at the landowners or developers expense, in accordance with the following standards:

347 (a) On local and collector roads the roadway shoulder shall be widened and sealed up to 5 metres from the road centreline for a distance of 15 metres on either side of the vehicle crossing; (b) On minor arterial roads the acceleration and deceleration lanes shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Appendix 7. (Refer also to the provisions of Part 4, Clause 2.5.6) High traffic generators - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Any activity on a site which is not in the Central City Business Zone which generates more than 250 vehicle trips per day and/or provides more than 25 parking spaces (with the exception of the land within the Living 3 and Business 1 zone bounded by Madras Street, Canon Street, Packe Street and Purchas Street which is subject to the development plan contained in Part 3, Appendix 14) shall be a discretionary activity with the Council's discretion limited as follows: retail activities in B3, B3B, B4, BRP, Central City Mixed Use, and Special Purpose (Wigram) (Area B) zones: matters associated with any traffic effects of the activity. other activities and other zones: matters associated with vehicular access. (Plan Change 56) (b) Special Purpose (Landfill) Zone

348 Any activity which generates more than 250 vehicle trips per day shall be a non-notified controlled activity, with the exercise of the Council's control limited to vehicular access and any traffic effects: on the function and/or safety of the surrounding road network, and properties along the designated access routes illustrated in Appendix 7 of Volume 3 Part 8 Special Purpose (Landfill) Zone; on the surrounding activities in terms of noise, vibration and fumes of vehicles using the access; and of extra traffic generated by the activity on the amenity and safety of surrounding residential streets Special access provision - Edgeware Updated 14 November 2005 No vehicle access in the Business 2 Zone at Edgeware (Planning Map 32) shall be permitted onto Sherborne Street. 2.4 Development standards - Parking, loading and access - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 Please note: Development Standards 2.2.9, , , , 2.3.1, 2.3.2, and also apply to activities within all zones in the Central City Car Parking space numbers - All Zones within the Central City (except within the Core)

349 Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Other than disabled parking provided in accordance with Rule 2.4.3, no on-site car parking is required in the Central City. If parking is provided, the Parking Area of a site shall be no greater than 50% of the Gross Leasable Floor Area of the buildings on the site. (b) Rule 2.4.1(a) does not apply to residential activities in the Living 4 Zones within the Central City and the minimum parking standards in Volume 3, Part 13 Rule should be applied. (c) All car parking is to be constructed in compliance with the dimensions in Appendix 8. NOTE: Where the parking standard results in a fractional space, any fraction under one half shall be disregarded. Any fraction of one half or more shall be counted as one space Parking area location - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 Parking for a residential activity in the Living 4 zones may be provided on a site within 200m of the site on which the activity is undertaken Parking spaces for people with disabilities - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 October 2013 (a) If a parking area is provided, provision shall include spaces for people with disabilities at the rate of 1 for up to 20 spaces provided, 2

350 for up to 50 spaces provided plus 1 more for every additional 50 spaces or part thereof. These parking spaces for people with disabilities shall be provided as close as practicable to the accessible entrance to the activity with which they are associated and the most direct route from the disabled parking spaces to the activity shall be accessible for mobility impaired persons. (b) All buildings with a Gross Floor Area of more than 2500m 2 are required to provide parking spaces for people with disabilities, even if no other parking spaces are provided. If no other parking spaces are provided, the amount of disabled parking spaces required shall be calculated by determining how many disabled parking spaces would be required if 1 standard parking space per 100m 2 Gross Floor Area were provided Cycle parking - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) For any activity provision shall be made for visitor and staff cycle parking in accordance with Table 6 except that for any activity where the building has no road frontage setback for the entire length of the site visitor cycle parking is not required. (b) Visitor cycle parking shall be located within 30m of at least one pedestrian public entrance to the activity.

351 (c) Staff cycle parking shall be located so it is easily accessible for staff of the activity. Staff cycle parking may be provided on a site within 200m of the site on which the activity is undertaken. (d) All on-site manoeuvre areas shall be designed to accommodate the turning path of a cycle as shown in Appendix 9. (e) The design of cycle parking facilities shall meet the following criteria: (i) Visitor cycle parking shall consist of stands that: Are securely attached to an immovable object; Support the bicycle frame; Are clearly signposted or visible to cyclists entering the site; Comply with the lighting requirements in Clause (Volume 3 Part 13); Are able to be detected by the visually impaired in areas where the public have access. (ii) Staff cycle parking shall consist of a stand or enclosed space that: Allows the bicycle to be secured; Is covered; If a stand is provided, it meets the visitor cycle parking requirements. Table 6 - Minimum Cycle Parking Standards in all Zones within the Central City

352 Activity Visitor Cycle Parking Staff Cycle Parking Retail 1 space/350m 2 GLFA 1 space/200m 2 GLFA Food and Beverage 1 space/125m 2 PFA 1 space/400m 2 PFA Office 1 space/500m 2 GFA 1 space/150m 2 GFA ACCOMMODATION: Travellers' 1 space/20 beds 1 space/80 beds Accommodation (except Hotels) Hotels 1 space/30 bedrooms 1 space/80 bedrooms EDUCATION: Pre-school/Primary 1 space/5 pupils 1 space/100 pupils Secondary 3 space/4 pupils 1 space/100 pupils Tertiary 1 space/4 FTE students 1 space/100 FTE Students For all other activities, the cycle parking rates in Clause Table 1 apply. Where the cycle parking requirement results in a fractional space, any fraction under one half shall be disregarded. Any fraction of one half or more shall be counted as one space Loading areas - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012

353 (a) For all activities in all zones within the Central City minimum loading and unloading requirements shall be provided as per Table 1 in Clause (Volume 3, Part 13) except where: (i) no on-site parking (other than disabled spaces) is provided, in which case no loading spaces are required; or (ii) a suitable on or off-street loading facility is provided within 50m of any part of the site and the route between the loading facility and the site does not require crossing any road. Use of an off-street loading facility on a separate site by an activity must be protected for the use of that activity (and any future activity on the site) by an appropriate legal instrument. A copy of the appropriate legal instrument shall be provided to Council for its records. (b) All loading areas shall be sufficient to accommodate the largest vehicle that is expected to use the loading space, provided that all off-street loading spaces shall have the following minimum dimensions: (i) HGV bay - 3.5m x 7.5m, with associated manoeuvre areas to accommodate a 90 percentile design two axle truck, as shown in Appendix 6; or (ii) A car bay, with associated manoeuvre areas to accommodate a 99 percentile design motor car, as shown in Appendix 11. The space shall be a minimum of 1.0m wider than the standard space for angle spaces and a minimum of 2.0m longer for parallel spaces Manoeuvre areas - All Zones within the Central City

354 Updated 31 July 2012 All on-site manoeuvre areas shall be designed to accommodate at least a 90 percentile design motor car, as shown in Appendix 4. The main route from the vehicular access to the parking area or areas shall be designed to accommodate at least a 99 percentile design motor car as shown in Appendix Access type and design - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 All vehicular access to and within a site, shall be in accordance with the standards set out in Table 7 below. Table 7 - Requirement s for Vehicular Access Ways Activity Number Minimum Minimum Turning Passing Sealed Height of Legal Trafficabl area area (4) and (m) (3) parking Width e Width draine spaces (m) (m) (4)(5) d provide d

355 Residential 1 to (1) No (2) 3.5 and offices Residential 4 to 8 3.5( (6) 3.0 (1) Yes Yes 4.0 and offices Residential 9 to (1) Yes Yes 4.0 and offices Other All activities 15 or fewer More than (6) 4.5 (1) Yes Yes (6) 5.5 (1) No Yes 4.0 Clarification of Table 7: (1) See Clause for when turning area required. (2) See Clause (d). (3) Height refers to the minimum clear height from the surface of the formed access. (4) For vehicular access ways that are less than 5.5m trafficable width, passing opportunities of at least 5.5m wide and 6.0m long must be provided at least every 50m along the access way. (5) he access shall accommodate a continuous pedestrian footpath along the site road frontage. The length of the on-street fully dropped kerb shall be a maximum of 1m wider than the trafficable width. (6) Where the access is also designed to accommodate pedestrian movements, this width shall be increased by 1.5m.

356 2.4.8 On-site manoeuvring - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 October 2013 (a) On-site manoeuvring shall be provided to ensure that no vehicle is required to reverse either onto or off a site where: (i) The vehicular access is onto an Arterial Route or onto a Local Street within the Core or onto a Local Distributor Street within the Core (refer Part 8, Appendix 4b); or (ii) The vehicular access is onto a Main Distributor Street (refer Part 8, Appendix 4b) and the access serves three or more parking spaces; or (iii)the vehicular access is onto a Local Street outside the Core or a Local Distributor Street outside the Core (refer Part 8, Appendix 4b) and the access serves six or more parking spaces. (b) With the exception of parallel parking spaces (either parallel to a road or an internal circulation route), all parking spaces shall be located so as to ensure that no vehicle is required to carry out more than one reverse manoeuvre when moving from any vehicle access to any parking space. This requirement does not apply to loading spaces. (c) All parking spaces shall be located so as to ensure that no vehicle is required to undertake more than one reverse manoeuvre when manoeuvring out of any parking or loading space Queuing spaces - All Zones within the Central City

357 Updated 31 October 2013 Queuing space shall be provided on site for all vehicles entering a parking or loading area. The length of such queuing spaces shall be in accordance with Table 8 below. Where the parking area has more than one access the number of parking spaces may be apportioned between the accesses in accordance with their potential usage. Queuing space length shall be measured from the road boundary to the nearest vehicle control point or point where conflict with vehicles already on the site may arise, except that for residential development within the Living 4 Zones or for sites served from a Local Distributor Street within the Core or Inner Zone, or a Local Street within the Core or Inner Zone, queuing space length shall be measured from the kerb face, or edge of the nearest traffic lane where no kerb is provided, to the nearest vehicle control point or point where conflict with vehicles or pedestrian pathways already on the site may arise. Table 8 - Queuing space lengths

358 Number of parking spaces provided Minimum queuing space length (m) for vehicular access from Arterial Routes, Main Distributor Streets, Local Distributor Streets within the Outer Zone, and Local Streets within the Outer Zone. Minimum queuing space length (m) for Residential Activities within the L4 Zone and for sites accessed from Local Distributor Streets within the Core and Inner Zone, and Local Streets within the Core and Inner Zone or over Surface of parking and loading areas - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 The surface of all parking, loading, and associated access areas (except parking areas for residential activities providing less than three spaces) shall be formed, sealed and drained and parking spaces permanently marked.

359 Maximum number of vehicle crossings - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 The maximum number of vehicle crossings permitted to any site or comprehensive residential development shall be in accordance with Table 9 below. Table 9 - Maximum number of vehicle crossings Type of road frontage Frontage length Inner Core Distributor Avenue (m) Streets Streets and Outer Core Streets > > > Distances of vehicle crossings from intersections - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 October 2013 Any part of any vehicle crossing shall not be located closer to the intersection of any roads than the distances specified in Table 10 below.

360 Table 10 - Minimum distances of vehicle crossings from intersections Intersecting Road Class (Distance in Metres) Frontage - Arterial Main Local Local Street Road Route Distributor Distributor Classification Street Street Arterial Route Main Distributor Street Local outside 30 outside 10 outside Distributor the Core the Core the Core Street 15 within the 15 within the 6 within the Core Core Core Local Street outside the Core 10 within the Core Notes to Table: 15 outside the Core 10 within the Core 10 outside the Core 6 within the Core Use Figure 1 to measure the distances between the vehicle crossings from intersections. The 'y' dimension is the distance stated in Table 10 and is

361 measured from the intersection of the frontage road centreline and the extensions of the intersecting road property boundaries shown as dashed lines. Where the boundaries of a site do not allow the provision of any vehicle crossing whatsoever in conformity with the above distances, a single vehicle crossing may be constructed in the position which most nearly complies with the provisions of Table 10. Note: The different road classifications are illustrated on Appendix 4b in Volume 3 Part High traffic generators - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 October 2013 Permitted activities within the Central City are exempt from assessment as High Traffic Generators 5. 5 For the purposes of the Central City, additional Assessment Matters have been inserted into Assessment Matters and to address the effects of high traffic generation where rules on maximum car parking and access priority are breached. Additionally, activities that are not

362 anticipated as permitted in the Central City Business and Mixed Use Zones require assessment as either restricted, full discretionary or non-complying activities. The relevant policies for these zones specifically refer to protecting the efficiency and safety of the adjacent transport networks (such as Policies and ) and therefore an assessment of these traffic-related effects is required for those activities. Where appropriate Council may request an Integrated Transport Assessment to be provided. Where a consent application is not publicly or limited notified consultation with the New Zealand Transport Agency will be appropriate where significant transport effects are identified Vehicle Access to sites fronting more than one street - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 October 2013 If a site fronts more than one street then vehicular access shall be gained from the most preferred street that the site has frontage to, as shown in Table 11. Except that, where the higher preference street is a one-way street, a second access point may be gained from the next most preferred street. Table 11 - Location of access (priority ranking) Rank Street class

363 Most Preferred Local Distributor Street outside the Core 2nd choice 3rd choice Local Street outside the Core Main Distributor Street outside the Core 4th choice 5th choice Arterial Route Local Distributor Street within the Core 6th choice Least preferred Local Street within the Core Main Distributor within the Core Pedestrian Safety Updated 31 October 2013 Where a vehicle access serves more than 15 car parking spaces or more than 10 heavy vehicle movements per day will be generated through a vehicle access then: (a) If the site provides an access onto any street within the Core then an audio and visual method warning pedestrians of the presence of vehicles about to exit the access point shall be provided. (b) If the site provides access onto any street within the Inner Zone or Outer Zone, then either an audio and visual method of warning pedestrians of

364 the presence of vehicles can be provided as above or a visibility splay shall be provided to the pedestrian footpath as shown in Figure Temporary Car Parks during the Earthquake Recovery period - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 October 2013 Any site temporarily supplying car parking where car parking is the primary activity on that site shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council s discretion limited to the Assessment Matters for this standard. Any Resource Consents granted under this Rule will need to set the duration of the consent. The duration of the consent should not exceed a period that is reasonably necessary to support the recovery of the surrounding area. It is intended that the duration of consents under this Rule will be no longer than 18 April At the time that the duration of consent ends the parking activity may continue whilst a new application for Resource Consent is processed Central City Lane Formation - All Zones within the Central City

365 Updated 31 July 2012 Any new Central City Lane will be created with a legal width of between 6m and 12m and a minimum height clearance of 4.5m. 2.5 Community Standards - Parking, Loading and Access - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July Commercial Car Parking Buildings and Lots - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 Any permanent car parking buildings or lots upon which car parking is the primary activity on that site shall be a discretionary activity. 2.6 Critical Standards - Parking, Loading and Access - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July Car parking space numbers - Central City Business Zone (Core) Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Other than disabled parking provided in accordance with Rule 2.4.3, no on-site car parking is required in the Central City. If parking is provided, the Parking Area of a site shall be no greater than 50% of the Gross Leasable Floor Area of the buildings on the site.

366 (b) All car parking is to be constructed in compliance with the dimensions in Appendix 8. Note: Where the parking standard results in a fractional space, any fraction under one half shall be disregarded. Any fraction of one half or more shall be counted as one space. ASSESSMENT MATTERS 6 6 Note that Part 13, Volume 3 provides further Assessment Matters that relate to within and outside the Central City. (Plan Change 56) 3.0 Assessment matters for resource consents 3.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Part II and Section 104 and 105 of the Act apply to the consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters covered in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters, set out in Clause 3.2 below, to discretionary activities. 3.2 Assessment matters Updated 31 July 2012

367 Note that Part 13, Volume 3 provides further Assessment Matters that relate to within and outside the Central City Parking space numbers; Availability of parking spaces; Parking area location; Staff car parking; Parking spaces for people with disabilities - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 21 October 2013 (a) Whether the equivalent number of parking spaces can be provided on a separate site which: (i) is sited within easy walking distance of the development; and/or (ii) does not require people to cross arterial roads to gain access to the development, thereby compromising the safety of pedestrians and the function of the road; and/or (iii) is clearly associated with the development through signage or other means; and/or (iv) has a legal agreement bonding the parking to the development; and/or (v) is surrounded by appropriate land use activities with which the carparking is compatible. (b) Whether the parking can be provided and maintained in a jointly used car parking area where the total number of parking spaces provided is equivalent to the sum of requirements for each use.

368 (c) The extent to which the parking demand occurs at a different time from an existing land use, with which a parking area could be shared without adverse effects for on street parking and a legal agreement is entered into between the developers securing mutual usage of the parking areas. (d) Where the required number of off-street car parking spaces are not to be provided: (i) the extent to which the nature of the particular activity is such that it will generate more or less parking and/or staff parking demand than is required by this Plan; (ii) whether the required parking can physically be accommodated on the site; (iii) the extent to which the traffic function and/or safety of the surrounding road network may be adversely affected by extra parked and manoeuvring vehicles on these roads; (iv) the effect of vehicles parked on the street, on the amenity of adjoining land uses; (v) whether the site is well served by public transport; (vi) where the development is located in a Living, Conservation, or Cultural Zone, the effect of the full provision of carparking spaces on the purposes of these zones and on their anticipated environmental outcomes; (vii) the cumulative effect of the lack of on-site parking spaces for the proposal in conjunction with other developments in the vicinity which are not providing the required number of parking spaces;

369 (viii) the extent to which the reduction in parking will affect the ability of future activities on the site to meet the parking requirements; (ix) the extent to which the safety of pedestrians, particularly children, will be affected by being set down on-street. (x) whether any reduction in car parking is warranted because provision has been made for public recycling facilities within the car parking area. (xi) the extent to which alternative transport modes are provided for as part of a traffic management plan in association with the Jade Stadium site and the effectiveness of this provision. (xii) In the Living 3 and Living 4 Zones, whether a reduction in, or waiver or, the required on-site car parking will enable a significant improvement in the urban design, appearance, and amenity of the site and a more efficient site layout. (Plan Change 56) (xiii) In the Living 3 and Living 4 Zones, whether the development is to be operated by a social housing agency, or similar organisation, that can demonstrate a lower than typical parking demand by occupants in similar complexes elsewhere in the City. (xiv) In the Business 4T (Tait Campus) Zone, shown in Appendix 22, Part 3, Volume 3, whether the provision of a monitored Transport Management Plan (1) for the site, prepared in association with the Christchurch City Council and Environment Canterbury has demonstrated a reduced demand for on-site car parking spaces; and

370 has not resulted in an increased demand for on-street parking in the vicinity; and whether an ongoing comprehensive monitoring programme supports such the reduced on-site car parking provision over time. (1) Transport Management Plan may include an incentives programme to encourage an increased use of other transport modes alternative to the private car Cycle parking - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) The extent to which alternative, secure, covered parking is available which is within easy walking distance of the development. (b) Whether the parking can be provided and maintained in a jointly used cycle parking area. (Plan Change 56) Loading areas - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) The extent to which the nature of the particular activity will require loading facilities of a particular size, number and frequency of use. (b) Whether an off-street loading area can be safely and efficiently provided in conjunction with an adjacent development.

371 (c) The extent to which the traffic function and/or safety of the surrounding road network may be adversely affected by extra parked and manoeuvring vehicles on these roads. (Plan Change 56) Manoeuvre areas - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Whether there would be any adverse effects on the safety and/or function of the frontage road. (b) Whether a lesser provision would potentially reduce the number of available parking spaces. (c) The extent to which the safety of pedestrians and other users of the site would be affected Parking spaces for residential activities Updated 14 November 2005 (Refer to Clause for assessment matters regarding a shortfall of parking.) Gradient of parking area Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Whether any parking spaces for people with disabilities are affected. (b) The total number of spaces affected by the non compliance. (c) The extent of non compliance.

372 (d) Whether the drainage facilities are adequately designed Parking area and access design; Maximum gradients for driveways - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Whether the driveway serves more than one site and the extent to which other users may be adversely affected. (b) The extent of any adverse effects on the safety and/or function of the frontage road. (c) The effect on the safety and security of people using the facility. (d) The extent to which the safety of pedestrians, (both on and off site) may be adversely affected. (e) The effect on the amenity and safety of neighbouring properties On-site manoeuvring Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Whether there would be any adverse effects on the safety and/or function of the frontage road. (b) The extent to which reversing vehicles will affect the safety of pedestrians, both on and off the site. (c) Whether the peak hours of traffic generation coincide with the peak flows and vehicle queues on the frontage road(s). (d) The number and type of vehicles using the parking or manoeuvre area.

373 (e) Whether the required manoeuvre area can physically be accommodated on the site Queuing spaces - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 131 July 2012 (a) Whether there would be any adverse effects on the safety and/or function of the frontage road. (b) The effect of queuing vehicles on the safety of pedestrians. (c) The extent to which the safe circulation of vehicles on the site will be affected Illumination Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The extent to which the facility is used during the hours of darkness. (b) Whether other light sources in the area give adequate light to provide security for users of the area. (c) Whether glare from the light source will adversely affect the safety of surrounding roads Surface of parking and loading areas Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The effect on the activities on other sites in the area in terms of noise and dust nuisance.

374 (b) Whether mud, stone, gravel or other deleterious material will be carried onto public roads or footpaths Vehicle crossing design; Standards of vehicle crossings; Length of vehicle crossings; Minimum distance between vehicle crossings; Maximum number of vehicle crossings; Distances of vehicle crossings from intersections - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 Length of vehicle crossings (a) The number of pedestrian movements and the number and type of vehicles using or crossing the vehicle crossing. (b) Whether the safety of pedestrians, particularly the aged and disabled will be compromised by the length of time needed to cross a wider driveway. (c) The ability for vehicles to use the access without adversely affecting the safety and/or efficiency of the frontage road. (d) The speed at which vehicles will be able to enter/exit the site and the effect on this on the safety of pedestrians and other road users. (e) Within a neighbourhood road within the Living G (Wigram) Zone, the impact of the road width and design on the maneuverability of vehicles to and from the site. Minimum Distance Between Vehicle Crossings (f) Whether there is adequate alternative parking in the area.

375 (g) The extent to which the safety of the road will be adversely affected by conflict between manoeuvring vehicles at the crossings. Maximum Number of Crossings (h) The extent to which the extra crossing(s) will adversely affect the safety and efficiency of the road. (i) Any cumulative effects of the introduction of extra access points in conjunction with access for other activities in the vicinity. (j) Whether the physical form of the road will minimise the adverse effects of the extra access, for example the presence of a solid median to stop right hand turns. Distances of vehicle crossings from intersections (k) The extent to which any extra conflict may be created by vehicles queuing across the vehicle crossing; confusion between vehicles turning at the crossing or the intersection; and the need for drivers to assimilate information thereby adversely concentration and affecting the safety of the road. (l) The extent to which the traffic generated by the site will adversely affect the frontage road, particularly at times of peak traffic flows on the road. (m)whether the speed and volume of vehicles on the road will exacerbate the adverse effects of the access on the safety of road users. (n) Whether the geometry of the road will mitigate the adverse effects of the access. (o) The number and type of vehicles using the crossing.

376 (p) The present, or planned, traffic controls at the intersection. (q) The proposed traffic mitigation measures such as medians, no right turn or left turn signs, or traffic calming measures Access for rural selling places Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Whether there would be any adverse effects on the safety and/or function of the frontage road. (b) Whether the speed of vehicles travelling on the frontage road is likely to exacerbate the adverse effects of the access on the safety of road users. (c) Whether the existing road width of the road is adequate to allow vehicles to pass slowing or turning vehicles safely High traffic generators - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) The actual or potential level of vehicle, cycle, and pedestrian traffic likely to be generated from, and moving past, the proposed access point(s). (b) The extent to which the traffic using the access, either alone or in association with other nearby activities, will adversely affect the traffic function and/or the safety of the surrounding road network. (c) Whether the present and projected vehicle, cycle and pedestrian flows along the frontage road will exacerbate any adverse effects created by extra onstreet parking and manoeuvring associated with the site.

377 (d) The ability to gain access to an alternative road which has a lesser traffic function and the environmental impacts on that alternative road in respect of residential amenities where relevant. (e) The extent to which the noise, vibration and fumes of vehicles using the access would affect surrounding activities, particularly residences. (f) The adverse effects of extra traffic, particularly heavy vehicles, generated by the development on the amenity and safety of surrounding residential streets. (g) The extent to which the physical form of the frontage road may mitigate the adverse effects of the extra vehicle movements generated for example, the presence of a solid median to stop right hand turns. (h) Any cumulative effects of traffic generation from the activity in conjunction with traffic generation from other activities in the vicinity. (i) Whether the speed of vehicles travelling on the frontage road is likely to exacerbate the adverse effects of the access on the safety of road users. (j) The proximity of the access to other high traffic generating landuse access points and intersections. (k) The extent to which any extra conflict may be created by vehicles queuing on the frontage road past the vehicle crossing. (l) The extent to which the traffic generated by the site will adversely affect the frontage road, particularly at times of peak traffic flows on the road.

378 (m)whether the adverse effects of the traffic could be minimised/mitigated by onstreet traffic management measures including the installation of signals or pedestrian refuges or deceleration and acceleration lanes. (n) The actual or potential effects on the safety and efficiency of the state highway. (o) Whether the sight distances at the access are adequate to provide safe access/egress with reference to "Road and Traffic Standards Guidelines for Visibility at Driveways". (p) For retail activity in the B3, B3B, B4 and BRP zones, the relationship of parking, access and manoeuvring areas, including freight deliveries, in respect to the safety of pedestrians. (Plan Change 56) Special access provision - Edgeware Updated 14 November 2005 The extent of any adverse effects on the safety and functioning of Sherborne Street as a State Highway Car parking space numbers; Parking area location; Parking spaces for people with disabilities Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Whether the equivalent number of parking spaces, including disabled parking spaces, can be provided on a separate site which is within a

379 suitable distance from the development; and is clearly associated with the development through signage or other means; (b) Whether the parking can be provided and maintained in a jointly used car parking area; (c) Whether the required parking can physically be accommodated on the site; (d) The extent to which the safety of people, including mobility impaired people, will be affected by being set down on-street. For all zones within the Central City, where the Parking Area of a site is greater than 50% of the Gross Leasable Floor Area of the buildings on the site, or car parking is not constructed in compliance with the dimensions in Appendix 8, or parking is located greater than 200m from the site on which the activity is undertaken, the following Assessment Matters apply: (a) The extent to which the safety and amenity of people within and passing the site, including vehicular traffic, pedestrians and cyclists, will be affected by the design or location of parking spaces and access ways; (b) Whether the design or location of the parking spaces will disrupt active frontages or detract from streetscape amenity in the area; (c) Whether the car park can be used by other activities to reduce the need for these activities to provide their own parking spaces; (d) The extent to which the nature of the particular activity is such that it will generate significantly more parking demand than permitted;

380 (e) The potential activities that may use the additional parking spaces and the degree to which the car park will be utilised Cycle parking - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 October 2013 (a) The extent to which alternative adequate cycle parking is available which is within easy walking distance of the development entrance; (b) Whether the parking can be provided and maintained in a jointly used cycle parking area; (c) The extent to which cycle parking facilities are designed and located to match the needs of the intended users. (d) Whether the provision for cyclists is sufficient considering the nature of the activity on the site and the anticipated demand for cycling to the site and adjacent activities. (e) Whether the provision for cyclists is practicable and adequate considering the layout of site, and the operational requirements of the activity on the site Loading areas - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) The extent to which the nature of the particular activity will require loading facilities of a particular size, number and frequency of use;

381 (b) Whether an off-street loading area can be safely and efficiently provided in conjunction with an adjacent development Manoeuvre areas - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Whether there would be any adverse effects on the safety and amenity of all types of road user within and passing the site, and/or function of the frontage road Access type and design - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Whether the access way serves more than one site and the extent to which other users of the access way may be adversely affected; (b) The extent of any adverse effects on the safety, amenity and/or function of the frontage road and those travelling past the site; (c) The effect on the safety of people using the access way; (d) The extent to which the access disrupts active frontages Queuing spaces - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Whether there would be any adverse effects on the safety, amenity and/or function of the frontage road; (b) The effect of queuing vehicles on the safety of pedestrians and cyclists.

382 Length of vehicle crossings; Minimum distance between vehicle crossings; Maximum Number of Vehicle Crossings, Vehicle Access to sites fronting more than one street; Distances of Vehicle Crossings From Intersections - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 Length of vehicle crossings (a) The number of pedestrian movements and the number and type of vehicles using or crossing the vehicle crossing; (b) Whether the safety of pedestrians, particularly the aged and disabled will be compromised by the length of time needed to cross a wider driveway; (c) The ability for vehicles to use the access without adversely affecting the safety and/or efficiency of the frontage road; (d) The speed at which vehicles will be able to enter/exit the site and the effect on this on the safety of pedestrians and other road users. Minimum Distance between Vehicle Crossings (e) The extent to which the safety of the road will be adversely affected by conflict between manoeuvring vehicles at the crossings. Maximum Number of Crossings (f) The extent to which the extra crossing(s) will adversely affect the safety and amenity of the frontage road and types of road user;

383 (g) Any cumulative effects of the introduction of extra access points in conjunction with access for other activities in the vicinity; (h) Whether the physical form of the road will minimise the adverse effects of the extra access, for example the presence of a solid median to stop right hand turns. Vehicle Access to sites fronting more than one street, (i) Whether there would be any adverse effects on the safety and amenity of all types of road user passing the site, and/or the function of the frontage road, particularly at times of peak traffic flows on the road and the access; (j) The extent to which the access disrupts active frontages. Distances of Vehicle Crossings From Intersections (k) The extent to which any extra conflict may be created by confusion between vehicles turning at the crossing or the intersection; and the need for drivers to assimilate information thereby adversely affecting concentration and consequently the safety of the road; (l) The extent to which the number and type of vehicles generated by the site will adversely affect the frontage road and intersections, particularly at times of peak traffic flows on the road; (m) Whether the speed and volume of vehicles on the frontage road and intersections will exacerbate the adverse effects of the access on the safety of road users;

384 (n) Whether the geometry of the frontage road and intersections will mitigate the adverse effects of the access Pedestrian Safety - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) The extent to which vehicles exiting the access way, and cyclists and pedestrians on the footpath or frontage road will be aware of each other in time to avoid conflicts; (b) Whether the speed and volume of vehicles exiting the access way will exacerbate the adverse effects of the access on the safety of road users Temporary Car Parks during the Earthquake Recovery period - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) The extent to which the safety and convenience of people within and passing the site, including vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists, will be affected by the design or location of the car park and access ways; (b) Whether the design or location of the car park will disrupt active frontages or detract from streetscape amenity in the area; (c) Whether the car park can be used by other activities to reduce the need for these activities to provide their own parking spaces; (d) The length of time that the car park is proposed to be operating for;

385 (e) The potential activities that may use the additional parking spaces and the degree to which the car park will be utilised Central City Lane Formation - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) The extent to which the width and height of the lane will adversely affect the amenity of the lane and the safety and efficiency of the lane for all users Commercial Car Parking Buildings and Lots - All Zones within the Central City Updated 31 October 2013 (a) The potential activities that may use the car park and the degree to which the car park will be utilised; (b) The need for the car park considering the amount of car parking spaces already provided in the surrounding area; (c) Whether the car parking spaces are needed to meet existing unsatisfied parking demand or are being provided due to anticipated future need; (d) The integration of the car park area with existing car park areas to operate in a coordinated manner; (e) The legibility of the car park and the way in which the location of car park is communicated to motorists;

386 (f) The extent to which the safety and convenience of people within and passing the site, including vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists, will be affected by the design or location of the car park; (g) Whether the design or location of the car park will disrupt active frontages or detract from streetscape amenity in the area; (h) Whether the car park can be used by other activities to reduce the need for these activities to provide their own parking spaces. (i) The extent to which the car parking facility may adversely affect the demand for public transport to, from or within the Central City. (Plan Change 56) 4.0 Reasons for rules 4.1 Parking space numbers; Availability of parking spaces; Parking area location; Staff car parking; Parking spaces for people with disabilities Updated 21 October 2013 Where an activity establishes on a site, or buildings are altered they are generally required to supply off street parking and loading areas for vehicles normally generated by the staff and visitors. This includes not only a requirement to provide parking spaces for cars, but also cycle parking and parking for people with disabilities. The provision of off street parking for each activity minimises the adverse effects on the safety and efficiency of the adjoining road network from

387 parking and manoeuvring vehicles, and as a related matter, inconvenience and loss of amenity to surrounding residents from on street parking. An exception has been made for Special Amenity Area (SAM) 24 where there is no requirement to provide offstreet carparking associated with residential activities. This is in recognition of the special streetscape of the area. Sites on local roads within the Living 3 Zones have also been identified as requiring a lower minimum parking standard per residential unit based on census data showing that one space per unit is adequate for accommodating the majority of parking needs in these zones. Living 3 sites with frontage to arterial and collector roads are, however, required to provide a minimum of two spaces per unit in recognition of the need to protect the safety and efficiency of the strategic road network. The parking provision for disabled persons reflects the need to cater for a specific minority of the population dependent on vehicles and lacking mobility. For most zones the parking requirements have been categorised under broad activity headings each of which generate different parking requirements. Surveys of the activity's parking generation provides a basis for the standard for calculating the number of parking spaces required for a development based on the activities involved. The parking standards for most activities have been set at a level which provides for the off street parking requirements for all but the busiest times of the year.

388 Although the parking standards involve listing categories of activities, the listing is based on a direct relationship with a particular effect - that of vehicle operation and carparking. In the Living G (East Belfast) zone, sites with an area of 400m 2 or less are required to provide only one car parking space in recognition of their proximity to public transport routes and to encourage the use of alternative modes of transport and less reliance on cars. The Council is conscious of the need to provide for the continued vitality of the central city, its role as the focus of public transport, and the provision of public carparking buildings through financial contributions. Accordingly, it is not always appropriate to require the full provision of off street parking needed to satisfy demand. In addition cultural, conservation and educational facilities often provide large areas of open space and high amenity values which would be lost if large areas were turned into formed carparking. In some business zones in the city the Council will accept financial contributions of cash in lieu of the provision of parking from developers. The money received by the Council is used to acquire land and provide off street parking in the area. This provides for greater flexibility in developing small and restricted sites in existing commercial areas where there is a large number of individual titles and fully developed sections. Many areas of the city are not appropriate for cash contributions in lieu of parking as there is no appropriately zoned land which could be used to supply parking.

389 The range in contributions reflects the difference in values in the area and the Council's policy to support and encourage new development and redevelopment in the central city. On site parking needs to be available for both staff, residents, and visitors to minimise the need for cars to park on the street adversely affecting their safety and efficiency. The location of the parking areas should be such that their impact on any adjacent residential areas is minimal. This also includes access to the parking areas as the movement of vehicles in close proximity to living areas can be disruptive and adversely affect the amenity of the area. Jade Stadium is a significant regional and national sporting and events facility that has traditionally generated high levels of parking demand for events, occasionally attracting up to 39,000 people. The Council acknowledges this and recognises that it is not always appropriate to require the full provision of off street parking needed to satisfy demand, particularly when little or no additional on-site parking capacity is available and the intermittent use of the site for large scale events. Any expansion to Jade Stadium that increases its capacity over 39,000 seats will therefore need to demonstrate measures that will mitigate any additional potential adverse parking related effects on surrounding residential and commercial activities. Within the Business 4T (Tait Campus) Zone, shown in Appendix 22, Part 3, Volume 3, provision is made by way of resource consent for a reduction in on-site car parking for any development resulting in more than 10,000m² of GFA in the

390 zone. The Tait campus management is committed to implementing a Transport Management Plan which will encourage a greater use of alternative modes of transport and provide incentives for the use of public transport, walking and cycling. Any reduction in the on-site car parking provision is required to be supported by a comprehensive monitoring programme which demonstrates a sufficiently reduced demand for car parking that can be sustained over time. 4.2 Cycle parking Updated 14 November 2005 Due to the many benefits which can accrue from the use of cycles, the Council actively encourages their use in and around the city. The provision of safe covered stands is just one means of encouraging people to use cycles as an alternative to the private motor vehicle (Plan Change 56) 4.3 Loading areas; Manoeuvre areas; Parking spaces for residential activities; Gradient of parking areas Updated 14 November 2005 The design of the parking and loading areas are based on 90-percentile design vehicles. The dimensions of these vehicles and their associated turning circle requirements are such that 90 percent of the vehicles in New Zealand comply with their requirements. Critical manoeuvre areas are designed to allow 99 percent of vehicles to use them. These areas are bounded by immovable objects such as walls and columns and it is therefore important to provide the space to allow vehicles to manoeuvre easily.

391 As with all activities the residential requirement for on-site parking helps to protect the safety and efficiency of the frontage roads by keeping parked and manoeuvring vehicles on the site. The minimum requirements for parking spaces and manoeuvre areas provides for 90% of motor cars and ensures a space which is accessible. For the ease and safety of people using parking spaces, a maximum gradient is required. Once gradients begin to exceed those stated, access to and from cars becomes difficult and even parking on these grades feels less than comfortable. (Plan Change 56) 4.4 Parking area and access design; Maximum gradients for access Updated 14 November 2005 The requirement for access design is based on the number of units which can potentially be built on the sites serviced by the driveway. Within the urban area of Christchurch each household unit generates about ten vehicle trips per day. Therefore as the number of units increase the potential for vehicles meeting on the access increases and the number of pedestrians and cyclists increase. The length of the access also affects the design requirements with longer drives increasing the probability of vehicles meeting and passing or requiring to reverse out. The increased probability of meeting another vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist is reflected in the increased requirements for turning areas, passing bays and footpaths. Where the gradients of accesses are too steep it becomes practically impossible for cars to use the facility. This is particularly true where wet or icy conditions

392 may prevail, increasing the likelihood of cars not being able to gain access. A maximum change in gradient prevents the majority of cars from grounding and causing damage to the vehicle. 4.5 On-site manoeuvring Updated 14 November 2005 On-site manoeuvring is required for all trade vehicles, all sites on arterial roads, rear sites and where a large number of vehicle movements onto and off a site are expected. This helps to protect the efficiency and safety of the roads by minimising the number of vehicles required to reverse onto or off a site, which is a cause of accidents at driveways. Major and minor arterial roads have the most protection applied to them as their function is to carry the largest volumes of traffic at the highest level of service. 4.6 Queuing spaces Updated 14 November 2005 Queuing space lengths are required at the entrance to car parking areas to provide an area off the road for cars to queue while waiting for manoeuvring vehicles, or for a parking space. This protects the safety and efficiency of the frontage road from the effects of vehicles requiring to queue on the street, blocking traffic lanes. The safety of pedestrians is also paramount as cars queuing across the footpath can force pedestrians out onto the roadway. The length of the queuing space varies according to the number of parking spaces catered for in the parking area. This is because as the number of cars in the

393 parking area increases the potential number of arrivals and departures rises, increasing the probability of vehicles having to queue. 4.7 Illumination Updated 14 November 2005 Where car parking areas are used at night it is important to provide some lighting for the security of people using the area and the security of their vehicles. A lighting level of 2 lux is the minimum illumination recommended to provide this security, also recognising the need to ensure illumination is directed efficiently so as not to create adverse glare for any adjoining living zone properties or road users. 4.8 Surface of parking and loading areas Updated 14 November 2005 The appropriate surfacing of parking and loading areas ensures that the neighbours are not adversely affected by dust and/or noise created by manoeuvring vehicles. These areas also require drainage to ensure that runoff does not cause inundation or scouring on the property or adjoining properties. 4.9 Vehicle crossing design; Standards of vehicle crossings Updated 14 November 2005 Vehicle crossings for each site are required to ensure that the parking or loading area is used by people rather than parking or unloading on the street. A

394 minimum standard of construction ensures that the crossing is built to the appropriate standard to withstand the loadings expected Length of vehicle crossings; Minimum distance between vehicle crossings Updated 14 November 2005 The minimum and maximum lengths of vehicle crossings are controlled to protect pedestrian safety and allow the road to operate efficiently. A minimum width ensures that the vehicles using the crossing can do so without the need to cross the centreline when turning onto the crossing. Maximum widths are necessary to ensure that vehicles cannot cross the footpath at excessive speeds endangering pedestrians. A maximum also assists pedestrians by defining the area over which vehicles cross. A minimum distance between vehicle accesses provides areas for vehicles to park on street and reduces the number of vehicle movements in one area. This provides for greater road safety due to the minimisation of conflicts in close vicinity to each other. (Plan Change 56) 4.11 Maximum number of vehicle crossings Updated 14 November 2005 The control of the number of access points differs according to the planned function of the road to which it applies. The major function of arterial roads is to provide for the safe and efficient movement of traffic, whereas local roads provide property access. It is therefore appropriate to impose stricter access controls on

395 higher classified roads (which carry greater traffic volumes) to minimise the number of potential conflict points while still providing for access to developments Distance of vehicle crossings from intersections Updated 14 November 2005 In order to simplify the driving task by reducing potential conflict points and areas of distraction there is a requirement to locate entrances at varying distances from intersections depending on the function of the road. Arterial roads typically carry the highest traffic volumes at higher operating speeds. Distances therefore need to be greater on these roads to allow for driver reaction times and also for longer queuing distances at intersections. It also reduces confusion for drivers who may not otherwise be able to tell whether an indicating vehicle is intending to turn at the driveway or the intersection Access for rural selling places Updated 14 November 2005 Rural selling places normally seek to establish along busy rural roads which can impact directly on the safety and efficiency of these roads. To minimise the impact restrictions have been imposed as to where the stalls can set up and on the design of their accesses. Acceleration and deceleration lanes are required to allow vehicles to overtake cars which are entering or leaving the selling place High traffic generators

396 Updated 31 July 2012 This is a particularly important rule, which is fundamental to the planned effectiveness of roads within the roading hierarchy. High traffic generators (more than 250 vehicle movements per day or requiring the provision of 25 or more parking spaces) can have a major impact on arterial and inner city roads with the development of large retail and vehicle oriented land uses. The vehicle generation and potential associated adverse effects on the road network and surrounding land uses can be major if the siting is inappropriate or the access is not well located or designed. Therefore the roads in the city with the most important traffic functions (arterial roads) need to have the highest degree of protection. By requiring high traffic generators on these roads to be discretionary activities (or controlled within the Central City Business zone), each development can be considered in terms of its particular character, location, and levels of traffic effects and ways to mitigate these effects where possible, through the use of appropriate traffic management and design conditions. Most zones restrict the limit of discretion to matters associated with access. However, retail activities in the BRP, B3, B3B and B4 zones have retained a broader level of discretion, regarding any traffic effects. This acknowledges the dispersed location of these zones and the ability to undertake retail activity, which can generate potentially significant effects on the road network and surrounding landuses. An exception from this rule has been provided for the land within the Living 3 and Business 1 zone bounded by Madras Street, Canon Street, Packe Street and Puchas Street which is subject to the development plan contained in Part 3,

397 Appendix 14, as consideration of vehicular, cycle and pedestrian access matters is specifically provided for within the zone rules relating to development of this area. Significant damage to Christchurch City occurred as a result of the earthquake of 4 September 2010 and its subsequent aftershocks. A large number of buildings and infrastructure need to be demolished and/or repaired. This has generated a need to dispose of a substantial quantity of earthquake waste, including building and construction material, silt and infrastructure waste. Since the landfill's closure in 2005, the number of trucks travelling to the landfill site have increased from zero up to an estimated 1,500 vehicles each day. As a non-notified controlled activity, any activity can be considered in terms of its levels of traffic effects on the surrounding road network in terms of function and/or safety, on residential streets in terms of amenity and safety, on surrounding activities in terms of noise, vibration and fumes along designated access routes illustrated in Appendix 7 of Volume 3 Part 8 Special Purpose (Landfill) Zone, and ways to mitigate these effects where possible, through the use of appropriate traffic management and design conditions Special access provision - Edgeware Updated 14 November 2005 This rule is intended to avoid the adverse effects of vehicle movements onto and off a relatively large extension to Business 2 Zone at Edgeware. Sherborne Street forms part of the state highway network and significant business development of the site could adversely affect its safety and function if access for

398 such development was permitted. The site has alternative access to Colombo Street. (Plan Change 56) Appendix 1 - Parking space dimensions - All Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 Appendix 1 - Parking space dimensions - All Zones outside the Central City All required car parking spaces shall be laid out in accordance with Table 6 and attached diagram. Manoeuvre areas shall be designed to accommodate the 90 percentile design motor car as set out in Appendix 4. Critical manoeuvre areas such as aisles in or between major structures, or changes in grade shall be designed to accommodate the 99 percentile design motor car as set out in Appendix 5. Table 6 - Car park dimensions Stall width Stall depth Type of user Parking angle (m) (5) Aisle (7) (m) (6) 90 (Perpendicular Long term (1) )

399 Medium term (2) Short term (3) Disabled parking (4) All (one All users Parallel 2.5 way) (two way) 5.4 See the following diagram for car parking space layout Notes: (1) Tenant, employee and commuter parking, universities (generally all day parking).

400 (2) Long-term city and town centre parking, sports facilities, entertainment centres, hotels, motels, airport visitors (generally medium term parking). (3) Short-term city and town centre parking, shopping centres, department stores, supermarkets, hospitals and medical centres (generally short term parking and where children and goods can be expected to be loaded into vehicles). (4) Car parking spaces for people with disabilities shall be as close as practicable to the building entrance. The spaces shall be on a level surface and be clearly signed. (5) Stall widths shall be increased by 300mm where they abut obstructions such as a wall, column or other permanent obstruction. (6) 5.0m if low kerb allows overhang, but this overhang shall not encroach on required landscape areas. (7) Aisle widths are given for one way operation with forward entry to spaces. Two way aisles shall be 5.5m minimum. For two way operation only 90º parking will be permitted. In addition design guidance for parking areas in buildings may be obtained from the New Zealand Building Code D1/AS1: Access Routes or Australian/New Zealand Standard Offstreet Parking, Part 1: Car Parking Facilities, AS/NZS :2004.

401 Appendix 2 - Cash in lieu of parking Updated 31 July 2012 Appendix 2 - Cash in lieu of parking A financial contribution by way of a cash payment may be made in lieu of part, or all, of the parking requirement in the following areas of the City: Area Zone Percentage of value required New Brighton Business 2 100% Papanui Business 1 100% Church Business 2 100% Corner Sydenham Business 2 100% The basis of the cash payment in lieu of parking is to be : (a) The area of land per required parking space is to be 25m 2 ; and (b) The rate at which cash in lieu is charged will be calculated at the current market value of the land. The market value of the land will be the average market value of the entire site on which the land is located; and

402 (c) The funds obtained from the cash in lieu of parking shall be used solely and exclusively for providing parking in the area from where the funds are gathered. Appendix 3 - Cycle parking dimensions Updated 14 November 2005 Appendix 4-90 percentile design motor car Updated 14 November 2005 Appendix 5-99 percentile design motor car Updated 14 November 2005

403 Appendix 6-90 percentile design 2 axle truck Updated 16 November 2009 Appendix 7 - Design of acceleration and deceleration lanes Updated 14 November 2005 Appendix 8 - Parking space dimensions - Central City